FRILLS SFE CL TRETEN LEE EIER i IP RRR ET TEE SL PLE à RON ER RENE PORTE QL | KS VE LES de la SOCIÉTÉ SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE et du MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE de la Ville de Genéve tome 110 | fascicule 4 2003 g £ kl GENEVE DECEMBRE 2003 ISSN 0035 - 418 X SWISS JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 110—FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par: ACADÉMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES ASSN VILLE DE GENÈVE SOCIÉTÉ SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d'histoire naturelle de Genève CHARLES LIENHARD Chargé de recherche au Muséum d'histoire naturelle de Genève Comité de lecture Il est constitué en outre du président de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Muséum de Genève et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universités suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis à des experts d’ institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 Internet: http://www. ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d'histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Suisse REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE REVUE SUISSE ZOOLOGIE ANNALES DE LA SOCIÉTÉ SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE ET DU MUSÉUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE LA VILLE DE GENÈVE ISSN 0035-418X TABLE DES MATIÈRES TOME 110 — 2003 Fascicule 1 ZOMPRO, Oliver & BROCK, Paul D. Catalogue of type-material of stick-insects housed in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva, win descriptions of some new taxa (Insecta: Phasmatodea) ................:............. CHATZAKI, Maria, THALER, Konrad & MYLONAS, Moysis. Ground spiders (Gna- phosidae; Araneae) from Crete and adjacent areas of Greece. Taxonomy and distributions I: Zelorestand'alliedioenera un... e ven PENG, Xian-Jin, Li, Shu-Qiang & ROLLARD, Christine. A review of the Chinese jumping spiders studied by Dr E. Schenkel (Araneae: Salticidae).......... SCHATZ, Heinrich. New Sphaerochthonius species from the Neotropical region (Acarni@nibatida)y: Sea ER NN le ee. MAGNANO, Luigi. Una nuova specie di Otiorhynchus Germar, 1822 del Pakistan (Coleopteras Curculionidae--Polydrusinae)in nn: re Ret STOURAC, Petr. Two new species of the genus Quedius from Algeria and Pakistan (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Staphylinini: Quadiina) .................... HAUPT, Joachim. Zoogeography in southern Japan as revealed by ground-living arachnids RASE abe cee tlle mee wean do ee Rue Re NO. LOURENÇO, Wilson R. New taxonomic considerations on some species of the genus Grosphus Simon, with description of a new species (Scorpiones, Buthidae) fe ee EU ae “oR erge cat UR Ae car SBE ES MORATI, Jeannine. Catalogue des types de Lamiinae (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) conservés au Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève ..................... BERSOT, Vincent. Small mammal inventory in the Shipstern Nature Reserve (Corozal District, Belize, Central America), a preliminary assessment . ..... Fascicule 2 EBERMANN, Ernst, HAJIQANBAR, Hamid-reza & HADDAD IRANI-NEJAD, Karim. New records of phoretic and soil-living mites from Iran (Acari, Heterostigmata, SCutacanidae) ERRONEA ie N SEEN RS ESA PACE, Roberto. Homalotini del Borneo (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)............. LÔBL, I. & LESCHEN, R. A. B. Redescription and new species of Alexidia (Coleo- piera Staphylimidae#Scaphidiima) Er sae ae ee ee ae einer SCHELLER, Ulf. New records of Pauropoda (Myriapoda) with descriptions of new species from Rwanda and Réunion (Pauropoda and Symphyla of the Geneva MUSEUM ET) I TR ere: Pare on nt Rae ee Re meee PR Se Pages 3-43 45-89 91-109 111-124 125-128 19-132 133-139 141-154 155-206 207-246 247-253 255-313 315-324 325-353 VI TABLE DES MATIÈRES FET, Victor, GANTENBEIN, Benjamin, SOLEGLAD, Michael E., VIGNOLI, Valerio, SALOMONE, Nicola, FET, Elizabeth V. & SCHEMBRI, Patrick J. New molecular and morphological data on the “Euscorpius carpathicus” species complex (Scorpiones: Euscorpiidae) from Italy, Malta, and Greece justify the elevation Ofeeacusicanus| (Cale Koch 1837) tothe species level. m. EE CARFORA, Michaël, DE CHAMBRIER, Alain & VAUCHER, Claude. Le genre Ampho- teromorphus (Cestoda: Proteocephalidea), parasite de poissons-chats d’ Amé- rique tropicale: étude morphologique et approche biosystématique par électro- phoresexdesiproteinese ee ee ARR AR RIE ARTI WICHT, Barbara, MORETTI, Marco, PREATONI, Damiano, Tosi, Guido & MARTINOLI, Adriano. The presence of Soprano pipistrelle Pipistrellus pygmaeus (Leach, 1825) in Switzerland: first molecular and bioacustic evidences ............. LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Description of a new species of Tityus (Scorpiones, Buthidae) from Serra do Cipo in the State of Minas Gerais, Brazil.......... PAILL, Wolfgang. Amara pulpani Kult, 1949 — eine valide Art in den Ostalpen (Coleoptera Carabidae) „sr cr ame ete a ee els he rusted ee Se Fascicule 3 MAHUNKA, Sandor & MAHUNKA-PAPP, Luise. Oribatids from Switzerland VIII (Acari: Oribatida: Ptyctima). (Acarologica Genavensia CI) ............... METRAILLER, Sébastien. Note sur l’écologie d’Acanthochelys macrocephala (Rho- din, Mittermeier & McMorris, 1984) au Paraguay (Reptilia, Chelidae)...... GEORGIEV, Boyko B. & VAUCHER, Claude. Revision of the Metadilepididae (Ces- toda: Cyclophyllidea) from Caprimulgiformes (Aves) .................... BOYADZHIEV, Peter. Puklina asphodelinae sp. n. from Bulgaria (Hymenoptera, BUONO RETAIL FICO DE ANDRADE, Renata & MAHNERT, Volker. Spelaeobochica muchmorei sp. n., a new cavernicolous pseudoscorpion (Pseudoscorpiones: Bochicidae) from Brazil (SAPONE SOCIO O O Se Hou Zhong-e & LI, Shugiang. Two new freshwater gammarids (Crustacea: Amphi- Ppoda)ifromilÒake Tusa Cha... LIE CT ETES Do LINH SAN, Emmanuel, FERRARI, Nicola & WEBER, Jean-Marc. Le blaireau (Meles meles L.) dans le Jura suisse: succès de capture, paramètres démo- LTAPHIQUESietectOparasifes gl dI AZPELICUETA, Marfa de las Mercedes, CASCIOTTA, Jorge Rafael & ALMIRON, Adriana Edith. Bryconamericus pyahu sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae), a new species from the rio Iguazti basin, in Argentina ..................... MEDLER, John T. Types of Flatidae. XXIV. Type designations and taxonomic notes on species in the Natural History Museum of Geneva (Homoptera, Auchenor- TANnchasEulcoroidea)c= LE HosHINA, Hideto, PARK, Sun-Jae & AHN, Kee-Jeong. A taxonomic study of the genus Agathidium (Coleoptera: Leiodidae) from Korea, PartI............. Pages 355-379 381-409 411-426 427-435 437-452 453-481 483-490 491-532 533-539 541-546 547-564 565-580 581-589 591-597 599-620 TABLE DES MATIÈRES PACE, Roberto. Gyrophaenini della Cina (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)............ FISCHER, Claude & WEBER, Jean-Marc. Distribution of badger setts and latrines in anintensivelyicultiva(ed landscape RR eee eae Fascicule 4 GATT, Paul. New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empi- doidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region .................. OSELLA, Giuseppe, DI Marco, Carla & Zuppa, Anna Maria. Un nuovo Caulo- morphus Faust, 1886 d’ Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Molytinae) . . . . LIENHARD, Charles. Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Psocoptera (Insecta)-withiremarks/0N:SpeCIestHChness ER se DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I...................... MAHNERT, Volker. Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudo- scorpiones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Province, China PENG, Xian-Jin & Li, Shugiang. Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China (Ara- meacasalticidae) EER PACE, Roberto. Gyrophaenini dei generi Sternotropa, Pseudoligota e Adelarthra del Monte Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)............. KODADA, Jin & CIAMPOR Jr, Fedor. Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: Elmidae) .............. JUVARA-BALS, Ilinca. Comments on Leptogamasus Trägardh sensu Juvara-Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui SDANACACANAGamasida Parasiudae)en. San za. nen een CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., ALMIRÖN, Adriana E., BECHARA, Jose A., Roux, Juan P. & Ruiz DIAZ, Federico. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) irom! the} Esterosidel Ibera wetland) Argentina. „22.2.2... IR GBEDJISSI, Louis Ghélus, VALA, Jean-Claude, KNUTSON, Lloyd & Dossou, Christian. Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater prey ............ JEGu, Michel, KEITH, Philippe & LE BAIL, Pierre-Yves. Myloplus planquettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), une nouvelle espéce de grand Serrasalminae phyto- phagerduibouchersguyanaisı..... OE Skat ae ae KRONESTEDT, Torbjörn & LoGunov, Dmitri V. Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), a pair of altitu- dinallyasesresatedispeciesen ERIN reer lee Pin LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Compléments à la faune de scorpions (Arachnida) de lV Afrique du Nord, avec des considérations sur le genre Buthus Leach, 1815. . DE ANDRADE, Maria L. & BARONI URBANI, Cesare. The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Proceratiini genera .................... Vil Pages 621-660 661-668 669-684 685-693 695-721 723-737 739-748 749-759 761-781 783-795 797-805 807-816 817-832 833-853 855-873 875-912 913-938 duo Sele N 4 PAST Vi adh oH ae INDEX DES AUTEURS par ORDRE ALPHABÉTIQUE AZPELICUETA, Maria de las Mercedes, CASCIOTTA, Jorge Rafael & ALMIRON, Adriana Edith. Bryconamericus pyahu sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae), a new species from the rio Iguazu basin, in Argentina ..................... BERSOT, Vincent. Small mammal inventory in the Shipstern Nature Reserve (Corozal District, Belize, Central America), a preliminary assessment ...... BOYADZHIEV, Peter. Puklina asphodelinae sp. n. from Bulgaria (Hymenoptera, EUPILIO CARFORA, Michaél, DE CHAMBRIER, Alain & VAUCHER, Claude. Le genre Ampho- teromorphus (Cestoda: Proteocephalidea), parasite de poissons-chats d’ Amé- rique tropicale: étude morphologique et approche biosystématique par électro- Phorese,desiproteinese ra I Sam ae ie cree, Re CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., ALMIRON, Adriana E., BECHARA, José A., Roux, Juan P. & Ruiz DIAZ, Federico. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) from: theEsteros del-tbera:wetlandyArcentinam as <4. N CHATZAKI, Maria, THALER, Konrad & MyLoNAS, Moysis. Ground spiders (Gna- phosidae; Araneae) from Crete and adjacent areas of Greece. Taxonomy and distribution: Il’ Zelotesiand’alliediseneran re I E DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I...................... DE ANDRADE, Renata & MAHNERT, Volker. Spelaeobochica muchmorei sp. n., a new cavernicolous pseudoscorpion (Pseudoscorpiones: Bochicidae) from Brazil (SaorPaulotS tate Re OR col che AU A EE RE ES DE ANDRADE, Maria L. & BARONI URBANI, Cesare. The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Proceratiini genera .................... Do LmH SAN, Emmanuel, FERRARI, Nicola & WEBER, Jean-Marc. Le blaireau (Meles meles L.) dans le Jura suisse: succès de capture, paramètres démo- graphiquestetiectoparasites RR SR ter ears eee iene as lean EBERMANN, Ernst, HAJIQANBAR, Hamid-reza & HADDAD IRANI-NEJAD, Karim. New records of phoretic and soil-living mites from Iran (Acari, Heterostigmata, Scutacarrd ae!) ies wry. LEUR LORO IVO CE NRE Bran he i A FET, Victor, GANTENBEIN, Benjamin, SOLEGLAD, Michael E., VIGNOLI, Valerio, SALOMONE, Nicola, FET, Elizabeth V. & SCHEMBRI, Patrick J. New molecular and morphological data on the “Euscorpius carpathicus” species complex (Scorpiones: Euscorpiidae) from Italy, Malta, and Greece justify the elevation OWENc scans (CAE Koch 83/7) tothe species level EEE EE Pages 581-589 207-246 533-539 381-409 807-816 45-89 723-737 541-546 913-938 565-580 247-253 355-379 X INDEX DES AUTEURS FISCHER, Claude & WEBER, Jean-Marc. Distribution of badger setts and latrines in ankıntensivelyzeultivatedulandscaper. TELE STE GBEDJSSI, Louis Ghélus, Vara, Jean-Claude, KNUTSON, Lloyd & Dossou, Christian. Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater prey ............ GATT, Paul. New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empi- doidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region .................. GEORGIEV, Boyko B. & VAUCHER, Claude. Revision of the Metadilepididae (Ces- toda: Cyclophyllidea) from Caprimulgiformes (Aves) .................... HAUPT, Joachim. Zoogeography in southern Japan as revealed by ground-living AAC DIN CS EEE O LITI IO ST O I RP HosHINA, Hideto, PARK, Sun-Jae & AHN, Kee-Jeong. A taxonomic study of the genus Agathidium (Coleoptera: Leiodidae) from Korea, Part I. ............ Hou Zhong-e & Li, Shugiang. Two new freshwater gammarids (Crustacea: Amphi- poda)rom ak Euou China et... ROTTE JÉGU, Michel, KEITH, Philippe & LE BAIL, Pierre-Yves. Myloplus planquettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), une nouvelle espèce de grand Serrasalminae phyto- phage:dulbouclierguyanais nn. 2 fs RCE I EE ER JUVARA-BALS, Ilinca. Comments on Leptogamasus Trägardh sensu Juvara-Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui Spans (AcarnGamasida: Barasitidae) iI KODADA, Jin & CIAMPOR Jr, Fedor. Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: Elmidae).............. KRONESTEDT, Torbjörn & LOGUNOV, Dmitri V. Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), a pair of altitu- dinallyASesrePaled SPECIES Ts yc... IC LIENHARD, Charles. Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Psocoptera @nsecta)s withtremarksonispecies HICRNESS ares ae OO chore ee LÔBL, I. & LESCHEN, R. A. B. Redescription and new species of Alexidia (Coleo- pleraxStaphylinidaeScaphidiinae) ran ec EEE PER eee ete LOURENÇO, Wilson R. New taxonomic considerations on some species of the genus Grosphus Simon, with description of a new species (Scorpiones, BULNITAC) a8 Bie, Sapken mee net EINEN. ARI LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Description of a new species of Tityus (Scorpiones, Buthidae) from Serra do Cipo in the State of Minas Gerais, Brazil.......... LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Compléments à la faune de scorpions (Arachnida) de l’Afrique du Nord, avec des considérations sur le genre Buthus Leach, 1815. . MAGNANO, Luigi. Una nuova specie di Otiorhynchus Germar, 1822 del Pakistan (Coleopteray Curculionidae) Polydrusinae) 4. 3252 a CE eee MAHNERT, Volker. Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscor- piones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Province, China.... MAHUNKA, Sandör & MAHUNKA-PAPP, Luise. Oribatids from Switzerland VIII (Acari: Oribatida: Ptyctima). (Acarologica Genavensia Cll) ............... MEDLER, John T. Types of Flatidae. XXIV. Type designations and taxonomic notes on species in the Natural History Museum of Geneva (Homoptera, Auchenor- Thynchaskulsoroidea).... 5 22.200 0 Doc manu ISO CU CLR Pages 661-668 817-832 669-684 491-532 133-139 599-620 547-564 833-853 797-805 783-795 855-873 695-721 315-324 141-154 427-435 875-912 125-128 739-748 453-481 591-597 INDEX DES AUTEURS MÉTRAILLER, Sébastien. Note sur l’écologie d’Acanthochelys macrocephala (Rho- din, Mittermeier & McMorris, 1984) au Paraguay (Reptilia, Chelidae)...... MORATI, Jeannine. Catalogue des types de Lamiinae (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) conservés au Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève ..................... OSELLA, Giuseppe, DI Marco, Carla & Zuppa, Anna Maria. Un nuovo Caulo- morphus Faust, 1886 d’ Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Molytinae) . . . . PACE, Roberto. Homalotini del Borneo (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)............. PACE, Roberto. Gyrophaenini della Cina (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)............ PACE, Roberto. Gyrophaenini dei generi Sternotropa, Pseudoligota e Adelarthra del Monte Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) ............. PAILL, Wolfgang. Amara pulpani Kult, 1949 — eine valide Art in den Ostalpen (Colcoptera:sCarabida o) INTO III PENG, Xian-Jin, Li, Shu-Qiang & ROLLARD, Christine. A review of the Chinese jumping spiders studied by Dr E. Schenkel (Araneae: Salticidae) .......... PENG, Xian-Jin & LI, Shugiang. Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China (Ara- NCACAS UTORRENT SCHATZ, Heinrich. New Sphaerochthonius species from the Neotropical region (Acanis@ribati da pow ERI RO E SCHELLER, Ulf. New records of Pauropoda (Myriapoda) with descriptions of new species from Rwanda and Réunion (Pauropoda and Symphyla of the Geneva MIS CUT ED) re ce e EE A PART RAS RO OI RAR STOURAC, Petr. Two new species of the genus Quedius from Algeria and Pakistan (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Staphylinini: Quadiina) .................... WICHT, Barbara, MORETTI, Marco, PREATONI, Damiano, Tosi, Guido & MARTINOLI, Adriano. The presence of Soprano pipistrelle Pipistrellus pygmaeus (Leach, 1825) in Switzerland: first molecular and bioacustic evidences ............. ZOMPRO, Oliver & BROCK, Paul D. Catalogue of type-material of stick-insects housed in the Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Geneva, with descriptions of some new taxa (Insecta: Phasmatodea) .............................. XI Pages 483-490 155-206 685-693 255-313 621-660 761-781 437-452 91-109 749-759 111-124 325-353 129-132 411-426 3-43 ANNALES de la SOCIÉTÉ SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE et du MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE de la Ville de Genève tome 110 fascicule 4 2003 g 2 2 kl GENEVE DECEMBRE 2003 ISSN 0035 - 418 X SWISS JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE TOME 110—FASCICULE 4 Publication subventionnée par: ACADEMIE SUISSE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES ASSN VILLE DE GENEVE SOCIETE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE VOLKER MAHNERT Directeur du Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève CHARLES LIENHARD Chargé de recherche au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève Comité de lecture Il est constitué en outre du président de la Société suisse de Zoologie, du directeur du Muséum de Genève et de représentants des instituts de zoologie des universités suisses. Les manuscrits sont soumis a des experts d’institutions suisses ou étrangères selon le sujet étudié. La préférence sera donnée aux travaux concernant les domaines suivants: biogéo- graphie, systématique, évolution, écologie, éthologie, morphologie et anatomie comparée, physiologie. Administration MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE 1211 GENEVE 6 Internet: http://www. ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm PRIX DE L’ ABONNEMENT: SUISSE Fr. 225.— UNION POSTALE Fr. 230.— (en francs suisses) Les demandes d’abonnement doivent étre adressées a la rédaction de la Revue suisse de Zoologie, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, C.P. 6434, CH-1211 Genéve 6, Suisse REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 669-684; décembre 2003 New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empidoidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region Paul GATT 67 Triq Godwin Ganado, Tal Virtu, Rabat RBT 02, Malta. E-mail: paul.gatt @ global.net.mt New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empi- doidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region. - Two new species of Microphorella Becker, M. ulrichi sp. n. from Morocco and Tunisia, and M. merzi sp. n. from Cyprus, Malta and Turkey are described. Two additional species from Turkey and Israel are not described because of inadequate material. M. curtipes (Becker) is newly recorded from Sardinia, and the genus is newly recorded from North Africa, Sardinia, Malta, Turkey, Cyprus and Israel. Key-words: Diptera - Dolichopodidae - Parathalassiinae - Microphorella - new species - new records - Mediterranean region. INTRODUCTION Microphorella Becker is a little known genus of basal Dolichopodidae which, together with Parathalassius Mik, Amphithalassius Ulrich, Plesiothalassius Ulrich and Thalassophorus Saigusa, has tentatively been placed in a subfamily - Parathalassiinae Chväla 1981 - tentatively only, because the subfamily may be a paraphyletic assem- blage. Originally, the then known genera were included in the former Empididae. They were subsequently transferred to the Microphoridae when the Empididae was divided into four distinct families by Chväla (1981-1988). However, phylogenetic evidence is very strong that the Parathalassinae are more closely related to the Dolichopodidae s. auct. than to the Microphorinae, forming a monophylum with the former, not the latter (Ulrich, 1990, 1991 and in litt.; Cumming & Sinclair, 2000). The genus, as currently defined, is known from 5 Nearctic (Melander, 1928), 1 Australian (Colless, 1963) and 3 Palaearctic (Chväla, 1988) species. More species, both extant and fossil, doubtlessly occur. Shamshev & Grootaert (2002) recently erected a new genus, Chimerothalassius, for a new species of the Microphorella group from New Zealand. Likewise, two fossil species of Microphorella-like flies have recently been described from Baltic amber by Cumming & Brooks (2002) who erected a new genus, Electrophorella, for them. Species of Microphorella are minute flies with inconspicuous habits, and are thus easily overlooked. Consequently, they are not commonly found in collections. Manuscript accepted 03.06.2003 670 P. GATT They have been collected by sweeping on sandy beaches, gravel and sand in river beds, and on moist rocks in streams. The small flies are very difficult to spot while resting on sand, and will only be caught if deliberate, slow, sweeping movements are employed, with the mouth of the net held very close to the ground. The three Palaearctic species have been reviewed by Chväla (1988) who also figured male and female genitalia. They include M. praecox (Loew, 1864) from central and northern Europe, M. beckeri (Strobl, 1910) from Austria and northern Yugoslavia, and M. curtipes (Becker, 1910) from northern Italy and Corsica. The Palaearctic species known so far are therefore exclusively distributed in Europe from the Mediterranean in the south, north to the arctic circle (Chväla 1988, Fig. 1). Only one species, M. curtipes, is known from the Mediterranean (Corsica). Since that time, the genus has received scant attention. No new species have been described, and no new records have been added from the Mediterranean. It is therefore of interest to describe two new mediterranean species, and to record the genus for the first time from the coast of North Africa (Tunisia and Morocco), the mediterranean islands of Sardinia, Malta and Cyprus, and the mediterranean coasts of Turkey and Israel. A further two new species from Turkey and Israel are not described because of lack of adequate material. MATERIAL AND METHODS The material available for this study was collected in large part by the author. Valuable material was also contributed by Dr Bernhard Merz (Geneva), Dr Martin Ebejer (Cardiff) and Dr John Deeming (Cardiff). Dissected specimens on which the drawings are based are stored in glycerine microvials mounted on pins in the author’s collection. Slide mounts of wings, antennae, and legs were prepared in Berlese fluid, as described by Disney (1983). Drawings were made with the aid of a x250 stereomicroscope and drawing tube. For some figures (Figs 2-3, 6-8, 11, 17, 21) a compound microscope with built in ocular grid was employed. Drawings of complex structures made from slide mounts studied in transmitted light (eg. Fig. 7) fail to make a clear distinction between internal and external structures, and cannot show how the various parts are interconnected. The following abbreviations are used in the figures 1-21: Ae aedeagus Mt metatarsus @ cercus OH opisthypandrium d digitiform process PST pigmented spinulated tubercle fo foramen from segment 8 s5-s7 abdominal sternites 5-7 HA hypandrium t5-t8 abdominal tergites 5-8 ht8, T tibia ht10 abdominal hemitergites 8 and 10 TC. tibial comb LPL left periandrial lamella vp8 ventral plate of segment 8 Labels of types are cited verbatim. The text of each separate label is enclosed in quotation marks, whilst individual lines on each label are separated by slashes. NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 671 The depositories of all specimens are indicated by the following abbreviations or initials in brackets at the end of each citation under ‘material examined”: MHNG Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Genève, Switzerland MJEB Private collection of M. J. Ebejer, Cardiff, Wales NMGW National Museum and Galleries of Wales, Cardiff PGR Private collection of P. Gatt, Rabat, Malta ZFMK Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, Germany The terminology used in this account follows Chväla (1988) and Ulrich (1974, 1991) except for the parts of the antennae which is after Stuckenberg (1999). TAXONOMIC TREATMENT Microphorella ulrichi sp. n. Figs 1-11 MATERIAL EXAMINED (31 6 6, 16 22) Holotype male: “MOROCCO: Tangier, / Ksar Sghir, Oued Araml, / Beach & Dunes, / 13.1V.2001, P. Gatt”, “HOLOTYPUS / Microphorella / ulrichi sp. n. / det. P. Gatt 2003” (ZFMK). The holotype is preserved in alcohol and is in good condition. Paratypes: 12 4 4,9 2 2, same data as holotype (ZFMK, PGR); 1 9, “TUNISIA: Ain Draham / Al Furnan, 900m / Quercus, 13.V.1995 / P. Gatt” (ZFMK); 1 à, “TUNISIA / J. C. Deeming / NMW.Z / 1995:026”, “Atlas Mts., / Ain Draham, / Al Furnan, / 12v.1995” (NMGW); 1 2, “TUNISIA: Jendouba / Fernana, Pinus, / 14.V.1995, P. Gatt” (ZFMK); 1 Sd, “TUNISIA, Tabarka / Ain Sobah, dunes / eucalyptus, pine, bog / 15.V.1995 M. J. Ebejer” (MJEB); 13 d 4, 3 22, “TUNISIA: Tabarka / Tamra, Quercus, / Stream, meadows, / 19.III.2001; P. Gatt” (ZFMK, MHNG, PGR). Other material: 1 d, same data as holotype (PGR); 1 4,2 9 9, Tunisia, Ain Draham, Al Furnan, 900m, Quercus, 13.V.1995, P. Gatt (PGR); 1 3, Tunisia, Tabarka, Tamra, Quercus, stream, meadows, 19.11.2001, P. Gatt (PGR). ETYMOLOGY This species is dedicated to Dr Hans Ulrich in recognition of his expertise on the Parathalassiinae, and in gratitude for his assistance throughout the preparation of this paper. DIAGNOSIS Small, greyish dusted, sexually dimorphic species with strongly infuscated wings, ‘pigmented spinulated tubercles’ (see below) on fore and hind metatarsi, dilated fore tarsi (male) and a digitiform process at base of hind femur (male). DESCRIPTION Male Head. Higher and wider than deep, grey dusted; eyes widely separated on frons, all facets equally small, covered with short, white, hairs, longer towards ventral pole of eye; occiput only narrowly projecting beyond posterior margin of eye, concave above neck, convex below, greyish-brown dusted, with some metallic reflections; jowls nar- row; face long and narrow, narrowest in middle and widening both above and below, 672 P. GATT silvery grey dusted, narrower than frons above antennae; clypeus grey. Chaetotaxy: cephalic bristles blackish; anterior pair of ocellar bristles strong, diverging, almost as strong as one pair of fronto-orbitals; posterior pair of ocellar bristles minute; 3 pairs of strong vertical bristles, the inner converging, the outer 2 diverging, all almost as strong as anterior ocellars; an additional, very short bristle present between the two lateral pairs; postocular cilia long, dark, and strictly uniserial above neck, becoming paler, longer and irregularly multiserial below. Antennae (Fig. 1) placed well above middle of head in profile; scape (segment 1) small, bare and orange brown in colour; pedicel (segment 2) globular, with greyish micropubescence, and subapical collarette of longer, whitish hairs; postpedicel (segment 3) dark brown, roughly symmetrical in profile, tear-drop shaped, covered with both micropubescence and with long, whitish hairs; postpedicel ending in very long, uniarticulate stylus (arista) clothed with microscopic pubescence; proboscis short, narrow, directed forwards, dark brown and lustrous; palps one-segmented, yellow, broadly triangular in profile, each bearing a sensory pit and one long, white, subapical bristle in addition to some shorter hairs. Thorax. Black in ground colour; dorsal surface of mesoscutum arched: anterior slope behind neck vertical; posterior slope with flattened prescutellar area. Mesoscutum: viewed from in front and above, grey dusted anteriorly and posteriorly, central part subshining and clothed with golden brown micropubescence; viewed from behind and above, dusted before suture, subshining behind. Complete prothoracic precoxal bridge present. Chaetotaxy: thoracic bristles black; acrostichals very short, piliform, widely separated and biserial anteriorly, converging posteriorly, disappearing shortly behind transverse suture, preceded anteriorly by a longer pair arising from anterior slope of mesoscutum; dorsocentrals 2+3, uniserial, long, bristle-like, more or less equally strong, except for prescutellar pair, which is longer, wider apart, and almost as strong as scutellars; some short, accessory bristles, the size of acrostichals, inserted before, between and both inside and outside the anterior 2 dorsocentrals; humeral callus with two very short setae but no strong humeral bristle; 1 long posthumeral inserted far from humeral callus, 2 notopleural, 3 supra-alar (the anterior very weak), 1 postalar and 1 pair of long, converging, scutellar bristles. Pleura bare, grey dusted. Legs. Long and slender, yellow in ground colour, greyish dusted, finely bristled with short, generally whitish hairs except on coxae and trochanters; fore coxae mostly yellow, grey dusted; mid and hind coxae brown, more heavily dusted; trochanters yellowish brown, hind trochanters the darkest; femora infuscated dorsally, more strongly bristled dorsally and apically; fore and mid femora equally strong; hind femora longer, more bristled; tibiae yellow, covered with blackish hairs; tarsi yellow, but fifth segment of fore tarsus, and fourth and fifth segments of mid and hind tarsi distinctly darkened; all tarsi, but especially the middle, with short, spine-like setae on ventral surface, and at apices of segments; tarsal claws large, pulvilli large and ven- trally haired, empodium setiform, forked, haired. Fore leg: coxa sparsely covered with short pale hairs anteriorly, longer near apex; trochanter with a short dorsal apical bristle; femur with a posteroventral row of bristly hairs, longer towards the apex; ventrally, at base, with a group of curved hairs; tibia (Fig. 2, 3) with an apical, anterior comb of close set spinules. Tarsus (Fig. 2) modified: metatarsus long and slender, as long as following 3 segments together, yellow in ground colour, sparsely clothed with NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 673 short, blackish hairs; anteriorly, at base, and overlapped by fore-tibial comb, with a minute, pigmented tubercle, the surface of which bears a number of short, sclerotised blunt spinules and sharp thornlets (Fig. 2, 3); tarsal segments 2-5 broadened and dorsoventrally flattened, densely clothed with minute, white, adpressed hairs and with some longer, whitish setulae; middle 3 tarsal segments thus with a distinct silvery- white sheen, contrasting strongly with the yellow metatarsus proximally, and the dark- ened fifth tarsal segment distally. Mid leg: coxa with 1 strong downcurved apical bris- tle and a vertical row of 3 bristles on lateral surface, the lower much stronger; trochanter with a strong dorsal bristle and a series of short, curved, fine, ventral hairs; femur, ventrally at base, with some longer, curved hairs; posteroventrally, near apex, with 1-2 long bristles; tibia with a strong, dark, ventral pre-apical bristle, together with a few spine like bristles near apex; metatarsus not much shorter than rest of tarsus, ven- tral surface with a double row of short, spine-like bristles; short spines at apices of tarsal segments in groups of four. Hind leg: coxa with a short apical bristle and a ver- tical row of 2 longer bristles on lateral surface near posterior margin, the upper the stronger; trochanter with single bristles apically and laterally; femur (Fig. 4), posteri- orly near base, with a shiny, embossed area bearing a short, digitiform process, which, at high magnification (x 250) under the compound microscope appears finely haired and circumferentially and superficially grooved; femur, anteroventrally, on apical three quarters, with a fringe of long, pale, hairs, some of which are longer than femur is deep; tibia slightly, but distinctly, dilated towards apex, and with a posterior apical comb of setulae; ventral surface of tibia conspicuously haired; hind metatarsus as long as seg- ments 2-4; posteriorly, at base, with a pigmented spinulated tubercle overlapped by hind tibial comb; posteriorly, at apex, with a comb of very short hairs. Wing (Fig. 5). Narrow at base, axillary lobe hardly developed, as in congeners; wing membrane covered with microtrichia, distinctly infuscated yellowish-brown; base of wing paler, more yellowish, including cells c, bm, cu, and the proximal end of cell r,; hind marginal fringe longest at base of wing; wing veins brown, stigma absent; cos- ta continued around wing as ‘ambient vein’; anterior margin of costa with short, spine- like bristles in addition to the usual fine hairs; a strong costal bristle present, preceded by 3 shorter, finer ones, all black; Sc pale and indistinct, first narrowing, then abruptly widening as it approachs R,, fading into costa; Rs originating opposite humeral cross vein; R, ending in C beyond tip of discal cell; R,,, sinuous, upcurved at its junction with costa; R,,; ending in C at tip of wing; crossvein r-m distinct; basal cells short, dis- cal cell incompletely separated from second basal cell by M;,, interrupted at base, as in all Parathalassiinae, closed distally by crossvein m-m and emitting three veins to wing margin; base of M, complete, rather pale in some specimens, although always discernible along its entire length; crossvein m-m complete in holotype male, incom- plete in some specimens (see ‘female’ below); CuA, curved, as in congeners, CuA, + A, short and indistinct, visible only as a linear, faint shadow on wing membrane; squa- mae yellowish brown with darker margins, fringe of marginal hairs long and brownish; halteres yellow. Abdomen. Cylindrical, black in ground colour, less densely grey dusted than thorax, subshining in some lights; tergites sparsely clothed with short, whitish hairs which lengthen towards lateral margins; tergites 1-4, and sternites 1-3 simple, sym- 674 P. GATT Fics 1-5 Microphorella ulrichi sp. n.: 1, 6, antenna, lateral view; 2, d, right fore leg: tarsus and apex of tibia, dorsal view; 3, d, left fore leg: apex of tibia and base of metatarsus, dorsal view; 4, à, right hind leg: femur and base of tibia, posterior view; 5, wing. Scales: 0.5 mm except for Fig. 3 (0.07 mm) and Fig. 5 (1.0 mm). Abbreviations explained in the text. NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 675 metrical, sternites reduced; postabdomen beginning with sternite 4, rotated and latero- flexed to the right, as in congeners; tergites 5 and 6 narrowed and excavated on the right hand side, accomodating hypopygium; tergite 7 normal, tergite 8 vestigial; sternite 4 broad, short, depigmented medially and indented at its hind margin. Sternite 5 (Fig. 6) short, brown and lustrous, modified, with a median, robust, keel-shaped process which is bifid in profile and projecting ventrad; sternite 6 (Fig. 6) broad and angular, more heavily pigmented in middle third; sternite 7 large, quandrangular in side view, dusted except for a polished, roughly triangular area on posterior half; sternite 8 large, clothed with long, white hairs. Hypopygium (Fig 7) of very intricate structure, large, globose, lying on right side of abdomen as in congeners, reaching up to tergite 4; cerci soft, bi- fid, densely setulose. Opisthypandrium, aedeagus, and associated structures as in Figure 8; opisthypandrium conspicuously ridged along posterior surface; aedeagus with bevel-edged, pointed tip. Length. Body 1.6 mm, wing 2.5 mm Female Resembling male in many respects. Body and wings generally longer; face wider, parallel sided; antennae darker, postpedicel less produced apically, stylus some- what longer; palpi brownish grey; legs more slender, darker, especially coxae; hairs shorter; pigmented spinulated tubercles overlapped by tibial combs present on fore and hind metatarsi as in male, but fore tarsus not dilated. Anteroventral fringe on apical three quarters of hind femur inconspicuous; hind femur without digitiform process. Posterior section (ie. that adjacent to M,) of cross-vein m-m reduced, and therefore cross-vein m-m incomplete, in one wing only, of each of two female specimens exam- ined. Abdomen (Fig. 9 and 10) of the ‘acanthophorous intruded’ type (Chväla, 1986), more dorsoventrally flattened, sparsely brownish dusted, shinier, terminalia shining black; hairs on tergites longer, darker, and more numerous. Segments 1-5 simple, form- ing preabdomen; tergite 5 with a hind marginal fringe of very long black bristles; postabdomen slender, retracted into preabdomen; tergites 6 and 7 butterfly shaped, an- teriorly more pigmented, and posteriorly with a few short spines near apices of lateral margins; tergite 8 completely or incompletely divided by a median cleft, deeply emar- ginate anteriorly, pale and weakly sclerotised posteriorly - when completely cleft, the medial borders of the two halves meet in the median line (as in Fig. 9). Tergite 10 cleft into a pair of hemitergites (acanthophorites), as in congeners, each bearing, at its pos- terior margin, 4 spines with rounded ends; the two medial ones long and thick, the two lateral ones less than half as long and correspondingly weaker. In dorsal view (Fig. 9), the 4 spines look like blunt pegs. In lateral view (Fig. 10) they appear flattened, pointed, and curved dorsad. Sternite 6 narrow, evenly pigmented, with some long, black hairs on posterior margin; sternite 7 longer, heavily pigmented on lateral margins but very pale centrally; ventral plate of segment 8 long, boat shaped, with distinct, short, longitudinal, parallel, pigmented ridges at tip; one spermatheca (Fig. 11). Length. Body 1.9 mm, wing 2.6 mm BIOLOGY This species has been collected from the marine coast (beach and dunes). It has also been swept from a wet meadow, a pine forest and an oak forest at altitude (900m) 676 P. GATT NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 677 and is therefore clearly not exclusively coastal in habitat. The spines of the female’s hemitergites 10 are shaped like curved gutters, suitable for digging into sand and sim- ilar soft substrates. DISTRIBUTION Hitherto known from the mediterranean coast of North Africa (Tunisia and Morocco). REMARKS This species can easily be distinguished from its Palaearctic congeners by the characters given under ‘diagnosis’. Other characters of taxonomic importance include: the black thoracic bristles; the short biserial acrostichals; the bristle-like, uniserial dor- socentrals; the two strong supra-alar bristles; and the conspicuous anteroventral fringe of long hairs on the male hind femur. Pigmented spinulated tubercles have not hitherto been observed in any species of Microphorella. They are absent in the two Palaearctic species I have examined (M. praecox and M. curtipes). The modified fore tarsi and hind femora in the male of this species are also unique. Melander (1928) described dilated hind, but not fore, tarsi in the males of some Nearctic species of the genus. Combs of spinules on fore and hind tibiae and on hind metatarsi may be more common in members of this, and related, genera, than has hitherto been appreciated. Melander (1928) and Chväla (1988) make no mention of this character in any of the species that they treat. Colless (1963), however, describes it in M. iota from Australia and Ulrich (1991) records it also in the parathalassiine genera Plesiothalassius and Amphithalassius from South Africa. Combs are present in the two Palaearctic species of Microphorella I have examined (M. praecox and M. curtipes). Reduction of the base of vein M, is not rare as an individual aberration in species of Microphorella, both recent and fossil in Baltic amber (Ulrich, 2002). The base of M, though always complete, is pale in several specimens of this species. It is speculated that loss of melanization, and perhaps sclerotization, may precede reduction of this section (Ulrich, in. litt.). The development of cross-vein m-m is also subject to individual variation in this species. Microphorella merzi sp. n. Figs 12-21 MATERIAL EXAMINED (21 64,12 2 2) Holotype male: “CYPRUS: Akamas Peninsula / Lara Beach, 34.58N/32.19E / 28.1V.2002, P. Gatt”. “HOLOTYPUS / Microphorella / merzi sp. n. / det. P. Gatt 2003” (ZFMK). The holotype is preserved in alcohol and is in good condition. Fics 6-11 Microphorella ulrichi sp. n.: 6, à , sternite 5 and segment 6 detached from remaining parts of ab- domen and membranes omitted, anterior view; 7, 6, hypopygium, left lateral view; 8, à, opisthypandrium, aedeagus and associated structures, left lateral view; 9, 9, abdomen, macerat- ed and stretched, membranes omitted, dorsal view; 10, ®, terminalia, left lateral view; 11, ©, spermatheca. Scales: 0.5 mm except for Fig. 11 (0.05mm). Abbreviations explained in the text. 678 P. GATT Paratypes: Cyprus: 6 dd, 2 99, same data as holotype (ZFMK); 1 6, 3 29, “CYPRUS / Akamas peninsula / Lara beach / 28.IV.2002 St. 28”, “34.58N/32.19E / dunes, meadow / leg. Merz, Deeming / Ebejer & Gatt St. 28” (ZFMK, MHNG, PGR); 9 44,299, “CYPRUS: beach, / 6 km E of Zygi, / 34044’44”N, 32044’55”E / 24.IV.2002, P. Gatt” (ZFMK, MHNG, PGR); 2 66,1 9, “CYPRUS Om / Lemasos / Pegasus beach hotel / 1.V.2002 St.38”, “34.42N/33.06E / beach / leg. Merz, Deeming / Ebejer & Gatt St. 38” (ZFMK, MHNG); 1 9, “CYPRUS Om / 10 km W Pissouri / , Petra tou Romiou / , 23.1V.2002 St. 4”, “34.41N/32.35E / beach / leg. Merz, Deeming / Ebejer & Gatt St. 4” (MHNG); 1 2, “MALTA Om / Ghajn Tuffieha Bay / 35.56N/14.21E / 1.V.2001 B. Merz” (PGR); 1 à , “TK Antalya Prov. / Phaselis / 10km S Kemer / 27.1V.2000 Om / leg. Merz & Senay” (MHNG). Other material: 1 2, data as holotype (PGR); 2 6 4,1 2 Cyprus, beach, 6 km E of Zygi, 34°44’44”N, 32°44’55”E, 24.1V.2002, P. Gatt (PGR). ETYMOLOGY This species is dedicated to Dr Bernhard Merz who collected and generously made available valuable material for this study. DIAGNOSIS Very small, greyish dusted species with greyish wings; sexually dimorphic, males with enormously dilated palpi and with a row of minute, blunt, ventral spinules on fore tibiae. DESCRIPTION Male Head (Fig. 12). Very broad, about 1.5 times as broad as high, silvery grey dust- ed; eyes widely separated on frons, all facets equally small, covered with very short, white, hairs; occiput concave above neck, convex below, greyish dusted, subshining, projecting well beyond posterior margin of eye; jowls very narrow, linear; face very short and narrow, eyes almost touching below antennae, widening towards clypeus, much narrower than frons above antennae; clypeus grey. Chaetotaxy: cephalic bristles blackish; 2 pairs of strong fronto-orbitals; ocellar tubercle distinct; anterior pair of ocellar bristles shorter than fronto-orbitals, diverging; posterior ocellar bristles short; 3 pairs of vertical bristles, the inner strong, converging, the outer strong, diverging, the middle short; post-ocular cilia pale, short, sparse and uniserial above neck, becoming denser and irregularly multiserial below. Antennae (Fig. 13) inserted at about middle of head in profile; scape yellow, small, concealed; pedicel yellowish brown, sparsely grey dusted, large, globular, with subapical collarette of hairs; postpedicel dark brown in ground colour, strikingly asymmetrical, onion-shaped, sparsely covered with grey micropubescence and some longish white hairs; postpedicel ending in very long, uniar- ticulate stylus clothed with microscopic pubescense; proboscis yellowish brown, very short, directed downwards and forwards; palps (Fig. 12) one segmented, very large, spatulate and concave on lateral surface; yellow in ground colour and densely covered with minute glistening white hairs, in addition to some sparse longer setulae; palps without sensory pit or subapical bristle. Thorax. Black in ground colour; mesoscutum rather long and narrow, dorsal surface not much arched, posteriorly with well defined, prescutellar depression com- mencing behind suture; mesoscutum covered with greyish micropubescence, more brownish dusted around prescutellar depression and on scutellar apex; complete NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 679 Fics. 12-17 Microphorella merzi sp. n.: 12, 3, head, anterior view; 13, d , antenna, lateral view; 14, wing; 15-16, paratypes, wings, variations in venation; 17, ¢, hypopygium, right lateral view. Scales: 0.5 mm except for Figs 14-16 (1.0 mm) Abbreviations explained in the text. prothoracic precoxal bridge present. Chaetotaxy: large thoracic bristles black, short bristles pale; 3 pairs of acrostichals, very short, biserial, disappearing at transverse suture, preceded anteriorly by a stronger, darker, pair arising from anterior slope of mesoscutum; dorsocentrals 2 + 6, uniserial, short, longer than acrostichals, presutural 680 P. GATT and prescutellar pairs long, bristle like; humeral callus with 1 short seta but no strong humeral bristle; 1 - 2 short accessory bristles, the size of acrostichals, between fore- most dorsocentral and posthumeral bristles; 2 notopleurals; 3 short supra-alar bristles, the anterior (post-sutural) the longest; 1 postalar and 1 pair of long, converging, scu- tellar bristles. Pleura bare, grey dusted. Legs. Long and slender, yellowish-brown in ground colour, sparsely greyish dusted, finely bristled with very short white hairs, except on coxae; fore coxae yellow, grey-dusted at base; mid and hind coxae brown, more heavily dusted; trochanters yellow; femora brown, yellow at base and apex, more strongly bristled dorsally and apically; fore and mid femora equally strong, hind femora longer, more bristled; knees yellow; tibiae brown, slender, darker than femora; tarsi yellow, fifth segment distinctly darkened and broadened; all tarsi, but especially the middle, with short, spine-like bristles on ventral surface at apices of segments in groups of four; tarsal claws small, simple, pulvilli small, ventrally haired, empodium setiform, haired. Fore leg: coxa with some long white hairs anteriorly, longer near apex; trochanter with a short dorsal apical bristle and a row of short, curved hairs on ventral surface; femur with anterodorsal and anteroventral rows of bristly hairs; tibia with a row of minute, blunt, dark spinules on ventral surface, and with an apical, anterior comb of close set spines; tarsus simple, metatarsus without pigmented spinulated tubercle. Mid leg: coxa with a vertical row of 2 bristles on lateral surface; tibia with a distinct, short, ventral pre-apical bristle. Hind leg: coxa with a single bristle on lateral surface and another at apex; femur with an anteroventral row of longish hairs, shorter than femur is deep; tibia slightly, but distinctly, dilated towards apex, and with a posterior apical comb of setulae; hind metatarsus posteriorly, at apex, with a comb of very short setulae, but without pig- mented spinulated tubercle. Wing (Fig. 14). Narrow at base, axillary lobe hardly developed; wing membrane covered with microtrichia, greyish, opalescent; hind marginal fringe longest at base of wing; wing veins yellowish, stigma absent; costa continued around wing as ‘ambient vein’; anterior margin of costa with short, spine-like bristles in addition to the usual fine hairs; 2 to 3 strong bristles present at base of costa; Sc pale and short, strongly curved in its apical section, fading into costa; Rs originating opposite humeral cross vein; R, ending in C before base of M,; crossvein r-m faint, narrow, incompletely de- veloped, visible only as a swelling on basal section of vein R,,;; basal cells short; base of M, faint, generally complete (Fig. 14), sometimes reduced so that M, appears dis- connected at base (Fig. 15); crossvein m-m absent (Fig. 14), in some specimens pres- ent but greatly reduced, appearing as a tiny stump or as a short ‘hang-vein’ (Fig.16); discal cell open by virtue of absence of crossvein m-m; M ;,, interrupted at base, as in all Parathalassinae; CuA, curved, as in congeners, CuA, + A, absent. Squamae small, pale; fringe of marginal setulae short, pale; halteres greyish. Abdomen. Cylindrical, black in ground colour, more shining than thorax, grey and brown dusted; segments 1-4 simple, forming preabdomen; postabdomen rotated and lateroflexed to the right, as in congeners; tergites sparsely clothed with short, whitish hairs, longer towards lateral margins; tergites 1-4 symmetrical; tergite 1 narrow, desclerotised medially; tergites 5 and 6 with right lateral margin sharply in- folded; tergite 7 small, tergite 8 vestigial; sternite 1 membranous, very narrowly scle- NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 681 Fics 18-21 Microphorella merzi sp. n.: 18-20: 2, postabdomen, macerated and stretched: 18, dorsal view, membranes omitted; 19, left lateral view; 20, ventral view; 21, 2, spermatheca. Scales: 0.5 mm except for Fig. 20 (0.25 mm). Abbreviations explained in the text. rotised only at posterior and lateral margins; sternites 2-4 narrow, symmetrical; sternite 5 not developed as a sclerite; sternites 6 and 7 narrow, sternite 8 small, moderately convex and covered with some short, pale hairs. Hypopygium (Fig 17) large, globose, lying on right side of abdomen and reaching up to tergite 4; hypandrium and perian- drium fused without any suture to form a genital capsule. Length. Body 1.1 mm, wing 1.25 mm. 682 P. GATT Female Resembling male. Body, and wings, longer; antennal segments all black, post- pedicel less produced apically; palpi brown, not spatulate, much smaller, long oval and apically pointed, with some long hairs on lateral surface. Legs more slender, darker, especially coxae, hairs shorter; fore tibiae without a row of ventral spinules; tibials combs present on fore and hind tibiae and hind metatarsi as in male. Wings, including veins, darker. Abdomen dorsoventrally flattened, more greyish dusted, brownish in some lights, dorsally with 6 visible segments; segments 1-5 simple, forming pre- abdomen. Postabdomen (Figs 18-20) slender, tapering, retracted into preabdomen; terminalia not acanthophorous. Tergite 1 reduced, desclerotised medially; tergites 6 and 7 normal; tergite 8 cleft completely into two hemitergites. Sternite 1 not developed, sternites 2-7 normal. Tergite 10 cleft into pair of shiny brown, broad, triangular hemitergites each bearing bristles instead of the usual peglike spines. Cerci long, sinuous; each cercus with one very long subapical bristle in addition to some shorter setae on both lateral and ventral surfaces; 1 spermatheca (Fig. 21). Length. Body 1.3 mm, wing 1.4 mm. BIOLOGY All specimens were caught sweeping very close to the sand on coastal beaches. DISTRIBUTION Hitherto known from the mediterranean islands of Cyprus and Malta, and the mediterranean coast of Turkey. REMARKS This is an aberrant species which does not resemble any other described species of Microphorella known to me to any great extent. I have, however, preferred to include it in the genus Microphorella, rather than erect a new genus for it, pending a revision of both recent and fossil species of this group, based on the principles of phylogenetic systematics (Ulrich, in prep.). Such a revision will probably lead to the subdivision of Microphorella into several genera (Ulrich, in. litt.). The hypopygium of this species is unique amongst the Parathalassinae as currently defined, in that the hypandrium and periandrium have apparently fused with- out any suture to form a genital capsule as in the Dolichopodidae s. str. (Ulrich, 1974). This may be a synapomorphy with the Dolichopodidae s. str., and, if confirmed, will be important for a reconstruction of the group’s phylogeny, and a justification for erecting a new genus for this species (Ulrich, in. litt.). Cross vein m-m is entirely absent, or at least greatly reduced, in this species. In those specimens where it is absent, the condition is the same as in the type of the Lower Cretaceous Avenaphora recently described by Grimaldi & Cumming (1999). OTHER RECORDS Microphorella curtipes (Becker, 1910) Material examined: Italy: Sardinia, 4 © ©, Dorgali reg. 350 m, Rio Flumineddu, Gola di Gorropu, sweeping over moist sand near stream, 40.11N/9.29E, 15.VI.2002, B. Merz. (MHNG). NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MICROPHORELLA 683 Distribution: Hitherto known only from two localities in north Italy (Rapallo and Vallombrosa) and from Corsica, this species is now also recorded from Sardinia. Microphorella sp. aff. praecox (Loew, 1864) Material examined: Israel: 1 ¢, Bor Mashash, inland sand-dunes, 16.11.1995, B Merz; 1 2, Tel Aviv Country Club, beach, 14.11.1995, B. Merz (MHNG). A small (male body length 1.6mm) grey dusted species, very similar to praecox, but with postpedicel much shorter, and antennal stylus much longer and bristle like, about as long as postpedicel in the male, longer in the female. The species is probably new, but not described for lack of adequate material. The genus is newly recorded from Israel. Microphorella sp. Material examined: Turkey: 2 dd, 2 22 (1 headless), Antalya Province, Kursunlu Selalesi, 15 km NNE of Antalya, 150m, 29.1V.2000, forest, waterfall, B. Merz (MHNG). A very small (male body length 1.2mm), black, lightly brownish dusted species with infuscated wings, yellow legs and apex of antennal postpedicel conspicuously hairy and produced, antennal stylus 1.5 times length of postpedicel. The species is probably new, but not described for lack of adequate material. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am indebted to Dr Hans Ulrich (Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn) for his detailed and critical analysis of the manuscript, which resulted in several corrections and improvements. For this, and for the gift of spe- cimens and literature, I am extremely grateful. My gratitude is also extended to Dr Bernhard Merz (Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Genève), Dr Martin Ebejer (Cardiff) and Dr John C. Deeming (National Museum and Galleries of Wales, Cardiff) who generously contributed valuable material towards this study. Dr Merz and Dr Ebejer are thanked for reading the manuscript and making useful suggestions. I am grateful to Ms Florence Marteau (Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève) for assistance in the prepara- tion of the plates. I wish to thank Mr Louis F. Cassar (International Environment Institute, University of Malta) who introduced me to the type locality of M. ulrichi in Morocco, and Prof Carmelo Agius (Department of Biology, University of Malta) and Dr George Georgiou (Department of Fisheries, Cyprus) who facilitated my trip to Cyprus. I am also grateful to the MECO Project (Baseline research for the integrated sustainable management of Mediterranean sensitive coastal ecosystems) coordinators, particularly Prof.essa Felicita Scapini (Dipartimento di Biologia Animale e Genetica ‘Leo Pardi’, University of Florence) for involving me in the project. My trips to Morocco and Tunisia in 2002 were funded by the European Commission INCO-DC Programme (MECO Project ERB-IC-18-CT98-0270). 684 P. GATT REFERENCES CHVALA, M. 1981. Classification and phylogeny of Empididae, with a presumed origin of Dolichopodidae (Diptera). Entomologica scandinavica, Supplement 15: 225-236. CHVALA, M. 1983. The Empidoidea (Diptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark IL Fauna entomo- logica scandinavica 12: 281 pp. Scandinavian Science Press, Copenhagen. CHVALA, M. 1986. Revision of Palaearctic Microphoridae (Diptera) 1. Microphor Macq. Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 83: 432-454. CHVALA, M. 1987. Revision of Palaearctic Microphoridae (Diptera) 2. Schistostoma Beck. Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 84: 133-155. CHVALA, M. 1988. Revision of Palaearctic Microphoridae (Diptera) 3. Parathalassiinae (Para- thalassius Mik and Microphorella Becker). Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 85: 352- 372; CoLLESSs, D. H. 1963. An Australian species of Microphorella (Diptera: Empididae), with notes on the phylogenetic significance of the genus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 88: 320-323. CUMMING, J. M. & BROOKS, S. E. 2002. Electrophorella, a new genus of parathalassiine flies from Baltic amber, with a cladistic analysis of the Microphorinae + Dolichopodidae lin- eage (Diptera: Empidoidea). Studia Dipterologica 9: 41-54. CUMMING, J. M. & SINCLAIR, B. J. 2000. A new phylogenetic classification of the Empidoidea (Diptera: Eremoneura). XXI International Congress of Entomology, Foz do Iguassu, Brazil, Abstract Vol. II: 924 [3660]. DisnEy, R. H. L. 1983. Scuttle Flies. Diptera, Phoridae (except Megaselia). Handbooks for the Identification of British Insects 10 (6): 1-81; London. GRIMALDI, D. & CUMMING, J. 1999. Brachyceran Diptera in Cretaceous ambers and Mesozoic diversification of the Eremoneura. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 239: 124pp. MELANDER, A. L. 1928 (1927). Diptera, Fam. Empididae. Fasc. 185. In: WYTSMAN, P. (ed.). Genera insectorum, 434 pp., 8 pls.; Bruxelles. SHAMSHEY, I. V. & GROOTAERT, P. 2002. A new genus of Microphorinae (Diptera Empidoidea) from New Zealand. Belgian Journal of Entomology 4: 129-144. STUCKENBERG, B. R. 1999. Antennal evolution in the Brachycera (Diptera), with a reassessment of terminology relating to the flagellum. Studia dipterologica 6 (1): 33-48. ULRICH, H. 1974. Das Hypopygium der Dolichopodiden (Diptera): Homologie und Grund- planmerkmale. Bonner Zoologische Monographien 5: 60 pp. ULRICH, H. 1990. Evidence for the phylogenetic position of Parathalassiinae (Empidoidea) based on thoracic morphology. Second International Congress of Dipterology, Bratislava, Abstract Volume: p. 245. ULRICH, H. 1991. Two new genera of parathalassiine-like flies from South Africa (Diptera, Empidoidea). Bonner zoologische Beiträge 42 (2): 187-216. ULRICH, H. 2002. Referee’s comment on the paper of Cumming and Brooks. Studia Diptero- logica 9 (1): 55. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 685-693; décembre 2003 Un nuovo Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 d’Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, Molytinae) Giuseppe OSELLA, Carla DI MARCO & Anna Maria ZUPPA Dipartimento di Scienze Ambientali, Università degli Studi di L’ Aquila, Via Vetoio, I-67100 L’ Aquila, Italia. A new Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 from Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curcu- lionidae, Molytinae). - Caulomorphus hittita sp. n. (Coleoptera, Curculio- nidae, Molytinae) related to the “lederi”’ Chevrolat group (sensu Osella), was collected in the mountains of N-E Anatolia (Tunceli district), probably in litter of meso-hygrophil forests. The species is easily distinguishable by interstriae shape, lengthened protibiae and male foveolate urosternite 5 (figs 1, 2). An identification key to all species of the genus and new faunistic da- ta about some other Caulomorphus species are added. Key-words: Curculionidae - Molytinae - Caulomorphus - new species - Turkey. INTRODUZIONE L’esame dei Coleoptera Curculionidae di lettiera (del Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève) raccolti in varie regioni mediterranee ci ha permesso di scoprire una nuova specie di Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 della Turchia nord-orientale. La sco- perta ci ha indotti ad esaminare i materiali ancora indeterminati del genere a nostra disposizione. Riteniamo quindi utile rendere noti anche questi dati perchè accrescono le nostre conoscenze su questo raro e poco studiato genere di Molytinae. Trattandosi di entità legate alla lettiera di boschi mesoigrofili (i “boschi colchici” dei botanici) (Pignatti, 1979; Brandmayr & Pizzolotto, 1990) è urgente il problema dello studio di questi ambienti prima che siano distrutti dall’ apparente inarrestabile deforestazione delle montagne pontiche attualmente in pieno svolgimento. Caulomorphus lederi venne diagnosticato da Chevrolat (1880) per una specie del Caucaso che l'Autore ritenne appartenere al genere Styphlus Schönherr, 1826 (Erirhininae). A questo primo inquadramento seguì quello di Bergroth (1884) che lo attribuì invece ai Cotaster Motschulsky, 1851 (Cossoninae) finchè Faust (1886) non creò per essa il genere Caulomorphus Faust (Molytinae Anchonini). Quest'ultimo inquadramento è rimasto immodificato sino al 1999 allorquando Alonso-Zarazaga & Lyal (1999) non spostarono il genere dagli Anchonini ai Plintini (sottotribù Plinthina) sempre nell’ambito dei Molytinae. Al genere Caulomorphus furono attribuite, prima del 1912, solo quattro specie: C. lederi (Chevrolat, 1880), C. talyschensis Reitter, 1897, C. muelleri Reitter, 1911 e Manoscritto accettato il 24.03.2003 686 G. OSELLA ET AL. C. reitteri Müller, 1912. Osella (1970, 1976) ne aggiunse altre sei: C. besucheti Osella, 1970, C. bithynicus Osella, 1970, C. giocoae Osella, 1970, C. amaseianus Osella, 1970, C. inopinatus Osella, 1970, C. wittmeri Osella, 1976, nonchè un taxon di incerto valore specifico (C. sp. pr. bithynicus). Attualmente, con l’entità qui descritta [ma togliendo C. reitteri Miiller attualmente attribuito ad Absoloniella Formanek, 1913 (Erirrhinidae Erirrhinini) (Alonso-Zarazaga & Lyal, 1999)] le specie di Caulomorphus ammontano a 10, numero cospicuo ma verosimilmente di molto inferiore alla realta. PARTE SISTEMATICA DESCRIZIONE DELLA NUOVA SPECIE Caulomorphus hittita sp. n. Figg. la, b; 2 a, b Loc. typ.: Turchia, Tunceli (Monti Munzur) Materiale esaminato: Holotypus maschio etichettato “Turquie, Tunceli, Tunceli — Ovacik, 1100 m, 5.VI.1986/ Besuchet, Löbl & Burckhardt” (conservato nelle collezioni del Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genéve - MHNG). Descrizione. Corpo slanciato, subparallelo (fig. la), rosso ferrugineo, pronoto ed elitre con punteggiatura superficiale, con piccolissime setole di difficile osser- vazione. Rostro subcilindrico, a lati paralleli, debolmente ricurvo, con una larga carena mediana resa evidente dai solchi profondi che la fiancheggiano. I margini laterali del rostro presentano anch’essi una modesta carena di lunghezza pari a quella mediana. Scrobe profonde, a fondo debolmente brillante che raggiungono, all’indietro, il capo. Antenne snelle, inserite nel primo quarto distale del rostro; scapo cilindrico, appena in- grossato nella parte terminale (che raggiunge, all’indietro, la parte inferiore del rostro); funicolo gracile, con i primi due articoli allungati (il 1° è lungo circa quanto 2° + 3°), 3° e 4° subquadrati, 5°, 6° e 7° sferici (ma il 7° più largo del 6°); clava ovale con setole corte e sporadiche setole evidenti su tutti gli articoli. Occhi vestigiali con un solo om- matidio biancastro. Pronoto all’incirca largo quanto lungo, regolarmente arcuato ai lati, massima ampiezza a metà, fittamente punteggiato con punti non variolosi, rotondi, separati da spazi di diametro variabile, brillanti e, a loro volta, con minuta pun- teggiatura. La carena mediana è sostituita da una linea non punteggiata, liscia e brillante. Scutello brillante, allo stesso livello delle elitre. Elitre a base leggermente arcuata, subparallele, saldate alla sutura, strie evidenti con punti rotondi (una trentina per stria), superficiali, ordinati regolarmente, svaniti nella declività posteriore. Interstrie piane, lisce, debolmente brillanti, larghe quanto le strie, a margini irregolari (perché intaccate dai punti delle strie), con piccoli punti regolarmente disposti e con se- tole piccolissime, appena visibili di profilo ed ai lati. Zampe superficialmente pun- teggiate e setolose; protibie medialmente allargate. Tarsi gracili con 1° articolo conico- allungato, 2° trasverso, 3° bilobo, onichio allungato (fig. 1a). Procoxe evidenti, roton- deggianti, subcontigue: mesocoxe, separate da uno spazio pari a 1/2 del diametro della coxa stessa, rotondeggianti, meno elevate delle procoxe. Nello spazio che le separa é presente un piccolo rilievo a forma di bottone; metacoxe di modeste dimensioni roton- deggianti distanziate da uno spazio doppio rispetto al diametro della coxa stessa. Mesosterno superficialmente punteggiato, lievemente incavato medialmente. Urosterniti 1 e 2 fortemente incavati medialmente, tra di loro saldati con sutura obso- UN NUOVO CAULOMORPHUS D’ ANATOLIA 687 Fıc.1 Caulomorphus hittita sp. n. (Holotypus maschio): habitus (a); 5° urosternite (b) (Scala 1 mm). 688 G. OSELLA ET AL. leta; sommati insieme sono circa due volte più lunghi dei restanti urosterniti; uro- sterniti 3 e 4, stretti, subeguali; urosternite 5 arrotondato con punteggiatura grande, variolosa e profonda, con fossetta circolare mediana. In questo urosternite sono pre- senti setole più evidenti di quelle degli urosterniti 3 e 4 (fig. 1b). Edeago: apice appuntito (Lunghezza lobo mediano: 0,60 mm; Lunghezza totale: 1,49 mm); lobo mediano a lamina ventrale sclerificata e con canale dorsale esteso dalla base all’apice; in visione dorsale presenta lati subparalleli; apice estremo non allungato, triangolare con corte setole su ciascun lato in prossimità della punta; in visione laterale robusto, uniformemente e moderatamente curvato. Apodemi robusti, di larghezza più o meno uniforme, lunghi circa 1,5 volte il lobo mediano. Sacco interno con distinti scleriti nell’orifizio basale. Edeago e spiculum ventrale: fig. 2 a, b. Misure dell’ Holotypus: Lunghezza del rostro: 0,75 mm; Larghezza del rostro incluse le scrobe: 0,30 mm; Larghezza del rostro sotto le scrobe: 0,26 mm; Larghezza del capo: 0,50 mm; Lunghezza del capo: 0,11 mm; Lunghezza del pronoto: 0,92 mm; Larghezza del pronoto: 0,94 mm; Larghezza del pronoto/Lunghezza del pronoto: 1,02; Larghezza del margine anteriore del pronoto: 0,57 mm; Lunghezza delle elitre: 2,26 mm; Larghezza delle elitre: 1,23 mm; Lunghezza delle elitre/Larghezza delle elitre: 1,84; Larghezza della base delle elitre: 0,81 mm; Lunghezza totale: 4,04 mm; Lunghezza delle tibie anteriori: 0,72 mm; Lunghezza delle tibie posteriori: 0,60 mm; Lunghezza dello scapo: 0,55 mm; Lunghezza del funicolo: 0,46 mm; Lunghezza della clava: 0,24 mm. I rapporti di lunghezza degli articoli del funicolo sono i seguenti: TES Dene soho Il rapporto Lunghezza/Larghezza nei singoli antennomeri è, invece, il seguente: IRIS RE SSSR OH NZ 0: Derivatio nominis. Dal popolo ittita che, anticamente, abitava quest’ area. Note comparative. La nuova specie, per la conformazione dell’edeago, sembra rientrare nel gruppo “lederi” Chevrolat (sensu Osella, 1970, 1976); se ne distingue per le dimensioni leggermente maggiori, le interstrie piane, lisce e brillanti, larghe quanto le strie (opache e più o meno carenate e, di norma, più strette delle strie nelle altre specie), per la presenza sulle stesse di setole microscopiche (sempre ben visibili nelle altre specie), per le protibie medialmente pit allargate nonché per il 5° segmento con una profonda fossetta (assente o meno evidente nelle altre). Per il pronoto privo di carena mediana, per la punteggiatura delle elitre e per le interstrie non rilevate, si avvic- ina in particolare a C. besucheti Osella, da cui si differenzia per i molteplici caratteri elencati nella diagnosi e, in particolare, per la struttura dell’edeago ad apice breve- mente appuntito (fig. 2a) (vedi Osella, 1970). Ecologia e biologia. Non disponiamo di informazioni né per l’ecologia né per la biologia. E’ indubbio si tratti di una entità della lettiera superficiale di boschi a lati- foglie come le altre specie del genere. Tra i Curculionoidea della catena pontica che, di norma si rinvengono insieme ai Caulomorphus, ricordiamo: Ubychia mingrelica (Reitter, 1894), Ubychia stygia Rost, 1893; Otiorhynchus (Namertanus) argus (Reitter, 1896), Anchonidium ulcerosum Aubè, 1850, Anchonidium perpensum Faust, 1886, Aparopion costatum (Fahreus, 1843). UN NUOVO CAULOMORPHUS D’ ANATOLIA 689 NUOVI DATI SU CAULOMORPHUS I materiali qui elencati sono conservati nelle collezioni del Museo di Ginevra (MHNG) e nella collezione G. Osella (cOS). Caulomorphus besucheti Osella, 1970 Turchia, Rize, Valle di Firtina m 1900, 8.VII.1976, lex., leg. Besuchet (MHNG). Turchia, Aydin, 15.VIL.1976, 1 ex., leg. Vit (MHNG). Turchia, Borçka (Artvin), 15.VI.1969, 1 ex., leg. Osella (cOS). Turchia, Artvin, 13.V.1967, 1 ex. leg. Besuchet (MHNG). USSR, Caucasus, Batumi, 13.VI.1975, 2 maschi, 1 ex., leg. R. Raus (cOS). Caulomorphus giocoae Osella, 1970 Borcka, (Artvin), 15.VI.1969, 2 ex. leg. Osella (cOS). Turchia, Artvin, VI.1976, 1 ex., leg. Bohac (cOS). Idem, 15.VII.1976, 1 ex., leg. Bohac (cOS). Turchia, Artvin, m 1500, 9.VI.1986, 1 ex. legg. Besuchet, Lòbl & Burckhardt (MHNG). Idem, 800 m, 7. VI.1986, 9 exx., legg. Besuchet, Löbl & Burckhardt (MHNG). Idem, 1500 m, 9.VI.1986, 2 exx., legg. Besuchet, Löbl & Burckhardt (MHNG). Turchia, Artvin, 8 Km da Borcka, 350 m, 8.VI.1986, 3 exx., legg. Besuchet, Lôbl & Burckhardt (MHNG). Turchia, Artvin, Col entre Borçka Hopa, 700 m, 8.V1.1986, 1 ex., legg. Besuchet, Löbl & Burckhardt (MHNG). Caulomorphus wittmeri Osella, 1976 Iran 7553, Tang-i-Rah, 16.VIL.1975, 3 exx. leg. S. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, Naharkovan, Gorgan 36” 44’ N -54°29° E, 20.VII.1975, 1 ex. leg. S.Senglet (cOS). Iran, Guilan, route Masuleh, m 1000, 37°11’ N-49° 07’ E, 10.IX.1973, 1 ex., leg. S. Senglet, (cOS). Iran, Guilan s/Asalem, 300-600 m, 37° 41° N-48°51’E, 30.VI.1973, 1 ex., leg. Senglet, (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, route Chorteh, 100-1300 m, 36°49’ N-50° 38° E, 8.VII.1973, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, Kyasar, 22.VII.1973, 36° 22’ N-53° 16’ E, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, Naharkoran/Borgan 36°44’ N-34°29° E, 20.VI11973, 11 exx., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, Delasum, 4.VII.1974, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Mazanderan, Tshorteh, 800 m, 5.VIII.1974, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, Kyasar, 11.VII.1975, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Iran, 7518, s/Asalem, 450 m, 10.VI.1975, 1 ex., leg. Senglet (cOS). Caulomorphus lederi (Chevrolat, 1880) USSR, Caucasus, Batumi, Botaniceki sad, 1 ex., leg. Raus (cOS). Idem, 13.VI.1971, 1 ex., leg. R. Raus (cOS). Caulomorphus spec. 1 Turchia, Tekkiraz (Ordu), 900 m, 18.V.1967, 2 exx., leg. Besuchet (MHNG). Idem, 500 m, | ex., leg. Besuchet (MHNG). Caulomorphus spec. 2 Turchia, Samsum, Kavak, 20.V.1967, 2 exx., leg. Besuchet (MHNG, cOS). Per quanto riguarda gli esemplari delle due specie di Caulomorphus indeter- minate sopra riportate, riteniamo si tratti di entità inedite, entrambe caratterizzate da setole evidenti. Gli esemplari di Tekkiraz (Caulomorphus specie 1) sono contrad- distinti da tegumenti opachi con interstrie alterne leggermente più rilevate delle pari, con pronoto medialmente carenato e strie elitrali con punti grandi. Quelli di Samsum (Caulomorphus specie 2) presentano, invece, tegumenti leggermente più lucidi, con interstrie uniformemente rilevate, pronoto non medialmente carenato e leggermente più ristretto anteriormente. 690 G. OSELLA ET AL. FIG. 2 Caulomorphus hittita sp. n.: Edeago in visione dorsale e laterale (a); spiculum gastrale (b) (Scala 0,5 mm). TABELLA DICOTOMICA DEI CAULOMORPHUS FAUST, 1886 Modifichiamo come segue la tabella dicotomica dei Caulomorphus (Osella 1970, 1976), per includervi C. hittita sp. n. e per escludere C. reitteri (Mülller, 1912). l Elitre oblungo-ovali con maggiore ampiezza verso la metä; interstrie im- pari (in particolare 5 e 7) piü rilevate delle pari, careniformi. Lunghezza 1m3:00>3,50.Syaneziar(Eaucaso)n eee muelleri Reitter, 1911 Elitre subparallele; interstrie sia piane sia rilevate (talora solo le impari). Catena'pontica:(Caucaso;Mran'settentrionale.. ER 2 Corpo (fig. la) con setole piccolissime, debolmente brillante; pronoto non variolosamente punteggiato, senza carena mediana; interstrie piane, larghe quanto le strie, quest'ultime con piccoli punti regolarmente dis- posti; edeago cilindrico, ricurvo, ad apice appuntito (fig. 2a). Lunghezza mm 404° Tunceli-Ovacık (Turchia) eee hittita sp. n. Un ! ON 10 UN NUOVO CAULOMORPHUS D’ ANATOLIA 691 Corpo con setole piü o meno evidenti, non brillante; pronoto a pun- teggiatura più o meno variolosa, con o senza carena mediana; interstrie sia piane sia rilevate, talvolta alternativamente ........................ 3 Edeago largo, appiattito, poco ricurvo (visto di profilo) ................. 4 Edeago stretto, cilindrico o subcilindrico, fortemente ricurvo ............. 8 Edeago asimmetrico; pronoto privo di carena mediana evidente. Lunghezza mm 2,90-3,10. Turchia nord-orientale . . .... giocoae Osella, 1970 Edeago,simmetnicors.. AO O RN 5 Earena mediana del pronoto piu o Meno evidente Re 2... 6 @arenamediana del pronotovassentemc RO 7 Interstrie elitrali uniformemente rilevate; strie con punti molto grandi tra di loro separati da uno spazio posto a livello inferiore alle interstrie; funicolo con 1° articolo di poco più lungo del 2°; edeago ad apice estremo debolmente appuntito. Lunghezza mm 3,40-3,70. Passo di Surana (@aucasO is LI a a een lederi (Chevrolat, 1880) Interstrie elitrali alterne pit rilevate delle pari; strie con punti più piccoli a confronto con lederi, separati da intervalli posti allo stesso livello delle interstrie; funicolo con 1° articolo due volte più lungo del 2°; edeago più lungo che in lederi e a lati convergenti anteriormente. Lunghezza mm 2,8023:607Düzee (lurchia)ie ae. sce) see sp. pr. bithynicus Osella, 1970 Solo le interstrie impari (e sutura) leggermente più rilevate delle pari, più strette delle strie e con setole evidenti; edeago a lati subparalleli, apice estremo subtroncato o largamente arrotondato. Lunghezza mm 3,40- 3,80. Lazistan e regioni costiere dell’ Armenia . . . . besucheti Osella, 1970 Tutte le interstrie elitrali (e sutura) ugualmente rilevate; edeago a lati subparalleli, apice estremo ristretto in avanti e brevemente arrotondato. Lunghezza mm 3,40-3,90. Bolu (Turchia) ........... bithynicus Osella, 1970 Edeago a lati subparalleli con apice brevemente arrotondato, appuntito; Pronoto fortemente puntessialor erre e RE 9 Edeago strozzato medialmente con apice alquanto allungato; pronoto disordinatamente punteggiato, con traccia di carena mediana, setole eli- trali ben evidenti, semicoricate. Lunghezza mm 3,75-3,90. Geyve (Turchia) sesta ssa elia er inopinatus Osella, 1970 Edeago ad apice appuntito, fortemente ricurvo; pronoto punteggiato con setole evidenti. Lunghezza mm 3,00-3,30. Regioni montuose del Mar Caspiouraniano Ree FI EI wittmeri Osella, 1976 Edeago ad apice arrotondato, poco ricurvo (visto di profilo). Regioni easpiehereicostiererde MARINE OR ar ans 10 Elitre con setole molto evidenti semirilevate; strie con punti grandi, di diametro maggiore di quello degli spazi che li separano; edeago piccolo, subparallelo, poco ricurvo. Lunghezza mm 3,60-4,10. Monti Talysch RRQ, RATE LENS. ARTEN AR AGREE ASI LL talyschensis Reitter, 1911 Elitre con setole più brevi, aderenti al tegumento; strie con punti di diametro ridotto rispetto agli spazi che li separano; edeago simile a quello di talyschensis, con apice arrotondato. Lunghezza mm 3,40-3,80. Ala) aot (AMITAS Ya) Pe AN een Oke ron amaseianus Osella, 1970 692 G. OSELLA ET AL. KEY TO SPECIES OF CAULOMORPHUS FAUST 1886 1 Un ! ON Elytra oblong-oval, widest in the middle; interstriae unequal (particular- ly 5 and 7) more prominent than equal, with carina. Length mm 3,00-3, SOMSVANEZIA(CAUCASUS) ya... I OT muelleri Reitter, 1911 Elytra subparallelsided; interstriae either flattened or elevated (some- times only unequal). Pontic mountains, Caucasus, North Iran............ 2 Body (fig. 1a) without distinct setae, weakly shiny; pronotum not vari- olously punctured, without median carina; interstriae flattened, as wide as striae, these last with small regular punctures; aedeagus cylindrical, curved, with extreme apex pointed (fig. 2a). Length mm 4,04. Tunceli- OVACIR (Munkey) ne. very A nee ee ie he ME hittita Sp. n. Body with more or less distinct setae, mat; pronotum more or less variolous, with or without median carina; interstriae either flattened or elevatedisometimesvaltemately et, AI GORI 3 Aedeagus wide, flattened, in lateral view moderately curved ............. 4 Aedeagus narrow, cylindrical or subcylindrical, in lateral view strongly CURVE Re ee ee re M ee ed nn INNI E, 8 Aedeagus asymmetrical; pronotum without evident median carina. Length mm 2,90-3,10. Nord-oriental Turkey.......... giocoae Osella, 1970 Nedeagsusisymmetnicalt m u. SE 5 Pronotum with more or less evident median canna. . ... 22... ger 6 Pronotumwithoutmedian Carina PP PEU a eee 7 Interstriae evenly elevated; striae with very large punctures with inter- spaces in basal area; segment | of antennal funicle little longer than 2; extreme apex of aedeagus weakly pointed. Length mm 3,40-3,70. Suram PASSUCAUEASU SE Aer) OR PE NE SERIA RES ARTE RARE lederi (Chevrolat, 1880) Odd interstriae more prominent than even ones; striae with punctures smaller than /ederi, with interspaces in same interstriae level; segment | of antennal funicle twice longer than 2; aedeagus larger than /ederi, sides anteriorly convergent. Length mm 2,80-3,60. Diizce (Turkey) DANONE. HEBEL ZEN ME AU ES EK ARCS sp. pr. bithynicus Osella, 1970 Odd interstriae slightly more prominent than even ones; narrower than striae, With evident setae: aedeagus subparallelsided, extreme apex sub- truncate or very widely rounded. Length mm 3,40-3,80. Lazistan and Anime nial cOastaleresiONS myers SI COLI besucheti Osella, 1970 Interstriae equally prominent; aedeagus subparallelsided, extreme apex narrow, shortly rounded. Length mm 3,40-3,90. Bolu (Turkey) TEN DI TNT de RER e Lula EN bithynicus Osella, 1970 Aedeagus subparallelsided, extreme apex shortly rounded, pointed; Pronotum!stronglyipointed 2.20, se. tti 3.2 eee 2 Aedeagus narrowed in the middle, extreme apex elongated; pronotum confusely punctured, weak median carina, distinct elytral setae, half- recumbent. Length mm 3,75-3,90. Geyve (Turkey) . . . inopinatus Osella, 1970 Aedeagus with extreme apex pointed, strongly curved; pronotum punc- tured with distinct setae. Length mm 3,00-3,30. Caspic Iranian Mountain di oe yee es ied oS Sin cae wittmeri Osella, 1976 UN NUOVO CAULOMORPHUS D’ ANATOLIA 693 - Aedeagus with extreme apex rounded, in lateral view moderately curved. Caspic regions and Black Sea coastal regions................. 10 10 Elytra with distinct half-recumbent setae; interspaces between strial punctures very wide; aedeagus small, subparallelsided, moderately cur- ved. Length mm 3,60-4,10. Talysch Mountains . ..... talyschensis Reitter, 1911 - Elytral setae short and recumbent; strial punctures smaller than separat- ing interspaces; aedeagus similar to talyschensis, extreme apex rounded. Length mm 3,40-3,80. Ak Dag (Amasya) ......... amaseianus Osella, 1970 BIBLIOGRAFIA ABBAZZI, P., COLONNELLI, E., MASUTTI, L. & OSELLA, G. 1994. Coleoptera Polyphaga XVI (Curculionoidea). Jn: MINELLI, A., RUFFO, S. & LA Posts, S. (Eds). Checklist delle specie della fauna italiana 61. Calderini, Bologna, 68 pp. ALONSO-ZARAZAGA, M. A. & LYAL, C. H. C. 1999. A world Catalogue of Families and Genera of Curculionoidea (Insecta: Coleoptera). Entomopraxis, 315 pp. BERGROTH, M. E. 1884. Bemerkungen zur dritten Auflage des Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitung 28: 225-230. BRANDMAYR, P. & PIZZOLOTTO, R. 1990. Ground beetle coenosis in the landscape of the Nebrodi Mountains, Sicily (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Naturalista Siciliano 14 (suppl.): 51-64. CHEVROLAT, L. A. A. 1880. Description de quatre Curculionides d’Europe et d’ Asie. Annales de la Société entomologique de France (5) 10: 134-135. FAUST, J. 1886. Bemerkungen zu einigen europäischen Curculioniden-Gattungen. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitung 47: 22-31. OSELLA, G. 1970. Revisione del genere Caulomorphus Faust e descrizione di cinque nuove specie delle regioni montuose della Turchia lungo il Mar Nero (Coleoptera Curcu- lionidae). Memorie del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona 17 (1969): 359-395. OSELLA, G. 1976. Descrizione di una nuova specie Caulomorphus Faust della Persia (Coleoptera Curculionidae). Verhandlungen der naturfoschenden Gesellschaft Basel 85 (1-2): 92-94. PIGNATTI, S. 1979. I piani di vegetazione in Italia. Giornale Botanico Italiano 113: 411-428. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 695-721; décembre 2003 Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Psocoptera (Insecta), with remarks on species richness Charles LIENHARD Museum d’histoire naturelle, c. p. 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Switzerland. E-mail: charles. lienhard @ mhn.ville-ge.ch Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Psocoptera (Insecta), with remarks on species richness. - After having analysed the most recent literature on Chinese Psocoptera, in particular the important monograph published by Li Fasheng in 2002, the following 174 nomenclatural acts are proposed, as a contribution to stabilize the nomenclature of Chinese Psocoptera. New genus names (replacement names for junior homonyms): Lifashengia nom. nov. (Amphientomidae) for Obeliscus Li Fasheng, 2002 nec Beck, 1837, nec Popofsky, 1913, nec Graybill, 1923; Licaecilius nom. nov. (Caeciliusidae) for Neocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2002 nec Li Fasheng, 2000; Fashengocaecilius nom. nov. (Pseudocaeciliidae) for Calocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2002 nec Mockford, 1974; Fashenglianus nom. nov. (Psocidae) for Lativalva Li Fasheng, 2002 nec Amsel, 1956; Lipsocus (Psocidae) nom. nov. for Cyclotus Li Fasheng, 2002 nec Edwards, 1852. New species name (replacement name for junior homonym): Peripsocus lifashengi nom. nov. for P. orientalis Li Fasheng, 2002 nec P. orientalis Garcia Aldrete, 1999 (Peripsocidae). New synonymies: Lachesilla Westwood, 1840 (Lache- sillidae) (=Dicrolachesillus Li Fasheng, 2002), Ectopsocus McLachlan, 1899 (Ectopsocidae) (=Ectotrichus Li Fasheng, 2002), Smithersia Thornton, 1992 (Myopsocidae) (=Polygonomyus Li Fasheng, 2002). Re- established synonymies: Heterocaecilius Lee & Thornton, 1967 (Pseudo- caeciliidae) (=Orbocaecilius Li Fasheng, 1999), Trichadenotecnum Ender- lein, 1909 (Psocidae) (=Trichadenopsocus Roesler, 1943). 43 new combi- nations are proposed and 30 combinations are re-established. For 19 genus names and 71 species names the correct original spelling is selected. Incorrect subsequent spellings are only mentioned in some particular cases, concerning 25 genus names and 46 species names. Up to the end of the year 2002 a total of about 5470 valid species and 440 valid genera of Psocoptera have been described worldwide. 2600 species (almost half of the known world fauna) have been recorded from Asia, in particular due to the activity of the Chinese entomologist Li Fasheng, who described himself about 1500 of the approximately 1530 species known from China. Key-words: Psocoptera - nomenclature - China - species richness. Manuscript accepted 23.05.2003 696 C. LIENHARD INTRODUCTION The World Catalogue and Bibliography of Psocoptera (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002) only took into account the literature published up to the end of the year 2000. Therefore, the following most recent publications on Chinese Psocoptera had not been analysed for the World Catalogue: Li Fasheng, 2001, 2002a, 2002b. In the meantime they have been analysed in detail in Part 2 (analysis of Li Fasheng, 2002a) and Part 3 (analysis of Li Fasheng, 2001, 2002b) of the “Additions and Corrections to Lienhard & Smithers, 2002” (Lienhard, 2003b, 2004). The bibliographical reference to Li’s monumental monograph on Chinese Psocoptera (Li Fasheng, 2002a) had already been presented in the first Part of the “Additions” (Lienhard, 2003a). These “Additions” are published in three different issues of “Psocid News” (cf. PsocoNet Homepage: http://insect3.agr.hokudai.ac.jp/psoco-web/psoco-net/index.html), a series of News- letters, where no nomenclatural acts are published (cf. disclaimer in the Editorial of Yoshizawa, 2003). Only mandatory changes in spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 34) or corrections of evident subsequent misspellings are proposed in the “Additions”. After having analysed Li’s papers in detail, I am convinced that a certain num- ber of proper nomenclatural acts, beyond mandatory changes, are necessary to stabi- lize the nomenclature of Chinese Psocoptera, which have to be published under the rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN, 1999). Therefore I decided to prepare the present paper. Before proposing these nomenclatural acts below, the three above mentioned publications by Li Fasheng are briefly commented in the following: Li Fasheng, 2001 (published in December 2001, cf. Li Fasheng in Jitt., 2003): 75 Chinese species are listed in this paper, 27 of them explicitly described as new. Some genus names and species names mentioned in this paper are nomina nuda, they only became available with the explicit description of the new taxa concerned in Li’s monograph on Chinese psocids (Li Fasheng, 2002a, see below). In the following, these nomina nuda are only mentioned in a few cases which are of nomenclatural interest (e. g. Mecampsis multimacularis, Trichadenotecnum multangulare); for the complete list of the names used by Li Fasheng (2001) see Lienhard (2004). The fact that certain names of species explicitly described as new by Li Fasheng (2001) are originally combined with unavailable genus names does not affect the availability of these species names (ICZN, 1999: art. 11.9.3.1.). These species are listed in Lienhard (2004) (e. g. Conomesopsocus meniscatus Li Fasheng, 2001). Li Fasheng, 2002a (published in July 2002, cf. Li Fasheng in litt., 2003): This is the first comprehensive monograph on Chinese Psocoptera (cf. Lienhard, 2003c). The about 1500 Chinese species examined by the author are keyed, diagnosed and figured. About 920 species and 64 genera are new to science, some of their names having already mentioned before (Li Fasheng, 2001) or simultaneously (Li Fasheng, 2002b) as nomina nuda (see comments on these two papers). The about 550 Chinese species described by Li Fasheng from 1987 up to the end of 2000 (see bibliography given by Lienhard & Smithers, 2002), and treated again in his monograph, are all also listed in the World Catalogue (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002) published in June 2002, preceding Li’s 2002-publications (Li Fasheng, 2002a, 2002b) by one month. The NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 697 nomenclatural acts concerning these species and published in the World Catalogue are not mentioned in the following, except in some nomenclatural discussions. Li Fasheng, 2002b (published in July 2002, cf. Li Fasheng in litt., 2003): 67 Chinese species are listed, no new taxon is described. Throughout this paper, the references to “Li, 2001” as the author of species names have to be replaced by “Li, 2002”. These species have only been described in Li’s monograph on Chinese psocids (Li Fasheng, 2002a, see above). Because of the simultaneous publication of Li Fasheng (2002a) and Li Fasheng (2002b) on July 31, 2002 (ICZN, 1999: art. 21.3.1.), the names used by Li Fasheng (2002b) have to be considered as nomina nuda. Therefore the possible use, by Li Fasheng (2002b), of one of multiple original spellings proposed by Li Fasheng (2002a) could not be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling in the sense of article 24.2.4. of the Code (ICZN, 1999). My checking of both publications didn’t in fact reveal such a hypothetical case of spelling selection which would only have been valid if the indication of the specific day of publication would have shown that Li Fasheng (2002b) had been published later in July 2002 than Li’s monograph (2002a). In this case the following names would not have to be considered as nomina nuda but as incorrect subsequent spellings: Caecilius latermacularis (see below: Caecilius laterimacularis), Caecilius giongshanicus (see below: Caecilius giongshanensis), Peripsocus varidentus (see below: Peripsocus varidentatus), Polyonomyus (see below: Smithersia sexangula). In general, incorrect or multiple spellings of taxa names are very frequent in Li’s publications. In many cases the correct original spelling has already been selected by Lienhard & Smithers (2002) (e. g. Ectopsocus equidentus). All cases of multiple original spellings encountered in the above mentioned most recent publications on Chinese Psocoptera (Li Fasheng, 2001, 2002a, 2002b) are listed in the following. Incorrect subsequent spellings of genus or species names are usually only mentioned if they are related to nomenclatural acts proposed by Li Fasheng (i. e. description of new taxa, proposal of new combinations or new synonymies) or if they are used by Li throughout at least one of these publications. Exceptionally, some other cases of particularly striking subsequent misspellings are also mentioned, to avoid any mis- understanding. In the following, families are listed according to Lienhard & Smithers (2002: Table 1) and Yoshizawa (2001b), without taking account of the new classification pro- posed by Li Fasheng (2002a), which has been summarized in detail by Lienhard (2003b). All Chinese genera mentioned by Li Fasheng (2001, 2002a, 200b) are as- signed to the families recognized by Lienhard & Smithers (2002) and Yoshizawa (2001b, cf. Amphipsocidae). Genera are listed alphabetically within each family, except for Psocidae, where they are grouped according to the subfamilies recognized by Lienhard & Smithers (2002). Species are listed alphabetically within each genus. For genus and species names already mentioned in the World Catalogue (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002) only the author is cited, for new names proposed by Li Fasheng (2001, 2002a, 200b) the complete reference is given [author, year (with suffix according to list of references) and page of main entry]. In cases where these papers are cited as secondary references, the page of the main entry for the taxon (name) is always indicated. Bibliographic references already listed in the World Bibliography 698 C. LIENHARD (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002) are here cited with the suffixes used there, to facilitate comparison with the World Catalogue. Abbreviations used in the text of the present paper: F = feminine (grammatical gender of genus name); ICZN = International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature; M = masculine (grammatical gender of genus name); N = neuter (grammatical gender of genus name). REMARKS ON SPECIES RICHNESS Lienhard & Smithers (2002) listed a total of 4408 valid species of Psocoptera belonging to 371 genera. In the “Additions and Corrections to Lienhard & Smithers, 2002” (Lienhard, 2003a, 2003b, 2004) a certain number of species and genera have been added, so that at the end of the year 2002 totally about 5470 valid species and 440 valid genera were known worldwide. This impressive increase of the total number of known species and genera is essentially due to Li’s monograph on Chinese psocids (Li Fasheng, 2002a), where about 920 new species and 64 new genera are described. About 1530 species are presently known from China. Even if a relatively important number of synonyms will probably be discovered during future revisions of the Chinese fauna (only 36 species not described by Li himself are mentioned from China in Li’s monograph!), this shows the exceptionally high species richness of Psocoptera in Asia, from where about 2600 species have now been recorded, almost half of the presently known psocid fauna of the world. For the other continents or biogeographical regions approximately the following numbers of species were known at the end of the year 2002 [cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002 (Table 1) and Lienhard, 2003a, 2004]: Western Palaearctic (including Macaronesian Islands): 250; North America: 300; Central America: 610; South America: 770; Africa (except North Africa) including Madagascar: 740; Australia and New Zealand: 320; Pacific Islands: 370. NOMENCLATURAL PART TROGIIDAE Helminotrogia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 52. Gender: F Type species: Helminotrogia bipunctata Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Heliminotrogia (on p. 1765); Helminotrogia is here selected as the correct original spelling. Helminotrogia bipunctata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 52. Alternative original spellings: bipunctatia (on pp. iv, 52, 53), bipuctata (on p. 1765); bipunctata (on p. 1765) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Phlebotrogia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 54. Gender: F. Type species: Phlebotrogia chinensis Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Philebotrogia (on p. 1766), Phlebotrogius (on plate V); Phlebotrogia is here selected as the correct original spelling. PSYLLIPSOCIDAE Pseudopsyllipsocus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 58. Gender: M. Type species: Pseudo- psyllipsocus gangliigerus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Pseudo- NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 699 psyllipsous (on p. 58); Pseudopsyllipsocus is here selected as the correct ori- ginal spelling. Pseudopsyllipsocus gangliigerus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 58. Misspelled with feminine ending (gangliigera) on p. 58, in legend to fig. 32. Psocathropos domesticus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 65 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on pp. 65, 66: Psocothropos). Psocathropos dyadoclemus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 66 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 66: Psocothropos). AMPHIENTOMIDAE Amphientomum ectostriolate Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 119 (as A. ectostriola- tum, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: The original spelling is ectostrio- latis; this name should be considered as an adjective (cf. etymological remarks in Lienhard, 2003b), with the neuter ending “-e”. Lienhard & Smithers (2002) erroneously also use the misspelling with the ending “-is”. Ancylentomus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 121. Gender: M. Type species: Ancylopsocus fortu- osus Li Fasheng. Replacement name for Ancylopsocus Li Fasheng, 1997 nec Ancylopsocus Tillyard, 1926 (Tillyard, 1926b: 344; Permopsocidae). Alter- native original spelling: Ancylentomius (appearing several times); Ancylen- tomus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Ancylentomus macrurus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 124 (as new combination, from Ancylopsocus; misspelled A. macrourus and A. maecrorurus, incorrect subsequent spellings). Biocellientomia bitrigata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 117. Alternative original spelling: bitri- gala (on p. 117); bitrigata is here selected as the correct original spelling. Cornutientomus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 167. Gender: M. Type species: Nephax chinensis Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Cornutientomius (on p. 111, in key); Cornutientomus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Diamphipsocus magnimanubrus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 179 (as new com- bination, from Paramphientomum; misspelled D. magnimanbrus, incorrect sub- sequent spelling). Lifashengia nom. nov. Lifashengia Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Gender: F. Type species: Obeliscus zhongshani Li Fasheng. Obeliscus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 120. Gender: M. Type species: Obeliscus zhong- shani Li Fasheng. [Not Obeliscus Beck, 1837 (Mollusca)]. [Not Obeliscus Popofsky, 1913 (Protozoa)]. [Not Obeliscus Graybill, 1923 (Nematoda)]. NOTE: For bibliographic references concerning these homonyms, see Neave (1940). Lifashengia zhongshani (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Obeliscus zhongshani Li Fasheng, 2002a: 120. Seopsis longisquama Li Fasheng, 2002a: 132. Alternative original spelling: longis- quamis (on p. 130, in key); longisquama is here selected as the correct original spelling. 700 C. LIENHARD Seopsis multisquama Li Fasheng, 2002a: 131. Alternative original spelling: multi- quama (on p. 132, in legend to fig. 97); multisquama is here selected as the correct original spelling. Yunientomia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 115. Gender: F. Type species: Yunientomia ditaenia Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Yunaphientomia (on p. 110, in key); Yunientomia is here selected as the correct original spelling. LIPOSCELIDIDAE Embidopsocus zhouyaoi Li Fasheng, 2002a: 76 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 76: Embidopsoues). Liposcelis naturalis Li Zhihong & Li Fasheng, in: Li Fasheng, 2002a: 88. Alternative original spelling: natiuralis (on p. 78, in key); naturalis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Liposcelis sculptilimacula Li Zhihong & Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 99 (as L. sculptilis, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 95) mention this species as L. sculptimacula, an incorrect subsequent spelling. EPIPSOCIDAE Bertkauia reticularis Li Fasheng & Mockford. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 221 (incorrect sub- sequent spelling of genus name on plate VI: Bertkallis). Cubitiglabra Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: Genus name several times misspelled Cubitiglabrus or Cubitiglatrus (incorrect subsequent spellings). Cubitiglabra dayaoshanana Li Fasheng, 2002a: 197 (as Cubitiglabrus dayaosha- nanus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Valvepipsocus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 222. Gender: M. Type species: Valvepipsocus diode- matus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Valviepipsocus (on p. 194, in key); Valvepipsocus is here selected as the correct original spelling. DOLABELLOPSOCIDAE Auroropsocus conoidalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 192. Alternative original spelling: conoi- dealis (on p. 1780); conoidalis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Dimidistriata longicapita Li Fasheng & Mockford. Li Fasheng, 2001: 123 (as Dimi- distriatus longicapitus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). CAECILIUSIDAE Anoculaticaeca chuanshaanica Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 301 (as Anoculati- caecilius chuanshaanicus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Bivalvicaecilia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 302. Gender: F. Type species: Bivalvicaecilia lon- giansa Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Bivalvicaecilius (on p. 227, in key); Bivalvicaecilia is here selected as the correct original spelling. Caecilius bicruris Li Fasheng, 2002a: 348. Alternative original spelling: bicuris (on p. 307, in key); bicruris is here selected as the correct original spelling. Caecilius ceratostictus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 413. Alternative original spelling: cer- atostictous (on p. 312, in key); ceratostictus is here selected as the correct original spelling. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 701 Caecilius cuboideus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 418 (as C. cuboides, incorrect subsequent spelling). Caecilius dicornis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 444 (as C. bicornis, incorrect sub- sequent spelling). Caecilius diploideus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 339 (as C. diploides, incorrect subsequent spelling). Caecilius erythrostigmus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 410. NOTE: By using the spelling erythrostigmus, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1993a: erythrostigma (pp. 334, 414) and erythrostigmus (p. 335)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Mockford (2000) and Lienhard & Smithers (2002) only mention the spelling erythrostigma, but their choice cannot be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alterna- tive original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). The name erythrostigmus is a compound noun in apposition based on the masculine Greek noun “stigmos” (erythrostigma is based on the neuter Greek noun “stigma’’). Caecilius jilinensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 523. Alternative original spelling: jilinsnsis (on p. 1812); jilinensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Caecilius laterimacularis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 483. NOTE: The spelling latermacu- laris, used by Li Fasheng (2002b: 124), is a nomen nudum or an incorrect sub- sequent spelling (see Introduction). Caecilius longiansatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 481. Alternative original spelling: lon- giansalus (on p. 317, in key); longiansatus is here selected as the correct origi- nal spelling. Caecilius medivittatus Li Fasheng, 1992c: 306. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 355. Caecilius platytaenus Li Fasheng, 1992f: 214. Synonymy: Li Fasheng, 2002a: 359: Caecilius platytaenius Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 1992c: 308 (incorrect sub- sequent spelling for platytaenus). NOTE: Valenzuela platytaenius (Li Fasheng, 1995) sensu Mockford (2000: 382) is erroneously also declared as a synonym of C. medivittatus by Li Fasheng (2002a: 355). This 1995-species listed by Mockford is Caecilius platy- taenius Li Fasheng, 1995d: 158, and is evidently not identical with the above mentioned Caecilius platytaenus Li Fasheng, 1992. Li Fasheng (2002a: 473) mentions the 1995-species as Caecilius immensifascus, a replacement name for platytaenius Li Fasheng, 1995. This replacement name is justified because the one-letter difference between platytaenus and platytaenius is not sufficent to prevent homonymy (ICZN, 1999: art. 58.15.). Caecilius paurosphaerus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 522. Alternative original spelling: pauro- phaerus (on p. 1812); paurosphaerus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Caecilius phaeozanalis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 486 (as C. phaeozonalis, incorrect subsequent spelling). Caecilius punctulosus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 320. Alternative original spelling: punc- talosus (on p. 306, in key); punctulosus is here selected as the correct original spelling. 702 C. LIENHARD Caecilius qiongshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 440. Alternative original spelling: giongshaniensis (on p. 314, in key); giongshanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. NOTE: The spelling giongshanicus, used by Li Fasheng (2002b: 123), is a nomen nudum or an incorrect subsequent spelling (see Introduction). Caecilius quaterimaculus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 380. Alternative original spelling: qua- terimaclus (on p. 310, in key); quaterimaculus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Caecilius quinarius Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 333 (as C. qunarius, incorrect original spelling, cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 180). Caecilius zhuangshani Li Fasheng, 2002a: 517. Alternative original spelling: zhong- shani (used several times); zhuangshani is here selected as the correct original spelling. Disialacaecilia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 290. Gender: F. Type species: Disialacaecilia ningxiaensis Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Disiacaecilia (on p. 1790) and Disialacaecilius (on plate VI); Disialacaecilia is here selected as the correct original spelling. Dypsocus abaxialis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 230 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on on p. 230, in legend to fig. 188: Dypscus). Dypsocus cornutus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 246. Alternative original spelling: cormutus (on p. 247, in legend to fig. 204); cornutus is here selected as the correct ori- ginal spelling. Dypsocus longidigitalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 232. Alternative original spelling: longidigitulis (on p. 233, in legend to fig. 190); longidigitalis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Enderleinella magnioculus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 541 (from Valenzuela, as E. magniocula, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: For the etymology of the species name see Enderleinella minutoculus. Enderleinella minutoculus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 536 (as E. minutiocula, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: The correct original spelling (Caecilius minutoculus) has been selected by Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 173). The spelling minutiocula contains two spelling errors: an additional “i” in the middle of the word and the ending “-a”. The name minutoculus is a compound noun in apposition based on the masculine Latin noun “oculus”. Enderleinella monosospaera Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 544 (as E. monospaera, incorrect subsequent spelling). Licaecilius nom. nov. Licaecilius Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Gender: M. Type species: Neocaecilius triradiatus Li Fasheng. Neocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 292. Gender: M. Type species: Neocaecilius triradiatus Li Fasheng. [Not Neocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2000 (Pseudocaeciliidae); see Lienhard & Smithers, 2002]. Licaecilius mangshiensis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Neocaecilius mangshiensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 294. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 703 Licaecilius triradiatus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Neocaecilius triradiatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 293. Paracaecilius lativalvis (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 583 (as P lativalvus, in- correct subsequent spelling). Paracaecilius meniscoides Li Fasheng, 2002a: 577. Alternative original spelling: miniscoides (used several times); meniscoides (in key on p. 567, and in legend to fig. 518 on p. 577) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Parvialacaecilia hebeiensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 291. Alternative original spelling: hedeiensis (on p. 1791); hebeiensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Phymocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 295. Gender: M. Type species: Phymocaecilius subulosus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Phymocaeilius (on. p. 227, in key), Phymocaecilus (on p. 1791: Phymocaecilus puniceifascus) and Phtmo- caecilius (on p. 1792: Phtmocaecilius fortis); Phymocaecilius is here selected as the correct original spelling. STENOPSOCIDAE Cubipilis leucoresbius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 721. Alternative original spelling: leucors- bicus (on p. 707, in key); leucoresbius is here selected as the correct original spelling. Graphopsocus luojiashanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 593. Alternative original spelling: luojiashnensis (on pp. xviii and 593); luojiashanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Graphopsocus putuoshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 586. Alternative original spelling: prtuoshanensis (on p. 586, in legend to fig. 527); putuoshanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus anthracinus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 644 (as St. anthraeinus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Stenopsocus brachychelus Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 618 (as St. brachychilus, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: The alternative original spelling brachychelur (cf. Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun, 1988: 153) is here declared as an incorrect original spelling because this has not explicitly been done by Lienhard & Smithers (2002) who use the spelling brachychelus without comment. Stenopsocus dichospilus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 657. Alternative original spelling: dechospilus (on p. 607, in key); dichospilus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus emeishanicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 679. Alternative original spelling: emishanicus (on p. 680, in legend to fig. 615); emeishanicus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus kunmingiensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 681. Alternative original spelling: kuanmingiensis (on p. 609, twice in key); kunmingiensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus laterimaculatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 651. Alternative original spelling: latermaculatus (used several times); laterimaculatus (on p. 607, in key) is here selected as the correct original spelling. 704 C. LIENHARD Stenopsocus liupanshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 653. Alternative original spelling: liupanshanicus (on p. 607, in key); liupanshanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus metastictus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 629. Alternative original spelling: metostictus (used several times); metastictus (on p. 606, in key) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus paxillivalvaris Li Fasheng, 2002a: 687. Alternative original spelling: pasillivalvaris (on p. 688, in legend to fig. 623); paxillivalvaris is here selected as the correct original spelling. Stenopsocus revolutus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 625 (as St. revolatus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Stenopsocus xilingxianicus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 645 (as St. xilingxianus, incorrect subsequent spelling). AMPHIPSOCIDAE Amphipsocus mucronatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 829 (as A. macronatus incorrect subsequent spelling). Amphipsocus parilis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 801. Alternative original spelling: parillis (on p. 799, in key); parilis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Amphipsocus perbrevis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 818. Alternative original spelling: perbervis (used several times); perbrevis (on p. 798, in key) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Amphipsocus phoenicophlebius Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 807 (as A. phoenio- phlebius, incorrect subsequent spelling). Complaniamphus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 846. Gender: M. Type species: Complani- amphus atrimaculatus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Complani- amphius (on p. 1840) and Complaniapmhus (on p. 851); Complaniamphus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Dasydemella estrita Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 867 (as D. estriata, incorrect sub- sequent spelling). Kodamaius conostigmus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 280. Alternative original spelling: constigmus (on p. 1789); conostigmus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Kodamaius jiangxiensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 274. Alternative original spelling: jianx- iensis (on p. 1788); jiangxiensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Kodamaius macrostigmus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 276. NOTE: By using the spelling macrostigmus, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1993a: macrostigma (p. 358) and macrostigmus (p. 419)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Mockford (2000) and Lienhard & Smithers (2002) mention the species as K. macrostigma, but their choice cannot be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alternative original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). The name macrostigmus is a compound noun in apposition based on the masculine Greek noun “stigmos” (macrostigma is based on the neuter Greek noun “stigma”). NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 705 Kodamaius mingshuii Li Fasheng, 2002a: 279. Alternative original spelling: minrshuii (on p. 1788); mingshuii is here selected as the correct original spelling. Kodamaius yunnanicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 284. Alternative original spelling: yuan- nanicus (on p. 257, in key); yunnanicus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Matsumuraiella perducta Li Fasheng, 2002a: 875. NOTE: According to Li Fasheng (in litt.) the same species is mentioned as M. producta by Li Fasheng (2001: 126), this species name being a nomen nudum (cf. Introduction). Pseudokolbea Li Fasheng, 2002a: 772. Gender: F. Type species: Pseudokolbea nigrisetosa Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Pseudoklobea (on p. xxii and twice on p. 772) and Pseudokolba (on p. 772); Pseudokolbea is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pseudokolbea nigrisetosa Li Fasheng, 2002a: 775 (erroneously mentioned as K. [sic!] nigrisetosa on p. 772, in key). Alternative original spelling: nigrietosa (on p. 772); nigrisetosa is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pseudokolbea phaea Li Fasheng, 2002a: 774 (erroneously mentioned as K. [sic!] phaea on p. 772, in key). Pseudokolbea xanthoptera Li Fasheng, 2002a: 773 (erroneously mentioned as K. [sic!] xanthoptera on p. 772, in key). Pseudokolbea xuthosticta Li Fasheng, 2002a: 776 (erroneously mentioned as K. [sic!] xuthosticta on p. 772, in key). Siniamphipsocus acutus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 791 (as Siniamphipsoocus acutus on p. 791, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Siniamphipsocus deltoides Li Fasheng, 2002a: 783 (as Sineamphipsocus deltoides on p. 783, in legend to fig. 713, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Siniamphipsocus huashanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 779. Alternative original spelling: huashaniensis (used several times); the spelling huashanensis (on p. 1834) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Siniamphipsocus yangzijiangiensis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 788. NOTE: By using the spelling yangzijiangiensis, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1997: yangzijiangensis (pp. 445, 519) and yangzijiangiensis (p. 445, in legend to fig. 62)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002) use the name yangzijiangensis, but their choice cannot be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alterna- tive original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). Taeniostigma longicrurium Li Fasheng, 2002a: 754 (as T. longicruria). Alternative original spelling: Jongicruris (= genitive singular of the Latin noun “crus”) (on p. 749, in key); the adjectival form longicruri(-us, -a, -um) is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of the ending because of neuter gender of genus name. LACHESILLIDAE Ceratolachesillus quinquecornus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1738. Alternative original spelling: quinquecornusus (in description of genus, on p. 1738); quinquecornus is here selected as the correct original spelling. 706 C. LIENHARD Lachesilla Westwood Lachesilla Westwood, 1840a: 47. Gender: F. Type species: Termes fatidicum Linnaeus. Dicrolachesillus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1708. Syn. nov. Gender: M. Type species: Dicrolachesillus gianshanensis Li Fasheng. NOTE: See comments on Lachesilla quercus. Lachesilla crutifurca Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1720 (as L. crutifurcus). Lachesilla dichodolichna (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Dicrolachesillus dichodolichnus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1712. Lachesilla intrans Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Dicrolachesillus intrans (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1713. Lachesilla novemimaculata Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Dicrolachesillus novemimaculatus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1709. Lachesilla gianshanensis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Dicrolachesillus gianshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1711. Lachesilla quercus (Kolbe). Combination re-established. Dicrolachesillus quercus (Kolbe). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1710. NOTE: According to the figures given by Li Fasheng (2002a: figs 1517 and 1518) it is evident that the species quercus Kolbe, 1880 and gianshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002 are closely related and belong to the same genus. But in my opinion there is at present no reason to take quercus out of the genus Lachesilla. Consequently, gianshanensis (type species of Dicrolachesillus) should also be assigned to Lachesilla. In this case Dicrolachesillus becomes a junior subjective synonym of Lachesilla. Lachesilla sabinae Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Dicrolachesillus sabinae (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1715. Lachesilla wutaishanensis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Dicrolachesillus wutaishanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1714. Zonolachesillus aterilineus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1729. Alternative original spelling: aterilienus (on p. xlv); aterilineus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Zonolachesillus microplatyclatae (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1733 (as Z. mi- croplatycladae, incorrect subsequent spelling). ECTOPSOCIDAE Ectopsocopsis flavipedia Li Fasheng, 2002a: 950 (as E. flavipedius). Alternative original spelling: flavpedius (on p. 1850); flavipedius is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of ending because of feminine gender of genus name. Ectopsocopsis septentrionalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 937. Alternative original spelling: septentrionalus (on pp. 937 and 938); septentrionalis (on p. 1848) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Ectopsocus McLachlan Ectopsocus McLachlan, 1899d: 277. Gender: M. Type species: Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 707 Chaetopsocus Pearman, 1929d: 105. Gender: M. Type species: Chaetopsocus richardsi Pearman. Ectotrichus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 902. Syn. nov. Gender: M. Type species: Ectopsocus setulosus Li Fasheng. NOTE: Li Fasheng (2002a: 903) places the species richardsi Pearman in his new genus Ectotrichus. This species is the type species of Chaetopsocus Pearman, which is at present considered as a synonym of Ectopsocus McLachlan (cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 248). If this synonymy and the generic concept of Ectotrichus proposed by Li Fasheng are accepted, the latter genus name becomes a junior subjective synonym of Ectopsocus. Ectopsocus decenipunctatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 907 (as E. decemipunc- tatus). NOTE: Li Fasheng (1993b) uses two different original spellings for the species name: decenipnctatus and decenipunctatus. Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 253) use only the name decenipunctatus, but this choice cannot be accepted as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alternative original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). Li Fasheng (2002a) only uses a third spelling throughout his book: decemi- punctatus. Because there is some doubt whether this different subsequent spelling is an emendation or an incorrrect subsequent spelling it is to be treated as an incorrrect subsequent spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 33.5.). The spelling decenipunctatus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Ectopsocus equidentus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 914 (as E. equicornutus Li Fasheng, 1999). NOTE: There are two alternative original spellings used by Li Fasheng, 1999: equidentus and equicornutus; the former has been selected as the correct original spelling by Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 253). Ectopsocus hirsutus Thornton. Combination re-established. Ectotrichus hirsutus (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 903. Ectopsocus ornatus Thornton. Combination re-established. Ectotrichus ornatus (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 903. Ectopsocus quadratiapicius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 908. Alternative original spelling: quadratiapicis (on p. 908, in legend to fig. 824); quadratiapicius is here selected as the correct original spelling. Ectopsocus richardsi (Pearman). Combination re-established. Ectotrichus richardsi (Pearman). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 903. Ectopsocus setulosus Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Ectotrichus setulosus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 903. Estipulaceus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 920. Gender: M. Type species: Ectopsocopsis baidichengensis Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Estippulaceae (on p. 924, E. daliensis); Estipulaceus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Estipulaceus daliensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 924 (as Estippulaceae daliensis, incorrect original spelling of genus name, see above). PERIPSOCIDAE Campanulatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1224. Gender: M. Type species: Campanulatus Jaculatorius Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Canpanulatus (twice on p. 1224); Campanulatus is here selected as the correct original spelling. 708 C. LIENHARD Campanulatus jaculatorius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1224. Alternative original spellings: jaculotorius (on p. 1224), jaculotoria (on p. 1876); jaculatorius is here select- ed as the correct original spelling. Coniperipsocus jindingensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1278. Incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 1279: Comiperipsocus jindingensis. Coniperipsocus quadrangulus (Li Fasheng, 1992). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1281 (from Diplopsocus). Diplopsocus quadrangulus Li Fasheng, 1992c: 317. NOTE: The indication “nom. nud.” on p. 1281 in Li Fasheng (2002a) applies only to the genus name, not to the species name, because the name Diplopsocus was a nomen nudum in 1992 (this fact does not affect the availability of the species name quadrangulus, cf. ICZN, 1999: art. 11.9.3.1.). The genus Diplopsocus was described by Li Fasheng & Mockford (1993). Diplopsocus quadrangulus Li Fasheng & Mockford, 1993: 69. Synonymy: Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 267) and Li Fasheng (2002a: 1281). Coniperipsocus quadrangulus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1281. Coniperipsocus quadrangulus (Li Fasheng & Mockford). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1281: NOTE: At present the name quadrangulus Li & Mockford, 1993, has to be considered as a junior primary homonym and a junior objective synonym of quadrangulus Li Fasheng, 1992 (both names are based on the same name-bear- ing type). Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 267) did not try to resolve the problem of the relative precedence of one of these names, because they were not sure if Li’s paper had really been published earlier than his joint paper with Mockford. As Li Fasheng (2002a) explicitly considers “Li, 1992” as the original reference for the species description (cf. pp. xxxiv and 1281), the precedence of quadran- gulus Li over quadrangulus Li & Mockford has to be admitted. The fact that he considers Diplopsocus Li Fasheng, 1992 as anomen nudum supports also this solution of the precedence problem (even if he erroneously cites Li & Mockford as the authors of Coniperipsocus quadrangulus in the legend to fig. 1161). Cycloperipsocus pangi Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1234 (as Cycloperopsocus pangi, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Diplopsocus cupressicolus Li Fasheng & Mockford. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1263 (as D. cupressicola, incorrect subsequent spelling). Diplopsocus liupanshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1259. Alternative original spelling: liupenshanensis (on p. 1246, in key); liupanshanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Diplopsocus magniocellatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1257. NOTE: The species was described by Li Fasheng (1993a: 375) and not by Li Fasheng & Mockford (1993) as indicated erroneously by Li Fasheng (2002a: 1257). Diplopsocus phaeophlebicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1254. Alternative original spelling: phaeophlebius [on pp. 1245 (in key) and 1254 (in legend to fig. 1134)]; phaeophlebicus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Orbiperipsocus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1222. Gender: M. Type species: Orbiperipsocus fractiflexus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Orbiperipaocus (on p. 1876); Orbiperipsocus is here selected as the correct original spelling. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 709 Peripsocus disdentus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1203 (as P. distentus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Peripsocus equispineus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1119. Alternative original spelling: eguispineus (on p. 1100, in key); equispineus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Peripsocus lifashengi nom. nov. Peripsocus lifashengi Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Peripsocus orientalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1125. [Not Peripsocus orientalis Garcia Aldrete, 1999b: 243]. Peripsocus medifasciarius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1181. Alternative original spelling: medifaciarius (on p. 1873); medifasciarius is here selected as the correct original spelling. Peripsocus microcheilus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1127. NOTE: By using the spelling microcheilus, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1993a: microcheilius (pp. 373, 374) and microcheilus (pp. 421, 423)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002) mention the species as P. microche- ilius, but their choice cannot be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alternative original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). Peripsocus odontopetalus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1191. Alternative original spelling: codntopetalus (on p. 1191, in legend to fig. 1076); odontopetalus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Peripsocus plstylpus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1130 [as P platypus (on pp. xxxi and 1130) and P. platylpus (on p. 1131, in legend to fig. 1019), incorrect sub- sequent spellings]. NOTE: In my opinion, the name platypus, though more euphonious than plstylpus (which is the unique original spelling), has to be considered as an incorrect subsequent spelling rather than a justified emend- ation. Peripsocus rhomboacanthus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1123. Alternative original spelling: rhombocanthus (on p. 1867); rhomboacanthus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Peripsocus sedcimidentalis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1151. NOTE: By using the spelling sedcimidentalis, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1997: sedecimidentalis (pp. 466, 523) and sedcimidentalis (p. 466, in legend to fig. 81)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002) mention the species as P. sedecimidentalis, but their choice cannot be considered as a selection of the correct original spelling because they don’t explicitly mention the alternative original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.3.). Peripsocus varidentatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1145. NOTE: This species is mentioned by Li Fasheng (2001: 132) under the nomen nudum P. septemidentus (cf. Li Fasheng, in litt.). The spelling varidentus, used by Li Fasheng (2002b: 125), is also a nomen nudum or an incorrect subsequent spelling (see Introduction). Peripsocus zhangliani Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1165. Alternative original spellings: zhengliangi (on p. 1103, in key), zhangliangi (on p. 1165); zhangliani (on 710 C. LIENHARD p. 1871) is here selected as the correct original spelling (the species is named after the locality Zhanglianmiao). Periterminalis lata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1284 (as P. latus). Incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 1879: Periteriminalis latus. NOTE: The genus name is of feminine gender (cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 283). Properipsocus quadartus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1238. Alternative original spelling: gradartus (on p. 1238, in legend to fig. 1122); quadartus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Turriperipsocus cunninghamiae Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1227 (as T. cun- ninghamius, incorrect subsequent spelling). PSEUDOCAECILIIDAE Meplerinae is defined as a new subfamily by Li Fasheng (2002a: p. 1853), containing only the genus Mepleres; erroneously it is called Pseudoscot- tiinae on pp. xxvii and 979. Fashengocaecilius nom. nov. Fashengocaecilius Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Gender: M. Type species: Allocaecilius biaduncus Li Fasheng. Calocaecilius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1057. Gender: M. Type species: Allocaecilius biaduncus Li Fasheng. [Not Calocaecilius Mockford, 1974d: 155 (Amphipsocidae)]. Fashengocaecilius biaduncus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Allocaecilius biaduncus Li Fasheng, 1992f: 226. Calocaecilius biaduncus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1057. Heterocaecilius Lee & Thornton Heterocaecilius Lee & Thornton, 1967: 13. Gender: M. Type species: Hetero- caecilius minotus Lee & Thornton (cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: 301). Orbocaecilius Li Fasheng, 1999: 36. Gender: M. Type species: Orbocaecilius paulicellus Li Fasheng. Genus name several times misspelled Obrocaeci- lius by Li Fasheng (2002a) (incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: By placing Heterocaecilius minotus Lee & Thornton (type species of Heterocaecilius) in his genus Orbocaecilius, Li Fasheng (2000) proposes a concept of the latter genus which automatically put into synonymy the genus names Orbocaecilius and Heterocaecilius. This synonymy has formally been established and discussed by Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 302). Li Fasheng (2002a) does not propose any revision of the generic concept of Orbocaecilius, that’s why there is no reason to rediscuss the synonymy. In the following, all species mentioned by Li Fasheng (2002a) in Orbocaecilius are transferred to Heterocaecilius (new or re-established combinations, cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002). Heterocaecilius argutus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius argutus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1028 (as Obrocaecilius argutus, in- correct subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius bicruris (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius bicruris Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1036 (as Obrocaecilius bicruris, in- correct subsequent spelling of genus name). NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA JAN Heterocaecilius bidigitatus Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Orbocaecilius bidigitatus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1027. Heterocaecilius bifarius (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius bifarius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1032 (as Obrocaecilius bifarius, in- correct subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius brachystigmus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius brachystigmus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1038 (as Obrocaecilius brachystigmus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius circulicellus Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Orbocaecilius circulicellus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1038. Heterocaecilius dasoceratus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius dasoceratus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1029 (as Obrocaecilius daso- ceratus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius duodecidentus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius duodecidentus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1035 (as Obrocaecilius duodecidentus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius imparilis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius imparilis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1031 (as Obrocaecilius imparilis, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius longicornis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius longicornis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1032 (as Obrocaecilius longi- cornis, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius paulicellus (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Orbocaecilius paulicellus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1040. Heterocaecilius pseudoanomalus Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Orbocaecilius pseudoanomalus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1033 (as Obrocaecilius pseudoanomalus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius sedecimidentus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius sedecimidentus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1037 (as Obrocaecilius sedecimidentus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius vulturius (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius vulturius Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1041 (as Obrocaecilius vulturius, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Heterocaecilius xihuicus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Orbocaecilius xihuicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1039 (as Obrocaecilius xihuicus, in- correct subsequent spelling of genus name). Mepleres longitudinalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 991. Alternative original spelling: longi- tudianlis (on p. 1855); longitudinalis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pseudocaecilius bibulbus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1069 (as P. bibalbus, incor- rect subsequent spelling). Pseudocaecilius euryocercus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1065. Alternative original spelling: eurocerus (on p. 1062, in key); euryocercus is here selected as the correct orig- inal spelling. 7112 C. LIENHARD Pseudocaecilius galactozonalis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1072. Alternative original spelling: galactozonacis (on p. 1062, in key); galactozonalis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pseudocaecilius monotaeniatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1073. Alternative original spellings: monotaenitus (on p. 1863), monotaenius (on p. 1074, in legend to fig. 973); monotaeniatus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Trichocaecilius Badonnel Trichoelipsocus Li Fasheng. Synonymy: Li Fasheng, 2002a: 992 (incorrect sub- sequent spelling: Trichelipsocus). Trichocaecilius sanxianicus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 996 (as T. sanxiaicus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Trichocaecilius tianmushanicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 993. Alternative original spelling: tianmushaicus (on p. 992, in key); tianmushanicus is here selected as the correct original spelling. PHILOTARSIDAE Haplophallus trachopetalus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 971 (as A. trachopterus, incorrect subsequent spelling). MESOPSOCIDAE Mesopsocus corniculatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1299. Erroneously with feminine ending (corniculata) on p. 1299 (in legend to fig. 1174). Mesopsocus curvimarginatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1305. Alternative original spelling: curvimangiratus (on p. 1299, in key); curvimarginatus is here selected as the correct original spelling. HEMIPSOCIDAE Metahemipsocus cunestus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 888 (as M. cuneatus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Metahemipsocus longifurcus Li Fasheng, 2001: 129 (as Metabemipsocus longifurcus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). PSOCIDAE Amphigerontiinae Amphigerontia anchorae Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1346. NOTE: Li Fasheng (1989) uses two different original spellings of the species name: anchorae (on pp. 44, 45) and ancorne (on p. 58). By using the spelling anchorae throughout his book, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects this spelling as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 374) mention the species as A. anchonae, an incorrect subsequent spelling. Amphigerontia lhasaensis Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1344. NOTE: Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun (1987a) use three different original spellings of the species name: /hasana (on p. 8), Ihsasna (on p. 9) and /hasaen- sis (on p. 28). By using the spelling /hasaensis throughout his book, Li Fasheng (2002a) automatically selects this spelling as the correct original spelling NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 713 (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 377) only use the spelling /hasana, Without mentioning the alternative original spellings; accord- ing to art. 24.2.3. of the Code this cannot be considered as a valid selection of the correct original spelling. Chilopsocus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1353. Gender: M. Type species: Chilopsocus macrochilus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Chilosopsocus [on pp. 1341 (in key), 1353, 1354]; Chilopsocus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Chilopsocus macrochilus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1353 (as Chilosopsocus macrochilus, in- correct original spelling of genus name, see above). Epiblaste huananiensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1352. Alternative original spelling: hua- naninsis (on plate VIII); huananiensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pentablaste flavida (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1376 (as P. flavidae and P. fla- vivdae, incorrect subsequent spellings). Pentablaste pentasticha Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1372. Alternative original spelling: pentaticha (on p. 1890); pentasticha is here selected as the correct original spelling. Pentablaste tetraedrica Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1371. Alternative original spelling: tetraedirca (on p. 1368, in key); tetraedrica is here selected as the correct original spelling. Psocinae Ceratostigma Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1595. Gender: N. Type species: Ceratostigma gracile Li Fasheng. Alternative original spellings: Ceratostigmas (on p. 1596), Ceratostigmus (on p. 1911); Ceratostigma is here selected as the correct ori- ginal spelling. Ceratostigma macrostigmatum (Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1596 [as Ceratostigmas macrostigmus, incorrect original spelling of genus name (see above) and incorrect subsequent spelling of species name]. Clematoscenea yunnanica Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1598 (on p. 1911 as Clematocenea yunnanica, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Clematostigma excavatum Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1428. Alternative original spelling: excvata (on p. 1429, in legend to fig. 1280); excavata is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of ending because of neuter gender of genus name. Conothoracalis corollata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1524 (as C. corollatus and, on p. 1906, as Conothoracailis corollatus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name and incorrect ending of species name). Conothoracalis guangxiica Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1527 (as C. guangxiicus). Alternative original spelling: gnangxiicus (on p. 1518, in key); guangxiicus is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of ending because of feminine gender of genus name. Conothoracalis unciformis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1526 (on p. 1906 as Conothporacalis unciformis, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). 714 C. LIENHARD Fashenglianus nom. nov. Fashenglianus Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Gender: M. Type species: Psocidus albimaculatus Li Fasheng. Lativalva Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1403. Gender: F. Type species: Psocidus albi- maculatus Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Lativalvae (used several times); Lativalva (on p. 1397, in key) is here selected as the correct original spelling. NOTE: Lativalva is a noun in nominative singu- lar as required by the Code (ICZN, 1999: art. 11.8.). [Not Lativalva Amsel, 1956 (Lepidoptera); see Edwards & Vevers, 1975]. Fashenglianus albimaculatus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Lativalva albimaculata (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1403 (from Psocidus, as Lativalvae albimaculata, incorrect original spelling of genus name, see above). Lipsocus nom. nov. Lipsocus Lienhard, nom. nov. (replacement name). Gender: M. Type species: Cyclotus bannaicus Li Fasheng. Cyclotus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1589. Gender: M. Type species: Cyclotus ban- naicus Li Fasheng. [Not Cyclotus Edwards, 1852 (Mollusca); see Neave, 1939]. Lipsocus bannaicus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Cyclotus bannaicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1589. Lipsocus guizhouensis (Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun), comb. nov. Cyclotus guizhouensis (Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1592 (from Psococerastis). Lipsocus microcorneus (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Cyclotus microcorneus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1591. Loensia guangdongica (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1540 (from Tricha- denotecnum). NOTE: The spelling guandongicum used by Lienhard & Smithers (2002: 465) is an incorrect subsequent spelling. Loensia stigmatoidea (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1545 (as L. stigmatoides, incorrect subsequent spelling). Lubricus dayaoshanensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1688. Alternative original spelling: dayaoshanicus (on pp. 1688 and 1918); dayaoshanensis is here selected as the correct original spelling. Mecampsis multimacularis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1417. NOTE: This species is men- tioned as Mampsis multimacularis by Li Fasheng (2001: 142), incorrect sub- sequent spelling of genus name (the species name is a nomen nudum in 2001, cf. Introduction). Mecampsis ophiocephais Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1421 (as M. ophiocephalus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Mecampsis septangulata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1420 (as M. septangulatus). Alternative original spelling: septangulartus (on p. 1420, in legend to fig. 1272); septangu- latus is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of ending because of feminine gender of genus name. Propsococerastis Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: Genus name several times misspelled Porpsococerastis (incorrect subsequent spelling). NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 715 Pseudoclematus xanthoznatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1579 (as P. xantho- zonatus, incorrect subsequent spelling). NOTE: This species is listed by Lienhard & Smithers (2002) as P. xanthoznatus, but these authors don’t men- tion the alternative original spelling xanthozanatus (Li Fasheng, 1992f: p. 243, second line from above). The spelling xanthoznatus is here selected as the correct original spelling, while xanthozonatus has to be considered as an in- correct subsequent spelling. Psocidus bifurcatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1441. Alternative original spelling: bicruris (on p. 1898 and on plate IX); bifurcatus is here selected as the correct original spelling. NOTE: This species is not identical with Psocidus bicruris Li Fasheng, 1990a: 10. Psocidus longifolius Li Fasheng, 2001: 142 (as Psocodus longifolius, incorrect sub- sequent spelling of genus name). Psococerastis hunaniensis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2001: 157, 2002a: 1671. NOTE: By using the spelling hunaniensis, Li Fasheng (2001) automatically selects one of the alternative original spellings [Li Fasheng, 1992f: hunanensis (on pp. 230, 231) and hunaniensis (on p. 242)] as the correct original spelling (ICZN, 1999: art. 24.2.4.). Lienhard & Smithers (2002) mention the species as P. hunanensis. Psococerastis scissilis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2001: 159 (as P sissilis, incorrect sub- sequent spelling). Psococerastis venimaculis Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1622 [as P. venimacula (on pp. 1622 and 23) and P. venimaculatus (on p. 1601, in key), incorrect subsequent spellings]. NOTE: Lienhard & Smithers (2002) mention the species as P. venimaculis without explicitly selecting this spelling as the correct original spelling. The alternative original spelling venimaculi (Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun, 1987a: p. 29) is here declared as an incorrect original spelling and the spelling venimaculis selected as the correct original spelling. Psocomesites bimaculatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1457 (as Psocomesires bimaculatum, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name and incorrect ending of species name). Psocomesites guangzhouensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1458 (as P guangzhouense). Alternative original spelling: guangzhouicum (on p. 1899); guangzhouense is here selected as the correct original spelling, with mandatory change of ending because of masculine gender of genus name. Ptycta flavipalpi Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1431 (as P. flavi- palpae, incorrect subsequent spelling). Sciadionopsocus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1406. Gender: M. Type species: Sciadionopsocus fenzelianae Li Fasheng. Alternative original spelling: Scidionopsocus (on p. 1397, in key); Sciadionopsocus is here selected as the correct original spelling. Sigmatoneura (Sigmatoneura) antenniflava Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1692. Alternative original spelling: antennflava (on p. 1692, in key); antenniflava is here selected as the correct original spelling. Sigmatoneura (Sigmatoneura) baiyunica Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1698 (as Sigmatoneuros baiyunica on plate X, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). 716 C. LIENHARD Sigmatoneura (Sigmatoneura) coronata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1695. Species name erroneously with masculine ending on p. 1692 (in key): coronatus. Symbiopsocus Li Fasheng. Erroneously mentioned as new genus (“gen. nov”) by Li Fasheng (2002a: p. 1397, in key). The genus was described by Li Fasheng (1997: 491). Symbiopsocus subrhombeus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1415 (as Synbiopsocus subrhombeus, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Trichadenotecnum Enderlein NOTE: Trichadenopsocus Roesler is considered as a junior synonym of Tricha- denotecnum Enderlein by Lienhard & Smithers (2002), and the species described in Trichadenopsocus by Li Fasheng up to the year 2000 have been transferred to Trichadenotecnum by these authors. This synonymy, initially pro- posed by Mockford (1993a), has also been accepted by Yoshizawa (2001a), in his revision of the genus Trichadenotecnum (Li Fasheng doesn’t take account of this revision for his monograph on Chinese Psocoptera). All species assigned to Trichadenopsocus by Li Fasheng (2001, 2002a, 2002b) are here (re)trans- ferred to Trichadenotecnum. The species T. medium, considered as belonging to Trichadenotecnum by Yoshizawa (2001a), but placed in Loensia Enderlein by Li Fasheng (2002a), is here also retransferred to Trichadenotecnum. Five other species of Trichadenotecnum (bidens, dolabratum, guangdongicum, rectangu- lum, scrobiculare, cf. Lienhard & Smithers, 2002), transferred to Loensia by Li Fasheng (2002a) and not explicitly mentioned by Yoshizawa (2001a) as belonging to Trichadenotecnum, are not retransferred to the latter genus. Trichadenotecnum aduncatum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus aduncatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1498. Trichadenotecnum alexanderae Sommerman. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus alexanderae (Sommerman). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1499. Trichadenotecnum alternatum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus alternatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1491. Trichadenotecnum ampullaceum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus ampullaceus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1503. Trichadenotecnum apertum Thornton. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus apertus (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2001: 151, 2002a: 1495. Trichadenotecnum bicolor (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus bicolor Li Fasheng, 2001: 152. Trichadenotecnum bidentatum Thornton. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus bidentatus (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1510. Trichadenotecnum bitenatum (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus bitenatus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1492 (as T. biter- natus, incorrect subsequent spelling). Trichadenotecnum bucciniforme Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus bucciniformis (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1513. Trichadenotecnum dactylinum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus dactylinus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1504. Trichadenotecnum digitatum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus digitatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1495. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 717 Trichadenotecnum emeishanense Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1487. Alternative original spellings: emeishananse (on pp. xl and 1487), emeishanaense (on p. 1487, in legend to fig. 1327), emeishanse (on p. 1902); emeishanense (on p. 1462, in key) is here selected as the correct original spelling. Trichadenotecnum felix Thornton. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus felix (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1504. Trichadenotecnum himalayense Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Combination re-estab- lished. Trichadenopsocus himalayensis (Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1514 (as T. himalayaensis, incorrect subsequent spelling). Trichadenotecnum jaculatorum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus jaculatorus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1494. Trichadenotecnum jinxiuense (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus jinxiuensis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1497. Trichadenotecnum majus (Kolbe). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1472 [as 7. majum (on pp. 1472 and 1473) and T. maijum (on p. 1462, in key), incorrect subsequent spellings]. NOTE: The neuter form of major is majus. Trichadenotecnum malayense New. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus malayensis (New). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1905 (as Trichadenopsocus malayaense, incorrect subsequent spelling and incorrect ending). Trichadenotecnum mclachlani New. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus mclachlani (New). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1501. Trichadenotecnum medium Thornton. Combination re-established. Loensia media (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1538 (from Trichadenotecnum, as Lensia media, incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name). Trichadenotecnum minisexmaculatum Li Fasheng & Yang Chikun. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1480 [as 7. minsexmaculatus (on p. 1462, in key) and minsexmaculatum (on p. 1480), incorrect subsequent spellings]. Trichadenotecnum multangulare (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus multangularis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1499. NOTE: Li Fasheng (2001: 153) gives a description of the female of this species, without explicitly describing the species as new. The species is only explicitly described as new in 2002; in 2001 the species name multangularis is a nomen nudum, in spite of the description given (ICZN, 1999: art. 16.1.). Trichadenotecnum multicuspidatum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus multicuspidatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1496. Trichadenotecnum opiparipardale (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus opiparipardalis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1516. Trichadenotecnum pardus Badonnel, 1955. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus pardus (Badonnel). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1511. Trichadenotecnum pardidum Thornton, 1961. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus pardidus (Thornton). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1516. NOTE: Based on Badonnel (1967a), pardidum is considered as a junior subjec- tive synonym of pardus by Lienhard & Smithers (2002). 718 C. LIENHARD Trichadenotecnum paululum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus paululus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1509. Trichadenotecnum periphericum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus periphericus Li Fasheng, 2001: 149. Trichadenotecnum quadruplex (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus quadruplex Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1510. Trichadenotecnum resupinum (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus resupinus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1506. Trichadenotecnum scoparium (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus scoparius Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1508. Trichadenotecnum spiniserrulum Datta. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus spiniserrulus (Datta). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1505. Trichadenotecnum stipulatum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus stipulatus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1501. Trichadenotecnum subrotundum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus subrotundus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1515. Trichadenotecnum subscalare (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus subscalaris Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1512. Trichadenotecnum sufflatum Li Fasheng. Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus sufflatus (Li Fasheng). Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1511. Trichadenotecnum trichotomum (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus trichotomus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1502. Trichadenotecnum uncorne (Li Fasheng). Combination re-established. Trichadenopsocus uncornis Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1517. Trichadenotecnum uniforme (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Trichadenopsocus uniformis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1507. MYOPSOCIDAE Lichenomima cylindra Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1326 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 1885: Lachenomima). Lichenomima excavata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1331 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 1886: Licnenomima). Lichenomima orbiculata Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1328 (incorrect subsequent spelling of genus name on p. 1885: Lachenomima). Lophopterygella Enderlein NOTE: A redefinition of the genus Lophopterygella Enderlein, based on the study of the lectotype of the type species will soon be published, together with the description of a new genus of Myopsocidae from SE-Asia (Lienhard, in prep.). In this context some additional nomenclatural acts concerning Chinese Myopsocidae will also be proposed. Smithersia Thornton Smithersia Thornton, 1992, in: Thornton & Browning, 1992: 358. Gender: F. Type species: Psocus hermosus Banks. Polygonomyus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1314. Syn. nov. Gender: M. Type species: Polygonomyus sinicus Li Fasheng. NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA 719 NOTE: Li Fasheng (2002a) doesn’t take account of the important paper on Indonesian Myopsocidae published by Thornton & Browning (1992), where the very characteristic genus Smithersia is described. Based on the description and the figures given by Li Fasheng (2002a), there is no doubt that the species assigned by this author to his new genus Polygonomyus, in particular the type species P. sinicus, belong in reality to the genus Smithersia Thornton. Smithersia scapiformis (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Polygonomyus scapiformis Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1317. Smithersia sexangula (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Polygonomyus sexangulus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1315. Polyonomyus [sic!] sexangulus Li Fasheng. Li Fasheng, 2002b: 126 (genus name nomen nudum or incorrect subsequent spelling, see Introduction). Smithersia sinica (Li Fasheng), comb. nov. Polygonomyus sinicus Li Fasheng, 2002a: 1316. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am very grateful to my wife H. Lienhard-Meng for her help in analysing Li’s monumental monograph. Prof. Li Fasheng (Beijing) kindly sent me copies of his most recent papers, with comments on their dates of publication and on some particular nomenclatural problems. I would also like to thank Dr K. Yoshizawa (Sapporo) for managing the PsocoNet Homepage, for publishing the “Additions and Corrections to the World Catalogue” in “Psocid News”, edited by him, and for critical reading of a first draft of the present paper. REFERENCES NOTE: References already listed in the World Bibliography (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002) are here cited with the suffixes used there, to facilitate comparison with the World Catalogue (Lienhard & Smithers, 2002). BADONNEL, A. 1967a. Insectes Psocoptères. Faune de Madagascar 23: 1-238. EDWARDS, M. A. & VEVERS, H. G. (eds) 1975. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Vol. 7 (1956-1965). The Zoological Society of London. GARCIA ALDRETE, A. N. 1999b. Replacement names for some Psocoptera (Insecta) because of homonymy. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 135: 243-244. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 1999. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, 4th ed. The International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, London, XXIX + 306 pp. LEE, S. S. & THORNTON, I. W. B. 1967. The family Pseudocaeciliidae (Psocoptera) - a reappraisal based on the discovery of new Oriental and Pacific species. Pacific Insects Monographs 16: 1-116. Li FASHENG 1989. Eighteen new species of psocids from Shaanxi, China (Psocoptera: Stenopsocidae, Psocidae). Entomotaxonomia 11(1-2): 31-60. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1990a. Eleven new species of psocid from Guizhou, China (Psocoptera, Psoco- morpha, Psocidae). I. Guizhou Science 8(3): 4-11. (In Chinese, with English summary on pp. 13-14 of LI FASHENG 1990b). 720 C. LIENHARD Li FASHENG 19906. Eleven new species of psocid from Guizhou, China (Psocoptera, Psoco- morpha, Psocidae). II. Guizhou Science 8(4): 5-14. (Continuation of Li FASHENG 1990a). (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1992c. Psocoptera (pp. 306-330). In: PENG JIANWEN et al. (eds). Iconography of Forest Insects in Hunan China. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1992f. Psocoptera (pp. 208-244). In: HUANG, F. (ed.). Insects of the Wuling Mountains Area, Southwestern China. Science Press, Beijing, X+777 pp. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1993a. Psocoptera from National Chebaling Nature Reserve (Insecta: Psocoptera) (pp. 313-430). In: Collected Papers for Investigation in National Chebaling Nature Reserve. Science and Technology Publishing House of Guangdong Province. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1993b. Psocoptera of Shandong Province (Psocoptera: Troctomorpha, Psoco- morpha). Journal of Laiyang Agricultural College 10(1): 52-58; 10(2): 133-141; 10(3): 209-218. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1995d. Psocoptera (pp. 142-210). In: Wu, H. (ed.). Insects of Baishanzu Mountain, Eastern China. Forestry Publishing House, Beijing, XIII+586 pp. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1997. Psocoptera: Psyllipsocidae, Amphientomidae, Pachytroctidae, Caeciliidae, Stenopsocidae, Amphipsocidae, Dasydemellidae, Lachesillidae, Ectopsocidae, Peri- psocidae, Pseudocaeciliidae, Philotarsidae, Elipsocidae, Hemipsocidae and Psocidae (pp. 385-530). In: YANG XINGKE (ed.). Insects of the Three Gorge Reservoir area of Yangtze river. Part 1. Chongqing Publishing House, Chongqing. XX+974 pp. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 1999. Psocoptera. /n: Fauna of insects, Fujian Province of China, vol. 3: 1-64. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 2000. A review of Heterocaecilius (s. 1.) with the description of two new genera and new species (Psocoptera: Pseudocaeciliidae). Contributions from Tianjin Natural History Museum 17: 18-24. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG 2001. Psocoptera (pp. 121-165). In: Wu HONG & PAN CHENGWEN (eds). Insects of Tianmushan National Nature Reserve. Science Press, Beijing. (In Chinese, with English summary). (Published in December 2001, according to Li Fasheng in litt., 2003). Li FASHENG 2002a. Psocoptera of China. National Natural Science Foundation of China, Science Press, Beijing, xlvi + 1976 pp. (two volumes) (with 1547 figs in the text and 10 unpagi- nated plates at the end of the second volume). (In Chinese, with English summary: pp. 1764-1926). (Both volumes simultaneously published in July 2002, according to Li Fasheng in litt., 2003). Li FASHENG 2002b. Psocoptera (pp. 119-126). In: FUANG FUSHENG (ed.). Forest insects of the Hainan. Science Press, Beijing. (In Chinese, with English summary). (Published in July 2002, according to Li Fasheng in litt., 2003). | Li FASHENG & MOCKFORD, E. L. 1993. A description and notes on Diplopsocus, gen. nov. and twenty-one new species from China (Psocoptera: Peripsocidae). Oriental Insects 27: 55-91. Li FASHENG & YANG CHIKUN 1987a. Psocoptera: Psocidae. Agricultural insects, spiders, plants diseases and weeds of Xizang 1: 7-30. (In Chinese, with English summary). Li FASHENG & YANG CHIKUN 1988. Fourteen new species and one new genus from Fanjing Mountain (Psocoptera: Trogiomorpha and Psocomorpha). Fanjingshan Kunchong Kaocha Zhuanji 1988: 70-86, 153-155. (In Chinese, with English summary). LIENHARD, C. 2003a. Additions and Corrections (Part 1) to Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: “Psocoptera (Insecta) - World Catalogue and Bibliography” (pp. 2-24). In: YOSHIZAWA, K. (ed.). Psocid News. The Psocidologists’ Newsletter. No. 4 (February 17, 2003). Systematic Entomology, Faculty of Agriculture, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, 24 pp. (cf. PsocoNet Homepage: http://insect3.agr.hokudai.ac.jp/psoco-web/psoco-net/index. html). NOMENCLATURE OF CHINESE PSOCOPTERA Tai LIENHARD, C. 2003b. Additions and Corrections (Part 2) to Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: “Psocoptera (Insecta) - World Catalogue and Bibliography” (pp. 2-37). In: YOSHIZAWA, K. (ed.). Psocid News. The Psocidologists’ Newsletter. No. 5 (August 25, 2003). Systematic Entomology, Faculty of Agriculture, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, 38 pp. (cf. PsocoNet Homepage: http://insect3.agr.hokudai.ac.jp/psoco-web/psoco-net/index. html). LIENHARD, C. 2003c. (Book review). Systematic Entomology 28(2): 275. (Review of Li Fasheng, 2002a). LIENHARD, C. 2004 (in press). Additions and Corrections (Part 3) to Lienhard & Smithers, 2002: “Psocoptera (Insecta) - World Catalogue and Bibliography”. In: YOSHIZAWA, K. (ed.). Psocid News. The Psocidologists’ Newsletter. No. 6. Systematic Entomology, Faculty of Agriculture, Hokkaido University, Sapporo. (cf. PsocoNet Homepage: http://insect3.agr. hokudaï.ac.jp/psoco-web/psoco-net/index.html). LIENHARD, C. & SMITHERS, C. N. 2002. Psocoptera (Insecta): World Catalogue and Bibliography. Instrumenta Biodiversitatis 5: xli+745 pp. Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Genève. (Published in June 2002). McLACHLAN, R. 1899d. Ectopsocus briggsi, a new genus and species of Psocidae found in England. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 35: 277-278. MOCKFORD, E. L. 1974d. New genus and species of Amphipsocidae from southeastern Asia. Entomological News 85: 155-158. MOCKFORD, E. L. 1993a. North American Psocoptera (Insecta). Flora and Fauna Handbook 10: XVIII+455 pp. Sandhill Crane Press, Gainesville, Florida. MOCKFORD, E. L. 2000. A classification of the psocopteran family Caeciliusidae (Caeciliidae auct.). Transactions of the American Entomological Society 125(4) (1999): 325-417. NEAVE, S. A. (ed.) 1939. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Vol. 1. The Zoological Society of London. NEAVE, S. A. (ed.) 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Vol. 3. The Zoological Society of London. PEARMAN, J. V. 1929d. New species of Psocoptera from warehouses. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine 65: 104-109. THORNTON, I. W. B. & BROWNING, J. A. 1992. Myopsocidae (Insecta: Psocoptera) from Java, in- cluding a discussion of the known Indonesian fauna. Revue suisse de Zoologie 99(2): 343-367. TILLYARD. R. J. 1926b. Kansas Permian insects. 8. The order Copeognatha. American Journal of Science 11: 315-349. WESTWOOD, J. O. 1840a. Synopsis of the genera of British insects. London. 158 pp. (Psoc.: pp. 46-47, 158). YOSHIZAWA, K. 2001a. A systematic revision of Japanese Trichadenotecnum Enderlein (Pso- codea: ‘Psocoptera’: Psocidae: Ptyctini), with redefinition and subdivision of the genus. Invertebrate Taxonomy 15: 159-204. YOSHIZAWA, K. 2001b. Systematic study of Amphipsocidae in Japan (Psocodea: ‘Psocoptera’: Caeciliusetae), with comments on higher classification within the family. /nsecta Matsumurana, New Series 58: 1-25. YOSHIZAWA, K. (ed.) 2003. Psocid News. The Psocidologists’ Newsletter. No. 4 (February 17, 2003). Systematic Entomology, Faculty of Agriculture, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, 24 pp. (cf. PsocoNet Homepage: http://insect3.agr.hokudai.ac.jp/psoco-web/psoco-net/in- dex.html). REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 723-737; décembre 2003 New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I Pakawin DANKITTIPAKUL! & Xin-Ping WANG? ! Terrestrial Arthropod Research Unit, Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Chiang Mai University, Chiang Mai 50200, Thailand. Present address: 25/1 Pt. England Rd., Glen Innes, Auckland, New Zealand. 2 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, CA 94118, USA. 2 Bioinformatics Database/web Programmer, Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, IL. 61820, USA. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I. - Six new coelotine spider species are described from Chiang Mai and Chiang Rai Provinces, northern Thailand: Draconarius abbreviatus sp. n., D. anthonyi sp. n., D. inthanonensis sp. n., D. siamensis sp. n., D. subulatus sp. n. and Coelotes thailandensis sp. n. The specific name Coelotes wangi Hu, 2001, from Tibet, China, is a junior homonym of Coelotes wangi Chen & Zhao, 1997 and is here replaced by Coelotes hui nom.n. Key-words: Araneae - Amaurobiidae - Coelotinae - Draconarius - Coelotes - new species - taxonomy - zoogeography- Thailand. INTRODUCTION The northern part of Thailand is essentially a series of mountainous ridges folded between two offshoots of the Himalayan Range: the Dawna-Tenasserim and the Annamitic Chain. This region makes up approximately 20 percent of the country’s land area and is dotted with many mountains higher than 1500 m, where coelotine spiders are abundant. The spider family Amaurobiidae is represented by 67 genera and 590 described species (Platnick, 2003) from around the world. Most species occurring in Asia were described from China, and only few species were recorded from tropical regions south of it. There is no record of any amaurobiids from Thailand, though coelotine spiders are fairly common in evergreen hill forests in the north of the country. Several coelotine spiders examined in this study were collected by Dr Peter J. Schwendinger (MHNG) during the 1980s and 1990s. Additional specimens examined were obtained in the cause of an ecological project conducted in the Doi Inthanon National Park by the first author. New coelotine species described in this paper were collected only from the mountains of the Dawna-Tenasserim Range (Doi Inthanon, Doi Suthep-Pui, Doi Lanka). Additional species from other parts of the country will be described in subsequent papers. Manuscript accepted 24.04.2003 724 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG MATERIAL AND METHODS All illustrations were made with an Olympus SZX-9 stereomicroscope equipped with a drawing tube. Body measurements are in millimetres. Measurements of leg segments were taken from the dorsal side. Epigyna were drawn in natural and cleared state (immersing in lactic acid for 10-20 minutes). Male palps were drawn in lateral and ventral view. The material examined is deposited in the collections of the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève (MHNG) and of the Department of Entomology at the California Academy of Sciences (CAS), except for the specimens marked with PDC (Pakawin Dankittipakul Collection, Auckland, New Zealand), which will later also be deposited in the MHNG. Abbreviations used in the text and in the figures: ALE, anterior lateral eyes; AME, anterior median eyes; C, conductor; CD, copulatory duct; CL, conductor lamella; DC, dorsal apophysis of conductor (= conductor dorsal apophysis according to Wang, 2002); E, embolus; LE, lateral eyes; MA, median apophysis; ME, median eyes; MOQ, median ocular quadrangle; PA, patellar apophysis; PLE, posterior lateral eyes; PME, posterior median eyes; RDTA, retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis (= lateral tibial apophysis according to Wang, 2002); RTA, retrolateral tibial apophysis; SH, spermathecal head; SS, spermathecal stalk. TAXONOMY Draconarius Ovtchinnikov, 1999 Diagnosis: The genus Draconarius resembles Asiacoelotes Wang, 2002 in possessing an elongated lateral cymbial furrow, a long, slender embolus and a long, strongly convoluted spermathecae. Males can be distinguished by the presence of a dorsal apophysis on the conductor (Fig. 2). Females can be distinguished by posteriorly originating copulatory ducts and widely separated spermathecae (Fig. 4). Draconarius abbreviatus sp. n. Figs 1-4 Type locality. THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province, Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon. Type material: Holotype: d, from the type locality, pine forest, 1000 m, pitfall trap, 25.x11.1999-29.1.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG). Paratypes (all from the type locality): 19, pine forest, 1000 m, litter sample, 15.iv.2000 (MHNG); 2¢, 1000 m, pitfall trap, 25.x11.1999-29.1.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG); 24, pine forest, 1000 m, pitfall trap, 29.1-26.11.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (CAS); 14, evergreen hill forest, 1750 m, litter sample, 15.1.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM00154). Etymology: The specific name refers to the short retrolateral tibial apophysis of the male palp. Diagnosis: Males are similar to those of D. everesti (Hu, 2001) but can be dis- tinguished by the elongated median apophysis of the palpal organ and by differences in their conductors. Females are smilar to those of D. lutulentus (Wang et al., 1990) but can be distinguished by the small copulatory ducts of the epigynum. Description: 8 (holotype). Total length 8.49. Carapace 4.85 long, 3.33 wide. Abdomen 3.64 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth, retromargin with 5. Labium longer than wide (0.54/0.50). COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 725 Fics 1-4 Draconarius abbreviatus sp. n., 3 holotype (1, 2), 2 paratype (3, 4). Left palp, ventral (1) and retrolateral (2) view. Epigynum, ventral view (3). Vulva, dorsal view (4). Scale lines 0.5 mm (1- 2), 0.25 mm (3-4). Abbreviations: C, conductor; CD, copulatory duct; CL, conductor lamella; DC, dorsal apophysis of conductor; E, embolus; MA, median apophysis; PA, patella apophysis: RDTA, retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis; RTA, retrolateral tibial apophysis; SH, spermathecal head; SS, spermathecal stalk. 726 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.15, ALE 0.18, PME 0.16, PLE 0.18; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.07, PME-PME 0.15, PME-PLE 0.20, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.48 long, anterior width 0.41, posterior width 0.48. Clypeus height 0.23. Leg formu- la: 1-4-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 4.04 3.54 525 3.94 Patella + Tibia SAIS 4.34 3.14 5.05 Metatarsus 3.94 3.33 3.13 4.14 Tarsus 2.02 1.82 PS2 1.92 Total ISIS 13.03 11762 15.05 Palp (Figs 1-2): Patellar apophysis long, with sharply pointed apex; retrolateral tibial apophysis short, less than half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis small, close to retrolateral tibial apophysis; cymbial furrow short; conductor short; conductor lamella medium-sized; dorsal apophysis of conductor large; median apo- physis spoon-shaped, elongated; embolus originating proximally. ® (paratype). Total length 9.10. Carapace 4.55 long, 3.13 wide. Abdomen 3.54 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth, retromargin with 5. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.10, ALE 0.15, PME 0.15, PLE 0.16; AME-AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.07, PME-PME 0.15, PME-PLE 0.18, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.46 long, anterior width 0.35, posterior width 0.46. Clypeus height 0.22. Leg formula: 4-1-2-3. Leg measurements: I II II IV Femur 3:33 3:03 DAS 3.54 Patella + Tibia 4.24 3.54 3.03 4.04 Metatarsus 3.03 2.63 222 2335 Tarsus TESTI 1.31 1.11 1.62 Total 12311 10.71 9.09 12255 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 3-4): Epigynal teeth short, close to atrial margin; atrium small; copulatory ducts small, extended mesad of spermathecae; spermathecal heads situated anteriorly; spermathecal bases broad, widely separated; spermathecal stalks broad, anteriorly converging. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. Most specimens were collected from pine forest at 1000 m elevation; one male was collected from leaf litter of evergreen hill forest (at 1750 m). Draconarius anthonyi sp. n. Figs 5-8 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province and District, Doi Suthep-Pui National Park, Doi Pui. Type material: Holotype: d, at 1500 m, 15.viii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG). Paratypes: 24, 19, data as holotype (MHNG); d, 1680 m, 27.1.2001, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG); 18, 1610 m, 19.ix.1993, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (PDC AM0080); 4d, 32, 1500- COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 1/21) 1600 m, 27.ix.1990, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (CAS); 3d, 29, 1500-1600 m, 27.ix.1990, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG). Etymology: The specific name is a patronym dedicated to Anthony Osa, Auckland, New Zealand. Diagnosis: Males of D. anthonyi sp. n. are similar to those of D. argenteus (Wang et al., 1990) but can be distinguished by their broader conductor and by dif- ferences of their embolus and embolic base. Females of this species are similar to those of D. lutulentus but can be distinguished by the broader spermathecae. Description: 3 (holotype). Total length 10.61. Carapace 4.95 long, 3.23 wide. Abdomen 5.15 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth, retromargin with 5. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.18, ALE 0.20, PME 0.16, PLE 0.20; AME-AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.10, PME-PME 0.19, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.07; MOQ 0.58 long, anterior width 0.51, posterior width 0.53. Clypeus height 0.23. Leg formula: 1-4-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 4.44 4.04 3.64 4.34 Patella + Tibia 5.76 5.05 2473, 5.56 Metatarsus 4.55 4.04 3.84 5,05 Tarsus 4.24 22) 1472 2:02 Total 17207 1525 11.93 16.97 Palp (Figs 5, 6): Palp without patellar apophysis; retrolateral tibial apophysis short, approximately half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis small, close to retrolateral tibial apophysis; cymbial furrow about half of cymbial length; conductor short; conductor lamella medium-sized; dorsal apophysis of conductor large; median apophysis spoon-shaped, elongated; embolus originating proximally. 2 (paratype). Total length 10.10. Carapace 4.75 long, 3.23 wide. Abdomen 5.15 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth, retromargin with 5, occasionally 6. Labium slightly longer than wide (0.87/0.76). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.18, ALE 0.23, PME 0.19, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.11, AME-ALE 0.76, PME-PME 0.20, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.56 long, anterior width 0.51, posterior width 0.56. Clypeus height 0.23. Leg formula: 4-1-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.54 3.33 3.03 4.04 Patella + Tibia 4.54 4.04 3.54 4.75 Metatarsus 3.43 2.93 2.73 3.64 Tarsus agit 152 1.41 152 Total 1822 11.82 10.71 13.95 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 7-8): Epigynal teeth widely separated, situated anterior to atrium; atrium small, situated posteriorly near epigastric furrow; copulatory ducts originating posteriorly, looped around spermathecae; spermathecal heads small, 728 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG i) Draconarius anthonyi sp. n., 6 holotype (5, 6), ? paratype (7, 8). Left palp, ventral (5) and retrolateral (6) view. Epigynum, ventral view (7). Vulva, dorsal view (8). Scale lines 0.5 mm (5-6), 0.25 mm (7-8). Abbreviations: CD, copulatory duct; SH, spermathecal head; SS, sper- mathecal stalk. Fics 5-8 situated anteriorly; spermathecal bases broad, widely separated; spermathecal stalks long, convoluted, converging anteriorly. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. D. anthonyi sp. n. can be found along road banks in evergreen hill forest. The spiders usually build tubular retreats occupying a hole in a road bank. Only few specimens were collected from funnels in crevices of trees. All specimens examined were collected in between 1500 m and 1680 m altitude. Draconarius inthanonensis sp. n. Figs 9-14 Type locality. THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province, Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon. Type material: Holotype: dé, from the type locality, Kew Mae Pan 2100 m, pitfall trap, 27.vi.-26.vii.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG). Paratypes: 29, 1800 m, leaf litter sample, 26.xi.2002, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG); 2¢, Kew Mae Pan, 2100 m, pitfall trap, 27.vi.- 26.vii.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG); 14, 2530 m, pitfall trap, 29.iii.-27.iv.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (CAS); 16, 1750 m, leaf litter sample, 15.vi.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (MHNG); 46 , 2300 m, pitfall trap, 27.xi.1986-14.1.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG), PDC AM0041- 0042). Etymology: The specific name refers to the type locality, Doi Inthanon (2565 m), the highest mountain in Thailand. COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 729 Fics 9-14 Draconarius inthanonensis sp. n., 3 holotype (9, 10), 5 paratype (11, 12), ® paratype (13, 14). Left palp, ventral (9) and retrolateral (10) view. Right palp, ventral (11) and retrolateral (12) view. Epigynum, ventral view (13). Vulva, dorsal view (14). Scale lines 0.5 mm (9-12), 0.25 mm (13-14). 730 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Diagnosis: This new species is similar to D. siamensis sp. n. but can be distin- guished by the presence of a simple, not spoon-shaped median apophysis on the male palp and by differences in the atrium and spermathecal tubes of female genitalia. Description: 3 (holotype). Total length 7.37. Carapace 4.04 long, 2.42 wide. Abdomen 3.54 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 2 teeth, retromargin with 2. Labium longer than wide (0.56/0.51). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.08, ALE 0.18, PME 0.15, PLE 0.15; AME- AME 0.10, AME-ALE 0.10, PME-PME 0.08, PME-PLE 0.18, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.43 long, anterior width 0.30, posterior width 0.43. Clypeus height 0.10. Leg formula: 1-4-2-3. Leg measurements: I II II IV Femur 3.23 2.93 2.55 SAS Patella + Tibia 4.24 3.54 2.82 3.94 Metatarsus 333 278 263 3:33 Tarsus 2232 1.92 1:52 12 Total 1512 Laz 9.50 1212 Palp (Figs 9-12): Patellar apophysis very small; retrolateral tibial apophysis about half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial aophysis small; cymbial furrow approximately half of cymbial length; conductor short; dorsal apophysis of conductor small; conductor lamella medium-sized; median apophysis simple, weakly sclerotized, not spoon-shaped; embolus originating proximally. 2 (paratype). Total length 10.91. Carapace 4.65 long, 3.13 wide. Abdomen 6.01 long. Chericeral promargin with 2 teeth, retromargin with 2. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.15, ALE 0.25, PME 0.25, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.13, PME-PME 0.10, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.13; MOQ 0.56 long, anterior width 0.46, posterior width 0.58. Clypeus height 0.13. Leg formula: 4-1-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.64 3:33 2.83 3.84 Patella + Tibia 4°55 4.04 3.03 4.55 Metatarsus 3.39 2.63 DS? 3.74 Tarsus 2102 1.62 1.41 1.61 Total 13:54 111262 9.79 1394 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 13-14): Epigynal teeth absent; epigynal hoods dis- tinct; atrium small; copulatory ducts long, originating anteriorly, laterally extended and looped around spermathecae; spermathecal heads large, situated anteriorly; sperma- thecal bases small, widely separated; spermathecal stalks short, anteriorly converging. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. D. inthanonensis sp. n. inhabits evergreen hill forest from about 1600 m elevation up to the summit (2560 m) of the mountain. COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 731 Draconarius siamensis Sp. n. Figs 15-20 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province, Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon. Type material: Holotype: dé, 2300 m, pitfall trap, 14.vii.-20.viii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG). Paratypes: 2530 m, 19, pitfall trap, 16.11.-18.iv.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 36, pitfall trap, 11.vi.-14.vii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 19, 23.11.1997, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 29, pitfall trap, 18.iv.-23.v.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 19, pitfall trap, 23.x.-17.xii.1986, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 66, pitfall trap, 14.vii.-20.viii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 14, pitfall trap, 23.v.-11.vi.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (PDC AM00120); 2530 m, 4 , pitfall trap, 20.viii.-8.x.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 19, pitfall trap, 17.xii.1986-16.ii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2530 m, 14, litter sample, 8.vii.2002, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM0089); 2530 m, 1d, pitfall trap, 24.v.- 27.vi.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM0090); 2530 m, 14, pitfall trap, 28.viii-26.ix.1999, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM0091); 2500 m, 19, 28.x.2000, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG TH-00/03); 2500 m, 49, pitfall trap, 20.viii.-8.x.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (PDC AM00121- 00124); 2300 m, 126 8, pitfall trap, 14.vii.-20.viii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger; 2300 m, 64, 39, pitfall trap, 11.vi.-14.vii.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (CAS); 2300 m, 84d, 19, pitfall trap, 20.viii.-8.x.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (MHNG); 2300 m, 29, pitfall trap, 27.xi.1986- 14.1.1987, leg. P. J. Schwendinger (CAS); 2100 m, 14, pitfall trap, 27.vi-26.vii.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM0092); Doi Inthanon, 2100 m, 29, pitfall trap, 27.viii-26.ix.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul (PDC AM0093-0094). Other material examined: Doi Inthanon, Kew Mae Pan, 2100 m, 26 , 28.viii.-26.1x.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul: Specimens destroyed in preservative diluted by rainfall (only male palps and carapaces remaining). Etymology: Latin: siamensis, adjective of Siam, the former name of Thailand. Diagnosis: This new species can be easily identified by: patellar apophysis small, retrolateral tibial apophysis short (less than half of tibial length), retrolateral tibial apophysis and retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis situated close to each other in males; spermathecal bases large, widely separated and the spermathecal stalks short in females. Description: 3 (holotype). Total length 9.30. Carapace 4.54 long, 3.43 wide. Abdomen 4.44 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth (two large and one smali), retromargin with 4 small teeth. Labium longer than wide (1.01/0.79). AME smallest. Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.10, ALE 0.19, PME 0.15, PLE 0.20; AME-AME 0.13, AME-ALE 0.10, PME-PME 0.15, PME-PLE 0.24, ALE- PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.51 long, anterior width 0.35, posterior width 0.46. Clypeus height 0.20. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.93 3.64 3:23 4.04 Patella + Tibia 5.05 4.14 3.54 4.85 Metatarsus 915 3.00 2.83 4.14 Tarsus 2.00 1.82 1.41 1292; Total 14.11 12.6 ON 14.95 Palp (Figs 15-17): Patellar apophysis small; retrolateral tibial apophysis short, less than half of tibial length; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis small, situated close to retrolateral tibial apophysis; cymbial furrow short; conductor beak-like, short; P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG 782 COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 733 conductor lamella medium-sized; dorsal apophysis of conductor large; median apo- physis spoon-shaped, elongated; embolus originating prolateral-proximally. 2 (paratype). Total length 13.43. Carapace 5.45 long, 3.93 wide. Abdomen 7.38 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 3 teeth, retromargin with 5. Labium longer than wide (1.15/0.89). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.13, ALE 0.20, PME 0.17, PLE 0.17; AME- AME 0.15, AME-ALE 0.15, PME-PME 0.20, PME-PLE 0.33, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.54 long, anterior width 0.41, posterior width 0.56. Clypeus height 0.33. Leg formula: 4-1-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 3.74 3.23 5415 3.94 Patella + Tibia 5.05 4.04 3695 4.65 Metatarsus 3:33 2.83 2.213 4.10 Tarsus 1.92 1572 1.41 1.82 Total 14.04 14482 10.8 14.51 Epigynum and vulva (Figs 18-20): Epigynal teeth short, situated lateral to atrium; atrium situated posteriorly, close to epigastric furrow; copulatory ducts situated mesal to spermathecae, anteriorly expanded; spermathecal heads situated anteriorly; spermathecal bases rounded, widely separated; spermathecal stalks short, widely separated. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. The spiders inhabit moist evergreen hill forests above 2000 m elevation. Draconarius subulatus sp. n. Figs 21-23 Type locality: THAILAND, Chiang Mai Province, Chomthong District, Doi Inthanon National Park, Doi Inthanon. Type material: Holotype: &, 2510 m, pitfall trap, 25.v.-27.vi.2000, leg. P. Dankittipakul & S. Sonthichai (MHNG). Etymology: The specific name refers to the pointed patellar apophysis of the male. Diagnosis: This new species can be easily recognized by the finger-like, pointed patellar apophysis and the long, spiral, posteriad-directed conductor in the male. Description: è (holotype). Total length 10.51. Carapace 5.44 long, 3.88 wide. Abdomen 5.11 long. Promargin and retromargin of chelicerae each with 3 teeth. Labium almost as long as wide (0.82/0.76). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.17, ALE 0.23, PME 0.20, PLE 0.23; AME- AME 0.16, AME-ALE 0.17, PME-PME 0.10, PME-PLE 0.23, ALE-PLE 0.10; MOQ 0.63 long, anterior width 0.51, posterior width 0.56. Clypeus height 0.23. Leg formula: 4-1-2-3. Fics 15-20 Draconarius siamensis sp. n., d holotype (15, 16), 6, paratype (17), 2 paratypes (18-20). Left palp, ventral (15, 17) and retrolateral (16) view. Epigynum, ventral view (18). Vulva, dorsal view (19, 20). Scale lines 0.5 mm. 734 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Fics 21-23 Draconarius subulatus sp. n., 6 holotype. Left palp, ventral (21), retrolateral (22) and prolateral (23) view. Scale lines 1.0 mm. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 5.36 4.94 4.57 5.78 Patella + Tibia 6.84 5.78 5.10 6.05 Metatarsus 5.63 5.00 4.78 6.31 Tarsus 3415 2.89 2.36 2.89 Total 20.98 18.61 16.81 21:03 Palp (Figs 21-23; expanded): Patellar apophysis large, finger-like, with sharp, pointed apex; RTA as long as tibia; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis small; cymbial furrow short; conductor long and spiral, proximad-directed; dorsal apophysis of conductor large; median apophysis spoon-shaped; embolus slender, originating proxi- mally. ©. Unknown. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. The type specimen was collected from moist evergreen hill forest near the summit of Doi Inthanon, where also D. inthanonensis sp. n. and D. siamensis sp. n. occur. Coelotes Blackwall, 1841 Diagnosis: Males of Coelotes resemble those of Eurocoelotes Wang, 2002 in possessing a dorsal apophysis on the conductor and a rounded median apophysis, but can be distinguished by the presence of a broad patellar apophysis. Females of this COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I 735 genus also resemble Eurocoelotes, but differ in having laterally situated epigynal teeth, a reduced genital atrium and shorter copulatory ducts. Coelotes hui nom. n. Remark: Coelotes hui nom. n. is a replacement name for C. wangi Hu, 2001: 133, figs 44.1-3 (2 holotype and 29 paratypes from Linzhi, Tibet, China, deposited in Shandong University, Jilian, China, not examined), which is a junior homonym of C. wangi Chen & Zhao, 1997. Coelotes thailandensis sp. n. Figs 24-25 Type locality. THAILAND, Chiang Rai Province, Wiang Papao District, Khun Jae National Park, Doi Lanka, Mae Toh waterfall, 1200 m. Type material: Holotype: 6, 15.x.2002, leg. P. Dankittipakul & S. Sonthichai (MHNG). Etymology: The specific name refers to the type locality. Diagnosis: This new species is similar to C. pseudoterrestris Schenkel, 1963 but can be distinguished by the short conductor and the reduced retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis of the male. Description: & (holotype). Total length 11.67. Carapace 6.22 long, 4.33 wide. Abdomen 5.56 long. Promargin of chelicerae with 2 teeth, retromargin with 4. Labium slightly longer than wide (0.79/0.71). Eye sizes and interdistances: AME 0.15, ALE 0.23, PME 0.17, PLE 0.20; AME- AME 0.12, AME-ALE 0.12, PME-PME 0.14, PME-PLE 0.25, ALE-PLE 0.05; MOQ 0.56 long, anterior width 0.46, posterior width 0.48. Clypeus height 0.25. Let formula: 4-1-2-3. Leg measurements: I II III IV Femur 5.89 5.26 5.00 6.31 Patella + Tibia 7.36 6.15 5.68 7.47 Metatarsus 6.10 5.26 5.26 GAO Tarsus 3.42 2.89 2.47 315 Total DDT 19.56 18.41 24.03 Palp (Figs 24-25): Patellar apophysis large; retrolateral tibial apophysis rela- tively long, with strong distal end; retrolateral dorsal tibial apophysis absent; cymbial furrow short; conductor short; dorsal apophysis of conductor larger than conductor; median apophysis short, rounded; embolus slender, originating prolateral-proximally. Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality. The specimen was collected from a rotten log in an evergreen hill forest. ZOOGEOGRAPHY Although various authors have brought together considerable information on the spider fauna of Thailand, the occurrence of the family Amaurobiidae there has never been mentioned before. This is the first record of amaurobiid spiders from that country. 736 P. DANKITTIPAKUL & X.-P. WANG Fics 24-25 Coelotes thailandensis sp. n., d holotype. Left palp, ventral (24) and retrolateral view (25). Scale lines 1.0 mm. Draconarius has previously been recorded from Central and East Asia (Ovtchinnikov, 1999; Wang, 2002). The present study expands the known distribution of Draconarius towards the southeast and provides a better understanding of the actual geographical range of this genus. The genus Coelotes is widely distributed in the temperate zone of Europe, Central and East Asia. The new species described from Thailand is possibly restricted to high altitudes of mountainous areas. Distribution of this genus in Thailand is not clear since only a single species is reported here in this study. Additional observations are required. The syntopic occurrence of three congeneric species (Draconarius inthano- nensis sp. n., D. siamensis sp. n. and D. subulatus sp. n.) near the summit of Doi Inthanon is remarkable and underlines the high biodiversity of this mountain, where tropical and subtropical/temperate faunal and floral elements meet. COELOTINE SPIDERS FROM NORTHERN THAILAND I TOTI ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to Dr Peter J. Schwendinger for providing material from his personal collection and for the loan of specimens from the MHNG. We thank Dr Charles Griswold (CAS) for allowing the depository of some types in the collection of the Department of Entomology at the California Academy of Sciences. The Thailand Research Fund TRF/BIOTEC Special Program for Biodiversity Research and Training Grant (project number BRT_T 542094) supported the first author at the beginning of this project. The Royal Forest Department gave permission to collect spiders in pro- tected areas. Work on this paper was carried out while the first author was based at Chiang Mai University (CMU). He is grateful to people who provided assistance, in particular to Prof. Saowapa Sonthichai (CMU), Dr Wipada Vungsilabutr (Department of Entomology and Zoology, Ministry of Agriculture) and Dr Angoon Lewvanich (Institute of Science, The Royal Academy of Thailand). REFERENCES CHEN, J. & ZHAO, J. Z. 1997. Four new species of the genus Coelotes from Hubei, China (Araneae, Amaurobiidae). Acta Arachnologica Sinica 6(2): 87-92. Hu, J. L. 2001. Spiders in Qinghai-Tibet Plateau of China. Henan Science and Technology Publishing House, 658 pp. OVTCHINNIKOV, S. V. 1999. On the supraspecific systematics of the subfamily Coelotinae (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) in the former USSR fauna. Tethys Entomological Research 1: 63-80. PLATNICK, N. I. 2003. The world spider catalog, version 3.5. American Museum of Natural History, online at http://research.amnh.org/entomoiogy/spiders/catalog81-87/index.html SCHENKEL, E. 1963. Ostasiatische Spinnen aus dem Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de Paris. Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (A, Zoologie) 25: 1-481. WANG, J. F., YIN, C. M., PENG, X. J. & XIE, L. P. New species of the spiders of the genus Coelotes from China (Araneae: Agelenidae). /n: Spiders in China: One Hundred New and Newly Recorded Species of the Families Araneidae and Agelenidae. Hunan Normal University Press, pp. 172-253. WANG, X. P. 2002. A generic-level revision of the spider subfamily Coelotinae (Araneae, Amaurobiidae). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 269: 1-150. gn Ty guire fog mi si REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 739-748; décembre 2003 Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Province, China Volker MAHNERT Muséum d’histoire naturelle, case postale 6434, CH-1211 Genève 6, Switzerland. E-mail: volker.mahnert @ mhn.ville-ge.ch Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Province, China. - The new species Parobisium martii sp. n., Parobisium scaurum sp. n., Paro- bisium titanium sp. n., and Nudochernes lipsae sp. n. are described from caves near the city of Zhen Xiong (Yunnan), and their taxonomic positions are discussed. Parobisium titanium sp. n., with a body length of about 4.5 mm, is the pseudoscorpion species with by far the largest known pedi- palpal length of about 17 mm. Key-words: China - Yunnan - biospeleology - Pseudoscorpiones - new species. INTRODUCTION The state of knowledge of the pseudoscorpion fauna of China has been reviewed by Schawaller (1995b) who cited 47 species, but this number certainly presents only a fraction of the diversity which might be expected in this country. Three species are recorded from Chinese caves: Stenohya chinacavernicola Schawaller, 1995 (Neobisiidae) (Sichuan Prov., two caves); Megachernes cf. himalayensis (Ellingsen, 1914) (Chernetidae) (Guangxi Prov., one cave) and Megachernes cf. vietnamensis Beier, 1967 (Hubei and Sichuan Prov., 3 caves). Harvey (1999) redescribed the type specimens of Microcreagris lampra Chamberlin, 1930, M. orientalis Chamberlin, 1930, and M. silvestrii Chamberlin, 1930 and transferred them to the genus Biseto- creagris. He emended the type locality of B. orientalis to Vietnam, and synonymized Microcreagris chinensis Beier, 1943 (= Chinacreagris chinensis) with B. silvestrii. Five speleological surveys of China have been carried out since 1992 by the French Federation of Speleology (Aventures Karstiques Lointaines), and the pseudoscorpions collected were sent to me by Mrs Josiane Lips (Lyon) (collections of 1992-1999) and Dr Philippe Marti (Geneva) (collection of 2001). The descriptions of the caves have been published by Degouve et al. (1999) who indicate also the French names and the GPS data. The results of the first survey (1992) were published by Schawaller (1995b). Due to the fragmentary knowledge of the cave fauna of China it is not surprising that Manuscript accepted 23.07.2003 740 V. MAHNERT the four specimens collected represent four new species. At least two of them are highly specialized troglobionts and one of them is the pseudoscorpion species with by far the largest recorded pedipalpal length of about 17 mm. Types of the new species are deposited in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva. DESCRIPTIONS Parobisium martii sp. n. Figs 1-4 Material: Holotype 9, China, Yunnan Province, Zhen Xiong, Guo Quan Dong cave (Grotte du Cirque) (N 104°44,678 / E 27°29,712 GPS), leg. Ph. Marti, 30.11.2001 (no. 20) (col- lected near the end of the first hall, around a huge block near the separation of the two galleries). Diagnosis: The new species is characterized by the morphometry and length of palpal segments (e.g. femur 4.25 x longer than broad, length 1.58 mm), by the presence of 6 setae on posterior border of the carapace, by the number of setae on cheliceral hand (6) and of sternal setae (14-16). Etymology: Named in honour of the collector Dr Philippe Marti. Description: Pedipalps and carapace reddish brown, tergites and sternites yellowish. Carapace slightly longer than broad, smooth, with a very weak sub-basal transverse impression, four small distinct eyes; 24 setae in total, of which 4 are at anterior and 6 at posterior margin, 2 ocular microsetae on each side; tergites undivided, chaetotaxy: I-IX mostly with 11 marginal setae, X 9 (2 tactile setae), XI 9 (2 tactile setae). Manducatory process with 4/5 bristles; coxae of pedipalps smooth, with 9 bristles (including one tactile seta), coxae I 8, II 6, III 4/5, IV 10 bristles; genital oper- culum with 13 setae (Fig. 4); sternites undivided, chaetotaxy: 14 + 5 microsetae on each stigma (the three central marginal setae shorter)/10+5/14/15/16/14/15/11 (2 tac- tile setae)/6 (2 tactile setae). Pleural membrane granulate. Chelicera: 6 setae on hand, fixed finger with 21, movable finger with 13 small pointed and partly rounded teeth, flattened and broad transparent spinneret present, serrula exterior with approximately 42 lamellae, serrula interior with approx. 31 lamellae, flagellum composed of 8 anteriorly-dentate blades, the first one with slightly enlarged base, the two proximal ones shorter. Pedipalp (Figs 1-3): Trochanter with small dorsal hump, femur indistinctly granulate medially, 4.25 times longer than broad, patella smooth, 2.7 times, club 1.7 times longer than broad, hand finely granulate mediodistally, with pedicel 1.9 times longer than broad and 1.1 times longer than finger, chela with pedicel 3.45 times longer than broad; fixed finger with 83, movable finger with 81 small, pointed teeth; fixed finger with a short venom duct, nodus ramosus at base of claw. Trichobothrial pattern see Fig. 3; est in distal half, closer to ef than to ist, five trichobothria grouped at base of finger. Leg I: Femur 3.6 times longer than deep and 1.5 times longer than patella, patella 2.8 times longer than deep, tibia 5.9 times, basitarsus 3.3 times, telotarsus 5.1 times longer than deep and 1.5 times longer than basitarsus. Leg IV: femur+patella 3.8 times longer than deep, suture between them vertical, tibia 6.7 times longer than deep, tactile seta near middle (TS=0.46), basitarsus 2.9 times longer than deep, with one basal tactile seta (TS=0.17), telotarsus 5.1 times longer than deep and 1.5 times longer PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM CHINESE CAVES 741 than basitarsus, tactile seta at middle (TS=0.50); arolia undivided, clearly shorter than the smooth and slender claws, subterminal seta forked and dentate. Measurements (length/width in mm): Carapace 1.23/1.18. Pedipalp: Femur 1.58/0.37, patella 1.35/0.50, hand with pedicel 1.44/0.77, length of finger 1.34, length of chela with pedicel 2.64. Leg I: Femur 0.84/0.23, patella 0.58/0.20, tibia 0.81/0.14, basitarsus 0.38/0.12, telotarsus 0.56/0.11; leg IV: Femur+patella 1.50/0.40, tibia 1.38/0.21, basitarsus 0.49/0.17, telotarsus 0.73/0.14. Discussion: Parobisium martii sp. n. shows affinities with Parobisium magnum chejuense Morikawa, 1970 (from Seong-gul Cave, South Korea) and Parobisium longipalpus Hong, 1996 (Mt Chiri, South Korea). It shares with these species the chaetotaxy of carapace (6 setae on posterior border) and tergites (10-12 setae) and the number of teeth of chelal fingers. It differs from the female of P. m. chejuense by the smaller size (palpal femur 1.58 mm vs 1.82 mm), by a slightly more slender palpal fe- mur (4.25 times vs 3.9 times) and chela (3.4 times vs 2.9 times), less numerous sternal setae (14-16 vs. 20-22) and the smaller number of setae on the cheliceral hand (6 vs 7). Parobisium longipalpus is clearly smaller (palpal femur length 1.05-1.16 mm vs 1.58 mm) and has 7 setae on the cheliceral hand; the trichobthrium st on movable finger is placed clearly distally compared to est, whereas in martii sp.n. st is level with est. Parobisium titanium sp. n. Figs 5-9 Material: Holotype 4, China, Yunnan Province, Zhen Xiong, Guo Quan Dong cave (Grotte du Cirque) (N104°44,678/ E 27°29,712 GPS), leg. Ph. Marti, 8.IV.2001 (no. 94) (col- lected at the bottom of the cave, on sand-bank near the terminal siphon). Diagnosis: The species is characterized by its pedipalpal morphology and size, chaetotaxy of tergites (mostly 6 setae), by the presence of 5 setae on cheliceral hand and by the high number (13) of flagellum setae. Etymology: From the latin adjectif titanius = titanic, gigantic. Description: Pedipalps and carapace dark reddish-brown, tergites and sternites yellowish. Carapace 1.1 times longer than broad, smooth, with a very weak subbasal transverse impression, eyes or eyespots absent; with 20 setae in total, 6 of which are at anterior and 6 at posterior margin; tergites undivided, chaetotaxy: I 8, II-X 6, XI 8 (2 tactile setae). Manducatory process with 5 bristles; coxae of pedipalps smooth, with numerous setae, coxae I 6, II 6, III 5, IV 10 bristles; anterior genital operculum with about 55 central setae, posterior genital operculum (sternit III) with a small median groove and tiny lateral rod-like sclerotizations (Fig. 9); sternites with uniseriate chaeto- taxy: approx. 26 marginal setae + 12 central discal setae + 2 suprastigmatal micro- setae/16 + 5/20/18/16/14/12/ 8(?). Pleural membrane granulate. Chelicera (Fig. 5): 5 setae on hand, fixed finger with 11, movable finger with 10 pointed teeth, a small flattened transparent spinneret present, serrula exterior with about 44 lamellae, flagel- lum composed of 13 anteriorly-dentate blades, the anterior one with slightly enlarged base, the five proximal ones shorter. Pedipalp (Figs 6-8): Trochanter without hump, femur smooth, 8.9 times longer than broad, patella 8.0 times, hand with pedicel 4.6 times longer than broad and 1.3 times longer than finger, chela with pedicel 7.8 times longer than broad; fixed finger with 103 small pointed teeth, movable finger with 110 pointed teeth (flattened in basal 742 V. MAHNERT half). Trichobothrial pattern see Fig. 8: five basal trichobothria, est in middle of finger, halfway between ist and et; st halfway between sb and f. Leg I: Femur 7.3 times longer than deep and 1.5 times longer than patella, patel- la 5.5 times longer than deep, tibia 10.7 times, basitarsus 6.6 times, telotarsus 7.1 times longer than deep and 1.1 longer than basitarsus. Leg IV: Femur+patella 11.7 times longer than deep, suture vertical, tibia 15.6 times longer than deep, with a longer seta proximal of middle, basitarsus 6.8 times longer than deep, with a basal tactile seta, telotarsus 7.3 times longer than deep and 1.1 longer than basitarsus, a tactile seta dis- tal of the middle; arolia undivided, clearly shorter than the smooth and slender claws; subterminal seta forked and dentate. Measurements (in mm): Carapace 1.62/1.52. Pedipalps: Femur 4.43/0.50, patel- la 4.58/0.57, hand with pedicel 3.60/0.78, length of finger 2.80, length of chela with pedicel 6.08. Leg I: Femur 2.32/0.32, patella 1.55/0.28, tibia 2.25/0.21, basitarsus 1.12/0.17, telotarsus 1.20/0.17; leg IV: Femur+patella 4.08/0.35, tibia 3.90/0.25, basi- tarsus 1.30/0.19, telotarsus 1.38/0.19. Discussion: The relationships of this new species are uncertain: no other Parobisium species shows a similar pedipalpal morphology. The flagellum has a mor- phology comparable to that of other species of this genus, but its number is much higher and perhaps size-dependent (13 serrate setae; versus 9 in scaurum sp. n., 8 in martii sp. n and longipalpus Hong). The extreme adaptation of the species to the hypogean environment and, mainly, the meagre knowledge of the cave fauna of this region makes it impossible to determine its relationships. Affinities might exist with Parobisium scaurum sp. n., but both species are insufficiently known. Parobisium titanium sp. n. stands out from all described pseudoscorpion species by possessing by far the longest pedipalps: 17 mm in length, with a body length of about 4.5 mm. From the “Grotte du Cirque Guo Quan Dong” two new species of Parobisium are described. Whilst P. martii sp. n. is probably an epigean troglophilous species without evident morphological adaptations to the subterranean habitat, P titanium sp. n. is a highly adapted troglobiont without any apparent affinities to P. martii. Parobisium scaurum sp. n. Figs 10-14 Material: Holotype tritonymph, China, Yunnan Province, Zhen Xiong, Da Hei Dhong cave (Grande Grotte Noire) (N 104°48,702/ E 27°22,804 GPS), leg. Josiane Lips, 20. VIII.1999 (no. 547). Diagnosis: The morphometric data and the shape of its pedipalps are character- izing this species (e.g. femur 7.5 times longer than broad, length 2.48 mm); adults are unknown. Etymology: The specific name refers to the inflated telotarsi of the walking legs (lat. scaurus = club-footed). Description: Pedipalps brown, carapace, tergites and sternites yellowish. Cara- pace 1.1 times longer than broad, smooth, eyes or eye-spots absent; 20 setae in total, 4 of them are at anterior and 6 at posterior margin, one ocular microseta on each side present; tergites undivided, all with 6 setae, XI 6 (2 tactile setae). Manducatory process with 4 marginal bristles; coxae of pedipalps smooth, with 6/7 bristles, coxae I 8-9, II 7, Ill 4, IV 8 bristles; sternites undivided, chaetotaxy: 12 + 5 microchaetae on each PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM CHINESE CAVES 743 Fics 1-14 1-4: Parobisium martii sp. n.; 1-2, pedipalp; 3, trichobothrial pattern on chelal fingers; 4, chaeto- taxy of genital operculum and sternite III; scale units 0.1 mm. 5-9: Parobisium titanium sp. n.; 5, chelicera; 6-7, pedipalp; 8, trichobothrial pattern on chelal fingers; 9, chaetotaxy of genital operculum and sternite III; scale units 0.1 mm (Fig. 5), 0.5 mm (Figs 6, 7). 10-14: Parobisium scaurum sp. n.; 10-11, pedipalp; 12, trichobothrial pattern on chelal fingers; 13, basi- and telo- tarsus of leg I; 14, basi- and telotarsus of leg IV; scale units 0.1 mm. 744 V. MAHNERT stigma/12 + 6/21/18/17/15/12/10/4 (2 tactile setae). Pleural membrane granulate. Chelicera: 6 setae on palm, fixed finger with 15, movable finger with 13 small, point- ed teeth, a small rounded transparent spinneret present, serrula exterior with 40 lamellae, flagellum composed of 9 serrate blades, first one slightly dilated at base, two posterior ones distinctly shorter. Pedipalp (Figs 10-12): Trochanter without hump, femur smooth, 7.5 longer than broad, patella 7.0 times, club 4.7 times, hand with pedicel 3.8 times longer than broad, chela with pedicel 8.6 times longer than broad, finger 1.3 times longer than hand; fixed finger with 105 small pointed teeth, movable finger with 105 pointed teeth (flattened in basal half). Trichobothrial pattern see Fig. 12: apparently comparable to that of P. titanium Sp. n. Leg I: Femur 5.4 times longer than deep and 1.4 times longer than patella, patel- la 4.7 times longer than deep, tibia 8.1 times, basitarsus 4.1 times longer than deep, telotarsus distinctly inflated at base, 3.8 times longer than deep and 1.3 times longer than basitarsus (Fig. 13). Leg IV: Femur+patella 8.5 times longer than deep, suture ver- tical, tibia 11.1 times longer than deep, with two longer setae near middle and near distal end, basitarsus 4.6 times longer than deep, with a basal tactile seta, telotarsus 4.3 times longer than deep and 1.2 times longer than basitarsus, distinctly inflated at base, tactile seta absent, with a slightly longer seta near middle (Fig. 14); arolia undivided, clearly shorter than the smooth and slender claws, subterminal seta forked and dentate. Measurements (length/width in mm): Carapace 1.21/1.11. Pedipalp: Femur 2.48/0.33, patella 2.50/0.36, hand with pedicel 1.77/0.46, length of finger 2.26, length of chela with pedicel 3.98. Leg I: Femur 1.26/0.22, patella 0.87/0.19, tibia 1.14/0.14, basitarsus 0.58/0.14, telotarsus 0.77/0.20; leg IV: Femur+patella 2.29/0.27, tibia 2.02/0.18, basitarsus 0.77/0.17, telotarsus 0.93/0.22. Discussion: This species is unfortunately known only from a tritonymph, but there is no doubt that it represents a new species, being characterized by its morpho- metric data and the shape of pedipalps. Affinities might exist with P titanium sp. n., but from this species scaurum sp.n. differs clearly by the shape of chelal hand and the length of chelal finger which is 1.3 times longer than hand in scaurum, but 1.3 shorter than hand in titanium. The unusual morphology of its telotarsi, with an enlarged base, might represent a diagnostic character of this species, but it also might be a nymphal character (?). Such inflated tarsi have been recorded from tritonymphs of syarinid species (e.g., Pseudoblothrus strinatii Vachon, Hadoblothrus gigas di Caporiacco) (Vachon, 1954; Mahnert, 1980). DISCUSSION OF THE GENUS PAROBISIUM First described as subgenus of Neobisium Chamberlin, the genus Parobisium is characterized within the family Neobisiidae by the absence of a galea on the movable cheliceral finger and by its trichobothrial pattern with a basal/subbasal cluster of five trichobothria and only three trichobothria in the distal half of fixed chelal finger (est — et — it) (Chamberlin, 1962). Only 16 species and subspecies are currently recognized in this genus which is known from North America (six taxa), Japan (seven taxa) and Korea (four taxa) (Harvey, 1991; Hong, 1996). Cave dwelling species or subspecies are recorded from Japan, South Korea and the USA (Harvey, 1991). Beier’s (1937) sug- PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM CHINESE CAVES 745 gestion that Neobisium rathkii sensu Menge might belong to Parobisium is not corro- borated by Judson (2003). The Asian species seem to differ from the North American ones in the position of trichobothrium est, which is placed near et/it forming a dense cluster of three trichobothria in American species, but is clearly separated from the distal pair er/it and situated near the finger middle in Asian species. The systematic situation of neobisiid genera needs clarification, particularly in this Asian region, a first attempt was published by Curcic (1983). The trichobothrial pattern typical for Parobisium is also present in the genus Bisetocreagris Curcic, which possesses an identical flagellar morphology (all setae serrate) as well. However, the latter genus is characterized by the presence of tactile setae on tarsi of at least leg IV (lacking in at least some species of Parobisium?), by the presence of a bisetous median groove on sternite III of the male and of a galea, although the latter character seems to be of limited value at the generic level (Judson, 1992). Nudochernes lipsae sp. n. Figs 15-21 Material: Holotype 9, China, Yunnan Province, Zhen Xiong, Da Hei Dong cave (Grande Grotte Noire) (N 104°48,702/ E 27°22,804 GPS), leg. Josiane Lips, 20.VIII.1999 (no. 547). Diagnosis: The stout pedipalps and their length characterize the new species (pedipalpal femur 3.2 times longer than broad, length 0.91 mm); femur pedicillate, not broadened at its base. Etymology: Named in honour of Mrs Josiane Lips (Lyon) for her sustained interest in pseudoscorpions. Description: Pedipalps and carapace reddish brown, tergites and sternites yellowish. Carapace as long as broad, densely granulate, with two granulate transverse furrows, eyes or eyespots absent; 8 setae at anterior and 12 (+ 4 submarginal ones) at posterior margin; setae of carapace and tergites indistinctly clavate and apically den- tate; tergites divided, chaetotaxy of half-tergites: 9 - 9 - 9+ 1 lateral seta —10+ 1 lateral + 1 medial seta — 9/1/1 — 8/1/1 — 8/1/1 — 6/1/1 — 5/1/1 — 6/0/1, XI totally 12 (4 longer setae), lateral, submedial and medial setae longer on hind tergites. Manducatory process with 3 marginal and 1 discal setae; coxae of pedipalps granulate, with 35 setae (1 tactile seta, distal ones slightly clavate), coxae I 23, II 27, III approx. 36 setae; IV numerous setae; genital operculum with 28 setae (in semi-circular arrangement), sper- matheca (Fig. 20) with a long unpaired stem and two short apical tubules; sternites di- vided, setae finely dentate and long, chaetotaxy: 4+4 suprastigmal microchaetae - 4+4 - 10 - 8/1 med. seta/l lat. seta - 7/1/1 - 8/1/1 - 5/1/1 - 4/1/1 — 5/0/1, XI totally 9 (4 setae longer). Chelicera (Fig. 15): 5 setae on palm, db and ib dentate, fixed finger with 5 proximad-directed teeth, movable finger with broad tooth-like subapical lobe, galea (Fig. 16) with 6 long branchlets in distal part, serrula exterior with 20 lamellae, fla- gellum with three apically dentate blades. Pedipalp (Figs 17-19): Trochanter with distinct rounded dorsal hump, femur finely granulate, 3.2 longer than broad, patella finely granulate medio-distally, 3.0 times, club 2.1 times longer than broad, hand indistinctly granulate medio-distally, with pedicel 2.0 times longer than broad and 1.05 times longer than finger, chela with pedicel 3.7 times longer than broad; fixed finger granulate in basal half, with 47 pointed 746 V. MAHNERT Fics 15-21 Nudochernes lipsae sp. n.; 15, chelicera; 16, galea, in detail; 17-18, pedipalp: 19, trichobothrial pattern on chelal fingers; 20, spermatheca; 21, leg IV; scale units 0.1 mm. teeth, 6 external and 2 internal accessory teeth, movable finger with 54 pointed teeth, 5 external and 2 internal accessory teeth; nodus ramosus closer to f than to st. Trichobothrial pattern see Fig. 19: est halfway between er and esb, ist nearly at same level. Leg I: Femur 1.7 times longer than deep, patella 3.5 times longer than deep and 1.6 times longer than femur, tibia 5.0 times, tarsus 5.7 times longer than deep. Leg IV (Fig. 21): Femur+patella 5.3 times, tibia 6.4 times, tarsus 5.8 times longer than deep, PSEUDOSCORPIONS FROM CHINESE CAVES 747 with a slightly longer and dentate seta in the middle; arolia undivided, slightly shorter than the smooth and large claws, subterminal seta smooth and curved. Measurements (in mm): Carapace 0.92/0.95. Pedipalp: Femur 0.91/0.28, patella 0.93/0.31, hand with pedicel 0.82/0.41, length of finger 0.78, length of chela with pedicel 1.53. Leg I: Femur 0.29/0.18, patella 0.47/0.13, tibia 0.48/0.10, tarsus 0.45/0.08; leg IV: Femur+patella 0.88/0.17, tibia 0.71/0.11, tarsus 0.55/0.09. Discussion: The new species is placed in the genus Nudochernes Beier, known from the Afrotropical region (East and Central Africa), and with one species recorded from Israel, because of the following combination of characters: T-shaped spermatheca with short lateral arms; vestitural setae dentate (indistinctly clavate); presence of an elongate dentate seta on tergite XI; presence of an elongate dentate seta on tarsus IV. Several species currently placed in Allochernes may also belong to Nudo- chernes, e.g. Allochernes tropicus (Beier) from Thailand (Beier, 1967) and China, Sichuan Province (Schawaller, 1995b) and Allochernes liwa Harvey, 1988 from Sumatra. Both have (pseudo-)tactile tarsal setae. Nudochernes lipsae sp. n. differs from A. tropicus in having stouter pedipalps (e.g., palpal femur 3.2 times vs 4.2 times) and much smaller size (e.g., length of palpal femur 0.91 mm vs 1.45 mm). Allochernes himalayensis Beier, 1974 from Nepal has a more slender palpal femur and chela, and is smaller than lipsae sp. n. (femur length 0.75 mm vs. 0.91 mm). The new species differs from species of this genus from Japan or Mongolia by the shape of palpal fe- mur and by morphometric data. The wide-spread species Allochernes asiaticus (Redikorzev) (Schawaller, 1995a) has been transferred to Wyochernes Hoff which is characterized by the quite different shape of spermatheca and a different trichobothrial pattern. Affinities of Allochernes asiaticus nepalensis Morikawa, 1968 are doubtful, but it possesses a trichobothrial pattern similar to that of Wyochernes (Muchmore, 1996). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I express my sincere thanks to Mrs Josiane Lips (Lyon) for her sustained interest in pseudoscorpions and for her patience. I also thank Dr Philip Marti (Geneva) who entrusted me with interesting specimens for study and who provided me with literature on some expeditions. My cordial thanks to Dr Mark Judson (Paris) for his comments and the permanent exchange of ideas. REFERENCES BEIER, M. 1937. Pseudoscorpione aus dem baltischen Bernstein. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Professor Dr Embrik Strand 2: 302-316; Riga. BEIER, M. 1967. Pseudoscorpione vom kontinentalen Südost-Asien. Pacific Insects 9: 341-369. CHAMBERLIN, J. C. 1962. New and little-known false scorpions, principally from caves, belong- ing to the families Chthoniidae and Neobisiidae (Arachnida, Chelonethida). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 123 (6): 299-352. Curcic, B. P. M. 1983. A revision of some Asian species of Microcreagris Balzan, 1892 (Neo- bisiidae, Pseudoscorpiones). Bulletin of the British arachnological Society 6: 23-26. DEGOUVE, P., Lips, B. & Lips, J. 1999. Spéléologie au pays de l’homme sauvage, 4° expédition spéléologique organisée en Chine, Sichuan, Yunnan. Aventures Karstiques Lointaines 4: 120 pp.; Fédération Française de Spéléologie. 748 V. MAHNERT Harvey, M. S. 1988. Pseudoscorpions from the Krakatau Islands and adjacent regions, Indonesia (Chelicerata: Pseudoscorpionida). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49: 309-353. Harvey, M. S. 1991. Catalogue of the Pseudoscorpionida. Manchester University Press, 726 pp. (1990). Harvey, M. S. 1999. The Asian Species of Microcreagris Balzan (Pseudoscorpiones: Neo- bisiidae) Described by J. C. Chamberlin. Acta arachnologica 48 (2): 93-105. HONG, Y. 1996. Two new species of the genus Parobisium (Pseudoscorpionida: Neobisiidae) from Korea. The Korean Journal of Systematic Zoology 12 (3): 189-197. Jupson, M. L. I. 1992. Roncocreagris murphyorum n. sp. and Occitanobisium nanum (Beier) n. comb. (Neobisiidae) from Iberia, with notes on the sternal glands of pseudoscorpions (Chelonethi). Bulletin of the British arachnological Society 9: 26-30. Jupson, M. L. I., 2003. Baltic amber pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Chelonethi): a new species of Neobisium (Neobisiidae) and the status of Obisium rathkii Koch & Berendt, 1854. Geodiversitatis 25 (3): 445-450. MAHNERT, V. 1980. Pseudoskorpiones (Arachnida) aus Hohlen Italiens, mit Bemerkungen zur Gattung Pseudoblothrus. Le Grotte d’Italia (4) 8 (1978-79): 21-38. MUCHMORE, W. B. 1996. On the occurrence of Wyochernes in Asia (Pseudoscorpionida: Cherne- tidae). Bulletin of the British arachnological Society 10(6): 215-217. SCHAWALLER, W. 1995a. Review of the pseudoscorpion fauna of the Far East of Russia (Arachnida Pseudoscorpionida). Arthropoda Selecta 3(3-4)(1994): 123-126. SCHAWALLER, W. 1995b. Review of the Pseudoscorpion Fauna of China (Arachnida: Pseudo- scorpionida). Revue suisse de Zoologie 102: 1045-1064. VACHON, M. 1954. Remarques morphologiques et anatomiques sur les Pseudoscorpions (Arachnides) appartenant au genre Pseudoblothrus (Beier) (Fam. Syarinidae J. C. C.). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, 2° série, 26 (2): 212-219. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 749-759; décembre 2003 Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China (Araneae: Salticidae) Xian-Jin PENG & Shuqiang LI* Institute of Zoology, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing 100080, China. Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China (Araneae: Salticidae). - Five Plexippus species, including one new species, Plexippus yinae Peng & Li, are reported from China. A description of the new species and diagnoses of the known species are given. Distributional data, a key to these species, and illustrations of body and genital organs are provided. Key-words: Araneae - Salticidae - Plexippus - review - China. INTRODUCTION The spider genus Plexippus was established by C. L. Koch (1846) to accom- modate Plexippus ligo C. L. Koch, now in synonymy with Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826). According to the catalogue of Pröszynski (2002), this salticid genus is now represented by 53 species worldwide, including 4 known species occurring in China. During our study of Plexippus material from China, one new species has been identified. A description of this new species and diagnoses of the other species known from China are given in the present paper. MATERIAL AND METHODS Specimens, preserved in 80% ethanol, were examined under SZ40-Olympus stereomicroscope and illustrated. The epigyna were drawn before they were dissected from the spider abdomina, while the vulvae were drawn after they were macerated in lactic acid. The leg measurements are given in the following sequence: Total (femur, patella + tibia, metatarsus, tarsus). All measurements are given in millimeters. The material examined is deposited in the Institute of Zoology, Chinese Aca- demy of Sciences in Beijing (IZCAS), in the Hunan Normal University in Changsha, China (HNU), and in the Muséum d’histoire naturelle in Genève, Switzerland (MHNG). For each species only the following synonyms and references are given in the text: References to relevant papers by Chinese colleagues, and synonyms not listed in Platnick’s spider catalogue (Platnick, 2003) or in Pröszynski’s Salticidae catalogue (Pröszynski, 2002). Abbreviations used: AER-anterior eye row, AL-abdomen length, ALE-anterior lateral eye, AME-anterior median eye, AW-abdomen width, CL-carapace length, CLYH-clypeus height, CW-carapace width, EFL-eye field length, PER-posterior eye row, PLE-posterior lateral eye, TL-total length. * All correspondence should be addressed to Shugiang Li, e-mail: lisq@panda.ioz.ac.cn Manuscript accepted 05.05.2003 750 X. J. PENG & S. LI TAXONOMY Plexippus C. L. Koch, 1846 Plexippus C. L. Koch, 1846, Die Arachniden 13:107. Type species: Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826) The genus Plexippus was used in the 19% century to accommodate a variety of non-related species. Many of them are not related to the type species of the genus (Bohdanowicz & Pröszynski, 1987). The known species of the genus are distributed in almost all zoogeographical regions (Zabka, 1985). Diagnosis: Medium to large spiders with elevated cephalothorax. Ocular area occupying less than half of carapace length, length about two thirds of width, PME lo- cated at the midpoint between ALE and PLE; both carapace and abdomen with distinct longitudinal bands. Palpal organ: bulb usually longer than wide, its prolateral side strongly sclerotized and spatuliform, posterior end of bulb usually with small lobe (Figs 2B, 3B, 4B, 5B). Epigynum usually with central anterior hood (Figs 1B, 3E), copulatory opening narrow and usually slit-shaped, spermathecae spherical and con- nected to short stout ducts (Figs 2F, 3F, 4F). KEY TO PLEXIPPUS SPECIES OCCURRING IN CHINA 1 Malen ir Res due alito e ee i RES 2 - Female: ie MOTI ne LS MEN No Sr EEE 5 2 Bulbiwithiserratediprolateral side (Eigs’4B, SB) 7.12. aoe eee 3 - Bulb) with smooth prolateral side (Figs 2B5B) 353 eee 4 5 Embolus long and thin, with pointed tip (Fig. 4B)............... P. setipes - Embolus short and stout, with truncated tip (Fig. 5B)......... P. yinae sp. n. + Tibial apophysis close to cymbium, tip of apophysis reaching beyond the base ofembolus im ventral view (Fie 3B) > 7. sc un ee P. petersi - Tibial apophysis not close to cymbium, tip of apophysis not reaching the baseoembolusiim ventral view (Fie) 2B)... -t) a eae P. paykulli 3) Epigynal hood close to anterior margin of epigynum (Figs 1C, 3E)........ 6 - Epigynal hood in a central position on the epigynum (Figs 2E, 4E ......... 7, 6 Copulatory opening wide, V-shaped (Fig: 1B) ere ee SE P. bhutani - Copulatorysopening slit-shaped (Fig, SE) ER RP PPT P. petersi 7 Epigynum with deep mid-lateral incisions (Figs 2E-F).......... P. paykulli - Epigynum without lateral incisions (Figs 4E-F)................. P. setipes Plexippus bhutani Zabka, 1990 Figs 1A-C Plexippus bhutani: Xie & Peng, 1993: 21, figs 9-11 (2); Peng er al., 1993: 180, figs 629-631 (2); Song et al., 1999: 540, figs 311a, 312a (9). Material examined: 12(MHNG), Wuying Town, Weishan District, Yunnan Province, China, 8.VI.1999, leg. Z. X. Li; 19 (IZCAS), Mt. Cangshan, Dali Prefecture, Yunnan Province, 9200212 ZX" Ei. Diagnosis. This species is similar to P. petersi (Karsch, 1878), but can be sepa- rated from the latter by: 1. epigynum with much wider posterior margin versus as wide as anterior margin in P. petersi (Figs 1B-C, versus Figs 3E-F); 2. epigynal hood close to top of epigynum, that of P. petersi close to median area; 3. copulatory opening wide, PLEXIPUS SPECIES FROM CHINA 751 STRA FIG. 1 Plexippus bhutani Zabka, 1990: A. Body of female; B. Epigynum; C. Vulva. Scales = 1.0 mm (A), 0.2 mm (B-C). V-shaped, close to median area, that of P petersi narrow, slit-shaped and located in the anterior half of epigynum (Fig. 1B, versus Fig. 3E); 4. copulatory ducts much shorter (Fig. 1C, versus Fig. 3F). Distribution. Bhutan, China. (Yunnan). 752 X. J. PENG & S. LI Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826) Figs 2A-F Plexippus paykulli: Lee, 1966: 74, figs 27i-k (6 2); Yin & Wang, 1979: 37, figs 21A-E (4 2); Yin et al., 1983: 34, fig. 4C (6); Hu, 1984: 386, figs 402.1-6 (4 2); Guo, 1985: 182, figs 2-105.1-3 (3 2); Song, 1987: 300, fig. 256 (4 2); Zhang, 1987: 250, figs 222.1-3 (3 2); Feng, 1990: 213, figs 188.1-6 (4 2); Chen & Gao, 1990: 194, figs 247a-c (6 2); Chen & Zhang, 1991: 296, figs 312.1-5 (3 2); Song et al., 1993: 886, figs 62A-D (6 2); Peng et al., 1993: 181, figs 632-638 (3d 2); Zhao, 1993: 417, figs 217a-c (4 2); Chen, 1996: 137; Song et al., 1999: 540, figs 14K, 310P, 311B, 328L (3 © ); Song et al., 2001: 451, figs 301A-D (4 2). Plexippus incognitus Lee, 1966: 74, figs 28a-c (6 ©, misidentified); Hu, 1984: 384, fig. 401 (6 2 misidentified); Song ef al., 1999: 540 (misidentified). Material examined: 12 (MHNG), Jinxiu District, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, China, 13.V.1999, leg. G. Q. Zhang; 12 (IZCAS), Pingxiang City, Guangxi Zhuang Autono- mous Region, 22.11.1998, leg. M. Wu; 15 (MHNG), Fulong Town, Fangcheng District, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, 23.V.1999, leg. G. Q. Zhang; 22 (HNU), Fugong District, Yunnan Province, 25.VII.2000, leg. D. Kavanaugh & H. M. Yan; 16 (IZCAS), Wuying Town, Weishan District, Yunnan Province, 5.VIII.1999, leg. X. L. Fan; Jiancao Town, Yunlong District, Yunnan Province, leg. E. B. Yang (IZCAS); 12 (IZCAS), Midu District, Yunnan Province, 10.VIII.1999, leg. Y. Q. Chen. Diagnosis. The male of this species is similar to that of P petersi (Karsch, 1878), but differs in: 1. tibial apophysis (Figs 2B-D) shorter, further away from the cymbium, tip of apophysis not reaching level of the base of embolus in ventral view; tibial apophysis of P petersi (Figs 3B-D) closer to cymbium, with distal end beyond the level of the embolus base in ventral view; 2. embolus (Fig. 2B) shorter, originating from the position of 11:00 o’clock; that of P petersi (Fig. 3B) from the position of 9:00 o’clock; 3. prolateral side of bulb with a shorter and wider apophysis (Fig. 2B) versus with a conical apophysis in P. petersi (Fig. 3B). The female of this species resembles that of P setipes Karsch, 1879, but can be distinguished from the latter by: epigynum with deep mid-lateral incisions (Figs 2E-F) which are absent in P. setipes (Figs 4E-F). Distribution. Cosmopolitan. In China recorded from the provinces: Anhui, Fujian, Shandong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Sichuan, Guizhou and Yunnan. Plexippus petersi (Karsch, 1878) Figs 3A-F Plexippus petersi: Song & Chai, 1991: 21, figs 12A-D ( 2); Xie, 1993: 359, figs 11-15 (6 2); Peng et al., 1993: 183, figs 639-645 (G 2); Song et al., 1999: 531, figs 310Q, 312C, 328M (d ?). Material examined: 1612 (MHNG), Mt. Jianfengling, Ledong District, Hainan Province, China, 1990; 16 (HNU), Mengla District, Yunnan Province, China, 5.V.1981, leg. J. F Wang; 1d (IZCAS), Jinghong District, Yunnan Province, China, 2.XI.1988; 38 (IZCAS), Mt. Jianfengling, Ledong District, Hainan Province, China, III.1990; 14 (IZCAS), Funing District, Yunnan Province, China, 17.1V.1988. Diagnosis. This species is very similar to P. bhutani and P. paykulli. For dif- ferences between these three species see “Diagnosis” under “Plexippus bhutani Zabka, 1990” and “Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826)”. Distribution. Africa, India, Sri Lanka, Singapore, Japan, Vietnam and China (Guangdong, Guangxi, Hunan, Yunnan). PLEXIPUS SPECIES FROM CHINA 753 fa = Pek 1 È of DI BI SE GALA TÀ, by FASIAS >> of 6 DH = o S i Géo Hees FIG. 2 Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826): A. Body of male; B. Left palpal organ, ventral view; C. Left palpal organ, retrolateral view; D. Left palpal organ, dorsal view; E. Epigynum; F. Vulva. Scales = 1.0 mm (A), 0.2 mm (B-F). nn La} SANT TRAHAN VASTE sur LS dr Xs} i DANA PU IPA INA PRIVI LIA — 4 RAN RUE N ci RS 3 LAN [ea en 0 = tt} à DIR ECS AR OHSS (21 A SUN RUS N G RESTE oun EAT DAL as tas RER EN UNE, RENNEN A Mau ene WR È TON + Sn se Sa i ENTE e ‘ IK RET SUL Sr RNA RARE een PARA t+ nn SS NEI FIG. 3 A. Body of male : D. Left palpal organ, dorsal view DE 25 UY un gd DES 23 > ri , ventral v igynum; E*Ep B. Left palpal organ 60 De: = © sE Kal Or ae 2 CE uo a d ou 8 5 SE um bN o A de Nid AL à PLEXIPUS SPECIES FROM CHINA 755 Plexippus setipes Karsch, 1879 Figs 4A-F Plexippus setipes: Yin & Wang, 1979: 37, figs 22A-E (d 2); Hu, 1984: 387, figs 403.1-2 (d 2); Guo, 1985: 183, figs 2-106.1-3 (4 2); Zhu & Shi, 1983: 213, figs 195a-c (2); Song, 1987: 301, fig. 257 (6 2); Zhang, 1987: 251, figs 223.1-3 (9); Feng, 1990: 214, figs 189.1-5 (3 2); Chen & Gao, 1990: 194, figs 248a-c (4 2); Chen & Zhang, 1991: 297, figs 313.1-4 (3d 2); Song et al., 1993: 886, figs 63A-D (d © ); Peng et al., 1993: 185, figs 646-652 (6 2); Zhao, 1993: 419, figs 218a-c (4 2); Song et al., 1999: 541, figs 3111, 312D, 328N (& 2). Material examined: 1° (MHNG), Xuanen District, Hubei Province, China, 24.V.1989; 16 (MHNG), Yingjiang Town, Dehong District, Yunnan Province, China, 10.VII; 15 (MHNG), Mt. Longgi, Jiangle County, Fujian Province, China, 11.IX.1990, leg. S. Li; 2619 (HNU), Liuku suburb, Yunnan Province, 25.VI.2000, leg. D. Kavanaugh & H. M. Yan; 231% (HNU), Liuku along Nujiang, Yunnan Province, 26.VI.2000, leg. D. Kavanaugh, C. Griswold & H.M. Yan; 15 (HNU), Gongshan suburb, Yunnan Province, 26.VI.2000, leg. H. M. Yan; 1d (HNU), Liuku along Yongping, Yunnan Province, 26.VII.2000, leg. D. Kavanaugh & H.M. Yan; 19 (MHNG), Fulong Town, Fangchenggang City, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, China, alt. 200m, 23.1V.1999, leg. G. Q. Zhang; 12 (IZCAS), Nanjing, Zhejiang Province, China, 28.1V.1925, leg. G. Ping. Diagnosis. This species is closely related to P. petersi (Karsch, 1878), but differs in: 1. prolateral side of bulb serrated (Fig. 4B) versus smooth in P. petersi (Fig. 3B); 2. tibial apophysis shorter (Figs 4B-D versus Figs 3B-D); 3. cymbium with a series of bent hairs near tibial apophysis versus no such hairs in P petersi; 4. dif- ferences in the structure of the epigynum (see “Diagnosis” under “Plexippus paykulli (Audouin, 1826)”). Distribution. China (Anhui, Fujian, Gansu, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hebei, Hubei, Hunan, Jiangsu, Jiangxi, Shanghai, Shaanxi, Shangdong, Shanxi, Sichuan, Yunnan, Zhejiang), Japan, Turkmenistan, Vietnam. Plexippus yinae sp. n. Figs SA-E Material examined: Holotype 4 (IZCAS), paratype 1d (MHNG), northern entrance of Dali Teacher’s College of Yunnan, Dali City (25.60 N, 100.1 E), 18.1.2001, leg. Z. X. Li. Diagnosis. The new species is allied to Plexippus setipes Karsch, 1879, but dif- fers in: 1. embolus shorter and stouter, with truncated tip (Figs 5B-C) versus pointed end in P setipes (Figs 4B-C); 2. posterior lobe of bulb much bigger (Fig. 5B, versus Fig. 4B); 3. tibial apophysis much longer (Figs 5B-D, versus Figs 4B-D). Etymology. The new species is named after Professor Chang-Min Yin, who has had her 80th birthday in October 2003. Professor Yin is one of the leading spider tax- onomists in China. Description. Male (holotype): Measurements: TL 5.60. CL 2.80, CW 2.00, AL 2.70, AW 1.60, AER 1.60, PER 1.60, EFL 1.00, AME 0.50, ALE 0.25, PLE 0.25, CLYH 0.20. Leg I 5.90 (1.80, 2.50, 1.10, 0.50); II 5.00 (1.60, 2.00, 0.90, 0.50); II 5.20 (12607 1.807 110 070) 4INES"80 e805 2105 1204070) ee formula, 453; 2: Carapace (Fig. SA) light brown with black margin, densely clothed in white and black hairs; ocular area black, carapace surrounded by white marginal band formed by white hairs, each PME followed by a longitudinal black band; fovea reddish brown, longitu- dinal; median area of thoracic region with light brown band extending forward to cen- ter of ocular area; each side of carapace with a wide, light brown submarginal band; 756 X. J. PENG & S. LI Erin RARE as se! we RR SITE TRENO > LD RE RN Fic. 4 Plexippus setipes Karsch, 1879: A. Body of male: B. Left palpal organ, ventral view; C. Left pal- pal organ, retrolateral view; D. Left palpal organ, dorsal view; E. Epigynum; F. Vulva. Scales = 1.0 mm (A), 0.2 mm (B-F). Plexippus yinae sp. n.: A. Body of male; B. Left palpal organ, ventral view; C. Left palpal organ, retrolateral view; D. Left palpal organ, dorsal view; E. Teeth on cheliceral groove. Scales = 1.0 mm (A), 0.5 mm (B-D). DES Fs PLEXIPUS SPECIES FROM CHINA re HERR ESS Re Be 5 FIG. 5 SS 15 if aS HR 050 758 X. J. PENG & S. LI cervical and radial grooves indistinct. Sternum elongated oval, with smooth margin, anterior margin truncated; light yellowish brown background with black margin and grayish black median area; clothed in short black hairs and long black setae. Clypeus brown with black front margin and sides; median area densely clothed in short feather- shaped white hairs. Chelicerae brown, anterior side dark brown with few feather- shaped white hairs in basal portion; two promarginal teeth and one retromarginal tooth on cheliceral groove (Fig. 5E). Endites and labium dark brown, with dense black hairs on distal areas. Legs greyish black with lightly colored irregular patches, covered with long gray hairs and short black hairs; spines sparse and stout, 3 pairs on ventral side of tibiae I and II, 2 pairs on ventral side of metatarsi I and II. Abdomen (Fig. 5A) cylin- drical, slightly wider anteriorly. Dorsum grayish black with two longitudinal black bands, each band with a transverse white band in posterior portion; cardiac band black, short and bar-shaped; 4 chevrons in posterior median area, posterior end with a distinct black mark; two pairs of light brown muscular depressions. Ventral side of abdomen dark gray with three longitudinal black bands separated by two longitudinal light yellow bands. Palpal organ: bulb with serrated prolateral margin and a big posterior lobe in ventral view (Fig. 5B); tibial apophysis longest among the known species; tibial apophysis (Figs 5B-C) shortest among the known species, its terminal end truncated. Discussion. The embolus of male palpal organ sometimes is broken off during copulation. Its tip then remains in the female vulva. This case usually occurs in some spiders of the family Araneidae (such as the spiders of the genus Argiope). But no report about this can be found in the Salticidae spiders up to now. After examining the four palpal organs of the holotype and the paratype in this study, we found that all four palpal organs have the same type of embolus. Does the truncated end of the embolus of the new species result from the break of embolus during copulation? It can be exactly answered only after more materials, especially the embolus tip kept in the fe- male vulva, will be found in future research. Female: Unknown. Distribution. China (Yunnan). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are very grateful to Dr Peter Schwendinger (Geneva) and Dr Peter Jager (Frankfurt am Main) for their continued support during our study on Chinese jumping spiders. The present study was supported by the National Natural Sciences Foundation of China (NSFC-30270183, 39970102), by the National Science Fund for Fostering Talents in Basic Research (NSFC-J0030092), and was also partly supported by the Knowledge Innovation Program of the Chinese Academy of Science (CAS) (KSCX2- 1-06A, KSCX3-IOZ-01) and by the Life Science Special Fund of the CAS (STZ-00- 19) supported by the Ministry of Finance. REFERENCES BOHDANOWICZ, A. & PROSZYNSKI, J. 1987. Systematic studies on East Palaearctic Salticidae (Araneae), IV. Salticidae of Japan. Annales zoologici, Warszawa 41: 43-151. CHEN, S. H. 1996. A checklist of spiders in Taiwan. Journal of Taiwan Museum 39: 123-155. PLEXIPUS SPECIES FROM CHINA 759 CHEN, X. E. & Gao, J. C. 1990. The Sichuan farmland spiders in China. Sichuan Science and Technology Publishing House, Chengdu, 226 pp. CHEN, Z. F. & ZHANG, Z. H. 1991. Fauna of Zhejiang: Araneida. Zhejiang Science and Technology Publishing House, Hanzhou, 356 pp. FENG, Z. Q. 1990. Spiders of China in color. Hunan Science and Technology Publishing House, Changsha, 256 pp. Guo, J. F. 1985 (ed.). Farm spiders from Shaanxi Province. Shaanxi Science and Technology Press, Xi'an, 288 pp. Hu, J. L. 1984. The Chinese spiders collected from the fields and the forests. Tianjin Press of Science and Techniques, Tianjin, 482 pp. KocH, C. L. 1846. Die Arachniden. Nuernberg. Dreizehnter Band, 234 pp., Vierzehnter Band, 88 pp. LEE, C. L. 1966. Spiders of Formosa (Taiwan). Taichung Juvenile Teachers College Publish, 84 pp. PENG, X. J., XIE, L. P., XIAO, X. Q. & YIN, C. M. 1993. Salticids in China (Arachnida: Araneae). Hunan Normal University Press, Changsha, 270 pp. PLATNICK, N. I. 2003. The world spider catalog, version 3.5. American Museum of Natural History, online at http://research.amnh.org/entomology/spiders/catalog8 1-87/index.html. PROSZYNSKI, J. 2002. Salticidae (Araneae) of the World. [Version July 2002] online at http://www.miiz.waw.pl/salticid/main.htm. SONG, D. X. 1987. Spiders from agricultural regions of China (Arachnida: Araneae). Agriculture Publishing House, Beijing, 376 pp. SONG, D. X. & CHAI, J. Y. 1991. New species and new records of the family Salticidae from Hainan, China (Arachnida: Araneae) (pp. 13-30). Jn: QIAN, Y. W., ZHAO, E. M. & ZHAO, K. T. (eds). Animal Science Research. China Forestry Publishing House, Beijing, 248 pp. SONG, D. X., ZHU, M. S. & CHEN, J. 1999. The Spiders of China. Hebei Science and Technology Publishing House, Shijiazhuang, 640 pp. SONG, D. X., ZHU, M. S. & CHEN, J. 2001. The Fauna of Hebei, China: Araneae. Hebei Science and Technology Publishing House, Shijiazhuang, 510 pp. SONG, D. X., ZHU, M. S. & LI, S. Q. 1993. Arachnida: Araneae (pp. 852-890). In: SONG, D. X. (ed.). Animals of Longgi Mountain. China Forestry Publishing House, Beijing, 1105 pp. XIE, L. P. 1993. New records of Salticidae from China (Arachnida: Araneae). Acta Scientirum naturalium Universitatis normalis Hunanensis 16: 358-361. XIE, L. P. & PENG, X. J.1993. One new species and two newly recorded species of the family Salticidae from China (Arachnida: Araneae). Acta arachnologica sinica 2: 19-22. YIN, C. M. & WANG, J. F. 1979. A classification of the jumping spiders (Araneae, Salticidae) col- lected from the agricultural fields and other habitats. Journal of Hunan Teacher’s College (Natural Science Edition) 1979 (1): 27-63. YIN, C. M., WANG, J. F. & Hu, Y. J. 1983. Essential types and the evolution of palpal organ of spiders. Journal of Hunan Teacher’s College (Natural Science Edition) 1983: 31-46. ZABKA, M. 1985. Systematic and zoogeographic study on the family Salticidae (Araneae) from Vietnam. Annales zoologici, Warszawa 39 (44): 1-465. ZHANG, W. S. 1987. Farm spiders from Hebei Province. Hebei Science and Technology Publishing House, Shijiazhuang, 299 pp. ZHAO, J. Z. 1993. Spiders in the cotton fields in China. Wuhan Publishing House, Wuhan, China, 552 pp. ZHOU, N. L. & SONG, D. X. 1988. Notes on some jumping spiders from Xinjiang, China. Journal of August First Agriculture College 37: 1-14. ZHU, M. S. & SHI, J. G. 1983. Crop field spiders of Shanxi Province. Agriculture Planning Committee of Shanxi Province, Taiyuan, 237 pp. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 761-781; décembre 2003 Gyrophaenini dei generi Sternotropa, Pseudoligota e Adelarthra del Monte Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)* Roberto PACE Via Vittorio Veneto, 13, I-37032 Monteforte d’ Alpone (Verona), Italia. E-mail: pace.ent@tiscali.it The Gyrophaenini of the genera Sternotropa, Pseudoligota and Adelarthra from Mount Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, Sta- phylinidae). - The three genera Sternotropa Cameron, 1920, Pseudoligota Cameron, 1920 and Adelarthra Cameron, 1920, have not been reported so far from Borneo. Seven new species of each of the genera Sternotropa, Pseudoligota and Adelarthra are described. Each new species is illustrated and compared to related species from India, Singapore and the Philippines. Identification keys are provided for all new species. Brachida borneorum Pace, 1986 is transferred to Sternotropa based on the structure of male terminalia. Key-words: Coleoptera - Staphylinidae - Aleocharinae - taxonomy - Bornec. INTRODUZIONE I tre generi della tribù Gyrophaenini del Borneo trattati nel presente lavoro, Sternotropa Cameron, 1920, Pseudoligota Cameron, 1920 and Adelarthra Cameron, 1920, finora erano sconosciuti per questa grande isola. Il primo è diffuso con poche specie in India (Cameron, 1939), Nepal (Pace, 1989), Thailandia (Pace, 2000a), Singapore (Cameron, 1920), Filippine (Pace, 1990), Papua-Nuova Guinea (Pace, 2000b), Nuova Zelanda (Cameron, 1948) e Nuova Caledonia (Pace, 1991), il secondo è noto dell'India (Cameron, 1939), Singapore (Cameron, 1920), Sri Lanka (Pace, 1987) e Nuova Caledonia (Pace, 1991) e il terzo è diffuso con due specie, una di Singapore (Cameron, 1920), l’altra delle Filippine (Pace, 1990). Da questa distri- buzione geografica risulta che ciascuno di questi generi è strettamente intertropicale. Le specie a cui appartengono sono per lo più di piccola o piccolissima taglia corporea, raccolti sempre in numero esiguo di esemplari. Sono specie fungicole, fitodetriticole, succicole e per Adelarthra occasionalmente termitofile e mirmecofile. Nonostante l’ac- centuata uniformità dei caratteri esterni delle specie di ciascun genere, l’edeago pre- senta per lo più struttura ultraevoluta complessa che permette un’agevole separazione delle specie, che risultano avere un areale per ora ristretto. Finora nessuna specie è stata riconosciuta avere un areale ampio. Il carattere unico dei Gyrophaenini è la presenza sull’apice della lacinia, il lobo interno delle maxille, di un largo pettine di corte spine accompagnato da molte spine addizionali, pure corte. Grazie a questa struttura, nel presente lavoro i tre generi sono * 180° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae. Manoscritto accettato il 04.12.2002 762 R. PACE inclusi nella tribù Gyrophaenini Kraatz, 1856 e non nella sottotribù Gyrophaenina come per Ashe (1984), inclusa nel sottogenere Homalotini Heer, 1831, le cui specie non hanno le suddette spine della lacinia. Il materiale descritto e illustrato nel presente lavoro proviene dalle ricerche sul Monte Kinabalu del noto studioso di Staphylinidae D. Ales Smetana di Ottawa e di Ivan Löbl e Daniel Burckhardt, gia studiosi e ricercatori del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra. Gli olotipi delle nuove specie sono conservati nel Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra (MHNG). Paratipi si conservano in collezione A. Smetana di Ottawa e nel Museo regionale di Scienze Naturali di Torino (MRSN). DESCRIZIONI Sternotropa vexillifera sp. n. Figg. 1-4 Holotypus d, Borneo, Sabah, M. Kinabalu N.P., below Layang Layang, 2590 m, 1.V.1987, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypi: 2 2 2. stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne giallo-rossicce con undicesimo antennomero bruno; zampe rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo é fine e rada: La granulosita del pronoto e delle elitre è ben distinta. I tre uroterghi basali sono coperti di microscultura squamiforme regolare, i restanti uroterghi presentano granuli allungati su tutta la loro superficie. La reticolazione del capo è assente, quella del pro- noto è assai superficiale e quella delle elitre è distinta. Edeago figg. 2-3, spermateca fig. 4. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «portatrice di vessillo» a motivo dell’apice dell’edeago che ha forma di vessillo triangolare, in visione laterale. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie, per la forma dell’edeago, è probabilmente tassonomicamente vicina a S. coiffaiti Pace, 1984 e a S. smetanai Pace, 1989, en- trambe del Nepal. Se ne distingue per i caratteri dati nella seguente chiave. l Corpo bicolore bruno e giallo-rossiccio; apice dell’edeago, in visione laterale, dilatato a forma di triangolo ridotto; presenza di due spine ven- trali dello stesso organo... "1... 0... CT CENTS nee 2 - Corpo unicolore bruno; apice dell’edeago, in visione laterale, dilatato a forma di grande triangolo; assenza di spine ventrali dello stesso organo. Bunsh=2 lemm%SabaBr........... cree deco ode Ie S. vexillifera sp. n. 2 Elitre bicolori, brune con base giallo-rossiccia; quarto antennomero lun- go quanto largo; in visione laterale, presenza di angolo preapicale dor- sale dell’edeago, in visione ventrale parte apicale dello stesso organo fortemente asimmetrica; presenza di introflessione apicale della sper- matecasisunsh: 241 mmaNepal:Phulkokir 2 22. 2.7 PRE S. coiffaiti Pace - Elitre unicolori brune; quarto antennomero trasverso; in visione laterale, assenza di angolo preapicale dorsale dell’edeago, sostituito da una spina dorsale, in visione ventrale parte apicale dello stesso organo lievemente asimmetrica; assenza di introflessione apicale della spermateca. Lungh. 21mm. Nepal: Kuwapani :.:- 1: TRAME EE S. smetanai Pace GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 763 I mm Imm FIGG. 1-8 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. 1-4: Sternotropa vexillifera sp. n.: 4-8: Sternotropa microvexillifera sp. n. Sternotropa microvexillifera sp. n. Figg. 5-8 Holotypus 4, Borneo, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ at Liwagu Rv., 1500 m, 30.IV.1987, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). Paratypi: 4 es., stessa provenienza; 1 6, Borneo, Sabah, M. Kinabalu Nat.Pk., HQ Silau- Silau Tr., 1550 m, 2.IX.1988, leg. A. Smetana. 764 R. PACE DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne gialle con undi- cesimo antennomero giallo-bruno; zampe giallo-brune. La punteggiatura del capo é fine e assente sulla fascia longitudinale mediana. La granulosita del pronoto é saliente, quella delle elitre & distinta e quella degli uroterghi & superficiale. La reticolazione del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è estremamente superficiale e quella delle elitre è svanita. Edeago figg. 6-7, spermateca fig. 8. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «piccola vessillifera» per non dimenticare la sua affinità con S. vexillifera sp. n. sopra descritta e la sua taglia cor- porea minore. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è, per la forma dell’edeago, tassonomicamente vicina a S. vexillifera n. sp. sopra descritta. Se ne distingue per i caratteri dati nella seguente chiave. 1 Pronoto meno trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,76; 1 tre uroterghi basali coperti di scultura squamiforme; parte dilatata api- cale dell’edeago a forma di triangolo meno sviluppato in rapporto alla parte restante dello stesso edeago. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Sabah . . S. vexillifera sp. n. - Pronoto più trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 2,00; i tre uroterghi basali coperti di granulosità superficiale; parte dilatata apicale dell’edeago a forma di triangolo piü sviluppato in rapporto alla parte restante dello stesso edeago. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Sabah . . S. microvexillifera sp. n. Sternotropa asymmetricitatis sp. n. Figg. 9-11 Holotypus d, Sabah, E Mt. Kinabalu, 1150 m, rte. Ranau-Kota Kinabalu, 24.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypi: 1 dg, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 8.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl; 2 36, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 550-600 m, 9.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e di un giallo sporco, con capo ed elitre bruni; antenne e zampe gialle. Punteggiatura e granulosità assenti sul capo. La granulosita del pronoto é distinta, quella delle elitre & superficiale e quella dell’addome è fine. Sul corpo non vi é traccia di reticolazione. Edeago figg. 10-11. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «dell’asimmetricitä» in quanto l’edeago è fortemente asimmetrico, in visione ventrale. COMPARAZIONI. L’unica specie nota che presenta edeago simile a quello della nuova specie è S. nigra Cameron, 1920, di Singapore (tipi esaminati). Queste due specie si distinguono come segue. 1 Corpo unicolore nero-bruno; quarto antennomero lungo quanto largo; occhi più sviluppati e sporgenti; assenza di tubercoli periscutellari del d; edeago con lunga appendice sternale (nella figura dell’edeago data da Ashe (1984) tale appendice non compare, quasi sicuramente ampu- tata nel corso della sua dissezione, essendo fragilissima); in visione ven- trale edeago simmetrico. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Singapore ........ S. nigra Cameron 2 Corpo bicolore giallo sporco e bruno; quarto antennomero trasverso; occhi meno sviluppati e non sporgenti; presenza di due tubercoli peri- scutellari del à ; edeago senza lunga appendice sternale e in visione ven- trale fortemente asimmetrico. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Sabah . S. asymmetricitatis sp. n. GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 765 ET (soos me 1 mm FicG. 9-16 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale e spermateca. 9-11: Sternotropa asymmetricitatis sp. n.; 12-14: Sternotropa misera sp. n.; 15-16: Sternotropa ranauensis sp. n. Sternotropa misera sp. n. Figg. 12-14 Holotypus d, Sabah, E Mt. Kinabalu, 1150 m, rte. Ranau-Kota Kinabalu, 24.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,2 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne bruno-rossicce con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del pronoto è dis- 766 R. PACE tinta solo sul disco: ai lati è assente. La granulosità del capo è superficiale, quella delle elitre è saliente e quella dell’addome è composta di granuli allungati. Assente è la reti- colazione del corpo. Edeago figg. 13-14. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie è chiamata «misera» a motivo della taglia cor- porea estremamente ridotta. COMPARAZIONI. La struttura dell’edeago della nuova specie è unica nel genere Sternotropa e non esistono specie tassonomicamente vicine comparabili. Sternotropa ranauensis Sp. n. Figg. 15-16 Holotypus 9, Sabah, E Mt. Kinabalu, 1150 m, rte. Ranau-Kota Kinabalu, 24.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,1 mm. Corpo debolmente lucido e rossiccio, con addome giallo-rossiccio; antenne rossicce con i tre antennomeri basali gialli. La pun- teggiatura del capo é fine e distinta, quella del pronoto evidente. La granulositä delle elitre è saliente, quella dell’addome superficiale. Assente è la reticolazione sul corpo. Spermateca fig. 16. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie prende nome dalla sua località tipica Ranau. COMPARAZIONI. Specie del genere Sternotropa da comparare con la nuova specie, con il pronoto bruscamente ristretto all’indietro, con addome giallo-rossiccio e con spermateca allungata, non sono ancora note. Sternotropa fungitheca sp. n. Figg. 17-18 Holotypus 9, Borneo, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ Silau-Silau Tr., 1550 m, 2.1X.1988, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio scuro, con metà poste- riore delle elitre bruna; antenne e zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è molto super- ficiale e rada, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. La scultura squamiforme si trova solo alla base del primo e del secondo degli uroterghi liberi, i restanti sono coperti di granulosità distinta. Assente è la reticolazione del corpo. Spermateca fig. 18. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «spermateca a forma di fungo». COMPARAZIONI. Specie da comparare con la nuova specie che presenta una spermateca di forma così singolare, non sono ancora note. Sternotropa prensilis sp. n. Figg. 19-22 Holotypus d, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 25.IV.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypi: 2 2 2, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 21.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido giallo sporco con pigidio giallo. La punteggiatura del capo e delle elitre è superficiale. La granulosità del pronoto è fine e poco distinta. Una debole scultura squamiforme copre i due uroterghi basali. La reti- colazione è presente solo sulle elitre dove è estremamente svanita. Spermateca fig. 20, edeago figg. 21-22. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome «prensile» della nuova specie è in riferimento alla forma dell’edeago, in visione laterale, con forma simile a una mano nell’atto di prendere con il pollice e l’indice. GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 767 1 mm 5 4) Et SETTLE NN Tree yt y CULL ee FIGG. 17-25 Habitus, spermateca ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 17-18: Sternotropa fungitheca sp. n.; 19-22: Sternotropa prensilis sp. n.; 23-25: Pseudoligota fustigans sp. n. COMPARAZIONI. E nota una sola specie che presenta un edeago simile a quello della nuova specie. E S. igorotorum Pace, 1990, delle Filippine. Le due specie di distinguono per i caratteri dati nella seguente chiave. 1 Terzo antennomero giallo paglierino; reticolazione del capo netta; pronoto più trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,64; granulosità delle elitre forte; edeago fortemente ristretto a metà, sia in visione laterale, sia ventrale. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Filippine . . . . S. igorotorum Pace 768 R. PACE - Terzo antennomero giallo; reticolazione del capo assente; pronoto meno trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,50; elitre coperte di punteggiatura superficiale; edeago fortemente largo a meta, sia in visione laterale, sia ventrale. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Sabah....... S. prensilis sp. n. COMBINAZIONE NUOVA Al genere Sternotropa, per la forma dell’edeago, va attribuita la seguente specie. Sternotropa borneorum (Pace, 1986), comb. n. Brachida borneorum Pace, 1986: 172 Gyrophaena borneorum, Pace, 2001: 736 CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL GENERE STERNOTROPA DEL BORNEO 1 Pronoto bruscamente ristretto all’indietro; addome giallo-rossiccio. Taglia corporea ridottissima. Lungh. 1,1 mm. Sabah ..... S. ranauensis Sp. n. - Pronoto non ristretto all’indietro; addome giallo sporco a nero-bruno. Tasliacorporea.da 1,2 a2,1 mm... „un. oe 20. ee PNR 2 2 Elitre bicolori, brune con metä basale rossiccia. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Sabah. RI NO gets RAMEE: Ue on ee ur EHER Ra. S. fungitheca sp. n. - litre unicolon, brune oO: siallo-brune + SE Se. oe 8 5, COpounicolore bruno 7... 2. IE I RIA E 4 Corpo bicolore, bruno e rossiccio, giallo-bruno e giallo, bruno e giallo- NT ONE SRE ER OR ai > Go RE 6 4 Undicesimo antennomero più lungo dei tre precedenti riuniti; pun- teggiatura del pronoto assente ai lati; uroterghi coperti di granuli allun- saualeuneh 1-2. mm. Sabah ss. ar az Mee ace fe AE S. misera Sp. n. - Undicesimo antennomero più corto dei tre precedenti riuniti; pronoto coperto di granulosita anche ai lati; uroterghi coperti di scultura squam- forme o/di eranulı non allungati. Fest Re CO PRE I 5 Pronoto meno trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,76; i tre uroterghi basali coperti di scultura squamiforme; parte dilatata apicale dell’edeago a forma di triangolo meno sviluppato in rapporto alla parte restante dello stesso edeago. Lungh. 2,1 mm. Sabah ...... S. vexillifera sp. - Pronoto più trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 2,00; i tre uroterghi basali coperti di granulosità superficiale; parte dilatata apicale dell’edeago a forma di triangolo più sviluppato in rapporto alla parte res- tante dello stesso edeago. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Sabah... . S. microvexillifera sp. 6 Avancorpo bicolore; capo ed elitre bruni, pronoto giallo-bruno; tubercoli periscutellari del & presenti; edeago fortemente asimmetrico, in visione Ventrale Punch #l#immaeSabahe eee ee eee G. asymmetricitatis Sp. n. - Avancorpo unicolore bruno o giallo-bruno; elitre del 4 senza tubercoli perscutellari; edeago simmetrico, in visione ventrale 5. 45> 445 eee N 7 Avancorpo bruno, addome rossiccio; antenne rossicce con decimo antennomero bruno; pronoto fortemente trasverso, con rapporto lar- ghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,62; edeago con spatola ventrale. Lungh. IR2iminisSabali ; men ern Ba ees oe do S. borneorum (Pace) 5 > GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 769 - Avancorpo e addome giallo-bruni; antenne di un giallo sporco con decimo antennomero del medesimo colore; pronoto meno trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/iunghezza pari a 1,50; edeago senza spatola ventrale. une Pre Sabality te RE chee Nee irae eae S. prensilis Sp. n. Pseudoligota fustigans sp. n. Figg. 23-25 Holotypus d, Borneo, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ Liwagu Rv. Tr., 1520 m, 11.VII.1988, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,4 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo sporco, con margine poste- riore delle elitre giallo-bruno; antenne gialle con undicesimo antennomero giallo sporco; zampe gialle. La granulosità del capo è molto svanita, quella del pronoto e delle elitre è distinta. Solo il primo urotergo libero presenta scultura squamiforme, i restanti uroterghi sono coperti di granulosità superficiale. Sul corpo non vi è traccia di reticolazione. Edeago figg. 24-25. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie prende nome di «fustigante» a motivo della lunghezza del flagello dell’edeago. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago delle specie note (Ashe, 1984) P. affinis Cameron, 1920 e P varians Cameron, 1920, entrambe di Singapore, presenta la parte apicale stretta, in visione laterale e non fortemente dilatata come nella nuova specie. Pseudoligota perpusilla sp. n. Figg. 26-29 Holotypus d, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 25.1V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 d, stessa provenienza; 1 d, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 7.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,1 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno; antenne di un giallo sporco con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe gialle. Il capo non presenta pun- teggiatura, né granulosità. La granulosità del pronoto è distinta, quella delle elitre è su- perficiale. Microscultura squamiforme solo sui due uroterghi basali. Sul corpo non es- iste reticolazione. Edeago figg. 27-28, spermateca fig. 29. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «piccolissima» a motivo del- la taglia corporea ridotta. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie presenta una plica ventrale, assente nell’edeago delle specie dell’India e di Singapore, di cui è noto l’edeago. Pseudoligota unilobata sp. n. Figg. 30-33 Holotypus d, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 550-600 m, 9.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,0 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno; antenne gialle con anten- nomeri ottavo a decimo di un giallo sporco; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è assente. La granulosità del pronoto e dell’addome è distinta, quella delle elitre è saliente. Solo il secondo urotergo libero mostra scultura squamiforme. Sul corpo non si osserva reticolazione. Edeago figg. 31-32, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 33. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «con un solo lobo». È quello del margine posteriore del sesto urotergo libero del G. 770 R. PACE FIGG. 26-35 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero del d. 26-29: Pseudoligota perpusilla sp. n.; 30-33: Pseudoligota unilobata sp. n.; 34-35: Pseudoligota burckhardti sp. n. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di P. affinis Cameron, 1939, dell’India. Ma questo, tra l’altro, ha un lobo preapicale dorsale, assente nell’edeago della nuova specie. GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 771 Pseudoligota burckhardti sp. n. Figg. 34-39 Holotypus d, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 550-600 m, 9.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 ©, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 8.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio con elitre brune, tranne gli omeri giallo-rossicci; antenne rossicce con i tre antennomeri basali e l’undicesimo gialli; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è indistinta. La granulosità del pronoto è saliente e quella delle elitre distinta. La scultura squamiforme del primo e secondo degli uroterghi liberi è poco distinta. Due mediani tubercoli allungati stanno sul quinto urotergo libero del ¢. Sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 34, edeago figg. 36-37, sesto urotergo libero della © fig. 38, spermateca fig. 39. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie è dedicata a uno dei suoi raccoglitori, il dr. Daniel Burckhardt, già del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra. COMPARAZIONI. Per la forma dell’edeago, la nuova specie si mostra affine a P. affinis Cameron, 1939, dell’ India, ma il ridotto lobo preapicale dell’edeago di P in- dica, nella nuova specie diventa enormemente sviluppato fino ad assumere la funzione di lama sternale dello stesso edeago. Pseudoligota picea sp. n. Figg. 40-44 Holotypus &, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1750 m, 21.1V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypi: 6 es., Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 21.1V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno, con elitre e quarto urite libero neri; antenne nero-brune; zampe di un giallo sporco. Il capo è privo di punteggiatura. La granulosità del pronoto è fine, quella delle elitre è saliente e quella dell’addome è distinta. Assente è la reticolazione sul corpo. La sutura delle elitre del 3 è carenata, coperta di granuli. Il quinto urotergo libero del d ha un tubercolo mediano allungato. Edeago figg. 41-42, spermateca fig. 43, sesto urotergo libero del 3 44. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie prende nome di «colore di pece» per la tonalità scura del suo corpo. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie ha struttura simile a quella del- l’edeago di P varians Cameron, 1920, di Singapore. Ma mentre l’apice dell’edeago della nuova specie è ricurvo e acutissimo, in visione laterale, quello di varians è gibboso e arrotondato. Inoltre il flagello dell’edeago della nuova specie è corto rispetto quello di varians. Pseudoligota piceoides sp. n. Figg. 45-48 Holotypus d, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 550-600 m, 9.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno; antenne nero-brune, con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe gialle. Il capo è privo di punteggiatura. La granulosità del pronoto è superficiale, quella delle elitre è distinta. Ciascuna elitra del d presenta tre tubercoli suturali situati tra scutello e angolo posteriore interno. Una 772 R. PACE 0,1 mm 99 = 0,1 mm Fico. 36-43 Edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, sesto urotergo libero della 9, habitus e spermateca. 36-39: Pseudoligota burckhardti sp. n.; 40-43: Pseudoligota picea sp. n. vaga scultura squamiforme s’intravede sugli uroterghi. Il quinto urotergo libero del d ha un tubercolo mediano allungato saliente. Sul corpo non vi è reticolazione. Edeago figg. 46-47 (flagello amputato), sesto urotergo libero del Sd fig. 48. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie prende nome di «aspetto di picea» a motivo della sua affinità con P. picea sp. n. sopra descritta. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è simile a P. picea n. sp. sopra descritta. Se ne distingue essenzialmente per la brevità dell’appendice preapicale dorsale dell’edeago, che è lunghissima in picea. GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 773 FIGG. 44-51 Sesto urotergo libero del 4, habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 44: Pseudoligota picea sp. n.; 45-48: Pseudoligota piceoides sp. n.; 49-51: Pseudoligota simplicitatis sp. n. Pseudoligota simplicitatis sp. n. Figg. 49-51 Holotypus é, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 6.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio: antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali e l’apice dell’ undicesimo gialli; zampe gialle. La pun- 774 R. PACE teggiatura del capo è assente. La granulosità del pronoto è superficiale, quella delle elitre è distinta. Una vaga scultura a squame sta sul primo urotergo libero. La retico- lazione del capo e delle elitre è distinta, quella del pronoto e dell’addome è assente. Edeago figg. 50-51. COMPARAZIONI. Il colore giallo-rossiccio del corpo e la struttura semplice del- l’edeago sono i principali caratteri che distinguono la nuova specie da quelle note. ETIMOLOGIA. «Della semplicità» è il nome della nuova specie a motivo della struttura non complessa dell’edeago. CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL GENERE PSEUDOLIGOTA DEL BORNEO 1 COPOUNICOIOTE ft TRI ARE 2 - Gorpoibicolore ye es i ue ee a TE 5 2 Corpo giallo-rossiccio; apice dell’undicesimo antennomero giallo. uns GimmNASAbAN ES NT zelnen P. simplicitatis sp. n. - Corpoibruno © nero-bruno ul... LR 3 3 Pronoto debolmente trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,64; uroterghi privi di scultura squamiforme; quinto urotergo libero del d con tubercolo allungato posteriore saliente; taglia corporea maggiore. uno hs nm: Sabah st en. arte. RR P. piceoides sp. n. - Pronoto fortemente trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,83-1,90; uroterghi con scultura squamiforme; quinto urotergo libero del d senza tubercolo; taglia corporea minore: 1,0-1,1 mm.............. 4 4 Pronoto piü trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,90; so- lo il secondo urotergo libero con scultura squamiforme. Lungh. 1,0 mm. Sabahk Ro UO RR RA ee P. unilobata sp. n. - Pronoto meno trasverso, con rapporto larghezza/lunghezza pari a 1,83; uroterghi liberi primo e secondo con scultura squamiforme. Lungh. 1 lamm9Sabahr.2.. 5) sted Amer es an oe AN RES" P. perpusilla sp. n. 5 Undicesimo antennomero nero-bruno come i precedenti; elitre nere, quelle del 4 con carena suturale. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Sabah...... P. picea sp. n. - Undicesimo antennomero giallo rossiccio o giallo sporco in contrasto con gli antennomeri precedenti rossicci o giallo-bruni; elitre brune con omeri giallo rossicci o giallo-brune, quelle del 4 senza carena suturale..... 6 6 Capo, pronoto, addome e omeri giallo-rossicci; due tubercoli allungati sul quinto urotergo libero del 3. Lungh. 1,7 mm. Sabah . . P burckhardti sp. n. - Corpo gialliccio con margine posteriore delle elitre giallo-bruno; quinto urotergo libero del 3 semplice. Lungh. 1,4 mm. Sabah . .... P. fustigans sp. n. Adelarthra borneensis sp. n. Figg. 52-56 Holotypus ¢, Sabah, Crocker Range, 1550-1650 m, 16.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypi: 6 es., stessa provenienza; 1 6, Sabah, Crocker Range, 1600 m, 18.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl; 2 es., Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1550 m, 28.IV.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl; 1 es., Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 25.IV.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido, convesso e rossiccio; antenne nere con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe giallo-rossicce; setole lunghe nere con GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU VID x estremità apicale gialla. La punteggiatura del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è rappresentata da quattro distinti punti. La granulosità delle elitre è rada e saliente. Il capo e il pronoto sono privi di reticolazione. Le elitre presentano una reticolazione trasversa superficiale. Le strie longitudinali degli uroterghi sono profonde. Edeago figg. 53-54, spermateca fig. 55, labio con palpo labiale fig. 56. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie, ovviamente, prende nome dal Borneo. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è simile a quello di A. barbara Cameron, 1920, di Singapore [«nec» A. barbari (sic!): Ashe, 1984], ma distinta per avere il lobo ventrale più spostato verso l’apice (spostato verso il bulbo basale in barbara). Lo spazio vuoto, tra il bulbo basale e la lama sternale, è subtriangolare nella nuova specie e polilobato in barbara. Adelarthra differens sp. n. Figg. 57-59 Holotypus d, Sabah, E Mt. Kinabalu, 1150 m , rte. Ranau-Kota Kinabalu, 24.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypi: 1 2, Sabah, Crocker Range, 1600 m, Km 51 rte. Kota Kinabalu-Tambunan, 18.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl; 1 d e 1 2, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 6.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh.1,5 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio; antenne nere con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è rappresentata da quattro distinti punti. La granulosità delle elitre è distinta. Il capo e il pronoto sono privi di reticolazione. Le elitre presentano una reti- colazione molto superficiale. Le strie longitudinali degli uroterghi sono profonde. Edeago figg. 58-59, spermateca fig. 60. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie è chiamata «differente» perché simile ad A. borneensis sp. n., ma distinta per alcune parti dell’edeago. COMPARAZIONI. La nuova specie è simile ad A. borneensis sp. n. sopra descritta. Se ne distingue essenzialmente per l’armatura interna dell’edeago robusta in bor- neensis e filiforme nella nuova specie. Adelarthra implicationis sp. n. Figg. 61-63 Holotypus 4, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, i430 m, 22.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh.1,8 mm. Corpo lucido e rossiccio con metà posteriore delle elitre bruna; antenne nero-brune con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe giallo-ros- sicce con meso-metatibie brune a metà; setole lunghe nere con estremità apicale gialla. La punteggiatura del capo è superficiale, composta di punti ampi. La punteggiatura del pronoto è composta di sei punti isolati. La granulosità delle elitre è trasversa. I due uroterghi basali sono coperti di scultura squamiforme e i due successivi hanno scultura a squame strette e nette. Il capo e il pronoto sono privi di reticolazione. La reticolazione delle elitre è trasversa e superficiale. Su ciascuna elitra del d si trova una bozza periscutellare obliqua e allungata. Edeago figg. 62-63. ETIMOLOGIA. La forma complessa dell’edeago dà nome alla nuova specie che significa «della complessità». COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie è nettamente differente da quello di A. barbara Cameron, 1920, di Singapore, [«nec» A. barbari (sic!): Ashe, 1984], per 776 R. PACE FIGG. 52-60 Habitus, edeago in visione laterale e ventrale, spermateca e labio con palpo labiale. 52-56: Adelarthra borneensis sp. n.; 57-60: Adelarthra differens sp. n. l’assenza di saliente plica ventrale e per la presenza, nell’edeago della nuova specie, di un lungo flagello filiforme. Adelarthra concursionis sp. n. Figg. 64-67 Holotypus ¢, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ 1500 m, 30.IV-8.V.1987, int. trap, leg. A. Smetana (MHNG). GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU TT) FIGG. 61-66 Habitus ed edeago in visione laterale e ventrale. 61-63: Adelarthra implicationis sp. n.; 64-66: Adelarthra concursionis sp. n. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e nero-bruno; antenne rossicce con i due antennomeri basali gialli; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è superficiale, quella del pronoto è composta di dieci punti distinti. La granulosità delle elitre è dis- tinta e rada. La reticolazione del capo è distinta, quella del pronoto è assente e quella delle elitre è trasversa ed estremamente superficiale. Edeago figg. 65-66, sesto urotergo libero del d fig. 67. 778 R. PACE ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie significa «della convergenza» in quan- to l’edeago presenta un’armatura interna simile a quella di alcune specie del genere Brachida e il pronoto ha punteggiatura simile a quello di molte specie del genere Gyrophaena, ciò probabilmente per convergenza evolutiva. COMPARAZIONI. L’edeago della nuova specie, nella sua semplice forma, indica una sua affinità con A. caligata Pace, 1990, delle Filippine, piuttosto che ad A. bar- bara Cameron, 1920, di Singapore, («nec» A. barbari (sic!): Ashe, 1984), che presenta edeago a struttura complessa. Le due specie si distinguono con la seguente chiave. 1 Corpo pluricolorato, con un triangolo giallo-rossiccio sulle elitre nere; meso-metatibie nere; edeago privo di plica ventrale e con parte preapi- cale strettissima, sia in visione laterale, sia ventrale. Lungh. 1,9 mm. FRM PTS RER nei Ale ne ROIO A. caligata Pace - Corpo monocolore nero-bruno; zampe gialle; edeago con plica ventrale e parte preapicale larga, sia in visione laterale, sia ventrale. Lungh. 1,9 MATS AD AE ce a a ose CR À. concursionis sp. n. Adelarthra fulva sp. n. Figg. 68-69 Holotypus 2, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 550-600 m, 9.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Lobl (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 9, stessa provenienza. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh.1,3 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio, con capo e uriti liberi secondo, terzo e quarto rossicci; base delle antenne (parzialmente perdute) gialla; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è composta di sei punti evidenti. La granulosità delle elitre è saliente. Nell’olotipo si trova una piccola bozza solo sull’elitra sinistra. Assente è la reticolazione. Spermateca fig. 69. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie si riferisce al colore giallo-rossiccio del corpo. COMPARAZIONI. Il colore prevalente giallo-rossiccio del corpo della nuova specie, la distingue da A. barbara Cameron, 1920, di Singapore, [«nec» A. barbari (sic!): Ashe, 1984], che ha solo la base dell’addome giallo-rossiccia, da A. caligata Pace, 1990, delle Filippine, che ha elitre nere con triangolo giallo-rossiccio e dalle altre specie qui descritte che non presentano il corpo di simile colore, tranne A. pallida n. sp., sotto descritta, che presenta forma del pronoto e della spermateca differenti. Adelarthra pallida sp. n. Figg. 70-71 Holotypus 2, Sabah, Poring Hot Springs, 500 m, 13.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,3 mm. Corpo lucido e giallo-rossiccio, con disco delle elitre bruniccio; antenne brune con i tre antennomeri basali gialli; zampe gialle. La punteggiatura del capo è assente, quella del pronoto è composta di sei punti evidenti. La granulosità delle elitre è saliente. La reticolazione è presente solo sulle elitre dove è distinta. Spermateca fig. 71. ETIMOLOGIA. Il nome della nuova specie deriva dal colore del suo corpo. COMPARAZIONI. Il colore prevalente giallo-rossiccio del corpo della nuova specie, la distingue da A. barbara Cameron, 1920, di Singapore, [«nec» A. barbari GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 779 (sic!): Ashe, 1984], che ha solo la base dell’addome giallo-rossiccia, da A. caligata Pace, 1990, delle Filippine, che ha elitre nere con triangolo giallo-rossiccio e dalle altre specie qui descritte che non presentano il corpo di simile colore, tranne A. fulva n. sp., sopra descritta, che presenta forma del pronoto e della spermateca differenti. Adelarthra burckhardti sp. n. Figg. 72-74 Holotypus 2, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu, 1500 m, 30.V.1987, leg. Burckhardt & Löbl (MHNG). Paratypus: 1 9, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ at Liwagu Rv., 1505 m, 9.VIII.1988, leg. A. Smetana; 1 2, Sabah, Mt. Kinabalu Nat. Pk., HQ at Liwagu Rv., 1500 m, 16.V.1987, leg. A. Smetana. DESCRIZIONE. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Corpo lucido e bruno-rossiccio, con elitre brune; antenne bruno-rossicce con i tre antennomeri basali gialli e undicesimo bruno; zampe giallo-rossicce. La punteggiatura del capo e del pronoto è molto superficiale, quella delle elitre è svanita e irregolarmente distribuita. Gli uroterghi presentano una rugosità longitudinale assai distinta dal terzo urotergo libero all’indietro. La reticolazione del capo e del pronoto è estremamente superficiale, quella delle elitre è composta di maglie trasverse distinte. Spermateca fig. 72, sesto urotergo libero della 9 fig. 73. ETIMOLOGIA. La nuova specie è dedicata a uno dei suoi raccoglitori, il dr. Daniel Burckhardt, già del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra. COMPARAZIONI. Per il colore scuro del corpo la nuova specie è comparabile con A. concursionis, nuova specie sopra descritta. Il pronoto della nuova specie è chiara- mente ridotto rispetto quello di A. concursionis e le strie longitudinali degli uroterghi sono poco impresse nella nuova specie e fortemente in A. concursionis. CHIAVE DELLE SPECIE DEL GENERE ADELARTHRA DEL BORNEO 1 Corpo giallo-rossiccio, con capo e fascia addominale rossicci. Lungh. PSN SADA Haren... Sr ee Se A. fulva sp. n. - Corpo divérsamente ColOra10 ar iu... NET a re 2 2 Decimo,antennomero,lungo quantollarsor...2.. 2... nn. 3 - Deceimoranfennomero trasversorn. a SITI RE CET 5 3 Corpo bicolore bruno-rossiccio con elitre brune; addome con rugosità longitudinale: Eunsh. 16 mms Sabah ee ne A. burckhardti sp. n. - Corpo unicolore rossiccio o nero-bruno; addome con strie longitudinali .... 4 - Antenne rossicce con base gialla, corpo nero-bruno; pronoto con dieci punti; edeago con struttura semplice. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Sabah LE MARS RR SITE A AAA TRAE RON A. concursionis sp. n. - Antenne nere con base gialla, corpo rossiccio; pronoto con quattro pun- ti; edeago con struttura complessa. Lungh. 1,5 mm. Sabah... A. differens sp. n. 5 Corpo unicolore giallo-rossiccio con macchia discale delle elitre bru- MCCA UNS ES MMS ADAN EEE RR A. pallida sp. n. - Corpo diversamente colorato, unicolore rossiccio o rossiccio con metà posteriore delle etre bun a2 Re REESE 6 6 Corpo unicolore rossiccio; zampe gialle. Lungh. 1,6 mm. Sabah BEREITEN AE ER IE AI EE PARRA ARTO) RNIT area CI A. borneensis sp. n. - Corpo bicolore, rossiccio con metà posteriore delle elitre bruna; meso- metatibie nero-brune. Lungh. 1,8 mm. Sabah ......... A. implicationis sp. n. 780 R. PACE FIGG. 67-74 Sesto urotergo libero del 4 (67), habitus, spermateca e sesto urotergo libero della 2 (73). 67: Adelarthra concursionis sp. n.; 68-69: Adelarthra fulva sp. n.; 70-71: Adelarthra pallida sp. n.; 72-74: Adelarthra burckhardti sp. n. RINGRAZIAMENTI Rivolgo i miei più cordiali ringraziamenti a coloro che mi hanno affidato in studio il raro materiale oggetto del presente lavoro: il Dr Ales Smetana di Ottawa, e il Dr Ivan Löbl, gia del Museo di Storia Naturale di Ginevra. Per il prestito di tipi ringrazio il Dr P. M. Hammond del Museo di Storia Naturale di Londra. GYROPHAENINI DEL MONTE KINABALU 781 BIBLIOGRAFIA ASHE, J.S. 1984. Generic Revision of the Subtribe Gyrophaenina (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae) with a Review of the described Subgenera and major Features of Evo- lution. Quaestiones Entomologicae 20: 129-349. CAMERON, M. 1920. New species of Staphylinidae from Singapore. Transaction of the Entomo- logical Society of London 1920: 212-284. CAMERON, M. 1939. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera Staphylinidae, 4, Part I and II: 691 pp. London. HEER, O. 1839. Fauna Coleopterorum Helvetica. Pars I, fasc. 2. Orelii, Fuesslini et Sociorum, Turici (Zurigo), pp. 145-360. KRAATZ, G. 1856. Naturgeschichte der Insekten Deutschlands. Abteilung 1, Coleoptera. Vol. 2, Staphylinii. Nicolai, Berlin, pp. 1-376. PACE, R. 1984. Aleocharinae dell’Himalaya (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (LI Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Annales de la Societé entomologique de France (N.S.) 20: 309-339, 181 figg. PACE, R. 1986. Aleocharinae dell’ Asia sudorientale raccolte da G. de Rougemont (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (LX XII Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia Naturale di Verona 23: 139-237, 291 figg. PACE, R. 1987. Aleocharinae dello Sri Lanka raccolte da Marc Tronquet (Coleoptera Staphy- linidae) (LXXVII Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia Naturale di Verona 14: 315-338, 81 figg. PACE, R. 1989. Aleocharinae nepalesi del Museo di Ginevra. Parte I (Coleoptera Staphylinidae) (104° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 96: 483-539, 230 figg. PACE, R. 1990. Aleocharinae delle Filippine (82° contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae) (Coleoptera Staphylinidae). Jn: BERTI, N. [ed.]. Miscellanées sur les Staphylins. Mémoires du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle (A) 147: 57-113, 273 figg. PACE, R. 1991. La sottofamiglia Aleocharinae della Nuova Caledonia (Coleoptera, Staphy- linidae) (108° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Memorie della Società Entomologica Italiana 70: 79-170. PACE, R. 2000a. Aleocharinae della Thailandia (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (144° Contributo alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bollettino del Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali di Torino 17: 39-86. PACE, R. 2000b. Aleocharinae di Papua-Nuova Guinea (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) (156° Contri- buto alla conoscenza delle Aleocharinae). Bulletin de l’Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique. Entomologie 70:109-163. PACE, R. 2001. Nuove specie del genere Gyrophaena Mannerheim del Monte Kinabalu (Borneo) (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 108: 699-737. (ONORE u ù * 2 se : pa > secre aa REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 783-795; décembre 2003 Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: Elmidae) Jin KODADA! & Fedor CIAMPOR Jr? 1 Department of Zoology, Comenius University, Faculty of Natural Sciences, Mlynska Dolina B-1, SK-842 15 Bratislava, Slovakia. E-mail: Jankodada@ hotmail.com 2 Institute of Zoology, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Dubravska cesta 9, SK-842 06 Bratislava, Slovakia. E-mail: uzaeciam @ savba.sk Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: Eimidae). - Okalia, a new genus with a new species, O. globosa from Pahang (Peninsular Malaysia), is described and illustrated. It inhabits small rivers, preferring limestone gravel covered by a conspicuous film of algae. Key-words: Okalia globosa - new genus - new species - Macronychini - Elmidae - Coleoptera - Malaysia. INTRODUCTION The tribe Macronychini currently contains 21 genera described mainly from South-east Asia and eastern Palearctic (Jäch & Boukal, 1995, 1996, 1997a; Jäch & Kodada, 1996a, b, 1997). Only two genera (Zaitzevia Champion and Macronychus Ph. Müller) occur in Nearctic region (Brown, 1981). No members of this tribe have so far been discovered in Afrotropical, Neotropical and Australian regions. The elmid fauna of Peninsular Malaysia is not well known, only eight genera with 13 species have been recorded (Jäch, 1993; Jäch & Boukal, 1996, 1997b; Kodada & Ciampor, 2000). The Malaysian Macronychini are represented by three genera: Macronevia Jäch & Boukal, Haraldaria Jäch & Boukal and Aulacosolus Jach & Boukal. A short collecting trip of the authors to Peninsular Malaysia revealed several hundred elmids belonging to the following genera: Ancyronyx Erichson, Aesobia Jach, Aulacosolus, Dryopomorphus Hinton, Graphelmis Deléve, Graphosolus Jach & Kodada, Grouvellinus Champion, Haraldaria, Hedyselmis Hinton, Leptelmis Sharp, Macronevia, Ordobrevia Sanderson, Podelmis Hinton, Potamophilinus Grouvelle, Stenemis Dufour, Vietelmis Delève, as well as a few specimens of at least two un- described genera. One of these genera, belonging to Macronychini, is described below. MATERIAL AND METHODS Specimens prepared for morphological study were cleared in hot lactic acid and washed in distilled water. They were then disarticulated and studied under an Amplival microscope as temporary glycerine slides at magnifications up to 600x. Dry prepar- Manuscript accepted 09.07.2003 784 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR ations of other specimens were studied under a Wild M3Z stereomicroscope with diffuse lighting at magnifications up to 100x. All drawings were made using a drawing tube. For scanning electron microscopy, specimens were dehydrated in graded ethanol series and air-dried from absolute ethanol, mounted on stubs with Tempfix, sputter coated with gold and then viewed in Jeol 840 A at 10 kv. Metric characters were measured using a Wild M3Z with ocular grid. The fol- lowing measurements are presented in the text: AW — anterior pronotal width; EL — ely- tral length along suture; EW - elytral width, maximum width combined; PL — prono- tal length along midline; PW — posterior pronotal width; TL — distance measured from anterior margin of pronotum to elytral apices. The material examined has been deposited in the following collections: CKB — Jan Kodada collection, Bratislava, Slovakia; NMW - Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, Austria; MHNG — Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève, Switzerland. SYSTEMATICS Okalia gen. n. TYPE SPECIES: Okalia globosa sp. n. DIAGNOSIS. Small, widely to moderately obovate, strongly convex dorsally; surface scarcely punctate, smooth; dorsal plastron on head, anterolateral portion of pro- notum and on elytra between lateral margin and fifth interval; antenna eight- segmented; labial palpi three-segmented; pronotal median groove absent; sublateral carinae of pronotum short and indistinct; femora moderately expanded; fifth elytral interval granulate nearly entirely, sixth granulate posteriorly, seventh granulate en- tirely; elytral striae obsolete; elytral apices obliquely truncate; lateral sides of pro- notum and elytra serrate; parameres absent; penis abruptly constricted apically, with apex arrowhead-like. DESCRIPTION. Habitus (Fig. 1). Body form in wingless specimens widely obovate, widest at elytral midlength, lacking shoulders; in winged specimens elytra subparallel-sided with shoulders prominent (Fig. 17). Plastron structures on: clypeus, frons, area posteriad of eyes, anterolateral portion of pronotum, hypomera, lateral portions of prosternum, mesepisterna, metepisterna, lateral portion of metaventrite, epipleura, lateral portion of ventrites, elytra between margin and fifth interval, anterior face of metacoxae, femora and tibiae. Head (Figs 2-4) partly retractable, retracted portion reticulated, without plastron structures. Labrum with anterior margin fringed by row of shorter hair-like ventral setae; anterolateral portion with row of longer, erect setae; lateral tormal processes short (Fig. 21). Clypeus about as long as labrum, wider than long; frontoclypeal suture distinct, arcuate; surface finely punctate, punctures setigerous, setae adpressed. Frons with scattered small granules and setigerous punctures; eyes small, feebly protuberant from dorsal view, ellipsoidal from lateral view, longer than wide, with slightly more than 60 facets. Subantennal groove very shallow, present near anteroventral portion of eye. Antenna (Fig. 26) short, reaching posterior margin of eye, eight-segmented, capi- tate, with terminal segment forming abrupt club; scape short; pedicel longer, enlarged distally, with a few hair-like setae; segment 3 shorter than pedicel; segments 4-7 short, 785 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI Gh Ne : Ne Ka een à Ù FIGs Habitus of Okalia globosa sp. n. 786 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR wider than long; segment 8 nearly as long as combined length of five preceding seg- ments, enlarged, with numerous setae. Mandibles (Figs 22, 23) short and wide, mod- erately asymmetrical each other; lateral lobe present, setose; outer outline strongly ex- cised at apical third; apices tridentate; prostheca hyaline, with row of stronger setae mesally and with scattered thin setae apically. Maxilla (Fig. 25): exposed portion of cardo short and wide, with a few hair-like setae; stipes shorter than cardo, trapezoidal, with few setae laterally; palpifer long and narrow, with longer setae near insertion of palpus; lacinia about twice as long as wide, feebly setose ventrally, with transverse rows of dense, apically curved setae on apical portion and with moderately long setae on dorsolateral portion; galea two-segmented, proximal segment long and narrow, dis- tal segment wider apically, flattened, with row of setae; maxillary palpus four-seg- mented, terminal segment longest with sensory field apically and with a few setae laterally. Labium (Fig. 24): mentum about twice as wide as long, setose, dorsal apo- demes long and fused distally; palpigers fused mesally; palpus short, three-segmented, basal segment extremely short, terminal segment about as long as ligula, with sensory field apically; ligula wide, more strongly sclerotized posteriorly, anterior margin arcuate, anterolateral angles narrow and projecting posteriad. Submental region short; obvious gular sutures absent, genae meet at midline. Thorax. Pronotum slightly wider than long, or as wide as long, widest near pos- terior fourth; disc convex, punctate, punctures with moderately long semi-erect setae; sublateral carinae very thin, indistinct; median groove absent; prebasal pits shallow, weakly impressed; anterior margin translucent, moderately arcuate; anterior angles acute, strongly protruding; lateral margin serrate, more strongly along anterior than along posterior half. Hypomeron (Fig. 5) widest near middle, separated by a gap from prosternum anteriorly, postcoxal projection absent. Prosternum in front of coxae about half as long as length of protibia, feebly deflected anteriad; prosternal process sub- triangular, narrowed posteriad, apex nearly truncate, sides weakly and widely raised. Procoxae globular, separated by width subequal to maximum width of profemur; mesocoxae subglobular, more transverse than procoxae, intercoxal distance twice as those between procoxae; metacoxae about twice as wide as long, reaching elytra, separated each other similarly as mesocoxae; pro- and mesocoxal cavities deep; paired mesoventral procoxal rest deep, strongly oblique. Mesothorax (Fig. 6) short, strongly sclerotized ventrally and dorsally; scutellum small and subtriangular; mesoventrite short, with medial groove deep and narrow; mesepisterna fused with metaventrite; mesepimeron short, strongly sclerotized; mesoventral process with lateral sides raised. Metaventrite moderately longer than mesoventrite, flat on disc; meso-metaventral junction mesally formed by distinct suture; discrimen very fine; transverse suture absent; posterior portion with transverse row of larger punctures; exposed portion of metepisternum long and very narrow; metaventral process wide, with lateral sides raised. Metanotum well sclerotized and divided. Elytra (Figs 7-9) strongly convex dorsally, highest near anterior third (lateral view), obovate in wingless specimens, sub- parallel-sided in winged specimens (dorsal view); apices more or less obliquely trun- cate; lateral sides and apices serrate; striae obsolete, their punctures distinctly larger than punctures of intervals; surface with semi-erect moderately long hair-like setae on striae and intervals, and with a few scattered longer and thinner setae on plastron area; A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI 787 Fics 2-9 Okalia globosa sp. n., SEM: 2) head, lateral view; 3) head, dorsal view; 4) head, ventral view: 5) prothorax, legs removed, ventrolateral view; 6) meso- and metathorax, legs partly removed, ventral view; 7) elytron, lateral view; 8) elytral apex, dorsolateral view; 9) plastron setae of elytron intermixed with pointed granules, dorsolateral view. 788 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR interval 5 with densely spaced granules lengthwise from anterior tenth/third to elytral apex; sixth interval with scattered granules anteriorly and entirely granulate posteriorly; seventh granulate along whole length; shoulders absent in wingless speci- mens, prominent in winged specimens. Epipleura widest anteriorly, inflected and slightly narrowed at level of metacoxa, concealed by lateral projection of ventrites 3 and 4, effaced at truncated apical portion. Hind wing about 1.3 times as long as TL, weakly pigmented, with strongly reduced venation in medial and anal fields. Legs (Figs 10-11) shorter than elytra and pronotum combined, surface granulate and setose. Femora nearly as long as pronotum, moderately expanded and feebly grooved distally; mesofemur shorter than pro- and metafemur; pro- and mesofemur with dense ad- pressed, long setae at proximal half on inner face; each femoral attachment of tro- chanter strongly oblique, base of each femur separated from coxa. Tibiae subequal in length with femora, straight and simple. Protibia (Fig. 18) with dense, long, apically bifid setae lengthwise of distal two thirds on anterior face, and with a few similar setae on posterior face, setae parallel to tibia; row of widely spaced peg-like setae situated ventrolaterally of bifid setae; few peg-like, conspicuous setae near tibial spur; tibial spurs curved, stout; area between spurs with two stout curved peg-like setae. Meso- and metatibia (Fig. 13) with area of bifid setae slightly shorter than on protibia, mesotibial bifid setae on anterior and posterior face, metatibial bifid setae on posterior face only; setae bordered by row of widely spaced, stout peg-like setae ventrolaterally, peg-like setae nearly perpendicular to tibia. Tarsi five segmented (Figs 19-20), moder- ately shorter than tibia; surface reticulated; terminal tarsomere as long as combined length of preceding segments; segments 1-4 with a few peg-like, stout setae ventrally and with a few hair-like setae laterally and dorsally; terminal segment with hair-like se- tae only. Claws shorter than half of terminal segments, moderately curved, similar each other in form and angle of inclination; empodium with two short setae (Fig. 12). Abdomen (Fig. 14) with five ventrites; ventrites strongly sclerotized, moderate- ly convex, separated by sutures; ventrites 1-3 connate; laterosternites of ventrite 1 highest, those of ventrites 2-4 slightly lower, laterosternites of ventrite 5 moderately high on anterior half and gradually effaced posteriad; lateral margins of ventrites 1, 2 simple, of ventrites 3 and 4 projecting, those of ventrite 5 with numerous small pro- jections; abdominal intercoxal process wide and short, with margins flat; admedian carinae of ventrite | very fine and short, not reaching posterior margin; ventrite 5 (Fig. 15) with numerous irregularly spaced granules, posterior margin widely rounded to nearly truncate, with two clusters of stronger setae laterally. Spiracles of segments 1-7 in pleural membranes, sixth and seventh very close to laterosternite with terminal portion of trachea strongly expanded. Sternite 8 (Figs 28, 30) in both sexes with me- dian strut long, reaching posterior margin of ventrite 1; tergite 8 (Figs 27, 29) less sclerotized, simple. Segment 9 in male (Fig. 35) forms genital capsule surrounding aedeagus; posterior portion well sclerotized, surrounding phallobasis and basal portion of aedeagus (in extruded position), posterior margin rounded; anterior extension forming strongly asymmetrical median strut; paraprocts narrow, rod-like, asym- metrical. Segment 9 in female forms part of ovipositor, proctiger membranous with two rod-like lateral sclerotizations. Aedeagus (Figs 33-34) strongly sclerotized, nearly as long as abdomen, tubular, without parameres, abruptly constricted apically, apex A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI 789 Fics 10-15 Okalia globosa sp. n., SEM: 10) fore leg, anterior face; 11) middle leg, posterior face; 12) ter- minal tarsomere of middle leg, ventral view; 13) metatibia, anterior face; 14) abdomen, ventral view; 15) abdominal apex, ventral view. 790 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR arrowhead-like; ventral sac present at distal portion of aedeagus, lacking corona, with two longitudinal lateral sclerotizations; endophallus with numerous small spinules; phallobasis short, strongly asymmetrical basally. Ovipositor tubular (Fig. 31), subequal in length with combined length of ventrites 3-5; vulva between base of coxites; valv- ifer strengthened by longitudinal bar-like sclerotization mesally; coxite divided by transverse line ventrally, ventral portion with transverse sclerotizations, apical portion (Fig. 32) strongly produced laterad; stylus short, curved, with apical sensilla. Female internal genital tract”: vagina elongate, simple; bursa copulatrix enlarged, saccular, with sclerotized armature; spermatheca with two branches (Fig. 36). ETYMOLOGY. Named in honour of our friend, Dr Ilja Okäli from the Slovak National Museum, Bratislava, one of Slovakia’s most renowned entomologist, who passed away on October 11, 2002 at the age of 68. The name is of feminine gender. DISTRIBUTION. So far known only from Peninsular Malaysia and Sabah. COMPARATIVE NOTES. All Macronychini share a reduced number of antenno- meres from ten to six, as well as parameres reduced to the different extent. Classi- fication of Macronychini (the tribe contains 21 genera) is not simple and except of number of antennal segment based also on position and extent of plastron, carination or granulation of elytral intervals, segmentation of labial palpi, presence or absence of pronotal grooves and carinae, number of elytral striae, modification of femora, as well as form of genitalia. Hind wings are not used in systematics of Macronychini because of greatly reduced venation and existence of numerous wingless species. Generally, intraspecific wing polymorphism, correlated with subsequent changes of elytral form, is well known in Elminae. Within Macronychini, 14 genera share eight-segmented antennae. Five of these genera (Aulacosolus, Graphosolus, Indosolus Bollow, Loxostirus Jäch & Kodada and Nesonychus Jäch & Boukal) possess two-segmented labial palpi. Remaining nine genera (Cuspidevia Jach & Boukal, Jilanzhunychus Jach & Boukal, Macronevia, Okalia, Paramacronychus Nomura, Rhopalonychus Jach & Kodada, Urumaelmis Sato, Zaitzevia Champion and Zaitzeviaria Nomura) bear three-segmented palpi. Within the genera with three-segmented palpi Okalia, Macronevia and some Zaitzeviaria spp. have pronotum without medial pronotal groove (medial groowe is more or less deeply impressed in remaining genera). Okalia differs from Macronevia and Zaitzeviaria (among others subtle characters) in elytra being carinate on intervals 5, 6 and 7 and in elytral plastron located between lateral margin and interval 5 (in Macronevia elytra car- inate on intervals 5 and 6, in Zaizeviaria on intervals 7 and 8, and elytral plastron is between lateral margin and interval 7 in both genera). From the genera with medial pronotal groove (Cuspidevia, Jilanzhunychus, Paramacronychus, Rhopalonychus, Urumaelmis, Zaitzevia and some Zaitzeviaria spp.), Okalia is most similar to Rhopalonychus in the morphology of aedeagus, obso- lete elytral striae and scarcely punctate surface. However, Okalia differs from Rhopa- “The description of internal genital tract is based only on dry, cleared females. The preparations for study of spermathecal duct, common oviduct and other possible glandular structures, were not optimal and it is possible that some additional structures are missing in the illustration and description. 791 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI = Sg PI SOT a — I° We = SN — = _— SISSA =< — INN = a ayy) Mat x A dii |» N ER (NADA, Wh | ALT È; N mi | 18 | Li Fics 16-20 Okalia globosa sp. n.: 16) outline of wingless specimen, dorsal view; 17) outline of winged specimen, legs and head not illustrated, dorsal view; 18) mesotibia, posterior face; 19) protarsus, lateral view; 20) mesotarsus, lateral view. Scales: 0.5 mm (Figs 16, 17), 0.1 mm (Figs 18-20). lonychus in: (1) elytral interval 5 granulate nearly entirely, interval 6 granulate pos- teriorly and interval 7 granulate entirely; (2) elytral plastron between lateral margin and interval 5; (3) pronotum with plastron anterolaterally; (4) pronotum without medial groove; (5) elytral apices obliquely truncate; (6) femora not strongly clavate. Okalia globosa sp. n. TYPE LOCALITY: Malaysia, Pahang, Kuala Lipis environment, Kenong Rimba Park, Kesong river. At the collecting site, the river is 7-10 m wide and 0.3-0.9 m deep, slowly flowing through primary forest, with substrate containing sand, gravel, submerged wood and dense macrophytes. TYPE MATERIAL: Holotype d (NMW): “Malaysia, Pahang, Kuala Lipis env., Kenong Rimba Park, Kesong river, 5. VI. 2001 J. Kodada & F. Ciampor Igt.”. Paratypes 4 88,4 9 9,2 specimens sex not examined (CKB, NMW, NHMG): with same data as holotype. DESCRIPTION (of wingless specimens). Habitus (Figs 1, 16). Body form widely obovate, about 1.9 times as long as wide (TL/MW). Length (TL) in gd d: 1.30-1.38 mm, in 2 2: 1.44-1.48 mm; maximum width (EW) & 4 : 0.72-0.75 mm, in £ 2: 0.74- 0.76 mm. Colour black except for reddish-brown femora and tibiae, tarsi and antennae yellowish. Head. Labrum about 2.4 times as wide as long; surface scarcely, weakly punc- tate on anterior half and finely reticulate on posterior half. Frons finely punctate and granulate; granules pointed, widely and irregularly spaced; interocular distance longer than longitudinal diameter of eye; HW in & & 0.27-0.30 mm, in £ £ 0.30-0.31mm. 792 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR S ) A i Te LS. d Fics 21-26 Okalia globosa sp. n.: 21) labrum, dorsal view; 22) left mandible, dorsal view, 23) right mandible, dorsal view; 24) labium, ventral view; 25) right maxilla, ventral view; 26) antenna, ventral view. Scales: 0.05 mm. Thorax. Pronotum: AW in gd d: 0.32-0.33 mm, in © 2: 0.33-0.35 mm; PW dd 0.45- 0.48 mm, in 2 2: 0.46-0.49 mm; PL d 6: 0.45-0.46 mm, in £ 2: 0.45-0.48 mm; disc convex, sparsely and finely punctate, punctures distinctly smaller than facets, in- terstices glabrous; sublateral carinae very thin, confined to posterior fifth of pronotum; Fics 27-36 Okalia globosa sp. n.: 27) male tergite 8, dorsal view; 28) male sternite 8, ventral view; 29) fe- male tergite 8, dorsal view; 30) female sternite 8, ventral view; 31) ovipositor with bursa copu- latrix, ventral view; 32) same, apical portion, ventral view; 33) aedeagus, ventral view; 34) same, lateral view; 35) male genital segments, ventral view; 36) spermatheca. Scales: 0.1 mm (Figs 27- 31, 33-36), 0.05 mm (Fig. 32). 793 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI N A ES CA) >S 4913, 794 J. KODADA & F. CIAMPOR JR posterior angles finely rugosely punctate; plastron area nearly triangular, situated on each side of midline, widest anteriorly, not reaching midlength. Elytra obovate, without shoulders, widest near middle, highest near anterior third (Fig. 7); strial punctures fine, but distinctly larger than punctures of intervals, widely spaced; interval 5 lengthwise with densely arranged granules from anterior tenth to apex; EL in d d: 0.87-0.93 mm, in 2 2: 0.97-0.98 mm. Abdomen. Abdominal intercoxal process (Fig. 14) about 3 times as wide as long; anterior portion with irregular fine longitudinal furrows; posterior portion with a few fine and very sparse punctures. Ventrite 5 with densely arranged granules mainly near middle (Fig. 15). Sternite 8 (Figs 28, 30) with long median strut; tergite 8 simple (Figs 27, 29). Male segment 9 with short asymmetrical median strut, paraprocts nar- row, rod-like, asymmetrical (Fig. 35). Aedeagus (Figs 33, 34) about 0.65 mm long, bent more strongly basally than apically (lateral view), abruptly constricted near apex; ven- tral sac confined to apical half of aedeagus, longitudinal lateral sclerotizations short, not reaching middle; phallobasis about 0.3 times as long as aedeagus. Ovipositor (Figs 31, 32) with valvifer subequal in length to combined length of coxite and stylus. Female internal genital tract (Fig. 36): vagina elongate, without sclerotized structures; bursa copulatrix enlarged, saccular as long as ovipositor, with mesal longitudinal scle- rite and numerous short spinules; spermatheca with two branches. WINGED SPECIMEN. The single winged female is 1.42 mm long (TL) and 0.70 mm wide (EW); it differs from wingless specimens in elytra nearly parallel-sided with shoulders prominent (Fig. 17). ETYMOLOGY: from Latin globosus (globular, spherical); named in reference to globular body shape of wingless specimens. DISTRIBUTION. So far known only from Peninsular Malaysia. Okalia sp. MATERIAL EXAMINED: 1 © (CKB): “Malaysia, Sabah, ca. 25 km Sapulut, Sabalangang river, 21. V. 2001, J.F. Kociam Igt.” Discussion. The single available specimen from Sabah is a winged female which differs from winged female of Okalia globosa in: (1) larger size (TL: 1.58 mm, EW: 0.82 mm); (2) less distinct strial punctures and in (3) interval 5 being granulate from anterior third. As long as males are unknown we refrain from a description. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Our thanks are also due to Jozef Stankovië(Bratislava) for taking the micro- graphs, to Manfred A. Jäch (Vienna) and David Boukal (Ceské Budéjovice) for comments on the manuscript. This study was partly supported by the Slovak Scientific Grant Agency as a Project No. 1/7196/20 and No. 1/0114/03. REFERENCES Brown, H. P. 1981. A distributional survey of the world genera of aquatic dryopid beetles (Coleoptera: Dryopidae, Elmidae and Psephenidae sens. lat.). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 57 (1): 133-148. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MACRONYCHINI 795 JAcu, M. A. 1993. Ancyronyx (Coleoptera, Elmidae) - The Spider Riffle Beetle of the Malaysian Forest Rivers. Nature Malaysiana 18 (3): 86-89. JAcH, M. A. & BOUKAL, D. S. 1995. Elmidae: 2. Notes on Macronychini, with description of four new genera from China (pp. 299-323). In: JAcH, M. A. & Ji, L. (eds). Water Beetles of China, Vol. I. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft (Section of Entomology) and Wiener Coleopterologenverein, Vienna. JAcH, M. A. & BOUKAL, D. S. 1996. Description of two new riffle beetle genera from Peninsular Malaysia (Elmidae). Koleopterologische Rundschau 66: 179-190. JÄcH, M. A. & BOUKAL, D. S. 1997a. Description of two new genera of Macronychini: Aula- cosolus and Nesonychus (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Koleopterologische Rundschau 67: 207-24. JAcH, M. A. & BOUKAL, D. S. 1997b. The genus Hedyselmis Hinton (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Entomological Problems 28 (2): 111-116. JAcH, M. A. & KODADA, J. 1996a. Graphosolus gen. nov. from Southeast Asia (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Entomological Problems 27 (2): 93-98. JAcH, M. A. & KODADA, J. 1996b. Three new riffle beetle genera from Borneo: Homalosolus, Loxostirus and Rhopalonychus (Insecta: Coleoptera: Elmidae). Annalen des Natur- historischen Museums Wien 98 B: 399-419. JÄcH, M. A. & KODADA, J. 1997. Prionosolus and Podonychus, two new genera of Macronychini (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Entomological Problems 28 (1): 9-23. KODADA, J. & CIAMPOR, F. 2000. Review of the genus Vietelmis (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Entomo- logical Problems 31 (1): 65-90. a A 4e by EN A fi ce i fiston ee REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 797-805; décembre 2003 Comments on Leptogamasus Tragardh sensu Juvara-Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. (Acari: Gamasida: Parasitidae) Ilinca JUVARA-BALS Museum of Natural History, CP 6434, CH-1211 Geneva 6, Switzerland. Comments on Leptogamasus Trigardh sensu Juvara-Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. (Acari: Gamasida: Parasitidae). - A key to the genera Tomeogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971, Ernogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971, Leptogamasus Trägardh, 1936 and its subgenera are given. Notation of idiosoma chaeto- taxy and adenotaxy after Athias-Henriot (1967) and Lindquist and Evans (1965) are illustrated. Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. from Romania is described and illustrated. Key-words: Acari - Gamasida - Parasitidae - Leptogamasus - key to genera and subgenera - new species. INTRODUCTION The genus Leptogamasus Trägardh, 1936 includes predatory mites living in leaf litter, upper soil horizons and widely distributed in the Holarctic region. Athias-Henriot (1972) mentioned the importance of some species of the genus Leptogamasus as typi- cal inhabitants of forest soil. She presumed that this group also has high value for bio- geographically studies and that many new species will be found from eastern and southern Europe. Unfortunately there are two difficulties in studying Holarctic Leptogamasus: the lack of data from many European countries and the confusing generic concept of Leptogamasus. Three subdivisions (=“types d’organisations”) of the genus Leptogamasus Trä- gardh, 1936 based primarily on the presence or absence of some opisthosomal setae, were recognized by Athias-Henriot (1967). In 1971 Athias-Henriot attributed her “types d’organisation” to the following subgenera: “types d’organisation parvulus = Lepto- gamasus sensu stricto; “type d’organisation” leruthi = Ernogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971; "type d’ organisation” falculiger = Tomeogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971. In my generic concept (Juvara-Bals, 1981) I followed the subdivisions of Athias-Henriot (1967, 1971) but I considered her former subgenera as genera and divided the genus Leptogamasus Trägardh into three subgenera corresponding to the species groups = “sections” already established and characterized by Athias-Henriot (1967) and Juvara-Bals (1981). Diagnoses of these genera and subgenera were given. Manuscript accepted 17.07.2003 798 I. JUVARA-BALS Karg (1993) also divided the genus Leptogamasus into two subgenera, but his Valigamasus Karg, 1993 is a synonym of Ernogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971 as established by Juvara-Bals (2002). In 1981 I mentioned the existence of a new species belonging to the subgenus Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) Juvara-Bals, 1981 but no description was given; this new species Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. is finally described in this paper. A key to the genera and subgenera formerly included in Leptogamasus Tragardh, 1936 is given. MATERIAL AND METHODS Mites were sampled from leaf litter and humus layer of beech forest in Romania (Southern Carpathian Mountains). The holotype and paratypes are deposited in the col- lection of the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva (MHNG). Morphological terminology is based on Evans and Till (1979). Concerning the setal notation of the idiosoma, the two systems currently in use are one proposed by Hirschmann (1957), and the other by Lindquist & Evans (1965). The descriptions of Leptogamasus by Athias-Henriot (1967, 1972) and by Juvara-Bals (1981) followed the terminology of the idiosoma chaetotaxy as in Athias-Henriot (1967). Karg (1993) followed Hirschmann’s system. More recently revisions of Parasitidae by Hyatt (1980), Juvara-Bals (2002), Al-Atawi er al. (2002) adopted the notation system of Lindquist & Evans (1965). Presently the latter one is applied to a greater extend in many descriptive studies of gamasid mites. Notational equivalents of both systems are available in Lindquist & Evans (1965) and in Lindquist & Moraza (1998). Notations of gland pore (adenotaxy) and poroids (poroidotaxy) follow those of Johnston & Moraza (1991) and chaetotaxy follows those of Lindquist & Evans (1965) as modified by Lindquist (1994). Both kinds of notation of idionotal systems (chaetotaxy, adeno- taxy) are illustrated in figure 1A. Setal notation in parentheses is that used by Athias- Henriot (1967). RESULTS KEY TO GENERA This key to the genera Tomeogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971, Ernogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971 and Leptogamasus Tragardh, 1936 is based on the published diagnoses of genera and subgenera (Athias-Henriot 1967, 1971; Juvara-Bals, 1981) that were previously included in Leptogamasus Trägardh 1936 sensu Athias-Henriot, Ile 1 Podonotum with 4 setae lacking i.e. sl(=r2), r2(=r4), z3(=s3), s3(=s4); ventrianal shield with 9 pairs of ventral setae; trochanter of pedipalp with setae v1,v2 inserted at same level; movable digit of chelicera in femalemulidentate sam. er genus Tomeogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971 type species: Pergamasus falculiger Berlese, 1906 Podonotum with 1 or 2 setae lacking, ventrianal shield with 9-10 pairs of ventral setae; trochanter of pedipalp with setae v1, v2 not inserted at the same level; movable digit of chelicera in female with 4 teeth.......... 2 LEPTOGAMASUS TRAGARDH 799 2 Podonotum without setae s2 (=r3) and s3 (=s4); peritremes extending anteriorly to level of setae j2; female with presternal sclerites triangular, contiguous and epigynium with 0-32 pairs of denticles; male with arma- ture of leg II of different types: with simple, triangular spurs or differently shaped apophyses...... genus Ernogamasus Athias-Henriot, 1971 type species: Pergamasus leruthi Cooreman, 1951 - Podonotum with setae s2 (=r3) but without seta s3 (=s4); peritremes with different length: vestigial or reaching setae j2 or setae r2; female with presternal sclerites usually not contiguous, triangular, sometimes small sclerotized fragments between them (L. lionsi, L.lossainti except- ed) and with epigynium with 0-2 pairs of denticles; male with armature of leg II simple: one apophysis and axillary process on femur and one spur on genu and another on tibia...... genus Leptogamasus Tragardh, 1936 type species: Leptogamasus suecicus Trägardh, 1936 a Peritremes vestigial (Fig.1D), their length not exceeding stigmatal diameter; podonotal adenotaxy without gland pores gdz5 and gdj2; female endogynium with spherules fused; male with simple spurs on leg II or some species with big apophysis on femur and big spurs on genu andstibiar... ans ces sae = ooh subgenus Breviperigamasus Juvara-Bals, 1981 type species: Leptogamasus semisicatus (Athias-Henriot, 1967) b Peritremes exceeding stigmatal diameter (Fig.1C) or reaching setae r2 or glande pore gdj2 (Fig.1B); adenotaxy with gland pores gdz5 and gdj2; female endogynium with separate spherules or with different shapes of stipula and spherules; male with armature of leg II simple: spurs on genu, tibia and triangular apophysis and axillary process on femur......... C c Peritremes long, apex extending anteriorly to gland pore gdj2 or poroid idjl (Fig. 3C); setae on opisthosoma long, their tips reaching the following setal row; female endogynium with two big spherules N a EI ie subgenus Holoperigamasus Juvara-Bals, 1981 type species: Leptogamasus tintinellus (Athias-Henriot, 1967) d Peritremes short, apex reaching seta r5(=r7) or s2(=r3); setae on opis- thosoma short, their tips not reaching the following setal row; female en- dogynium with spherules and different shaped stipula A ne EM, pg CQ GRIER A RAS subgenus Leptogamasus sensu stricto type species: Leptogamasus suecicus Tragardh, 1936 DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SPECIES Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. Type material. ROMANIA: 19 holotype, 42, 14 paratypes, Pausa Valley, tributary to Olt river (district of Râmnicu-Vâlcea), sifting of leaf litter in a beech forest, substratum gneiss, 10.09.1969, leg. I. Tabacaru. Other material. ROMANIA: 26, 19 Cheile Bistritei (district of Râmnicu-Vâlcea), sifting of leaf litter, beech forest, 4.09.1972, leg. I. Juvara-Bals. Diagnosis Endogynium of female with two big, oval spherules and with two lateral denticles on inner surface of epigynium; digitus fixus of male with an indentation on mid-dorsal surface. 800 I. JUVARA-BALS oe \ N & NO 8 ‚go _ 9 ® FIG. 1 A - Idiosomal dorsum of female of Leptogamasus (Leptogamasus) variabilis Juvara-Bals, 1981 (redrawn and modified from Juvara-Bals, 1981). Setae on the right side are labeled according to Lindquist & Evans (1965) and those of the left side according to Athias-Henriot (1967). Peritremal shield of females: B - L. (L.) variabilis; C - L. (L). Sp. (Autriche, no. A104-MHNG); D - L. (Breviperigamasus) seorosus Athias-Henriot, 1972. Description Female Idiosoma length 548-574 um, color yellow-brownish. Podonotum with 20 pairs of setae, their length 53-63 um, except for r3 = 87-88 um, sl = 30um, s2 = 36 um, zl = 24 um. Opisthonotum with 27 pairs of setae, their length 60-70 um. Adenotaxy with 5 pairs of gland pores: on podonotum gdj2 (=gd2), gds4 (=gd4), gdz5 (=gd5) and on opisthonotum gdz6 (=gd6), gdZ3 (=gd8). Peritremes extending to seta sl (=r2), gland pore gdj2. Idiosomal venter. Presternal sclerites triangular, with fine sclerotized lines between them and little sclerotized fragment lateral to them. Sternal shield with poly- LEPTOGAMASUS TRAGARDH 801 FIG. 2 Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. Female: A - sternal shield; B - epigynium; C - paragynial shield; D - endogynium; E - opisthogastric region, cg = cingulum; F - trochanter IV, ventral view; G - digitus fixus of chelicera, antiaxial view; H - tectum. Male: I - tectum. Leptogamasus stipulodimissus Athias-Henriot, 1979: J - epigynium; K - endogynium. Abbreviations: c - distance between top of epigynium and lateral denticles; h - length of epigy- nium. 802 I. JUVARA-BALS FIG. 3 Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. Male: A - sternogenital shield: B - genital lamina; C - peritrematal region; D - chelicera, antiaxial view; E - corniculus; F - leg II, femur, genu, tibia, posterior view; G - femoral apophysis and basal protuberance (arrow), anterior view; H - trochanter IV, antero-dorsal view. gonal reticulation, gland pore gvl located behind seta st3 (Fig. 2A); length of sternal shield = 82-85 um; distance between sternal setae: stl-stl’= 70 um; st2-st2’= 78-81 um; st3-st3’= 86-90 um. Paragynial shield slightly reticulated, metagynial sclerite trapezoidal (Fig. 2C). Endogynium (Fig. 2D) sack-like, with two big, oval spherules covered by a membranous flap with denticles. Epigynium (Fig. 2B) triangular, bear- LEPTOGAMASUS TRAGARDH 803 ing two small lateral denticles on inner surface of its anterior part; distance between top of epigynium and location of lateral denticles (c) = 48-53 um; length of epigynium (h) = 134-139 um, st5-st5’= 72-79 um. Opisthogastric region (Fig. 2E). Ventrianal shield with 9 (in some specimens with 9/10) pairs of ventral setae, their length from 36 to 60 um; ventral setae JV5 and ZV5 inserted on soft cuticule. Setae of marginal series R5-R6 about 66-72 um. Adenotaxy: gv2 double, gv3 simple. Poroidotaxy: ivol, ivo2, ivo4, ivp. Peritrematal shield connected to ventrianal shield by “cingulum”((Fig. 2E-cg); gland pore gds3 and lyrifissure ids3 present. Peritremes groove with two lyrifissures ipl, ip2 and gland pore gp. Gnathosoma. Tectum triramous, central prong slightly longer than lateral ones (Fig. 2H). Hypognathal groove with 11 denticulate rows, hypostomatic setae simple, palpcoxal seta slightly pilose. Chelicera: digitus mobilis with 4 teeth, digitus fixus with 2 denticles distal to pilus dentilis and with 2 other denticles proximal to it (Fig. 2G). Legs. Trochanter IV with antero-dorsal tubercle near distal margin (Fig. 2F). Measurements. Tarsus I = 127-132mm; tarsus IV = 156-168mm; seta pd2 (leg IV) = 87-88mm. Male Idiosoma length 505-522 mm. Other characteristics of podonotum and opistho- notum as in female. Idiosomal venter. Sternogenital shield reticulated (Fig. 3A). Genital lamina rec- tangular with lateral margin rounded, anterior margin with small protuberance (Fig. 3B). Base of tritosternum fixed to a rectangular, transversally elongate sclerite; pre- sternal sclerites triangular, flanked by small sclerotized fragment. Gland pore gv1 near seta st3. Ventrianal shield with 9 pairs of ventral setae. Gnathosoma: Tectum with three triangular prongs (Fig. 21). Corniculus elon- gated, conical (Fig. 3E). Hypognathal groove with 9 denticulate rows; setae on hypog- nathum as in female. Palptrochanter with v1 simple and v2 pilose. Chelicera (Fig. 3D): digitus fixus with an indentation in middle of its dorsal surface, with a truncate apex, and its ventral surface with a tooth distal to pilus dentilis; digitus mobilis with one tooth in its distal quarter and with a long spermatotreme reaching mid-distance between tooth and apex. Legs. Armature of leg II as shown in figure 3F-G. Near base of femoral apo- physis small protuberance (Fig. 3G-arrow); apophyses on genu and tibia triangular. Tarsus IV with small protuberance located on antero-dorsal face (Fig. 3H). Measurements. Tarsus I = 119mm; tarsus IV = 140-144mm. Etymology Leptogamasus tabacarui sp.n. is named in honour of my friend and colleague Dr I. Tabacaru (Institute of Speology “E. Racovitza”, Bucharest) who has continuous- ly provided material for study. Discussion The following species are included in the subgenus Holoperigamasus: L. septi- mellus (Athias-Henriot, 1967), L. tintinellus (Athias-Henriot, 1967), L. bicorniger Witalinski, 1977, L. stipulodimissus Athias-Henriot, 1979 and L. tabacarui sp. n. 804 I. JUVARA-BALS Males of the four known species are separated by the shape of the chelicerae. The male of L. tabacarui Sp. n. is easily recognized by having the mid-dorsal surface of its digitus fixus identate (Fig.3D). The females can be distinguished by the presence or absence of denticles on the epigynium and by the shape of the endogynium. L. tabacarui sp. n. has two lateral denticles on the inner side of the epigynium and an en- dogynium formed by two big spherules. The female of L. tabacarui sp. n. resembles the females of L. stipulodimissus Athias-Henriot described from Ukraine. The specimen of L.stipulodimissus Athias- Henriot found in the Athias collection (paratype-SU62/AH530) differs from L. tabacarui sp. n. by a thickening at the base of spherules (Fig. 2K), by the shape of the epigynium, a much sharper protuberance on trochanter IV and the following measure- ments: epigynium (Fig. 2J): distance c = 30 um, h= 125 um, st5-st5’ = 96 um; sternal shield: length = 84 um, stl-stl’= 74 um, st2-st2’= 90 um, st3-st3’= 96 um; tarsus I = 144 um, tarsus IV = 168-180 um. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank E. E. Lindquist (Ottawa, Canada), I. Lôbl and P. Schwendinger (Geneva, Switzerland) for their critical comments and helpful sug- gestions. REFERENCES AL-ATAWI, F., KLOMPEN, H. & Moser, J. C. 2002. Redescription of Schizosthetus lyriformis (McGraw and Farrier, 1969) (Parasitiformes: Parasitidae), with revision of the genus. International Journal of Acarology 28 (4): 341-360. ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C.1967. Observations sur les Pergamasus. I. Sous-genre Paragamasus Hull, 1918 (Zoologie Acariens anactinotriches, Parasitidae). Mémoires du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, serie A (Zoologie) 49 (1): 1-197. ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C. 1971. Paragamasus (Tanygamasus) probsti (Oudemans) (Systématique, géographie), avec quelques mises au point synonymiques. (Arachnides, Gamasides tocospermiques, Parasitidae). Zoologische Mededelingen 45 (16): 169-179. ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C. 1972. Espèces françaises du sous-genre Leptogamasus s.s. (Arachnida, Gamasida, Parasitidae: genre Leptogamasus). Annales de la Société entomologique de France 1: 189-204. ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C. 1979. A contribution to the knowledge of the family Parasitidae of the fau- na of the Ukranian SSR (in Russian). Zoologichesky Zhurnal 58: 1148-1156. Evans, G. O. & TILL, W. M. 1979. Mesostigmata mites of Britain and Ireland (Chelicerata: Acari, Parasitiformes). An introduction to their external morphology and classification. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 35: 139-270. HIRSCHMANN, W. 1957. Gangsystematik der Parasitiformes, Teil 1. Rumpfbehaarung und Rückenflächen. Acarologie, Fürth, 2: 23. Hyatt, K. H. 1980. Mites of the subfamily Parasitinae (Mesostigmata, Parasitidae) in the British Isles. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Zoology Series 38: 237-378. JOHNSTON, D. E. & Moraza, M. L. 1991. The idiosomal adenotaxy and poroidotaxy of Zerco- nidae (Mesostigmata: Zerconidae) (pp. 349-356). In: DUSBABEK, F. & BUKVA, V. (eds). Modern Acarology. 2 SPB Academic, The Hague, 22 pp. JUVARA-BALS, I. 1981. Nouvelle définition du genre Leptogamasus Tragardh, 1936 (Acarina, Gamasida, Parasitidae) et description de six nouvelles espéces. Revue suisse de Zoologie 88 (1): 77-93. LEPTOGAMASUS TRAGARDH 805 JUVARA-BALS, I. 2002. A revision of the genus Heteroparasitus new status, with the description of Heteroprasitus (Medioparasitus) athiasae subgen. n., sp. n. from Spain and with a key to the genera of Pergamasinae (Acari, Gamasida, Parasitidae). Revue suisse de Zoologie 109 (1): 23-46. Kara, W. 1993. Acari (Acarina), Milben. Unterordnung Anactinocheta (Parasitiformes). Cohors Gamasina Leach. Raubmilben. Tierwelt Deutschlands 59: 1-523. LINDQUIST, E. E. 1994. Some observations on the chaetotaxy of the caudal body region of gama- sine mites (Acari: Mesostigmata), with a modified notation for some ventrolateral body setae. Acarologia 35: 323-326. LINDQUIST, E. E. & Evans, G. O. 1965. Taxonomic concepts in the Ascidae, with a modified se- tal nomenclature for the idiosoma of Gamasina (Acarina, Mesostigmata). Memoirs of the entomological Society of Canada 47: 1-64. LINDQUIST, E. E. & Moraza, M. L. 1998. Observations on homologies of idiosomal setae in Zerconidae (Acari: Mesostigmata), with modified notation for some posterior body se- tae. Acarologia 39 (3): 203-226. TRAGARDH, I. 1936. Leptogamasus, a new genus of Acari from Sweden. Entomologisk tidskrift 57: 227-234. WITALINSKI, W. 1977. Leptogamasus bicorniger n. sp.- A new species from the family Para- sitidae (Mesostigmata, Acarina). Bulletin de l’Académie Polonaise des Sciences, Série des sciences biologiques 25 (8): 515-520. 7% ne “Hot REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 807-816; décembre 2003 Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Ibera wetland, Argentina Jorge R. CASCIOTTA!, Adriana E. ALMIRON!, José A. BECHARA?, Juän P. ROUX? & Federico RUIZ DIAZ? ! Divisién Zoologia Vertebrados, Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo de La Plata, UNLP, Paseo del Bosque, 1900 La Plata, Argentina. E-mail: jrcas@museo.fcnym.unlp.edu.ar 2 Instituto de Ictiologia del Nordeste, Facultad de Ciencias Veterinarias, UNNE, Sargento Cabral 2139, 3400 Corrientes, Argentina. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Ibera wetland, Argentina. - Astyanax pynandi is described from the Esteros del Iberä, one of the major wetlands in South America. Astyanax pynandi bears hooks on all fin rays of males, such as in A. troya and A. ojiara. Astyanax pynandi is distinguished from the remaining species of the genus by the following combination of characters: one maxillary tooth with 5 or 7 cusps; teeth of inner premaxillary row expanded distally; low dentary, bearing 8 teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly; 34-37 perforated scales in lateral series; 6-7 upper transverse scales; ili-v, 21-26 anal-fin rays; orbital diameter (36.7-43.5% of HL); postorbital length (37.0-44.7% of HL); and peduncle length (32.3-37.7% of HL). One humeral spot vertically elongated, bounded by a light area, and a second lateral spot faint or well developed. Key-words: Characiformes - Characidae - Astyanax - Esteros del Ibera wetlands. INTRODUCTION The Esteros del Iberä is a wetland complex situated between the Parana and Uruguay rivers in the north-east of Argentina. The Esteros del Iberä spreads about 12,000 km? and are fed exclusively by rainwater. This environment is one of the most important sources of pure water in South America (Neiff, 1997). Since 1983, it is a Provincial Reserve and in January 2002 part of this area was included in the Ramsar List of Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar, 2003). The Esteros del Iberä are included in the zoogeographic Brazilian subregion, the richest in South America with about 3,000 fish species (Arratia, 1997). In Argentina, the Brazilian subregion includes about 330 species, many of them restricted to the north and the east of the country (Almirön et al., 1997), i.e., the area where the Esteros del Iberä are situated. Most of characiform fishes inhabiting these wetlands are members of the family Characidae (Casciotta et al., 2003). Within this family, the Manuscript accepted 03.04.2003 808 J. R. CASCIOTTA ET AL. genus Astyanax is represented only by Astyanax asuncionensis Géry, 1972, A. cf. fasciatus (Cuvier, 1819), and A. pynandi sp. n. described below. MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimens examined in this study were cleared and counterstained (C&S) following Taylor & Van Dyke (1985). Measurements are straight distances taken with calliper to the nearest 0.1 mm. Peduncle length is the distance between last branched anal-fin ray and hypural joint. Vertebral counts include Weberian apparatus and CU1+PUI as one element. Material is deposited in the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia, USA (ANSP); Asociaciön Ictiolögica, La Plata, Argentina (AI); Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, Argentina (MLP); Museo . Argentino de Ciencias Naturales Bernardino Rivadavia, Argentina (MACN-Ict); Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Genève, Switzerland (MHNG). COMPARATIVE MATERIAL (SL in mm) Astyanax abramis (Jenyns, 1842): MLP 9427, 2 ex., 102.0-113.0 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Parana. Astyanax alburnus (Hensel, 1870): MLP uncat., 5 ex., 40.5-47.2 mm, Uruguay rio Yaguarön. Astyanax alleni (Eigenmann & McAtee, 1907): MLP 6774, 5 ex., 50.0- 64.2 mm, Argentina, Santa Fe, Laguna Setübal. Astyanax asuncionensis Géry, 1972: MLP 8660, 5 ex., 43.6-61.4 mm, Argentina, Santiago del Estero, Bañado de Anatuya. MLP 8844, 7 ex., 25.0- 44.9 mm, Argentina, Formosa, rio Bermejo basin, arroyo Mbigua. Astyanax eigenmanniorum (Cope, 1894): ANSP 21627, paratypes, 2 ex., 42.5-49.4 mm, Brasil, Rio Grande do Sul; MLP 9160, 6 ex., 37.3-70.6 mm, Argentina, Buenos Aires, Rio de la Plata basin, laguna de Los Talas. MLP 2494, 13 ex., 30.0-53.1 mm, Argentina, Cérdoba, rio Quinto, Barreto. MLP 5202, 5 ex., 56.5-68.5 mm, Argentina, Cérdoba, rio Primero frente a Capilla de los Remedios. Astyanax cf. fasciatus (Cuvier, 1819): MLP 7115, 1 ex., 47.8 mm, Argentina, Santa Fe, rio Parana basin, San José del Rincön. MLP 8647, 5 ex., 34.0-45.8 mm, Argentina, Santiago del Estero, rio Salado. Astyanax leonidas Azpelicueta et al., 2002: MLP 9580, holotype, 45.6 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Parana basin, headwaters of arroyo Urugua-i. Astyanax ojiara Azpelicueta & Garcia, 2000: MLP 9470, holotype, 50.5 mm, Argentina, Misiones, arroyo Benitez. Astyanax troya Azpelicueta et al., 2002, MACN-Ict 8310, holotype, 73.8 mm, Argentina, Misiones, arroyo Cufapirü Chico. Cleared and stained material (Personal collection of JRC): Astyanax abramis: 2 ex., 74.5-92.0 mm, Argentina, Buenos Aires, Rio de la Plata in Punta Lara; 2 ex., 80.6-98.8 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Piray-Mini, 2 ex., 62.4-72.9 mm, Argentina, Corrientes, rio Riachuelo. Astyanax asuncionensis Géry, 1972: 2 ex., 28.0-37.6 mm, Argentina, Santa Fe, Isla Los Sapos; 2 ex., 80.4-92.7 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Uruguay in San Isidro. Astyanax eigenmanniorum: 2 ex., 17.7-33.0 mm, Argentina, Buenos Aires, desembocadura del rio Colorado; 2 ex., 28.0-30.5 mm, Argentina, Buenos Aires, Laguna de Gomez; 1 ex., 60.3 mm, Argentina, Buenos Aires, Rio de la Plata; 1 ex., 45.0 mm, Brasil, Rio Grande do Sul, Viamäo, açude Charolés. Astyanax cf. fasciatus: 2 ex., 91.0-106.5 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Uruguay in San Isidro. Astyanax leonidas: 6 ex., 33.0-45.6 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Parana basin, headwaters of arroyo Urugua-i. Astyanax ojiara: 10 ex., 37.8-58.0 mm, Argentina, Misiones, arroyo Benitez. Astyanax troya: 3 ex., 76.0-81.5 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Parana basin, arroyo Cufiapiri chico. Astyanax paris: 4 ex., 66.2-68.5 mm, Argentina, Misiones, rio Uruguay basin, head-water of arroyo Yaboti Guazu, Arroyo Fortaleza. RESULTS Astyanax pynandi sp. n. Figs 1-7, Tables 1-2 Holotype. MACN-Ict 8543, 52.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Iberä, Lobo-Cuä (28°32’S-57°12’W), coll. J. Casciotta, J. Bechara, and P. Roux, July 2000. NEW SPECIES OF ASTYANAX 809 Paratypes. MHNG 2640.34, 4 ex., 41.1-49.7 mm SL, collected with the holotype. AI 104, 4 ex., 48.9-54.3 mm SL, Argentina, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Iberä, small canal close to house of park rangers (28°32°S-57°11’W), coll. J. Casciotta and A. Almirön, September 2002. AI 105, 1 ex., 36.2 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Paranä-Canal Carambolas (28°15’S-57°26’W) coll. J. Casciotta and A. Almirön, September 2002. AI 106, 3 ex., 35.0-44.6 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, natural channel close to Laguna Sucia or Yacaré (Canal Pirayü, 28°44°S-58°02’W) coll. J. Casciotta, A. Almirön, and J. Bechara, July 2001. AI 115 1 ex., 35.1 mm Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Parana, collected below “embalsado” (28°20°S-57°30’W) coll. J. Casciotta, A. Almirön, and P. Roux, September 2002. Diagnosis. The species is distinguished by the following combination of characters: one maxillary tooth with 5 or 7 cusps; teeth of inner premaxillary row expanded distally, low dentary bearing 8 teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly; males with hooks in all fins: 34-37 perforated scales in lateral series; 6-7 upper trans- verse scales; iii-v, 21-26 anal-fin rays; orbital diameter 36.7-43.5 (in % of HL); post- orbital length 37.0-44.7 (in % of HL); peduncle length 32.3-37.7 (in % of HL). One humeral spot vertically elongated, bounded by a light area; a second lateral spot may be faint or well developed. Description. Morphometrics of holotype and paratypes are presented in table 1. Maximum body depth at dorsal-fin origin (Fig. 1). Dorsal profile of body slightly convex on snout, concave over eye and supraoccipital region, gently curved from supraoccipital area to origin of dorsal fin, slanted ventrally from dorsal-fin origin to caudal peduncle, almost curved in some large specimens. Dorsal profile of caudal peduncle scarcely concave; ventral profile concave. Ventral profile of body curved from tip of lower jaw to pelvic-fin origin, straight between pelvic fin and anal-fin origin, and slightly slanted dorsally to caudal peduncle. Body rounded between pectoral and pelvic fins; body laterally compressed between pelvic and anal fins. Dorsal-fin origin almost equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal fin. Pelvic-fin origin anterior to vertical through dorsal-fin origin. Adipose fin small, anterior to base of last branched anal-fin rays. Tip of pectoral fin reaching or very close to pelvic-fin origin; tip of pelvic fin not reaching anal-fin origin. Dorsal fin with 11,8-9 rays (holotype = 11,9); posterior margin of dorsal fin straight, last unbranched and first branched dorsal-fin ray longest. In males, tip of dorsal-fin rays, with very small and slender hooks on first six unbranched rays, one pair on each segment, until 5 pairs on each ray. Anal fin with iii-v, 21-26 rays (holotype = 111,24). Males with posterior margin almost straight; females with last unbranched and five or six branched rays produced forming a small lobe. Anal fin of males bearing small hooks on last unbranched and sixteen branched rays, directed outward and curved dorsally; one pair of hooks on each segment, until 11 pairs on each ray. One unbranched and 9 branched principal caudal-fin rays in upper lobe; 8 branched and 1 unbranched principal rays in lower lobe; lower lobe slightly longer. Males, with few very slender hooks occurring on distal tips on middle caudal-fin rays. Pectoral fin with 1,11-13 rays (holotype = 1,12). Posterior margin of pectoral fin rounded. Few very small and slender hooks on tips of three or four first branched rays in males. 810 J. R. CASCIOTTA ET AL. FIG. 1 Astyanax pynandi sp. n., holotype: MACN-Ict 8543, 52.0 mm SL, Argentina, Corrientes, Esteros del Iberä, Laguna Iberä, Lobo-Cuä. Pelvic fin with 1,7 rays, posterior margin of fin slightly rounded. Males with hooks on branched rays. One pair of hooks on each segment, few pairs on each ray, curved dorsally. Head length less than 1/3 of SL, mouth terminal, horizontal; snout short. Lower and upper jaws equal in length. Premaxilla with 2 series of teeth, each tooth with a cen- tral cusp larger. Outer row with 3 to 4 teeth with 4 to 7 cusps, usually 5 (Fig. 2). Inner series of premaxilla with 5 teeth very expanded distally; symphysial tooth slender, with 5 cusps; remaining teeth with 5 to 8 cusps (Fig. 3), central cusp scarcely longer than the others. Maxilla with long anterodorsal and laminar processes, the last one sur- passing vertical through anterior orbital margin. One maxillary tooth with 5 to 7, usually 7 cusps (10 ex. and holotype); similar in shape to those of inner series of premaxilla (Fig. 3). Dentary low, with 8 teeth decreasing in size anteroposteriorly. Symphysial tooth and the remaining 4 with 5 or 7 cusps, sixth and seventh teeth with 3 cusps, and eighth tooth unicuspidate (Fig. 4). Eye large, interorbital area convex. Third infraorbital not reaching sensory tube of preopercle. Lateral series with 34-37 perforated scale (1 ex. = 34, 1 ex. = 35, 10 ex. = 36, 1 ex., holotype = 37); lateral line running on lower half of caudal peduncle. Six or 7'scales between dorsal-fin origin and lateral line; 5 or 6 scales between lateral line and ventral-fin origin. Ten to fourteen scales between supraoccipital process and dor- sal-fin origin. Six to thirteen rectangular scales placed on anal-fin base, covering all un- branched and eleven branched anal-fin rays. Scales covering basal fifth of caudal lobes. Pelvic axillary scale without hooks on its posterior area in males. NEW SPECIES OF ASTYANAX 811 Fics 2-3 Astyanax pynandi sp. n.: 2, detail of last tooth of outer premaxillary series in labial view; 3, right upper jaw in lingual view. Scale = 1 mm. Osteological characters: In one cleared and stained specimen, first arch bearing 17 gill-rakers: 3 on hypobranchial, 1 on cartilage, 9 on ceratobranchial, and 4 on epi- branchial. Vertebral counts: 35 vertebrae (16 precaudal + 19 caudal). Coloration uppon capture: Upper half of body darker, wide lateral band gray ending in a caudal spot, lower half silvery. Basal half of caudal lobes red, middle caudal rays faint gray, caudal fin margin hyaline or black. Base of anal fin red of faint red, and most specimens with anal-fin margin black. Pelvic fin redish near its origin. Color of alcohol preserved specimens: Background pale brown, dorsal region of flanks and head darker, one dark midline along body on dorsum. Dark humeral spot vertically elongated, bounded by a clear area. Second lateral spot well developed or faint. Deep dark lateral band ending in a caudal spot. Dorsal fin with black chromatophores on the unbranched rays, dark chro- matophores on anterior and posterior margins of branched rays. Dorsal-fin membrane with chromatophores on its distal half. Large black chromatophores on distal margin of anal fin, forming a faint band in some specimens. Middle caudal-fin rays black; remaining caudal-fin rays with dark chromatophores on their margins. Pectoral and pelvic fins hyaline, few chromatophores along ray surfaces. 812 J. R. CASCIOTTA ET AL. _—_—$— | FIG. 4 Astyanax pynandi sp. n., right lower jaw in lingual view. Scale = 1 mm. Chromatophores completely covering scales surface on upper half of flank, although leaving a marginal light area, forming a reticulate pattern; limit of scales bounded by black minute chromatophores. Scales on lower half of flanks with scattered chromatophores on their surface. Dorsum of head black, also, premaxilla, dorsal half of maxilla, and middle lower jaw with numerous black chromatophores. Sexual dimorphism. Males of Astyanax pynandi sp. n. have a body depth lower, pelvic fins and the anal-fin base longer, and the distance between pelvic and anal-fin origins shorter than those of females (table 1). Also they bear bony hooks on all fin rays, and have higher number of branched anal-fin rays (23-26 vs. 21-24 in females). Etymology. The specific epitet pynandi is a guarani word that refers to people without shoes, and was given in honor of the “descalzos” that every day struggle to recover their dignity in an unjust world. Distribution. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. is known from the Laguna Ibera, Laguna Parana, Canal Carambolas, and Canal Pirayü between Laguna Sucia or Yacaré and rio Corriente (Fig. 5). Habitat. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. was collected in littoral areas of both lentic and lotic waterbodies of Esteros del Iberä. Habitats were close to or surrounded by “embalsados”, a local name given to thick (1-3 m) peat accumulations originated by in- completely decomposed aquatic plants such as Typha sp. and Cyperus sp. Masses of this tropical organic soils extend for thousands of kilometers, surrounding large shallow lakes connected by natural channels. “Embalsados” were deposed through thousands of years over sands, which were in turn transported by abandoned branches of the rio Parana. NEW SPECIES OF ASTYANAX 813 TAB. 1. Morphometric data of the holotype and 13 other specimens of Astyanax pynandi sp. n.; minimum, maximum, and media between parentheses. Standard length expressed in mm. holotype males females SL 52.0 35.1-49.7 36.2-54.3 Percents of SL Predorsal distance 53.5 S15= 558628) 30.8 39.22.(532) Preventral distance 48.1 45.7-49.9 (47.6) 47.2 - 51.2 (49.3) Preanal distance 65.4 61.6-67.5 (63.5) 65.3 - 69.7 (67.1) Body depth 42.9 35.4-37.8 (36.4) 38.7 - 42.9 (40.3) Dorsal-fin base zei 13.7 - 14.9 (14.5) 13.7 - 17.1 (14.8) Anal-fin base 32.9 52112360 (637) 30.0 - 32.9 (31.6) Pectoral-fin length 2183 21.3 - 24390225) 20.1- 22.9 (21.6) Pelvic-fin length 16.9 17.5-18.6 (18.1) 14.9 - 17.3 (15.9) Distance between pectoral and pelvic-fin origins 225 20.0 - 22.8 (21.9) 20.7 - 23.8 (22.4) Distance between pelvic and anal-fin origins 18.3 16.6 - 18.5 (17.6) 18.3 - 20.6 (19.7) Head length 28.1 27.8 - 30.8 (28.7) 27.5 - 30.4 (28.8) Peduncle depth IES 10.5 - 12.3 (10.8) 10.6- 11.5 (11.0) Percents of HL Peduncle length 36.3 32.7 - 34.8 (33.5) 329-371, 85:8) Snout length 24.7 22 209 (25.2) 23.8 - 26.4 (25.2) Eye diameter 38.4 39.1-43.5 (41.9) 36.7 - 41.7 (38.5) Interorbital length 32 27.7 - 32.6 (30.4) 29.8 - 34.0 (31.5) Postorbital length 42.5 37.0 - 42.2 (39.5) 39.9 - 44.7 (42.6) Maxillary length 26.0 23.5 - 27.5 (25.6) 22.8 - 26.0 (24.8) The main characteristics of the habitats are presented in table 2. In most cases, this species was found in transparent, brown coloured and slightly acidic waters. In addition, conductivity was more frequently below 20 uS cm”, alkalinity between 5 and 10 mg ll, and oxygen saturation between 68 and 95%. Due to the dislodgment of peats, bottoms are muddy and organic, layered over the sand basement that can emerge in some areas. The only exception to several of these features was the southernmost sampling site (Canal Pirayu, table 2, Fig. 5), close to rio Corriente, which is the only superficial outlet of the wetlands. This site is in contact with soils containing higher salt contents, and receiving during summer poorly oxygenated waters from upstream wetlands. REMARKS Only two species of Astyanax were described having hooks on all fins of males, A. ojiara and A. troya (Azpelicueta & Garcia, 2000; Azpelicueta et al., 2002). Astyanax pynandi is similar to A. troya in many morphometric characters. However, A. pynandi is differentiated from A. troya in having longer anal-fin base (30.0-36.0 vs. 22.9-28.8 % of SL) and a higher number of anal-fin rays (iii-v, 21-26 rays vs. iv-v, 18-21). In addition, Astyanax pynandi has one, penta to heptacuspid, usually heptacuspid, maxil- lary tooth vs. one pentacuspid in A. troya. 814 J. R. CASCIOTTA ET AL. 57° PARAGUAY RIO PARANA FA =} Ef RIO URUGUAY Ap? AS BRASIL 60 km Fic. 5 Geographical distribution of Astyanax pynandi sp. n.: 1, Laguna Iberä (Lobo-Cuä and small canal close to the house of park rangers); 2, Laguna Parana below of “embalsado”; 3, Laguna Paranä-canal Carambolas; 4, Laguna Sucia or Yacaré- canal Pirayu, rio Corriente. Astyanax pynandi is similar to A. ojiara in having one heptacuspid maxillary tooth; also, they share the shape and number of premaxillary and dentary teeth, number of anal-fin rays and many morphometric characters. However A. pynandi is distin- guished from A. ojiara in having lower dentary, less than 50% of lower jaw length (Figs 6-7); absence of hooks on the pelvic axillary scale, eye larger (36.7-43.5 vs. 29.1- 37.2% of HL), postorbital shorter (37.0-44.7 vs. 50.0-57.2 % of HL); caudal peduncle length shorter (32.3-37.7 vs. 38.8-56.8% of HL); and greater number of upper trans- verse scale series (6-7 vs. 5). Astyanax ojiara was described from the rio Uruguay basin whereas A. troya comes from the rio Parana basin. Astyanax pynandi described herein is the third species with hooks on all fin rays of males and was found in the Esteros del Ibera which are part of the rio Parana basin. The water of the Esteros del Iberä comes exclusively from rainwater and it is only connected with the rio Parana basin through the rio Corriente. The fish fauna inhabiting this wetland reaches 126 species and represents more than one third of freshwater fishes known from the Brazilian subregion in Argentina NEW SPECIES OF ASTYANAX 815 TAB. 2. Description of some environmental variables of the habitat at the five sampling sites inhabited by Astyanax pynandi sp. n. Sampling Depth Bottom Water pH Conductivity Dissolved D.O. Secchi disk Alka- sites (m) type Tempe- (US cm!) Oxygen (% sa- trans- linity rature (mg I!) turation) parency (mg I!) (°C) (m) Lentic habitats Laguna Iberä. 0.6-0.9 muddy 24.3 5.8 16.1 6.49 79.0 0.6 TI Park rangers area. Laguna Iberä. 17 muddy 28.8 6.7 154 1.8 94.9 0.7 5) Lobo- Cua area. Laguna 2.0 sandy Parana. and 20.4 6.6 17:7 7.49 84.3 >2.0 6 muddy Lotic habitats Canal SS sandy DIES, 6.4 19:9 6.03 68.2.0233 10 Carambolas Canal Pirayü. 2.1 muddy 31.4 6.3 82.2 1.9 26.6 1.5 30 FIG. 6 Lower jaw, right external view, scale = 1 mm: Astyanax ojiara. 816 J. R. CASCIOTTA ET AL. FIG7 Lower jaw, right external view, scale = 1 mm: Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Casciotta et al., 2003). Although all of them are present in other river basins, Astyanax pynandi is at the moment the only endemic species in the Esteros del Ibera wetlands. Remarkably, it seems to prefer a distinctive and widespread habitat of these marsh- lands: the ecotone between “embalsados” and open waters. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We would like to express our gratitude to the partners of the INICNE (UNNE) and students of Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo (UNLP) by their support in several activities during the field trips and to C. Tremouilles (UNLP) for help with figures. This project was financed by the National Geographic Society (Grant 7314-01) and Universidad Nacional del Nordeste (Grant). REFERENCES ALMIRON, A. E., AZPELICUETA, M. DE LAS M., CASCIOTTA, J. R. & LOPEZ CAZORLA, A. 1997. Icthyogeographic boundary between the Brazilian and Austral subregions in South America, Argentina. Biogeographica 73: 23-30. ARRATIA, G. 1997. Brazilian and Austral freshwater fish faunas of South America. A contrast (pp. 179-187). Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biodiversity and Syste- matics in Tropical Ecosystems. Bonn, 1994. AZPELICUETA, M. DE LAS M. & Garcia, J. O. 2000. A new species of Astyanax (Characiformes, Characidae) from Uruguay river basin in Argentina, with remarks on hook presence in Characidae. Revue suisse de Zoologie 107: 245-257. AZPELICUETA, M. DE LAS M., CASCIOTTA, J. R. & ALMIRON, A. E. 2002. Two new species of the genus Astyanax (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Parana river basin in Argentina. Revue suisse de Zoologie 109: 243-259. CASCIOTTA, J. R., ALMIRON, A. E. & BECHARA, J. A. 2003. Los peces de la Laguna Iberä. Editorial Al Margen, La Plata, Argentina, 203 pp. NEIFF, J. J. 1997. Ecologia evolutiva del Macrosistema Iberä (Corrientes, Argentina). Tesis de Maestria en Ecologia, Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Argentina, 137 pp. RAMSAR. 2003. The Ramsar list of wetlands of international importance. The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands. http://ramsar.org TAYLOR, W. R. & VAN DYKE, G. C. 1985. Revised procedures for staining and clearing small fish- es and other vertebrates for bone and cartilage study. Cybium 9: 107-119. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 817-832; décembre 2003 Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater prey Louis Ghélus GBEDJISSI!, Jean-Claude VALA2, Lloyd KNUTSON? & Christian DOSSOU! Université Abomey-Calavi, Box 526, Cotonou, Republic of Benin. E-mail: gbedjiss@syfed.bj.refer.org 2 Université d'Orléans, Laboratoire de biologie des Ligneux et des Grandes Cultures, UPRES EA 2107, BP 6759, 45067 Orléans Cedex 2, France. E-mail: jean-claude.vala@univ-orleans.fr 3 Salita degli Albito 29, 04024 Gaeta, (LT), Italy. E-mail: Ivknutson @tiscali.it Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater prey. - The biology, phenology, and population dynamics of the adults of Sepedon rufi- ceps, the most widely distributed species of Sciomyzidae in Africa, were studied in Benin in permanent and temporary freshwater habitats. The feeding behavior of the larvae, expressed as the number of snails consumed, varies as a function of the species of prey utilized (Bulinus forskalii or Biomphalaria pfeifferi), as a function of the sizes of the predator/prey, and as a function of the stages of development of the larvae. In relation to the snail-prey, the second- and third instar- larvae show a food choice varying according to the specific ethology of the prey attacked. In all cases, the third- instar larvae always consume the largest number of snails and indif- ferently attack all of the species of snails utilized in laboratory rearings. The larvae consume, equally well, B. forskalii that are healthy or parasitized by the larvae of trematodes. Curiously, in laboratory rearings, in the absence of snails, the larvae of S. ruficeps are equally capable of attacking and devel- oping at the expense of Aulophorus furcatus, a small, freshwater, oligo- chaete annelid (Naididae). Key-words: Diptera - Sciomyzidae - Sepedon ruficeps - predation - pheno- logy - biology - freshwater snails - Oligochaeta. INTRODUCTION Since the publication by Berg (1953), Sciomyzid flies have been well known for the obligate malacophagous feeding of their larva. Throughout the world, 517 species have been described, of which 64 are from the Afrotropical Region. In this Region, 49 Manuscript accepted 20.06.2003 818 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. species are in Sepedon Latreille and related genera, for which the keys to the genera, sub-genera, and species given by Verbeke (1950, 1961, 1963) are still useful. Knutson (1980) provided a catalog of the Afrotropical Sciomyzidae, and Miller (1995) pre- sented a revised key to the genera. In regard to 2 monotypic Afrotropical genera known from only 1 or 2 females, Knutson & Vala (1999) described the male of Tetanoptera leucodactyla Verbeke and Vala ef al. (2000b) described the male of Verbekaria puncti- pennis Knutson. The relationships of these genera were discussed in those public- ations. With regard to the Sciomyzidae of the Republic of Benin, we have previously recorded the collection and distribution of 8 species, with the description of Sepedon (Mesosepedon) knutsoni (Vala et al., 1994). We also have described the stages of development of Sepedon (Parasepedon) trichrooscelis Speiser, a parasitoid/predator of semi-terrestrial snails of the family Succineidae (Vala et al., 1995). Furthermore, we have provided evidence of the obligate feeding by larvae of Sepedonella nana Verbeke on small, freshwater oligochaetes (Vala et al., 2000a). The same observations were obtained with larvae of Sepedon (Mesosepedon) knutsoni (Vala et al., 2002). At present, these two species are the only true sciomyzids known to have strictly non- malacophagous feeding behavior. In the laboratory, the larvae of Salticella fasciata Meigen (w. Palearctic Region) have been shown to have a tendency to feed on certain other kinds of invertebrates (Knutson et al., 1970), as well as on their natural host, terrestrial snails (Knutson ef al., 1970, Vala, 1989, Coupland & Baker, 1995). In the course of our recent work, (Gbedjissi) has found that occasionally the larvae of Sepedon (Parasepedon) ruficeps Becker are also capable of feeding on the same fresh- water oligochaetes as S. nana in laboratory rearings. The biology of Afrotropical Sciomyzidae is very poorly known, with infor- mation on only 8 species of Sepedon, Sepedonella nana, and Hydromya dorsalis (Fabricius). In addition to the studies in Benin noted above, there are limited biological data on S. ruficeps from Ethiopia (Knutson er al., 1967) and complete life cycles of S. (P.) trichrooscelis from Ghana (Knutson, 1999) and of S. (P.) neavei Steyskal, S. (P.) testacea Loew (Barraclough, 1983) and S. (P.) scapularis [Maharaj et al., 1992; Appleton ef al., 1993 (including S. neavei)] from South Africa. The complete life cycle of S. (P) hispanica hispanica Loew was presented by Knutson er al. (1967) from rearings in its limited distribution in Europe (se. Spain), and some data were presented for S. h. ruhengeriensis Verbeke from Nigeria by Knutson (1999). Sepedon knutsoni Vala et al., and S. umbrosa Verbeke have recently been reared through the complete life cycle (Gbedjissi et al., in prep.). The complete life cycle of the Palearctic Hydromya dorsalis, which extends into Ethiopia, was reported by Knutson & Berg (1963). The present study is focussed on various aspects of the biology of S. ruficeps, the most widely distributed species of Sciomyzidae in the Afrotropical Region. It is known from Namibia and Botswana to Egypt, and from East Africa (Cape Verde Island, Senegal) through West Africa to the Arabian Peninsula (s. Yemen, Aden). Its altitudinal distribution is very broad, from a few meters above sea level (Cotonou, Benin; present data) to 4,000 m (Virunga, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Verbeke 1963). LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 819 In the perspective of attempts to control populations of the snail intermediate hosts of the larvae of trematodes in Benin we have, a) followed the seasonal changes of populations of S. ruficeps adults in 2 types of freshwater habitats, b) studied the food choice of the larvae vis-a-vis the autochthonous snails of different species and sizes, and, c) studied the feeding behavior of larvae on healthy snails and on those parasitized by larvae of trematodes. The results are discussed in relation to the meteorological conditions and the variations in populations of the snail prey during the study period. Our data on S. ruficeps corroborate several key aspects of the extensive field and experimental laboratory data on typical, aquatic, predaceous sciomyzid larvae from the Nearctic, Palearctic, and Oriental Regions, and the limited data on other Afrotropical Sciomyzidae. Whereas there is a relative wealth of data on behavior and phenology from outside the Afrotropics, our information on the seasonal abundance of the adult flies and their larval prey, especially in comparing permanantly wet and seasonally dry habitats in relation to meteorological conditions, helps to fill a major gap in the knowledge of phenological aspects of tropical Sciomyzidae. COLLECTING SITES We investigated 6 freshwater localities in southern Benin during January to December 1996 which we have grouped into 2 types according to the permanent (P) or temporary (T) presence of water (Fig. 1). Three of these stations fit the definition of the permanent freshwater type: P1) Calavi, 15 km north of Cotonou, where captures were made along Nokoué Lake not far from a boat embarkation place. The vegetation, iden- tical to that of the Cotonou locality (P2), is closely limited to cultures of Thalia geni- culata L. (= T. welwitchii Ridl.) (Araceae) (which leaves are used to envelop the local corn food “akassa’’); P2) Cotonou, which is a permanent, artificial pond near the Atlantic Ocean, regularly fed by polluted waste-water from the city. The coastal flora is degraded and includes Ipomoea aquatica Forsk. (Convolvulaceae), Paspalum vagi- natum Sw. (Poaceae), Typha australis Shum. & Thonn. (Typhaceae), etc.; P3) Porto- Novo, a small, shallow, partly brackish water pond situated at the edge of the brackish lagoon. The site is strongly disturbed, with major production of vegetables requiring permanent, manual irrigation. The vegetation, always luxuriant, is typical of marshy ar- eas having permanent water. Three stations of the temporary freshwater type have been followed: T1) Agnavo, 12 km NNW of Lokossa, an artificial impoundment made by the public works service of Mono Dept. During the rainy season, beside filamentous al- gae, we found Ceratophyllum sp., Leersia hexandra Sw. (Lauraceae), Ludwigia abyssinica A. Rich. (Loganiaceae), Nymphea sp., etc.; T2) a well-delimited marsh in Cocotomey city, 15 km west of Cotonou. The main vegetation found here is Cerato- phyllum sp. (Ceratophyllaceae), Cyperus articulatus L. (Cyperaceae), Leersia hexan- dra Sw. (Poaceae), Lemna paucicostata Hegel (Lemnaceae), Ludwigia sp. (= Jussiaea sp.) (Onagraceae), Nymphea sp. (Nymphaceae), Pentodon pentandrus (Shum. & Thonn.) Vatke (Rubiaceae), Pistia stratiotes L. (Araceae), Typha australis, etc.; T3) Djeffa, 14 km east of Cotonou and 600 m from the Cotonou-Porto-Novo road; the habi- tat is a temporary pond whose water depth may reach 2 m during flood periods. The flora here consists essentially of Diplasium sammatii (Kiihn) (Athyriaceae), Fuirena umbellata Rottb. (Cyperaceae), Ipomoea aquatica, Ludwigia abyssinica A. 820 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. © Permanent aquatic habitat & Temporary aquatic habitat « —Cocotomey Cotonou 00800. © © Atlantic Ocean FIG. 1 Geographical distribution of the six studied stations in southern Benin. Rich (Onagraceae), Panicum laxum Sw. (Poaceae), Paspalum vaginatum, Thalia geniculata, etc. MATERIAL AND METHODS Adults were collected from vegetation for 30 minutes every 15 days with a sweep net. In the laboratory adults were reared in plastic boxes (diameter 9 cm, heighth 11 cm) with a fine mesh aeration window. Inside each box were put wet cotton, a small container for water, and a small cup with honey and manioc flour as food. Experimental conditions were those of the laboratory with natural photoperiod (approximatively LD: 12:12), temperature from 25 to 32 C, and relative humidity of 70-85 %. The rearing containers were examined daily. Eggs laid on the sides of the con- tainers were recovered with the aid of a fine wet brush and placed for incubation on wet filter paper in Petri dishes. On hatching, the young larvae were placed in new Petri dishes with selected snail species. Each day, all of the dead or consumed snails were replaced by others of the same size. The snails needed for the experiments were collected with a metallic net of 20 cm diameter, having a mesh of 1 mm. The 8-10 collections were made randomly dur- ing 30 minutes in a 20 x 2 m area or around the habitats when they were flooded, to accomodate the heterogeneity and variation in density of the snails. In the laboratory, the snails were reared and fed with plant material in order to have available the range of sizes of prey needed. For the predation experiments, the snails were divided into 3 size classes (diameter for planorbids, length for bulinids) : Pc (smallest sizes, < 3 mm), Mc (average sizes, 3-7 mm), and Gc (largest sizes, > 7 mm). Parasitized snails were LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 821 identified by isolating each individual in a crystal container, 5 cm high, partly filled with fresh water. The daily observation of containers permitted determination of the eventual emergence of swimming cercariae from the snail host. The emission of cer- cariae was accelerated by illuminating the containers with a 100 W lamp for 30-60 minutes. Three aspects of predation by the larvae of S. ruficeps were followed: a) the predatory behavior in the presence of only 1 species of snail prey, Bulinus forskalii (Ehrenberg) or Biomphalaria pfeifferi (Krauss), by placing together 1 larva (first, sec- ond, or third instar) and 3 snails of the same size class; b) the food preference vis-a-vis 1 or the other of 2 snail prey by placing together 1 larva of S. ruficeps, 3 B. forskalii, and 3 B. pfeifferi of the same size class; c) the behavior of the larvae as a function of the healthy or parasitized state of B. forskalii collected in Cocotomey. Each experiment, with a minimum of 10 repetitions, was made in small Petri dishes with a water level of 3-5 mm, the water taken from the habitats of the snails. Two observations were made each day, at 9 AM and 3 PM. The statistical analysis of the results was made with the Wilcoxon test with a margin of error of 5 %. RESULTS Four species of Sciomyzidae were collected (Table 1). Sepedon ruficeps (larvae predatory primarily on freshwater snails) and Sepedonella nana (larvae predatory on small, freshwater oligochaetes) were collected at all of the stations. Sepedon trichro- oscelis (larvae parasitoid/predatory on semi-terrestrial, hygrophilous Succinea sp.) was absent in the temporary habitats at Djeffa and Cocotomey, but very abundant in the perennial freshwater habitats except at Agnavo. Sepedon knutsoni, always collected in small numbers and originally described from Agnavo, is here reported from Coco- tomey. Our recent laboratory studies and field observations of S. knutsoni show that the feeding behavior and the biology of larvae are similar to the behavior of Sepedonella nana larvae. Concerning the freshwater pulmonate Gastropoda collected, some of which are intermediate hosts of trematodes having veterinary or medical consequences, the pre- dominant are (Table 1): Bulinus forskalii (implicated in the transmission of Schistosoma intercalatum Fischer, B. globosus (Morelet), and B. truncatus (Audouin) (intermediate hosts of S. haematobium (Bilharz), Biomphalaria pfeifferi (intermediate host of S. mansoni Sambon), Lymnaea natalensis Krauss (intermediate host of cattle liverfluke, Fasciola gigantica (Cobbold) in Benin (Schillhorn Van Veen 1980; Assogba & Youssao 2001)) and the Physidae Aplexa waterloti (Germain). Among Planorbidae a small species (diameter more than 3 mm) is relatively abundant in some stations. The semi-terrestrial hygrophilous Succinea sp., living on emergent freshwater vegetation, frequents specific habitats. Prosobranch (operculate snails) were represented only by Lanistes spp. According to the station considered, all of these snails are not sympatric. All snails were identified with Brown & Kristensen’s to key freshwater snails of West Africa (1993). 822 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. TABLE 1. Sciomyzidae and snails found in each freshwater station (data from 1996). +++, very abundant; ++, abundant; +, few; +, present only from May to September in low numbers. Ton Permanent water Temporary water Calavi Cotonou Porto Novo Agnavo Cocotomey Djeffa PI P2 124) ml 12 13 Sciomyzidae Sepedon knutsoni & + Sepedon ruficeps ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ sia Sepedon trichrooscelis +++ +++ + + Sepedonella nana + - + +++ ++ A Snails Biomphalaria pfeifferi +++ Bulinus forskalii AE + + ++ +++ Bulinus globosus + su Bulinus truncatus + ++ Lanistes spp. + + + Lanistes varicus + + + Lymnaea natalensis +++ a er Aplexa waterloti ++ + ++ rer Planorbis sp. ++ ++ ani arin. Succinea sp. - + = = A. Meteorological Information In s. Benin, data collected at the meteorological station at the airport of Cotonou during 1996 (Fig. 2) showed 2 rainfall periods, characteristic of this zone of Africa. The major rainfall period extends usually from April to the beginning of August (> 50 mm) with the maximum precipitation occuring during 3 months (May, 259.6 mm; June, 512.3 mm; and July, 143.8 mm) and the minor rainfall period from September through November with a maximum of 112.8 mm occuring in October. The dry period extends from the end of November to the beginning of March with a near-total absence of rain during December and January. The annual temperature varies very little and presents 2 phases opposite to that of the rainfall. During the course of the heavy rains, the tem- perature decreases from 29.9 C (March) to 26.1 C (August) but increases from 26.2 C (September) to 29.9 C (March). B. Development of populations of Sepedon ruficeps and of snails B. 1. POPULATIONS OF SEPEDON RUFICEPS IN A TEMPORARY FRESHWATER HABITAT: COCOTOMEY STATION (T2). At this station, selected as typical of a temporary freshwater habitat, the collec- tions of S. ruficeps totaled 131 adults (67 males, 64 females). The changes in captures over time (Fig. 3) shows that the number of adults were zero through January to July. The population then increased to a very strong peak in October. We determined that the maximum captures were about 4 months after the heaviest rainfall, at the time when the habitat began to dry out. Here, Bulinus forskalii is the principal prey of the larvae of S. ruficeps. The presence of this snail was limited during the course of the year LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 823 (Table 2). From low numbers in June, its population increased progressively, somewhat in accord with the increase in water level, to reach a maximum in November as drying began. This maximum is explained by the decrease in water level which results in the concentration of snails that reproduce in the wet places thus remaining. From mid December, the quantity of snails diminished very rapidly and they were not collected by our method at the end of December. The habitat then was completely dry. Obviously, aestivating snails were hidden in the substrate cover and/or in cracks in the soil. Also, a certain number of snails were lost by predation (especially by birds). The mortality of the snails was also accentuated by the increased temperature of the water as it evaporated. During the completely dry period we collected several B. forskalii inside domestic wells and others partially buried in cracks in the soil. In this type of temporary freshwater habitat, due to the absence of water and the dispersal or dis- appearance of the snail population indispensable for the development of its larvae, S. ruficeps entirely disappeared from the habitat (Fig. 3). TABLE 2. Numbers of Bulinus forskalii collected monthly during 1996 (per m?) at the Cocotomey station (T2). (*, snails present in domestic well-water). Months Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sep.|Oct. Nov. Dec. N snails/m? =): 20,00 0 2240028272822 210229887 Status of habitat Dry Inundated Low water level B. 2. POPULATIONS OF SEPEDON RUFICEPS IN A PERMANENT FRESHWATER HABITAT: COTONOU STATION (P2). At Cotonou, of a total of 239 S. ruficeps, we found 121 males and 118 females. In contrast to the preceding habitat, adults were present throughout the year (Fig. 4). The curve of monthly captures is bell-shaped, with a peak number during the months of August (34 adults), September (38), and October (35). During the course of this chorology, the sex ratio remained essentially 1:1. As in the preceding case, the maxi- mum numbers of adults is observed about 3 months after the strongest rains. There is thus a strong similarity between the development of the populations in the 2 types of stations. At Cotonou, the continual presence of S. ruficeps is explained by the perma- nent nature of the water. As to the population level of snails, there is a large difference in the chorology in comparison to the preceding example. We particularly followed the development of the populations of the 2 most abundant species, Biomphalaria pfeifferi and Lymnaea natalensis (Fig. 5). For B. pfeifferi, we observed a unimodal bell-shaped curve with an important peak culminating at about 75-100 individuals per m? at the time of the minor period of rain during September through October. The curve of L. natalensis is dif- ferent and bimodal. The first peak was in April (45 snails) with the appearance of the rains. The second was much more important (72 snails) and was found in August- September. L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. 824 syyuoW ¢ 31 syyuow bp Su Pisu go ses spe [A [Zune wir! Pw Os Bt f me ma | TA Ww le) ; 3 Sy È = oO = à n 3 3 an sısuojpjpu vopuuk] M uaffiofd piavjpy duolg —— ppued | [8290 L —%— SUIS] —m— Jen —— epurey CI = | L = ni = syuoW £ ‘SI SHJUON & e my [ fo) u2 02 Se [Pe [wor oor i fh 0 | J L Em | VC DET à _ 001 | | | sc 3 a E 97 2. 07 o, 5° 007 > 3 È 00€ at = ree 5 i = IAS Eos 67 È 0S = = 00s. 0¢ ES | 09 009 IE [ROL —%— Sfeung —a— Jen —— jjepurey CI omyeradus] —— AU TI synpe PA922/[09 N (9) smesodura] LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 825 At the Cotonou station, the maximum of captures of the 2 species of snails thus decreased. This situation, probably due to their respective periods of reproduction, 1s favorable for predation by larvae of S. ruficeps. In effect, the larvae have at their dis- posal, successively and for a long period, a variety of sizes of prey. In this habitat of permanent water the population peaks of the snails is when the level of water is low, resulting in an aggregation of individuals that are thus more easily collected. In con- trast, at the time of the strong rains of May to July, the snails are dispersed, their drift is important, and the collection of snails is weaker. C. Biology and feeding behavior in terms of the number and species of snails killed and eaten during the larval instars In the laboratory, S. ruficeps adults lived about 3 months, with a larval develop- ment of 16-19 days. S. ruficeps appears to be a multivoltine species with several suc- cessive and overlapping generations in the course of the year. The larvae of S. ruficeps avoid attacking the foot of the snail. Instead, the point of attack is preferentially the soft tissues of the head. The shells of snails of small sizes are rapidly and completely emptied; those of large sizes are killed quickly and completely emptied after several hours or are killed after 1 or 2 days. The larvae do not have necrophagous or detritivorous behavior and they never consume snails that have died naturally. The larvae of S. ruficeps fed on all of the freshwater snails under consideration, except the operculate Lanistes spp. We have limited the study of pre- dation to Bulinus forskalii and Biomphalaria pfeifferi, which serve as intermediate hosts of human bilharziasis in Benin. The average number of B. forskalii (Fig. 6) killed by larvae of S. ruficeps varied from 8.75 + 1.9 (first stadium) to 42.18 + 4.05 (third stadium). First-instar larvae readily attacked the size-classes Pc (x = 5.31 + 1.33) and Mc (x = 2.78 + 0.78), but attacked with difficulty the size-class Gc (x = 0.18). The several Ge snails killed and eaten by the first-instar larvae were all parasitized by bilharzian furcocercaria. That is to say, for most of the old snails the larval development of schistosomes had enough time to complete their entire cycle (from miracidia to furcocercaria) from bilharzian infested human populations (mainly by Schistosoma haematobium) living near water bodies. The second- and third- instar larvae indifferently fed upon all sizes of B. for- skalii. In comparison, omitting the size-class Pc, third instar larvae consumed 5 times more than the first instar and 3 times more prey than the second instar. With B. pfeifferi as prey (Fig. 7), first instar larvae killed and ate all of the snails of class Pc (x = 4.96 + 0.19), with difficulty those of class Mc (x = 0.12), and never Fics 2-5 2. Rainfall (histograms) and temperature (solid line) data during 1996 in Cotonou from metero- logical station of Cotonou. 3. Change in the Sepedon ruficeps population in the temporary habi- tat of Cocotomey. Rainfall is indicated during the same time (1996). 4. Change in the Sepedon ruficeps population in the permanent habitat of Cocotomey. Rainfall is indicated during the same time (1996). 5. Evolution of snail populations of Lymnaea natalensis and Biomphalaria pfeifferi during the year (1996) in function of rainfall in Cotonou. 826 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. those of class Gc. Second- instar larvae killed and ate individuals of classes Pc (x = 6.7 + 1.57) and Mc (x = 3.1 + 0.78) and none of Gc. Third-instar larvae attacked with suc- cess snails of all size-classes. For snails of class Pc, the third-instar larvae consumed 5 times that of the first instar and 4 times that of the second instar. Independent of the prey species utilized, the small sizes were always much more extensively killed and eaten. During the development of the larvae, the number of snails killed increased distinctly. Certain larvae, having fed sufficiently, continued to attack and to kill snails without eating them. This strictly killing behavior or “wasteful feeding” has been reported for certain species of Sepedon, particularly by Neff & Berg (1966), and for other genera of aquatic, predacious Sciomyzidae by other authors. The size of the prey, especially for the first instar larvae, appeared also to be an important factor in predation, especially in the case of B. pfeifferi. Mature larvae of S. ruficeps were very efficient in killing snails, and this probably had a direct effect on the level of the snail population by destruction of the parents. On occasion, the efficacy of preda- tion was limited by the secretion of mucous by the snails, which trapped and asphyxiated the larvae, notably small first- instar larvae. In the presence of both Bulinus forskalii and Biomphalaria pfeifferi (Fig. 8), first-instar larvae did not show any food preference and killed and fed upon about 50 % of each species (Wilcoxon test). In contrast, in the other 2 instars, there was a strong tendency for preferential attack on B. forskalii, with 76.1 % (second- instar larvae) and 67.3 % (third- instar larvae) against, respectively, 23.9 % and 32.7 % of B. pfeifferi. D. Parasitism and predation of Bulinus forskalii Bulinus globosus and B. truncatus are known to be intermediate hosts of Schis- tosoma haematobium, and B. forskalii in the transmission of S. intercalatum. The dry habitat at Cocotomey permits a good understanding of the development of the preva- lence of parasitization (Table 3). The rate of parasitism regularly increased in July to reach a peak in November. The rate then declined at the beginning of December. The increase seen was partly due to the frequenting of the habitat by numberous vertebrates (probably those infested with trematodes). The snails can be infested precociously because the individuals less than 3 mm have released cercaria. Three types of cercari- ae have been found among the snails collected at Cocotomey: cercarium type (no tail) in B. forskalii, xyphidiocercaria type (simple tail) in L. natalensis and B. forskalii, and furcocercaria type (bifid tail characterizing Schistosoma sp.) in B. globosus. Sometimes multiple parasitism (with definitive hosts being cattle, birds, etc.) by trematodes existed in the same snail. The results (Fig. 9) show, no matter which stage is considered, that the larvae of S. ruficeps indifferently consumed parasitized or healthy B. forskalii. Here there also appeared higher consumption of parasitized snails of size-class Pc by first instar larvae (Wilcoxon test). When the larva attacks a parasitized snail, the cercariae are liberated into the water (because the immature stadia of the parasite, sporocysts or rediae, are destroyed). In choice experiments, Fontana (1972) showed that the aquatic predator Dichetophora biroi (Kertész) in Australia did not show any preference for Lymnaea tomentosa (Pfeiffer) infected or not with the cattle fluke, Fasciola hepatica L., and LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 827 TABLE 3. Annual rate of snail parasitism by schistosomiasis cercaria in Cocotomey station (T2) during 1996. Months Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May | June July Aug. Sep. | Oct. Nov. Dec. N tested 0 0 0 OF 30 30302030730 250 0 0 N parasitized 0 0 0 0 l 3 7 1277316 8 0 0 % parasitism 0 0 0 02773371 1010235240 0535126640 0 Status of habitat Dry Inundated Low water level Lindsay (1982) showed the same for Zlione albiseta (Scopoli) in Ireland when offered infected or healthy L. truncatula Müller. DISCUSSION A. Phenology In permanent freshwater habitats, S. ruficeps adults were present throughout the year. In habitats that dried out annually they disappeared with the evaporation of the water and the increasing rarity of the snail prey. It is possible that the species could pass the dry period in a dormant stage (most likely in the puparium or as an adult) but such aestivation has not been proved for any tropical species of Sciomyzidae. Considering the proximity of temporary and permanent freshwater habitats in many areas, it is unlikely that a species could be adapted to have small, dispersed portions of its popu- lation sensitive enough to extremely local conditions of dryness to effect a scenario of continuous breeding in wet areas and dormancy in dry areas. Rather, it is much more likely that there is extensive migration from drying areas to wet areas. Capture-mark- release-recapture studies and search for aestivating puparia (perhaps by experimental flooding) in temporary freshwater habitats in the tropics are needed areas of research. The seasonal variation in populations of adults in relation to rainfall that we have noted conforms, in general, with observations in the Parc National de la Garamba (ne. Democratic Republic of the Congo, ex-Zaire) by Verbeke (1963). The metero- logical conditions, especially rainfall, at Garamba (about 5° N. lat.) and s. Benin (about 6° N. lat.) which are about 2,800 km distant, are rather comparable (Walter & Breckle, 1986). Verbeke (1963) provided a summary of collection dates of 787 specimens of 11 species of Sepedon and related genera captured between Dec. 1950 and Sept. 1952 in 16 types of habitats (a much broader range of habitats than those studied in the present paper). He compared the collection dates with average monthly rainfall, and conclud- ed that these species fly throughout the year. Maximum abundance is in the dry season (Nov. to Feb.), and the curve of abundance of Sciomyzidae is inverse to that of precip- itation. However, half of the specimens referred to by Verbeke (1963) were Sepedon trichrooscelis (subsequently shown by Vala et al. (1995) and Knutson (1999) to be aty- pical for Sepedon in being a parasitoid/predator of semi-terrestrial hygrophilous Succi- neidae) and the closely related, biologically unknown S. lippensi Verbeke. Further- more, only 14 of the 399 specimens of S. trichrooscelis and S. lippensi were collected L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. 828 SIEISUT [BAIL] PUL SOSSEIO [EUS 6 SU IV]SUI [BAIL] €T-09 [1-94 PIL puosos Ist 5 | Si a 6 EC 8 LZ o rt 5 L'6p y9lp 9€7S 90°6h +609 08 Di 905 CLS = L'92 sjreus pazyyıseied-uon Fy sjreus poziyiseieg = uoffofd GO ujpoyssof-g sse[9 [IUS L 314 SSEI9 [IPUS 20) | Id u x | EO O : or Z n 07 a = st 8 9:87 0€ / 110ffiofd me 11]DYSAO ai ie LLC = snunng D1AD]DYdwo1g i PAULI PUONSE = SHO PHULE PpuososEgg Sud us}ea [reus % usjes spieus N LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 829 during the 5 months of April through Aug., indicating that at least these species do not breed continously. However, Vala et al. (1995) concluded that S. trichrooscelis 1s multivoltine, based on lab rearings in which the entire life cycle required only 30 days and on limited field collections of immatures. There are also data from the Neotropical Region that indicate that populations of adult Sciomyzidae are inversely correlated with rainfall. Knutson & Carvalho (1989) found that 172 specimens of 2 species of Thecomyia (probably aquatic preda- tors) collected at 1 site near Belém, Brazil on 49 dates during 1977 and 1978 were tak- en just before and after the rainy season. Mello & Bredt (1978) made monthly collec- tions of 5 species of Sepedonea Steyskal and 1 species of Sepedomerus Steyskal (aquatic predators) during 1975 and 1976 near Brasilia, Brazil and found that popula- tions peaks occurred as the period of heaviest rainfall declined, with adults of some species found during every month of 1 of the years. Further research in tropical zones on voltinism (numbers of generations produced per year) and how species survive in- clement conditions is needed, particularly in view of the use of aquatic predators for control of disease-carrying snails. B. Predation Predation by both aquatic and terrestrial sciomyzid larvae has been very extensively studied in primarily qualitative life history researches, rather extensively studied in lab experiments, and studied to a limited extent in field experiments. The majority of studies are on Northern Hemisphere species, in many genera, with the freshwater predators Sepedon f. fuscipennis Loew (Nearctic) and Tetanocera ferrugi- nea Fallén (Holarctic) being especially well known. In tropical regions, there have been far fewer natural history and experimental studies. Three Oriental species of Sepedon have been studied experimentally to some extent: S. plumbella Weidemann (Bhuangprakone & Areekul, 1973), S. senex Weidemann (Beaver, 1989), and S. span- gleri Beaver (Sucharit et al., 1976). Our data on S. ruficeps complement the 3 papers on freshwater, predaceous Sepedon spp. in the Afrotropical Region (Barraclough 1983; Maharaj et al., 1992; Appleton et al., 1993). The larvae of S. ruficeps have a broad valence of predation on freshwater pulmonate snails. In nature, it seems that the larvae adapt their prey-choice to the simultaneous or successive presence of the snail prey, especially Bulinidae and Plan- orbidae, whose periods of reproduction and population peaks decrease during the year. This polyphagy explains, in part, the broad geographical distribution of many species Fics 6-9 6. Number of Biomphalaria forskalii eaten by each larval stadium in presence of this species only. Pc, Mc, Gc, respectively small, medium and large sizes of snails. 7. Number of Bulinus pfeifferi eaten by each larval stadium in presence of this species only. Pc, Mc, Gc, respectively small, medium and great sizes of snails. 8. Relative (%) number of Biomphalaria forskalii and Bulinus pfeifferi eaten by each larval stadium when both snail species are present together. 9. Percentage of snails eaten by Sepedon ruficeps larvae according the presence or absence of trematode larvae and size of the snails. Pc, Gc, small and large sizes of snails eaten; L1, L3, larval stage. 830 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. of Sciomyzidae in the Afrotropical Region. Furthermore the freshwater oligochaete Aulophorus furcatus (Müller) constitutes without doubt an alternate prey for some Sciomyzidae in the absence of snail prey, as we have determined in the laboratory (un- published data). Its broad malacophagy also indicates that S. ruficeps represents a good possi- bility for control of the snail intermediate hosts of bilharziasis because the larvae feed upon healthy or infested snails, without choice, and on all sizes of snails. It is possible to envisage introductions of larvae into freshwater habitats, principally when the snails aggregate at the time preceding the drying of the habitat. As determined by Barra- clough (1983) for the immature stages of Sepedon (Parasepedon) testacea and S. neavei, consumption by the larvae of S. ruficeps increases as a function of the age of the larvae and the type of snail prey. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are very grateful to the ASECNA (National Meteorological Agency of Cotonou airport) for rainfall and temperature informations; Eric Boudouresque (Orleans University) for information on the distribution of African vegetation. From our material, five pairs of Sepedon ruficeps have been deposited in the collection of the Muséum d’ histoire naturelle, Geneva (Switzerland) as voucher specimens. REFERENCES APPLETON, C. C., MILLER, R.M. & MAHARAJ, R. 1993. Control of schistosomiasis host snails in South Africa - the case for biocontrol by predator augmentation using sciomyzid flies. Journal of Medical and Applied Malacology 5: 107-116. ASSOGBA, M. N. & Youssao, A. K. 2001. Epidémiologie de la fasciolose à Fasciola gigantea (Cobbold, 1885), de la dicrocoeliose et de la paramphistomose bovines au Bénin. Annales de Médecine Vétérinaire 145: 260-268. BARRACLOUGH, D. A. 1983. The biology and immature stages of some Sepedon snail-killing flies in Natal (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Annals of the Natal Museum 25(2): 293-317. BEAVER, O. 1989. Study of effect of Sepedon senex W. (Sciomyzidae) larvae on snail vectors of medically important trematodes. Journal of the Science Society of Thailand 15: 171-189. BERG, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae that feed in snails. Journal of Parasitology 39 (6): 630-636. BHUANGPRAKONE, S. & AREEKUL, S. 1973. Biology and food habits of the snail-killing fly, Sepedon plumbella Wiedemann (Sciomyzidae: Diptera). Southeast Asian Journal of Tropical Medicine and Public Health 4 (3): 387-394. Brown, D. S. & KRISTENSEN, T. K. 1993. A field guide to African freshwater snails. 1. West African species. Danish Bilharziasis Laboratory, 55 pp. COUPLAND, J. & BAKER, G. 1995. The potential of several species of terrestrial Sciomyzidae as biological control agents of pest helicid snails in Australia. Crop Protection 14 (7): 573- 576. FONTANA, P. G. 1972. Larvae of Dichetophora biroi (Kertész, 1901) (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) feeding on Lymnaea tomentosa (Pfeiffer, 1855) snails infected with Fasciola hepatica L. Parasitology 64 (1): 89-93. Knutson, L. V. 1980. 51. Family Sciomyzidae. (pp. 597-600). In: CROSSKEY, R. W. (ed.). Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical Region. British Museum (Natural History), London, 1437 pp. Knutson, L. V. 1999. Biology of two parasitoid snail-killing flies (Sepedon trichrooscelis and S. hispanica ruhengeriensis) attacking succineid snails in Africa, and proposal of a new category of larval food selection/behavior in the Sciomyzidae (Diptera). Colemania 7: 1-11. LARVAL PREDATION BY SEPEDON RUFICEPS 831 Knutson, L. V. & BERG, C. O. 1963. Biology and immature stages of a snail-killing fly, Hydromya dorsalis (Fabricius) (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Proceeding of the Royal Ento- mological Society of London, Series A: General Entomology 38 (4-6): 45-58. KNUTSON, L. & BARROS DE CARVALHO, C. J. 1989. Seasonal distribution of a relatively rare and a relatively common species of Thecomyia at Belém, Para, Brazil (Diptera: Sciomy- zidae). Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro 89 (IV): 287-289. KNUTSON, L. V., NEFF, S. E. & BERG, C. O. 1967. Biology and immature stages of snail-killing flies from Africa and southern Spain (Sciomyzidae: Sepedon). Parasitology 57 (3): 487-505. KNUTSON, L. V., STEPHENSON, J. W. &. BERG, C. O. 1970. Biosystematic studies of Salticella fas- ciata (Meigen), a snail-killing fly (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 122 (3): 81-100. KNUTSON, L. & VALA, J.-C. 1999. The male of Tetanoptera leucodactyla Verbeke (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). European Journal of Entomology 96 (4): 451-457. Linpsay, W. 1982. Unpublished report on the biology of Knutsonia albiseta. 77 pp. + 8 figures. (Available at Library, AFT, Dunsinea Research Centre, Castleneck, Dublin 15, Ireland). MAHARAJ, J. R., APPLETON, C. C. & MILLER, R. M. 1992. Snail predation by larvae of Sepedon scapularis Adams (Diptera: Sciomyzidae), a potential biocontrol agent of snail interme- diate hosts of schistosomiasis in South Africa. Medical and Veterinary Entomology 6: 183-187. MELLO, D. A. & BREDT, A. 1978. Estudos populacionais de cinco espécies de Sciomyzidae (Diptera-Insecta) no norte de Formosa, Goiäs. Ciéncia e Cultura 30: 1459-1464. MILLER, R. M. 1995. Key to genera of Afrotropical Sciomyzidae (Diptera: Acalyptratae) with new records, synonymies and biological notes. Annals of the Natal Museum 36: 189-201. NEFF, S. E. & BERG, C. O. 1966. Biology and immature stages of malacophagous Diptera of the genus Sepedon (Sciomyzidae). Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg, Virginia, Bulletin 566: 1-113. SCHILLHORN VAN VEEN, T. W. 1980. Fascioliasis (F gigantica) in West Africa. Review of Veteri- nary Bulletin: 229-233. SUCHARIT, S., CHANDAVIMOL, Y. & SORNMANI, S. 1976. Biology of the snail-killing fly, Sepedon spangleri Beaver (Diptera-Sciomyzidae). II. Ability of the larvae to kill snails of med- ical importance in Thailand. Southeast Asian Journal of Tropical Medicine and Public Healt 7 (4): 581-585. VALA, J.-C. 1989. Diptères Sciomyzidae Euro-méditerranéens. Faune de France. France et Régions limitrophes. N° 72. Fédération Francaise des Sociétés de Sciences Naturelles, Paris, 300 pp., 124 figs, 26 maps, 9 pls. VALA, J.-C., Gasc, C., GBEDJISSI, G. & Dossou, C. 1995. Life history, immature stages and sen- sory receptors of Sepedon (Parasepedon) trichrooscelis an Afrotropical snail-killing fly (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Journal of Natural History 29: 1005-1014. VALA, J.-C., GBEDJISSI, G. & Dossou, C. 1994. Les Sciomyzidae du Bénin, description de Sepedon (Mesosepedon) knutsoni n. sp. (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Bulletin de la Société entomologique de France 99: 497-504. VALA, J.-C., GBEDJISSI, G., KNUTSON, L. & Dossou, C. 2000. Extraordinary feeding behavior in Diptera Sciomyzidae, snail-killing flies. Compte Rendu de l’Académie des Sciences de Paris, Science de la Vie, Série III, 323(3): 245-340. VALA, J.-C., GBEDJISSI, G., KNUTSON, L. & Dossou, C. 2002. Sepedon knutsoni, a second oligochaete feeding sciomyzid from Africa. 5h Inter. Congress Dipterology, 29 Sept.-4 Oct. 2002, Brisbane, Australia. Abstract p. 250. VALA, J.-C., GREVE, L. & KNUTSON, L. 2000. Description of the male of Verbekaria punctipennis (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Studia Dipterologica 7(1): 247-255. VERBEKE, J. 1950. Sciomyzidae (Diptera Cyclorrhapha). Exploration du Parc National Albert, Mission de Witte (1933-1935). Institut des Parcs Nationaux du Congo belge. Fascicule 66, Bruxelles, 97 pp. 832 L. G. GBEDJISSI ET AL. VERBEKE, J. 1961. Sciomyzidae (Diptera Brachycera Malacophage). Exploration du Parc National de l’Upemba, Mission de Witte. Institut des Parcs Nationaux du Congo et du Rwanda-Urundi. Fascicule 61, Bruxelles, 37 pp. VERBEKE, J. 1963. Sciomyzidae Sepedoninae (Diptera: Brachycera). Exploration du Parc National de la Garamba, Mission de Saeger. Bulletin de l’Insitut des Parcs Nationaux du Congo et du Rwanda, Bruxelles, 39(3): 51-86. WALTER, H. & BRECKLE, S. W. 1986. Ecological systems of the geobiosphere.Tropical and sub- tropical zonobiomes. Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 465 pp. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 833-853; décembre 2003 Myloplus planquettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), une nouvelle espéce de grand Serrasalminae phytophage du bouclier guyanais Michel JEGU!, Philippe KEITH? & Pierre-Yves LE BAIL: 1 Antenne IRD, Laboratoire d’Ichtyologie, MNHN, 43, rue Cuvier, F-75231, Paris Cedex 05, France. E-mail: jegu@mnhn.fr 2 Laboratoire d’Ichtyologie, MNHN, 43, rue Cuvier, F-75231, Paris Cedex 05, France. E-mail: keith@mnhn.fr 3 INRA, Laboratoire SCRIBE-INRA, Campus de Beaulieu, F-35042, Rennes Cedex, France. E-mail: pylb @beaulieu.rennes.inra.fr Myloplus planquettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), a new species of large phytophageous Serrasalminae from Guiana Shield. - Myloplus planquettei sp. n. is anew species which can reach 58 cm of standard length. M. planquettei is described from Mana, Maroni and Essequibo Basins on the Guiana Shield. Wayana people look upon M. planquettei as a patrimo- nial species. In Maroni Basin, M. planquettei differs from M. rubripinnis and a specimen identified as Myloplus sp. by the presence of a black distal margin well defined on the caudal fin and a larger number of postdorsal ver- tebrae. The number of rays on the anal and dorsal fins is lower in M. plan- quettei than in M. rubripinnis. M. planquettei is also different from the Myloplus sp. specimen of Maroni by more prepelvic and total serrae. In the Maroni and Mana Basins, M. planquettei is sympatric with Tometes lebaili, another large phytophagous Serrasalminae. Key-words: Myloplus - Myloplus planguettei sp. n.- Serrasalminae - Guiana Shield - Patrimonial species. INTRODUCTION Müller & Troschel (1844), Valenciennes, in Cuvier & Valenciennes (1850), Günther (1864) puis Steindachner (1881) décrivent plusieurs espèces de Myleus des Guyanes placées par Géry (1972, 1976) dans le sous-genre Myleus (Myloplus) récemment réhabilité au niveau de genre Myloplus Gill, 1896 par Jégu er al. (sous presse). Eigenmann (1912: 391-392, pl. 57) signale deux espèces décrites du Guiana, Myloplus asterias (Müller & Troschel, 1844) et Myloplus rubripinnis (Müller & Troschel, 1844), du bassin de l’Essequibo. Géry (1972) place Myloplus asterias, M. lu- na (Valenciennes, 1850), décrit de Cayenne et de Colombie, et M. ellipticus (Günther, 1864), décrit du Guiana, en synonymie avec M. rubripinnis. Géry (1972: 169) signale un spécimen du Maroni, identifié par erreur Myleus knerii (Steindachner, 1881) suivant Jégu & Santos (2002), puis rapporté à Myloplus sp. par Jégu et al. (sous presse). Manuscrit accepté le 22.04.2003 834 M. JÉGU ET AL. Planquette ef al. (1996) ne reconnaissent que Myloplus rubripinnis dans les bassins du Maroni et de la Mana. Jégu et al. (sous presse) qui réhabilitent Myloplus asterias tout en plaçant M. ellipticus et M. luna en synonymie avec M. rubripinnis, signalent la présence de M. rubripinnis et Myloplus sp. dans le Maroni. Pagezy & Jégu (2002) font état de deux grandes espèces de Serrasalminae phy- tophages dans le haut cours du Maroni appelées watau par les améridiens Wayana. Le watau yaïke appartient au genre Tometes (Jégu et al., 2002b). L’autre espèce, appelée watau ihle, est rapportée au genre Myloplus par Pagezy & Jégu (2002) sans avoir été formellement identifiée. D’aprés les auteurs, cette espéce est caractérisée par une marge distale noire a la caudale et peut atteindre 58 cm de LS. Plusieurs spécimens de grands Serrasalminae ont déja été cités du bouclier guyanais. Jardine & Schomburgk (1841) décrivent Myletes pacu de l’Essequibo, une espèce qui atteint 16 à 24 pouces, soit 400 à 600 mm de longueur totale. La descrip- tion originale très succinte et l’absence de matériel de référence ne permettent pas de préciser le statut de cette espèce, mais Jégu ef al. (sous presse) la place par défaut dans Myloplus. Eigenmann (1912) signale quatre grands spécimens de l’Essequibo (490- 563 mm LS) qu’il rapporte a Myletes pacu. Pour Jégu & Santos (2002) qui ont examiné 2 de ces spécimens, ils diffèrent de la description originale de Myletes pacu par un nombre bien plus faible de rayons a l’anale. Jégu et al. (sous presse) place ces spécimens dans Myloplus. Deux espèces de Myloplus de taille plus réduite sont également caractérisées par une marge distale noire bien définie à la caudale. Il s’agit de Myloplus torquatus (Kner, 1858) décrit du Rio Negro et de Myloplus arnoldi Ahl, 1936 décrit de l’ Ama- zone. L'objectif du présent travail est de montrer que le grand Serrasalminae phyto- phage de la Mana et du Maroni appelé watau ihle par les Wayana est une nouvelle espèce du genre Myloplus et que les spécimens de l’Essequibo rapportés à M. pacu par Eigenmann appartiennent à la même espèce. MATÉRIEL ET MÉTHODES Les récoltes ont d’abord été réalisées au cours des inventaires faunistiques de Guyane fr. menés par INRA en 1986 puis au cours des campagnes menées par le MNHN et l’INRA sur la Convention INRA/DIREN-GFC (n° 41011) en 1997. Les col- lectes dans le haut Maroni ont été réalisées dans le cadre des programmes SOFT 1996 (Convention IRD/ECOFOR 2350, en 1998-99, Convention MNHN/ECOFOR 048 et MNHN/DIREN 049 en 2001), Ecosystèmes Tropicaux du MATE (Conventions IRD/ ECOFOR 4403.00 et IRD / CSP 2548 en 2000). Les radiographies aux rayons X ont été exécutées au MNHN, Paris, à l’aide d’un apprareil Faxitron 43855A et sur des négatifs radio AGFA DW Structurix dans le laboratoire d’Ichtyologie. Pour les spéci- mens de plus de 250 mm LS, les radiographies ont été réalisées à l’aide d’un appareil Philips à usage vétérinaire et sur des négatifs Kodak Industrex type M, dans le labora- toire d’ Anatomie Comparée. Les mesures et les comptages ont été établis sur des spécimens de 67 à 478 mm de longueur standard (LS) issus des bassins du Maroni, de la Mana et de l’Essequibo MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 835 (Fig. 1). Les mesures ont été prises sur les radiographies ou directement sur les spéci- mens. Les points remarquables, entre lesquels les distances ont été mesurées au pied à coulisse, sont figurés dans Merckx et al. (2000: fig. 3a et b). Les caractéres méristiques relevés sur les radiographies ainsi que ceux qui sont pris directement sur les spécimens sont décrits dans Jégu et al. (sous presse). La description du squelette a été réalisée d’après l’examen d’un squelette sec de mâchoire (MNHN 2002-267, env. 300 mm LS), du squelette d’une tête (MNHN 1998- 134, env. 450 mm LS) et l’examen des radiographies de 5 spécimens de 67 à 465 mm de LS. L’étude de la musculature faciale a été réalisée d’après la tête du spécimen MNHN 1998-134, tandis que les examens de la vessie natatoire, de la musculature latérale et du tractus digestif ont été réalisé sur des paratypes de différente taille. La nomenclature française des os est celle de Courtemanche et Legendre (1985). La liste des acronymes utilisés dans le texte est la suivante. - FMNH, Field Museum of Natural History, Chigaco, U.S.A. - INPA, Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazönia, Manaus, Brésil. - MHNG, Muséum d'histoire naturelle de Genève, Genève, Suisse. - MNHN, Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France. - RMNH, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Hollande. - ZMA, Univer- siteit van Amsterdam, Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Hollande. DESCRIPTION Myloplus planquettei sp. n. Myleus pacu non Schomburgk: Eigenmann, Memoirs of Carnagie Museum 5(1) : 393-395 (in part.), pl. 59 figs 3 et 6, 1912, Essequibo (Guiana). Myloplus sp., Pagezy & Jégu, Bulletin Francais de Péche et de Pisculture 364 : 49, fig. 2c, 2002, Maroni (Guyane française). DIAGNOSE Myloplus planquettei présente une large marge distale noire bien définie sur le bord libre de la nageoire caudale. M. planquettei présente 20-23 rayons branchus a la dorsale et 32-34 a l’anale, 23-29 serrae prépelviennes, 5-6 supraneuraux en avant de la dorsale et 39-41 + CP1 vertèbres dont 15-16 + CPI en arrière du dernier ptérygiophore de la dorsale. Le corps est allongé (55-70% de LS) et le diamètre de 1’ ceil réduit (6,3- 12,9% de LS). La base de la dorsale est courte (28,8-33% de LS). L’adipeuse est rec- tangulaire et sa base est longue (4,3-6,2 % de LS). ETYMOLOGIE Myloplus planquettei est dédiée à Paul Planquette (7), chercheur de l'INRA a Kourou, en hommage au travail d’inventaire de la faune des poissons de Guyane française qu’il a réalisé a partir de 1978 jusqu’à ce qu’il nous quitte en 1996. NOMS VERNACULAIRES watau ihle, watau takpilem (Wayana, fl. Maroni); kumaru, kumalu (Créole, Guyane frangaise). DISTRIBUTION Myloplus planquettei sp. n. est connu des bassins de la Mana en Guyane française, du Maroni en Guyane française et au Suriname et de l’Essequibo au Guyana. 836 M. JÉGU ET AL. Océan Atlantique @ Myloplus planquettei O Myloplus sp. (Araguari) Ocean Pacifique YSN Fic. 1 Localisation géographique du matériel examiné. — Geographical distribution of examined material. MATERIEL La liste des spécimens examinés pour comparaison figure dans le chapitre “Discussion”. Liste du matériel examiné Holotype: - MNHN 1997-730, 112 mm LS, fleuve Maroni, Twenke, Guyane française, coll. de Mérona, 1997. Paratypes: Fleuve Mana, Guyane française : - MNHN 1997-729, 1 ex.(juvénile), 67 mm LS, Saut Valentin, coll. Renno & Keith, 1988. - MNHN 1997-731, 2 ex. (male et femelle), 465 mm LS, saut Sabbat, coll. Planquette, 1988. Paratypes: Fleuve Maroni, Guyane frangaise: - MNHN 2001-1224, 1 ex., 139 mm LS, Kawatop, rivière Litany, coll. Fermon & al., fév. 2001. - MNHN 2001-2345, 1 ex. (male), 505 mm LS, saut Alimina-emem, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et al., 2001. - MNHN 2001-1225, 1 ex. (femelle), 472 mm LS, saut Loue, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et al., fév. 2001. - MNHN 2001-1226, 1 ex., 358 mm LS, saut Loue, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et al., fév. 2001. - MNHN 2001-1227 (femelle), 1 ex., 478 mm LS, saut Loue, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et al., fév. 2001. - MHNG 2640-26, 1 ex. (mâle), 501 mm LS, saut Alimina-emem, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon ef al., 2001. Matériel complémentaire Fleuve Mana, Guyane francaise: - MNHN 1998-134, 1 téte, env. 450 mm LS, coll. Renno 1988. Fleuve Maroni, Guyane francaise: - MNHN 2002-267, env. 300 mm LS, squelette sec des machoires, Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Le Bail et Planquette, 1983. - MNHN 2001- 2248, 1 ex. (juvénile), 25,8 mm LS, Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et al., fév. 2001. - MNHN 2002-819, 1 ex. (femelle), 535 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MNHN 2002-820, 1 ex. (femelle), 475 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MNHN 2002-821, 1 ex. (male), 548 mm LS, amont MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 837 Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MNHN 2002-822, 1 ex. (femelle), 497 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MNHN 2002- 825, 1 ex. (femelle), 346 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MNHN 2002-935, 1 ex. (male), 497 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - MHNG 2640-25, 1 ex. (femelle), 478 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. - INPA 20.452, 1 ex. (femelle), 458 mm LS, amont Antecume Pata, riv. Litany, coll. Fermon et Ksas, mars 2002. Fleuve Maroni, Suriname: - NZCS (non reg.), 1 ex. (femelle), 560 mm LS, proche de l’aéroport d’Oelemary, riv. Oelemari, bassin du Maroni, Suriname, coll.. Outboter, 20 avr. 1998. Fleuve Essequibo, Guiana: - FMNH 59292, 1 ex. (mâle), 465 mm LS - FMNH 59298, 1 ex. (femelle), 465 mm LS, Falls at the Mazaruni. Matériel observé in situ 1 ex., 465 mm LS, Saut Valentin et 1 ex., 360 mm LS, Saut Belle Etoile, obs. P. Keith & J.-F. Renno, La Mana, Guyane française, 1988. - 5 ex., 1,7 à 4,7 kg, rivière Oelemari (N 03° 08’ 791, W 54° 26’ 797), bassin du Maroni, Suriname, obs. M. Jégu & H. Pagezy, oct. 1998. - 2 ex., 1,0 à 1,4 kg, village Pidima, rivière Litany, bassin du Maroni, Guyane française, obs. M. Jégu & H. Pagezy, oct. 1998. - 28 ex., 1,4 à 5,8 kg, saut Pierkuru, Tampok, Guyane française, obs. M. Jégu, P. Keith et H. Pagezy, oct. 2000. MORPHOLOGIE Les principaux caractères morphométriques (exprimés en pourcentage de la LS) et les principaux caractères méristiques sont présentés aux Tableaux I et II, respective- ment. Le corps est allongé et peu profond (Fig 2). Le profil prédorsal, rectiligne chez le plus jeune spécimen, est légèrement arrondi chez les plus gros individus. La base de la nageoire dorsale et la zone post-dorsale sont aussi très peu inclinées par rapport à l’axe du corps. Le profil ventral est très peu arrondi au niveau des pectorales et sub- rectiligne au niveau des ventrales, jusqu’à la nageoire anale. L'origine de l’anale est située en arrière de la verticale à l’extrémité postérieure de la dorsale. La base de l’anale est courte mais très oblique par rapport à l’axe du corps. La tête est peu profonde et allongée. Le museau est rectiligne chez les jeunes et nettement obtus chez les grands individus. La bouche, terminale, est située au niveau du bord inférieur de l’oeil. La bouche est courte et la commissure est située bien en avant de la verticale au bord antérieur de l’oeil. Le bord libre de la membrane à la com- missure est lisse. L’oeil est situé à plus d’un demi-diamètre de la pointe du museau. Le diamêtre de l’oeil atteint 38-42% de la longueur de la tête chez les spécimens de moins de 150 mm LS et 24-28% chez les spécimens de plus de 300 mm LS. En dessous de l’oeil et in situ, l’infraorbitaire 2 est haut et arrondi. L’infraorbitaire 3 est court. La zone nue à la joue est aussi large que l’infraorbitaire 3 chez les jeunes individus et nettement plus étroite chez les grands spécimens. L’operculaire est haut et étroit mais la distance post-orbitaire reste toujours plus longue que le museau. La distance interorbitaire est plus étroite chez les spécimens de moins de 150 mm LS (37-46 % de la longueur de la tête vs. 56-64% chez les spécimens de plus de 330 mm LS). La bouche est étroite et peu profonde. En arrière des dents du prémaxillaire, on observe deux crêtes charnues longitudinales au palais. En revanche il n’apparait pas de lobe charnu en arrière des dents du dentaire. Au prémaxillaire, on compte 5 dents à la série externe et deux dents à la série interne. Les deux séries de dents sont suffisam- ment proches l’une de l’autre pour que la base des dents de la série labiale soit au 2 M. JEGU ET AL. 838 = n I GC SEI-LOT 8 871 091 9°91 OT LAC LEA v * * 7 [Eu] oqo] np ınonguo7] SE 907 8'ST-I'SI 91 SSI 8'8I 60c-¢ LI Tr 877 l'8T-tT'8I SENTE KG I Teue oqo] np ınonguo] « | 78 16 + L‘0 Tol 801-76 € * k 2INALOJUI SITOYVLI LI Ip MOBIET 80 Tıl ESIC 07T CLI es * IT 9'LI 007-091 (E Sil = Sil 919) E] op InoTIET ST ITS 995-087 61 Tr Cha VOS LY 9'€ L'OS 8 SI St 8 Ter 08% g[eue HULSLIO-HJESIOP UY 99UVISIC OT St GB Ge, OG ELET SVT 6 VTT VC TI ÿ'ST SILT39 ET 8 L'VT 667 Sfeue-ofesIop UY SOUEISI( Se COL VSL-8S9 61 L'L9 709 VL9-€°C9 TV 1°69 8 ÿL-C'y9 8 065 TE) SfeUR-H[ESIOP QUISIIO QOUEJSIC OT 062 QOE-E9T 61 987 L'ST IST-V'EC GG 697 L'OE-E 7 8 660 78 oje10}99dp1d J9ueIsıq SI 609 TE9-L'LS 61 SLs 8°6S ÿ'LS-8'9S LE E65 weI9-s'ss L E95 £09 QUUSIA|PdpI1d ouest JT 9°8L OI8-9'SL 61 LLL 0°08 € 18-008 cr T'6L 0°98-S TL SE OEL ojeue9Id ooueysiq CEE LEVLSe GI 8:SE O'TE 89€-1SE TI E SE L'LE-O'EE AG EE o[eue | op osed v0 86 vOI-68 0c L6 Fol TII-LOI co 9'OI € TI-00I 8 L'OT vol ojnouopod np maine GORE SIE OT 6€ 9°9 OSes. LO TS T9 Er 8 95 6S osnadipe | op seg LO L6 ell-v8 OT 6 TOI L'IETII VI EI cri-cOl 8 Ol 671 9TSIOPISJUT QOULIST TI OSE TBEDEE OC T8E S'LT DEE TE 60 OTE CCE-9 67 ATER OJESIOP ET op sed LIN UC S'I9-S'SS 07 LOS L'09 6VS-L VS 07 S°85 v'I9-E SS 8 ISS 6LS Spesıoppıd aouesi( Vile Ove O8ESTE OC SEE Lee ÿ SE-6 0€ OT TE 6 EETIE OTTO ESS opeyıdıo90jsod oouejsiQ LO #8 O'OT-S'L OT £6 86 L'IITOI LO TOI [11-76 8 88 l'OI 2118J1q107S0d oouesI( Boreus ea eo Cr 6 -6€ 32 ROC AOS p ouleyiqiorsyul | ap Anode] v0 87 DE OT OT OF LC (Sade (oy! LO ST Or vl VA 91¢ ES onof e] e unse] EO OC “EGS 008 BG. ee SC so 9'€ Grasse Gs OE € oureVIQuoRAUL | op Inodır] 90 €9 VL SS 0G LS 18 96 -S'6 OT OL L8 VS se (oye €9 neosnui np ınonguo] SO OT VVC). 06 601 89 115919 VI VL L'OI-£'9 SF 6.0 SI [90,1 9p SUBI LO Tr L'ST-6TI 07 8'pI pl O9I-+7I JT 6SI SLI-C EL SAC TT OG IITEJTQIOBIJUT FIUEISI(] 80 887 GOLE 0G LIST TIT L'6T-9 ST 91 697 8°8C-C VC 8 COE 167 919) E] op InonFuo] TE 60L O'LL-S'Y9 07 LI 8°LS 619-585 CE T'£9 L'69-9'09 8 ISIS NES) sdioo np InoneH S99 OOEL ODEI-O7T8 07T SSSI SIr 0OSLrO0Lr ELIT 6r0r OOLP-O6EL 8 €L9 OZII (wur) piepuejs MmonsuoT La ‘ON UOTPLIEA AN worry, uensery oqmbossq La ‘ON UONPLIPA aN BUE, = IUOIPN TUOIRIN] ‘XI ‘XI “xo 7 (tuoseyy 39 eue) sadAered adAered 9d4joçoy siuuidi1qn1 Snjdo]{N ‘ds snjdoj{x ‘ds snjdojcpw "u ‘ds 1272nbuvjd snjdo]{yy ‘(uoneraap prepuLys =JH ‘2881948 =AoM ‘Joquinu uauwuroads -=gN) (pzeig ‘uen3ery ou) ‘ds snjdoji pue (tuomew) ‘ds snjdojcpy ‘(eueing youel,) uiseq Torey, Wor stuurdiiqni “PW 0) pareduwuos (oqınbassq WOJJ susunoads 7 pue 310W 10 JS WU HE] Jo sadAyesed g pue JS wu £‘/9 Jo adAyesed suo ‘adAjojoy) ‘u ‘ds 1ayjanbunjd snjdojAp 30 “TS Jo Juaaıad ut possaidxe siajovsreyo oLnowioydiow ue ‘] AIavL — ‘(94-94-14 ‘ouuaAoul =Aoy ‘ suswisads op aıqwou =qN) ([is91g ‘Lensery on) ‘ds snjdojAp ap 19 (1uoreyy) ‘ds smydoj{y ap ‘(15 aueAndg) tuo] np stuurduqni ‘y op xneo € soreduroo (oqmbassg.p ‘x9 7 19 snjd no Sq ww EE] ap sedAyesed 8 19 Sq wur ¢‘79 ap adAered un ‘adAjojoy) ‘u ‘ds 1ayanbunjd snjdoj{n ap ‘ST ep % ue sewutidxe ‘sonbunguioydiow sosgjoeseo xnedrounuq ‘] NVATAVL SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 839 MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE I+S I+S I+S I+S I+S I+S I+S AIIBJU9P ne suoq ts c+S cts T+S T+S T+S T+S ore] [pixewsIid ne sju9q 9 (9) 9-ç ¢ ¢ L ¢ 9-¢ xneinouvidns S (S) S-t 9-5 v C ve EC OTESIOP uy E] B STEUE INGIp NP SIIQIUIA IT (OT) 11-6 Slam) El SI SI 91-SI Sa[ESI0pISOd s9IQIUA 6 (OT) I1-6 6 6 IT 01-6 01-6 sopesiopoid S9IQIUIA 9€ (SE) SETE 6E-LE 8€ OV Iv-6¢ OV S9[EJ0] SOIGQUOA, che (SE) 6€-TE Or-Ie 8€ TE erch rrLe sofeJo) IVI L-9 (L) Ley 8-S 17 9 9 8-9 sarqnop souuorApodsod sexes L (S) L-S sr iE 8 8-L 8-9 sarduris souuorapodisod sexes 8C-SC (wo) 87-77 OT-IT IT LI 67 GET ET souuatajadgid aus ST-VT (#7) ET-07 170000 97 OT IT ECITH (OT) 17-07 I a[esiop E] x suokey DE (LT) TE-LT LEVE 9€ ce m ce AL (FE) pE-TE ALM gjeue | € suoAey * 0ÿ-9€ 8£"9€ * ve * (PE) PE-TE [epneo apnouopod ne soypeog 6L 16-69 08-CL * 6L c6 €8) €8-18 (1830) afer] OUST] us SOIT bl LL-99 SL-99 * bl Sg (8L) 8L-9L jeındAy,] & afesgey SUST] us SAIT £ET-CTI 891381 951-388 OST SIV SLV-OLV (ZII) 8Lr-L9 (wur) prepuejs INNZUOT] sodA} 7 (edAjoroq) “xa TE “xo 07 ‘xa | xo | xo 7 (edAjoçou) “x9 II oourlg OT nIurx uoreN IUOIEIN uensely oqinbassq eue 19 TUOIPIN snjpnb101 ‘IN 1PIOUAD "PW smuuidiiqna ‘yy ‘ds snjdojxp ‘ds snjdojAp ıananbupjd snjdojAw ‘(zeig ‘uensery) ‘ds sndoj{yy pue (tory) ‘ds sn]doj&y ‘(ZI ‘0130N OL) smpnbiog JW ‘([izeig NEUIX OL) 1PJOUAD ‘]y ‘(eueing YOUTH) UIseg TUOTEJN WOT suurdi1qn4 ‘y 0) poredwroo ‘u ‘ds 1ayonbuvjd snjdoj{yy Jo SI9J92IEU9 INSUSWI ureW ‘II AAV], — ‘(pissIg ‘uensery) ‘ds snjdojcp 39 (1uoseyy) ‘ds smdoj{n ‘(NS91g ‘0189N OL) snıpnbao NI ‘(SIE ‘NSUIX OL) Ipjouib “Ww ‘(15 aueÄndg) tuorew np szuuidiiqni ‘Ww ap xneo è soreduos “u ‘ds tayjanbunjd snjdoj{y op sanbustpw saigqoeieo xnedisurig ‘TT OVITAVL 840 & M. JEGU ET AL. FIG. 2 Myloplus planquettei sp. n. : (a) MNHN 1997-730, holotype, 112 mm LS, fl. Maroni, (b) MNHN 2001-2345, paratype, 470 mm LS, mâle, fl. Maroni, (c) MNHN 1997-729, paratype, 67 mm LS, fl. Mana et (d) NZSC non cat., 560 mm LS, femelle, fl. Maroni. — Myloplus planquettei sp. n.: (a) MNHN 1997-730, holotype, 112 mm SL, Maroni basin, (b) MNHN 2001-2345, paratype, 470 mm SL, male, Maroni basin, (c) MNHN 1997-729, paratype, 67 mm SL, Mana basin and (d) NZSC non cat., 560 mm LS, female, Maroni basin. contact de celle des dents de la série linguale (Fig. 3), sans que les deux séries soient plaquées l’une contre l’autre comme chez Myleus setiger (Jégu & Santos, 2002: fig. 5c). Les dents médianes de la série labiale sont aussi séparées l’une de l’autre (Fig. 3). Les quatre dents postérieures de la série labiale sont latéralement en contact les unes avec les autres, sans toutefois étre engrenées. La couronne des dents de la série linguale est située au même niveau que celle des trois premières dents de la série labiale. Les . trois premières dents de la série labiale sont triangulaires, hautes et leur face concave est orientée vers l’intérieur de la bouche. Les deux dernières dents sont courtes, larges et leur face concave est orientée vers l’extérieur de la bouche. La couronne de ces deux dernières dents est très basse. Au dentaire, on compte 5 dents à la série labiale plus une dent symphysaire conique en arrière de la série principale. Les dents sont basses et la couronne des trois premières est triangulaire et pointue. La couronne des dents suivantes est arrondie mais présente un lobe latéral. Le bord postérieur des dents est au contact du bord antérieur de la dent suivante sans toutefois que les dents soient engrenées. L'origine de la nageoire dorsale est située légèrement en arrière du milieu du corps. La base de la dorsale, de même taille ou légèrement plus longue que la tête, reste courte. La distance interdorsale (35-45% de la base de la dorsale) est 2 à 3 fois plus longue que la base de la nageoire adipeuse. Le bord distal de la nageoire dorsale est MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 841 FIG. 3 Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 2002-267, environ 300 mm LS, fl. Maroni, prémaxillaire gauche: (a) vue labiale, (b) vue linguale et (c) vue ventrale. — Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 2002-267, about 300 mm SL, Maroni basin, left premaxillary: (a) labial view, (b) lingual view and (c) ventral view. rectiligne. Chez les grands individus mâles, les rayons sont prolongés par des filaments courts et fins. L’adipeuse est rectangulaire. L’origine de la nageoire anale est située en arrière ou au niveau des derniers rayons de la dorsale. Le bord distal de l’anale est falciforme chez les jeunes, mais les premiers rayons forment un gros lobe arrondi chez les femelles. Les mâles présentent un second lobe dont l’apex est situé au niveau des rayons branchus 15 à 17. La lon- gueur des rayons du second lobe est voisine de celle des rayons premier lobe. Seuls, deux mâles de 470 mm LS présentent des crochets doubles à l’extrémité des rayons du second lobe. On compte 6 à 8 séries d’écailles sur la base des rayons de l’anale. Les nageoires pectorales et pelviennes sont courtes. Le bord des rayons des pectorales atteint toutefois la verticale à l’origine de la dorsale. En revanche, la pointe des pelviennes n’atteint jamais l’origine de la nageoire anale. On compte 32-34 rayons branchus à l’anale, 20-23 à la dorsale, 11 à 13 aux pectorales et 7 aux pelviennes. La série des serrae prépelviennes prend son origine entre le bord postérieur du coracoïde et la pointe distale des côtes pleurales 5. Ces serrae, toujours beaucoup plus courtes et plus fines que les serrae post-pelviennes (environ 2/3 de la hauteur des serrae 842 M. JÉGU ET AL. post-pelviennes), sont formées d’une épine pointue dessinant une carène abdominale et sont soutenues par deux ailes latérales insérées sous la peau. Chez les plus grands spécimens, les serrae sont émoussées et la carène n’est plus toujours sensible au toucher. Les serrae post-pelviennes sont toujours hautes et pointues. On compte 23-29 serrae prépelviennes, 6-8 serrae post-pelviennes simples et 6-8 épines doubles de part et d’autre du cloaque. La seconde chambre de la vessie natatoire est conique, terminée par un appen- dice plus fin. La chambre est parcourue par une bande de muscle intrinsèque unique qui se divise vers l’avant. Le bord antérieur de la seconde chambre est lisse et uni- formement arrondi. En vue frontale, les deux bandes musculaires joignent leur homo- logue pour former une bande sagittale verticale. La longueur de la seconde chambre (sans l’appendice) atteint 25-30% de LS (30-35% avec l’appendice). La hauteur de la chambre est de 35-40% de sa longueur et la largeur de la bande musculaire est de l’ordre de 10-12% de la hauteur de la chambre. La première chambre est ovaloïde et plus courte que la seconde. La longueur de la première chambre est d’environ 15% de la LS et sa hauteur est d’environ 2/3 de sa longueur. Les deux chambres sont reliées par un canal non spiralé. Le hiatus de la musculature latérale est obstrué par des corps graisseux jusqu’au niveau de la vessie natatoire. Cette lacune au niveau de l’obliquus superioris et de l’obliquus inferioris s’étend depuis l’avant de la Sème côte jusqu’à la 6ème. La musculature faciale suit le schéma observé chez Tometes lebaili (Jégu et al., 2002b: fig. 8). La branche Al de l’adductor mandibularis vient recouvrir la branche A2 de ce muscle sur les deux tiers inférieurs de la joue (Fig. 5a). La branche A2 latérale est réduite à un triangle restreint à la partie postéro-médiane de la face. L’extrémité dorsale de la branche A2 médiane s’insère sous le dilatator operculi. La branche A3 est plus large que chez Myloplus asterias et que sur le spécimen rapporté à Myleus par Alexander (1964: fig.5). Elle vient s’insérer entre le levator et l’adductor arcus palati- ni pour se fixer sur la face externe du processus laminaire antérieur de la tête de l’hyomandibulaire. Sur le dentaire, la branche A3 est réduite et quelques fibres musculaires de la partie ventrale rejoignent la branche A2 pour former le tendon d’insertion sur le den- taire (Fig. 5b). Au-dessus de ce tendon, |’ Aw est comparable à celui que l’on observe chez M. asterias. La branche dorsale du A1 forme un fourreau qui couvre le bord dor- sal du dentaire et de l’anguloarticulaire, et se termine en un tendon qui vient s’insérer juste sous le A2, sur le bord dorsal de la face linguale du dentaire (Fig. 5c). La branche ventrale s’insère sur le dentaire au-dessus de l’ossification du cartilage de Meckel. On compte 15-17/1/14-16 branchiospines au premier arc branchial. Les bran- chiospines sont en forme de lamelles triangulaires, soutenues par un éperon ossifié le long duquel court une lame charnue dont le bord libre est sinusoidal. La partie ossifiée de chaque branchiospine est recouverte d’un tapis de petites épines. SQUELETTE Les mâchoires Le prémaxillaire présente une forme de “L” (Fig. 3). Le processus latéral est un axe subrectangulaire dont le bord postérieur est situé légèrement en arrière de la MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 843 dernière dent. En vue ventrale, le prémaxillaire est plutôt rectiligne, et les dents sont implantées sur toute l’extension du bord ventral de l’os. La face médiane du prémaxil- . laire est plane en arrière d’une crête verticale antérieure, prolongement de la face frontale de l’os. En vue frontale, le processus ascendant du prémaxillaire est large, oblique par rapport à l’axe antéro-postérieur de l’os, et fortement incurvé. Le bord dorsale du processus ascendant est large et arrondi. La face occlusale du processus ascendant présente une crête postérieur lamellaire sur la partie inférieure. Cette lame osseuse définit un plan médian sub-triangulaire. La face labiale du processus latéral présente une fosse de remplacement des dents divisée en trois éléments, dont une fosse médiane arrondie et largement ouverte. Nous n’avons pas observé d’appendice trans- versal sur la face labiale comme celui que Jégu & Santos (2002) signalent pour Myleus setiger. Le maxillaire ne porte pas de dents. Le dentaire est massif, court et haut (Fig. 4). La zone d’implantation des dents suit la courbure latérale de l’os et est restreinte à la zone antérieure du dentaire. Les dents sont implantées sur le bord de l’os. La fosse de remplacement des dents de la série labiale est divisée en trois larges orifices subcirculaires séparés les uns des autres par des ponts osseux. La fosse de remplacement de la dent symphysaire est grande et située juste en-dessous de la base de cette dent. En vue linguale, on observe 4 à 5 indentations de la suture mandibulaire suivant une organisation radiale. En vue fron- tale, la suture mandibulaire est rectiligne et haute, définissant une plage triangulaire plane sous la ligne des dents. On peut ainsi définir un menton au niveau de la pointe inféro-antérieure de la suture. Le processus postérieur du dentaire est court. Le bord supérieur du processus dorso-postérieur est rectiligne et se termine par une pointe pro- jetée au-dessus et légèrement en arrière du processus ascendant de l’angulo-articulaire. Sur la face linguale de la mâchoire, le lobe dorsal du processus antérieur de l’angulo- articulaire est très réduit et la suture dentaire-angulo-articulaire est sub-rectiligne. Le processus ascendant du bord supérieur de l’angulo-articulaire qui recouvre le dentaire est très réduit. L’ossification du cartilage de Meckel forme un tube allongé. Le pro- cessus postéro-ventral du dentaire se termine en une pointe. La fosse du muscle inter- mandibularis est large. La série infraorbitaire L’infraorbitaire 2, avec une forte convexité ventrale, est plus haut que long. En avant de cet os, l’infraorbitaire 1 est triangulaire et vient s’enchasser sur le bord an- térieur de 102. L’IO3 est sub-rectangulaire et présente de nombreux rameaux radiaux du canal sensoriel infraorbitaire. L104, plus petit, est sub-carré et présente un long rameau oblique du canal sensoriel qui court du bord antéro-dorsal au bord postéro-ven- tral de l’os. L106 est presque aussi développé que l’IO5. L’antéorbitaire est en forme de massue et le supraorbitaire, subovale, forme une saillie importante au-dessus de V orbite. Le suspensorium L’operculaire est haut et étroit. La lame osseuse présente sur le bord antérieur du processus ascendant de l’hyomandibulaire est courte, triangulaire et pointue. Le bord ventral présente une encoche ventro-postérieure. Le bord dorsal du mésoptéry- 844 M. JÉGU ET AL. goïde est convexe et celui du métaptérygoïde est très oblique. L’ectoptérygoïde est ré- duit à un fin arc osseux dépourvu de dent. Le neurocrâne Le neurocâne est haut, large et massif, mais plus proche de celui de Myloplus rubripinnis que de celui de M. asterias (Jégu et al., sous presse: figs. 13, 17). En parti- culier, la fontanelle est allongée, étroite, formée de deux ouvertures, de part et d’ autre de la barre épiphyséale, parfaitement visibles en vue dorsale et sensiblement égales. L’aire située entre la fosse dilatatoire et le canal supratemporal est plus large que le conduit du canal supraorbitaire. L’aire postéro-dorsale du neurocräne, située en arrière du canal supratemporal, s’étend sur un peu moins d’un tiers de la face dorsale du neuro- crâne. En vue latérale, le bord dorsal du neurocrâne est subrectiligne sans concavité au niveau de la barre épiphyséale. Le bord du supraoccipital est aligné avec celui du neu- rocrâne. Le supraoccipital est court. Sur le squelette examiné, une ébauche de pont non jointif est située immédiatemment en avant de la suture frontal-pariétal. Région ethmoïdienne: En vue dorsale le mésethmoïde forme un triangle étroit et court. Les gorges supraethmoïdales sont larges, profondes et étendues sur presque toute la longueur du mésethmoïde. Les ailes supraethmoïdales sont aussi très déve- loppées. En vue latérale, le mésethmoïde, formant le toit de la fenêtre olfactive, est épais et haut. Le bord antérieur du mésethmoïde n’est pas projeté en une pointe vers l’avant comme chez Myleus (Jégu & Santos, 2002: fig. 8a), Tometes (Jégu et al., 2002b: fig. 10a) ou Mylesinus, mais reste sub-vertical comme chez M. rubripinnis ou M. aste- rias (Jégu et al., sous presse: figs. 13a et 17b). Le toit de la fenêtre olfactive est épais. L'ouverture de la fenêtre olfactive est basse mais plus allongée que chez Myloplus asterias ou M. rubripinnis. Le bord ventral de la fenétre est formé par une projection postérieure du mésethmoïde et une projection antérieur de l’ethmoïde latéral. Le vomer, situé juste sous la suture ethmoïde latéral-mésethmoïde, est exclu du bord de la fosse olfactive. Les capsules olfactives sont isolées vers l’avant par le septum nasal, formé d’une lame osseuse issue du vomer et d’une autre issue du mésethmoïde. Le processus antéro-médian de l’ethmoïde latéral sépare les capsules olfactives du myo- dome antérieur et vient presque au contact du septum internasal vers l’avant. Le foramen du nerf olfactif situé dans la capsule olfactive apparaît difficilement en vue frontale. En vue ventrale, le vomer est formé d’un large écusson antérieur et d’un processus postérieur oblongue. L’écusson du vomer est trop court pour couvrir tout le plancher des capsules olfactives. Entre l’écusson du vomer et l’ethmoïde latéral, une lame osseuse épaisse forme ce plancher. Région orbitaire: La fosse orbitaire est très largement ouverte. Mesurée entre la pointe du mésethmoïde latéral et celle du sphénotique, la largeur de la fosse orbitaire varie entre 41% et 44% de la longueur du neurocrâne, mesurée entre le bord antérieur du mésethmoïde et la branche postérieure de l’épiotique pour les spécimens de plus de 300 mm LS (48% pour un spécimen de 140 mm LS). Vers l’avant, le myodome antérieur est limité antéro-ventralement par l’expansion médio-antérieur de l’ethmoïde latéral et limité dorsalement par une expansion de l’orbitosphénoïde projetée vers l’avant de la suture frontal - orbitosphénoïde. En vue latérale, l’orbitosphénoïde MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 845 Dentaire 5 mm i ; : —— Angulo-articulaire Os coroméckelien FIG. 4 Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 2002-267, environ 300 mm LS, fl. Maroni, dentaire gauche: (a) vue labiale and (b) vue linguale. — Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 2002-267, environ 300 mm SL, Maroni basin, left dentary: (a) labial view and (b) lingual view. présente une forme de “L”. Le processus antéro-ventral de l’orbitosphénoïde entre en contact avec les processus médian de l’ethmoïde latéral, limitant le myodome vers le bas. En vue ventrale, le toit de la fosse orbitaire est très profond et très irrégulier. Le ptérosphénoide est de forme subpentagonale et présente des sutures rectilignes avec le prootique, le sphénotique et l’orbitosphénoide. Le foramen du nerf trochléaire est entièrement placé sur le ptérosphénoide, mais situé sur la portion distale de cet os. La suture avec le frontal est fortement indentée. Le ptérosphénoide délimite, avec l’orbito- sphénoïde vers l’avant et le prootique vers l’arrière, un large foramen optique. La suture frontal-sphénotique est rectiligne. En vue frontale, le sphénotique présente une forme d’aile. Le bord inférieur de l’os est concave, mais irrégulier. Plusieurs foramens sont ouverts dans le sphénotique. Le plus large d’entre eux est directement ouvert sur la fosse dilatatoire. La face frontale du prootique est presque entièrement occupée par le foramen du nerf trigémino-facial, situé au fond d’une dépression. Le pont prootique qui limite le bord postérieur du foramen optique et le bord dorsal du myodome postérieur, est situé sur le même plan transversal que le bord antérieur du processus ventral du prootique. Le myodome postérieur est très largement ouvert jusqu’au bord postérieur du parasphénoïde. Fosse dilatatoire et région otique: La fosse dilatatoire est étroite. Le bord postéro-dorsal de la fosse est nettement marqué par une crête du frontal. Ensuite, le ptérotique forme une lame osseuse qui délimite le bord postérieur de la fosse. L’épine sphénotique est courte et trapue. La fosse dilatatoire présente de nombreux foramens. Deux foramens situés de part et d’autre d’un pilier postérieur de l’épine sphénotique sont directement ouverts dans la fosse orbitaire, sur la face antérieure du sphénotique. La zone d’insertion de l’hyomandibulaire est large et profonde. La face latérale du prootique présente des sutures rectilignes avec le parasphénoïde et le basioccipital. La fosse temporale est profonde et bordée postéro-ventralement par un bourrelet osseux formé par l’articulaire. 846 M. JÉGU ET AL. La région située entre la fosse dilatatoire et le canal supratemporal, de même largeur que la fosse dilatatoire, est plus proche de celle de M. rubripinnis que de M. as- terias. Le frontal forme une bande étroite et le pariétal présente un lobe ventral. Le face latérale du ptérotique est aussi réduite. L’épine ptérotique est de forme laminaire et courte. Région occipitale L aire postéro-dorsale du neurocräne est limitée vers l’avant par un simple bour- relet du pariétal sans zone de recouvrement au niveau de la naissance du supraocci- pital comme on peut l’observer chez Piaractus (Machado-Allison, 1982: fig. 28). La fosse post-temporale dorsale est large. En vue postérieure, la branche postérieure de l’épiotique est forte. Les sutures épiotique-exoccipital-basioccipital-supraoccipital sont rectilignes. La pointe ventrale du supraoccipital est située plus bas que le niveau des branches postérieures des épiotiques. Le bord ventral du neurocrâne est limité par l’intercalaire et la suture intercalaire-exoccipital est rectiligne. En vue latérale, le profil ventral du supraoccipital est d’abord horizontal, puis oblique jusqu’à l’extrémité dorsale de l’os. Squelette axial et squelette appendiculaire L’examen du squelette axial à partir des radiographies nous a permis de compter 39 à 40 vertèbres dont 9-10 en avant du premier ptérygiophore de la dorsale et 15-16 en arrière du dernier ptérygiophore de cette nageoire. Le nombre de supraneuraux est de 5-6. L’épine prédorsale est allongée et le bord antérieur du premier ptérygiophore est régulièrement convexe. Le squelette de la nageoire caudale suit le schéma général observé chez Tometes, Myleus ou Myloplus. En particulier, l’hypural 2, réduit à une mince lame osseuse, est soudé au centrum préural et séparé des hypuraux 1 et 3, qui sont eux-mêmes libres du centrum préural. A la ceinture scapulaire, le post-cleithrum 1 est séparé des post-cleithrum 2 et 3. Le post-cleithrum 3 développe une lame osseuse postérieure juste en-dessous du post-cleithrum 2. Le bord distal du cleithrum est lisse, sans épine rétrorse. Le bord mé- dian du cleithrum est régulièrement concave, même au niveau de l’attache dorsale du mésocoracoïde qui ne déborde pas au-delà de la limite du cleithrum. La fenêtre cora- coïdale est ovale et le bord ventral du coracoïde est convexe. Un processus postérieur pointu prolonge le bord postéro-dorsal du coracoïde. En vue interne, l’attache dorsale du mésocoracoïde sur le cleithrum est discoïde tandis que celle de la scapula est oblongue, orientée antéro-postérieurement. COLORATION Sur le matériel préservé en alcool, la marge distale noire à la caudale est bien définie et contrastée. Le bord distal de la dorsale et celui de l’anale sont noirs. Les nageoires ventrales et pectorales ainsi que la tête sont foncées chez les deux grands individus. On note une bande verticale noire à l’oeil. Chez les deux plus petits indi- vidus (25 et 67 mm LS) une tache humérale ronde et noire est située entre la 8ème et la 11ème écaille perforée de la ligne latérale. Alors que l’individu de 67 mm LS présente quelques taches sombres ovales et verticales sur les flancs, l’holotype (112 mm LS) ne MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 847 a Dilatator operculi Levator operculi Adductor arcus palatini Levator arcus palatini () \ die Adductor mandibulae A3 Ligamentum primordiale FRATI sE Adductor ECL Nes eke mandibulae A1 b Adductor Adductor mandibulae A3 Adductor C mandibulae A2 mandibulae A2 Adductor mandibulae AW Inter- mandibularis Geniohyoideus Adductor mandibulae A1 Fic. 5 Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 1998-134, env. 450 mm LS: (a) vue générale de la muscu- lature faciale; (b) vue interne et (c) vue externe de la musculature de la mâchoire inférieure. — Myloplus planquettei sp. n., MNHN 1998-134, about 450 mm SL: (a) general view of facial musculature; (b) internal view and (c) external view of dentary musculature. 848 M. JÉGU ET AL. Rayons branchus à la dorsale a 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 20027 Ei pe ossa a | SN A | P. ternetzi So P. rhomboidalis dI cd mn 92 Myloplus M. knerii Be: | 33 planquettei CESSÒ Be ae Ser 34 Se | Ir M. rubripinnis 7 ean ae | | M. sp. (Maroni) 38 | | Rayons branchus à l'anale Rayons branchus à la dorsale b Rayons branchus à l'anale FIG. 6 Distribution croisée du nombre de rayons branchus aux nageoires anale et dorsale : (a) chez Myloplus planquettei (n= 12), Myloplus sp. (n=1), M. rubripinnis (n=20), Myleus knerii (n=1), Prosomyleus rhomboidalis (n=7) du bassin du Maroni et Paramyloplus ternetzi (n=15) du bassin du Suriname; (b) chez Myloplus planquettei (n=14), Myloplus sp. de Araguari (n=1) et Myletes pacu Jardine and Schomburgk (d’après la description originale). — Branched rays number of anal and dorsal fins : (a) in Myloplus planquettei (n= 12), Myloplus sp. (n=1), M. rubripinnis (n=20), Myleus knerii (n=1), Prosomyleus rhomboidalis (n=7) from Maroni Basin and Paramyloplus ter- netzi (n=15) from Suriname Basin; (b) in Myloplus planquettei (n=14), Myloplus sp. from Araguari Basin (n=1) and Myletes pacu Jardine and Schomburgk (from original description). MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 849 présentent aucune marque colorée sur les flancs. L’ceil des deux plus petits individus présente une bande noire verticale. In situ les adultes ont le corps gris-rosé. Les nageoires présentent souvent une teinte rouge sur les zones les plus claires. L’ceil des adultes in situ présente aussi une barre noire verticale. La marge distale noire à la caudale est parfois moins nette chez les plus grands spécimens frais. DISCUSSION POSITION TAXONOMIQUE CHEZ LES SERRASALMINAE Myloplus planquettei sp. n. partage les caractères suivants avec Myloplus aste- rias et M. rubripinnis: - second lobe à l’anale des mâles au niveau des rayons branchus 15-18; - épines à la pointe de ces rayons chez les plus grands mâles; - fosse orbitaire largement ouverte; - fosse dilatatoire étroite et allongée; - gorges supraethmoïdales larges, longues et profondes; - mésethmoïde épais; - prémaxillaire composé de deux axes en forme de L; - processus latéral du prémaxillaire projeté en arrière de la dernière dent et sans processus transversal; - dents au dentaire accolées latéralement et non engrenées; - séries linguale et labiale des dents du prémaxillaire non accolées. En revanche, M. planquettei se différencie de M. asterias par les caractères suiv- ants: - les deux ouvertures de la fontanelle sont allongées, étroites et de taille voisine; - le frontal est plus long que la plage dorso-postérieure du neurocräne; - |’ aire située en arriére de la fosse dilatatoire est de méme largeur que la fosse dilatatoire. Ces carac- tères sont aussi observés chez M. rubripinnis (Jégu et al., sous presse). La présence des crochets doubles à la pointe des rayons du second lobe de l’anale chez certains grands mâles a déjà été signalée chez Myleus (Jégu & Santos, 2002), Tometes (Jégu et al., 2002a et b) et Mylesinus (Jégu et al., 1989), mais Jégu er al. (sous presse) remarquent |’ absence de tel crochet chez M. asterias et M. rubripinnis. Par ailleurs, l’allongement de la fenêtre olfactive chez M. planquettei est plus proche de ce que nous avons pu observer chez Myleus setiger. En revanche M. planquettei ne partage aucun des des caractères liés à l’allongement du neurocrâne, en particulier dans la zone ethmoïdienne, et à la transformation des mâchoires relevés dans le groupe Myleus-Tometes-Mylesinus-Ossubtus. L’étude morpho-anatonique M. planquettei présentée ici montre clairement que cette espéce doit étre placée dans Myloplus Gill, 1896. COMPARAISON AVEC LES ESPECES DE MYLOPLUS Nous avons pu examiner deux des quatre grands spécimens de l’Essequibo (FMNH 59292 et 59298) rapportés à Myletes pacu Jardine & Schomburgk, 1841 par Eigenmann (1912: 393-395, pl. 54). Ils se différencient de la description originale de Myletes pacu par un nombre de rayons bien plus faible à la nageoire anale (Fig. 6a). En revanche, ces spécimens présentent des caractéres proches ou confondus avec la série type de M. planquettei du Maroni et de la Mana (Tableaux I et II). Ils en diffèrent à peine par le nombre de rayons à la dorsale légèrement plus grand chez l’un d’eux (Fig. 6a). Nous plaçons donc ces spécimens dans Myloplus planquettei, une espèce qui, d’après la description de Jardine & Schomburgk (1841 : 236) se différencie de Myletes 850 M. JÉGU ET AL. pacu par le nombre de rayons aux nageoires et la présence d’une marge noire verticale à la caudale. Un autre grand spécimen de l’Araguari (INPA 18452, 430 mm LS, mâle) présente des caractères voisins de ceux de M. planquettei. Toutefois, il s’en différencie par le nombre réduit des serrae (31 vs. 37-44 pour M. planquettei) et la position très en retrait des premières serrae prépelviennes, situées en arrière de l’extrémité des côtes pleurales 8. En l’absence d’autre matériel de comparaison, nous proposons de main- tenir ce spécimen comme Myloplus sp., différent de M. planquettei. Deux espèces de Myloplus ont été décrites avec une marge distale noire large et bien définie à la caudale. Il s’agit de Myloplus torquatus (Kner, 1858) décrit du bassin du Rio Negro au Brésil et Myloplus arnoldi Ahl, 1936, décrit du bassin de 1’ Amazone. Dans le cadre d’un travail de révision en cours, nous avons pu revoir les types de ces espèces, ainsi que des spécimens du rio Xingu (Para, Brésil) que nous rapportons à M. arnoldi (Tableau II). Ces deux espèces se différencient de Myloplus planquettei par un nombre plus faible de vertèbres totales (34-36 vs. 39-41 pour M. planquettei) et un nombre plus faible de vertébres post-dorsales (9-11 vs. 15-16 pour M. planquettei). La variation intraspécifique du nombre total de vertèbres est très réduite chez les Serra- salminae, même sur une ample aire de distribution (Jégu & Santos, 2002; Jégu et al. sous presse). Un tel écart montre que M. planquettei est une espèce différente de M. torquatus et M. arnoldi. Les espèces de Myloplus ne présentant pas de marge distale bien nette comme chez M. planquettei, peuvent aussi se différencier de cette espèce par d’autres critères. Nous avons vu plus haut que M. planquettei se différencie de M. asterias par plusieurs caractères ostéologiques au niveau du neurocrâne, mais il s’en distingue aussi par un nombre plus faible de rayons à la nageoire dorsale (11+20-23 vs. 11+24-29 pour M. asterias) et de vertèbres post-dorsales (15-16 vs. 10-12 pour M. asterias). D’ autre part, les mâles de M. asterias présentent un patron particulier de taches sur les flancs (Jégu et al., sous presse: fig. 6) que nous n’avons pas observé chez M. planquettei. M. rubripinnis se distingue de M. planquettei par la présence d’une large bande noire verticale sur l’œil et par un nombre de vertèbres post-dorsales plus faible (11-13 de l’Essequibo au Maroni vs. 15-16 pour M. planquettei). Dans le Maroni M. rubri- pinnis se distingue aussi de M. planquettei par une combinaison de rayons branchus à la dorsale et l’anale plus forte (Fig. 6) et par quelques caractères morphométriques (Tab. I). La base de la dorsale est plus grande chez M. planquettei (28,4-33% de LS vs. 33,6-38,2% pour M. rubripinnis) tout comme la base de l’adipeuse (4,3-6,2% de LS vs. 3,0-3,8% chez M. rubripinnis) Dans le Haut Maroni Jégu et al. (sous presse) signalent la présence d’un spéci- men de Myloplus (MHNG 2191-83, 1, 155,5 mm LS) préalablement rapporté par erreur à Myleus knerii (Steindachner, 1881) par Géry (1972). D’une morphologie géné- rale assez voisine de M. asterias, ce spécimen se distingue de M. planquettei par un nombre plus grand de rayons aux nageoires (36 rayons branchus à l’anale vs. 32-34 pour M. planquettei; 26 rayons branchus à la dorsale vs. 20-21 pour M. planquettei) et par un nombre de vertèbres post-dorsales plus faible (13 vs. 15-16 pour M. plan- quettei). Ce spécimen est aussi différent du Myloplus sp. rapporté de l’Araguari. Myloplus planquettei est bien une espèce nouvelle pour le plateau des Guyanes, dans les bassin de la Mana, du Maroni et de l’Essequibo. Dans l’Atlas des poissons MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 851 d’eau douce de Guyane française, Planquette er al. (1996) font état de 5 espèces de Serrasalminae phytophages dans le Maroni et la Mana. Des travaux récents de révision des Serrasalminae du plateau des Guyanes (Jégu & Santos, 2002; Jégu et al., 2002a et b; Jégu et al., sous presse) auxquels s’ajoute la description de Myloplus planquettei ont permis de mieux connaître la faune de ces deux bassins. Nous proposons ci-après une clé d'identification des Serrasalminae phytophages du Maroni et de la Mana faisant la synthèse des observations récentes. la lb 2a 2b 3a 3b 4a 4b Sa Sb 6a 6b 6c Bouche réduite terminale horizontale Rep ff oe RE ee D, Bouche largement fendue, oblique et tournée vers la haut. Dents incisi- formes bi- ou tricupsidés et engrenées . ...... Tometes lebaili Jégu et al., 2002 Présence de serrae prépelviennes. Zone préventrale avec une carène médiane, ou arrondie chez les très grands spécimens ................... 3 Absence de serrae prépelviennes. Zone prépelvienne plane avec deux carènes latérales .......... Acnodon oligacanthus (Müller & Troschel, 1844) Présence d’une paire de dents symphysaires en arrière de la série princi- DATE UE RATE RR 4 Absence de dents symphysaires en arrière de la série principale du den- taire. Quatre à sept rangées d’écailles sur la base des rayons de l’anale. 27-30 rayons branchus à l’anale, 24-25 à la dorsale RP AN MARIE co tt na UN he Paramyloplus ternetzi Norman, 1929 Dents des deux paires frontales de la série labiale du prémaxillaire sé- parées les unes des autres, et séparées des dents de la série linguale. Dentscnoniengrenees ER Ri 5) Dents des deux paires frontales de la série labiale du prémaxillaire accolées latéralement les unes aux autres, et étroitement accolées aux dents de la série linguale. Dents du dentaire engrenées. 31 rayons bran- chus à l’anale, 24 à la dorsale (Maroni) . . . Myleus knerii (Steindachner, 1881) Les deux séries de dents du prémaxillaire forment deux arcs parallèles proches Pacouronne des dents'estitniansulaire "ee 6 Les deux séries de dents du prémaxillaire sont éloignées l’une de l’autre et forment un triangle ayant l’aspect d’un “A”. Couronne des dents du dentaire rectiligne, horizontale et située au niveau médian de la dent. Lèvre de la machoire inférieure charnue. Bord antéro-distal de la dorsale noir. 29-31 rayons branchus à l’anale, 21-23 à la dorsale ariani: NAS ro ae ae enol e Prosomyleus rhomboidalis (Cuvier, 1818) 36 rayons branchus à l’anale, 26 à la dorsale (Maroni)......... Myloplus sp. 34-37 rayons branchus à l’anale, 22-24 à la dorsale, ceil barré d’une bande verticale noire ....... Myloplus rubripinnis (Müller et Troschel, 1844) 32-34 rayons branchus à l’anale, 20-21 à la dorsale. Bande noire large et bien définie sur le bord distal de l’anale....... Myloplus planquettei sp. n. CONCLUSION La faune des poissons de Guyane est l’une des mieux connues d’ Amérique du Sud (Planquette et al., 1996; Keith et al., 2000; Le Bail et al., 2000). La description 852 M. JÉGU ET AL. aujourd’hui d'espèces nouvelles de grande taille, pourtant très communes pour les populations riveraines (Pagezy & Jégu, 2002), fournit une indication du travail de prospection et d’inventaire encore nécessaire dans cette région. Pagezy & Jégu (2002) montrent l’importance que tiennent les watau (Tometes lebaili Jégu et al., 2002b et Myloplus planquettei sp. n.) dans la culture, les pratiques traditionnelles, l’alimentation et les ressources économiques des Wayana du Haut Maroni. Ces deux espéces phytophages sont parmi les onze plus grandes espéces du haut Maroni (Hoplias aimara™), Pseudoplatystoma fasciatum™), P. tigrinum), Hemisorubim platyrhynchos®), Potamotrygon hystrix”), Prosomyleus rhomboidalis, Serrasalmus rhombeus“), Cichla ocellaris™), Plagioscion sp.“)) dont huit sont des espèces carnivores (*). Les Serrasalminae phytophages, et les watau en particulier, sont d’autant plus importants aujourd’hui comme ressource alimentaire, que la contamina- tion par le méthyl-mercure touche déja les grands carnivores (Fréry et al., 2001). La pression anthropique (barrages, exploitations minières, surpéche, tourisme, etc.) sur ces mileux des hauts cours du plateau guyanais dont on connaît la pauvreté et la fragilité (Goulding et al., 1988) met en péril le maintien de ces ressources. A coté des travaux d’inventaires, un travail de fond sur la conservation de ces milieux et des espèces associées est nécessaire et urgent afin d’appliquer une véritable politique de gestion durable dans ces régions. REMERCIEMENTS Nos remerciements aux Amérindiens Wayana du Haut Maroni, et particulière- ment à ceux des villages d’Antecume Pata, de Palimino et de Pidima, qui ont eut la gentillesse de nous accueillir et nous aider au cours de nos expéditions. Nos remer- ciements à Yves Fermon et à Bernard de Mérona pour le matériel récemment collecté dans le Haut Maroni. Nos remerciements à F. Meunier, M.-L. Bauchot et M. Beaunier (MNHN, Paris) pour la relecture du manuscrit et leurs suggestions. Nos remerciements a E. Belmont-Jégu qui a exécuté les dessins. BIBLIOGRAPHIE ALEXANDRER, MCN. 1964. Adaptation in the skulls and cranial muscles of south american chara- cinoid fish. Journal of Linnean Society (Zoology) 45(305): 169-190. COURTEMANCHE, M. & LEGENDRE, V. 1985. Os de poissons: nomenclature codifiée, noms anglais et français. Bibliothèque nationale du Québec, 61 pp. CUVIER, G. & VALENCIENNES, A. 1850. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, 22: i-xx + 532pp. EIGENMANN, C.H. 1912. The freshwater fishes of Bristish Guiana, including a study of the eco- logical grouping of species, and the relation of the fauna of the plateau to that of the low- lands. Memoirs of Carnagie Museum 5(1): i-xxii + 578pp. FRÉRY, N., MAURY-BRACHET, R., MAILLOT, E., DEHEEGER, M., MERONA, B. DE & BOUDOU, A. 2001. Gold-mining activities and Mercury Contamination of Native Amerindian Communities in French Guiana: Key role of fish in dietary Uptake. Environmental health Persperctives 109(5): 449-456. GERY, J. 1972. Poissons characoides des Guyanes. I. Généralités. II. Famille des Serrasalmidae. Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 122: 1-250. GERY, J. 1976. Les genres de Serrasalmidae (pisces, Characoidei). Bulletin Zoologique Museum d’Amsterdam 5(6) : 47-74. MYLOPLUS PLANQUETTEI, NOUVELLE ESPÈCE DE SERRASALMINAE PHYTOPHAGE 853 GILL, T. N. 1896. Note on the fishes of the genus Characinus. Proceedings of U.S. National Museum 18(1058): 213-215. GOULDING, M., CARVALHO, M. L. & FERREIRA, E. G. 1988. Rio Negro: Rich life in poor Water: Amazonian Diversity and Foodchain Ecology as seen Through Fish Communities. The Hague, SPB Academic Publishing. GUNTHER, A. 1864. Catalogue of the fishes in the British Museum. Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Siluridae, Characinidae, Haplochitonidae, Sternoptychidae, Sco- pelidae, Stomiatidae in the collection of the British Museum, London. i-xxii + 455pp. JARDINE, W. & SCHOMBURGK, R. H. 1841. The Natural history of fishes of Guiana. Part. 1. In: JARDINE, W. (ed.). The Naturalist’s Library, Vol. 3. Lizars W.H., Edinburgh, pp. 17-263. JÉGU, M. & Dos SANTOS, G. M. 2002. Révision du statut de Myleus setiger Müller et Troschel, 1844 et de Myleus knerii (Steindachner, 1881) (Teleostei: Characidae: Serrasalminae) avec une description complémentaire des deux espèces. Cybium 26 (1): 33-57. JÉGU, M., Dos SANTOS, G. M. & FERREIRA, E. 1989. Une nouvelle espèce du genre Mylesinus (Pisces, Characiformes), M. paraschomburgkii, décrite du rio Uatumä et du rio Trom- betas (Brésil, Amazonie). Revue d’Hydrobiologie Tropicale 22(1): 49-62. JÉGU, M., KEITH, P. & BELMONT-JEGU, E. 2002a. Une nouvelle espece de Tometes (Teleostei: Characidae: Serrasalminae) du bouclier guyanais, Tometes lebaili n. sp. Bulletin français de la Péche et de la Pisciculture 364: 23-48. JEGU, M., Dos SANTOS, G. M., KEITH, P. & LE BAIL, P.-Y. 2002b. Description complémentaire et revalidation de Tometes trilobatus Valenciennes, 1850, espèce-type de Tometes Valen- ciennes (Teleostei: Characidae: Serrasalminae). Cybium 26(2): 99-122. JÉGU, M., HUBERT, N. & BELMONT-JEGU, E. (sous presse). Réhabilitation de Myloplus Gill, 1896 et de Myloplus asterias Müller et Troschel, 1844, espèce-type de Myloplus (Teleostei: Characidae: Serrasalminae). Cybium. KEITH, P., LE BAIL, P.-Y. & PLANQUETTE, P. 2000. Atlas des Poissons d’Eau douce de Guyane. Tome 2, fascicule I. Batrachoidiformes, Mugiliformes, Beloniformes, Cyprinodonti- formes, Synbranchiformes, Perciformes, Pleuronectiformes, Tetraodontiformes. Patri- moines naturels 43(1): 1-286. LE BAIL, P.-Y., KEITH, P. & PLANQUETTE, P. 2000. Atlas des Poissons d’Eau douce de Guyane. Tome 2, fascicule II. Siluriformes. Patrimoines naturels 43(2): 1-307. MACHADO-ALLISON, A. 1982. Studies on the subfamily Serrasalminae (Teleostei, Characidae): Part 1. Comparative study of the juveniles of the genera Colossoma and Piaractus from Venezuela. Acta Biologica Venezuela 11(3): 1-101. MERCKX, A., JÉGU M. & Dos SANTOS, G. M. 2000. Une nouvelle espèce de Serrasalmus (Teleostei: Characidae: Serrasalminae), S. altispinis n. sp., décrite du rio Uatuma (Ama- zonas, Brésil) avec une description complémentaire de S. rhombeus (Linnaeus, 1766) du plateau Guyanais. Cybium 24(2): 181-201. MULLER, J. & TROSCHEL, F. H. 1844. Synopsis generum et specierum familiae Characinorum. (Prodromus descriptionis novorum generum et specierum). Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte 10 (pt 1): 81-99. NORMAN, J. R. 1929. The South American characid fishes of the subfamily Serrasalmoninae, with a revision of the genus Serrasalmus, Lacepéde. Proceedings of Zoological Society of London 1928, 4(30): 81-829. PAGEZY, H. & JÉGU, M. 2002. Valeur patrimoniale de Serrasalminae herbivores du Haut Maroni. Approches biologique et socio-culturelle. Bulletin francais de la Péche et de la Pisciculture 364: 49-69. PLANQUETTE, P., KEITH, P. & LE BAIL, P.-Y. 1996. Atlas des Poissons d’Eau douce de Guyane (tome 1). Patrimoines naturels 22: 1-429. STEINDACHNER, F. 1881. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Flussfische Siidamerika’s. II. Denkschrift der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien 43: 103-146, pls 1-7. VALENCIENNES, A. 1850. Voir CUVIER, G. & VALENCIENNES, A. 1850. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 855-873; décembre 2003 Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), a pair of altitudinally segregated species Torbjörn KRONESTEDT! & Dmitri V. LOGUNOV? 1 Department of Entomology, Swedish Museum of Natural History, Box 50007, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden. E-mail: torbjorn.kronestedt @nrm.se 2 Department of Zoology, Manchester Museum, Manchester University, Oxford Road, Manchester M13 9PL, UK. E-mail: dmitri.v.logunov @ man.ac.uk Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), a pair of altitudinally segregated species. - Sitticus zimmermanni auctt. is found to encompass two distinct species, here recognized as S. atricapillus (Simon) (with Artus alpicola Kulczynski, Sitticus semivittatus Simon, and S. appolinis Bristowe as junior synonyms) and S. zimmermanni (Simon). Both species, belonging to the floricola species group, are redescribed. A lectotype (?) is designated for Artus atri- capillus Simon, 1882. S. atricapillus seems to be confined to mountainous habitats above 900 m asl in central and southern Europe where the spider occurs among rock debris. S. zimmermanni has a wide distribution from Europe to Transbaikalia (Russia). In Europe, this species has been found at altitudes up to ca 400 m asl, mostly in exposed sandy habitats. Some old European records attributed to Artus (or Sitticus) zimmermanni have been found to refer to S. inexpectus Logunov & Kronestedt. Key-words: Araneae - Salticidae - Sitticus - taxonomy - revalidated species - Palearctic. INTRODUCTION Sitticus Simon, 1901 is one of the most speciose genera of jumping spiders in Europe. Despite a long tradition of arachnological research on salticid species in central Europe, there are still some taxa in need of a revision, partly due to unclear identity from existing descriptions, or to confusing synonymy (e.g. Braun, 1963; Harm, 1973; Pröszynski, 1980). Recently, Logunov & Kronestedt (1997) separated two species up to then standing as Sitticus rupicola (C. L. Koch, 1837), and here we treat another species pair in the floricola group. Kropf (1996) announced the presence of what he identified as S$. zimmermanni in the Jura Mts. in western Switzerland. He noted, however, some differences between the Jura specimens and S. zimmermanni as described in Harm (1973), notably in the Manuscript accepted 05.05.2003 856 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV abdominal pattern of the male and in habitat preference. Earlier Pröszynski (1980) remarked that “the species [i.e. S. zimmermanni] seems to occur in two different environments: on rocks in mountains and on sand ground in lowlands” but did not pay further attention to this ‘diplostenoecity’ (sensu Duffey, 1968), which is still given as information (e.g. in Bellmann, 1997) when referring to S. zimmermanni. At the request of Dr Christian Kropf, we have studied the material from the Jura together with conspecific material from other areas at higher elevations in central and southern Europe. It proved that the high mountain specimens differ from the material of S. zimmermanni examined from lowland localities in Europe. The central and southern European high mountain form unequivocally belongs to a separate species already named but placed in synonymy with S. zimmermanni (cf. Pröszynski & Starega, 1971; Pröszynski, 1980). We conclude that the name Sitticus atricapillus (Simon) should be revalidated for this high mountain species. Among the junior synonyms of S. zimmermanni given in Pröszynski & Starega (1971) are Attus alpicola Kulczyñski, 1887 and A. hungaricus Kulczynski, 1891. Pröszynski (1980) gave further details after examining specimens identified as either of them in the Budapest Museum. Kulczynski described A. hungaricus after having de- scribed A. alpicola and apparently he clearly distinguished the two species (see Chyzer & Kulczynski, 1891: 20-21): A. alpicola 3: “oculorum area antice plus minusve albo marginata...” [applies to “A. Zimmermannii?”, A. floricola (C. L. Koch) and A. rupi- cola (C. L. Koch) as well] and “abdominis dorsum antice vitta brevi alba cum limbo dorsuali coniuncta ornatum”; A. hungaricus 3: “oculorum area antice non albo mar- ginata”. This is in accordance with our view that two species are currently standing as S. zimmermanni. Furthermore, we found that the species given as “A. Zimmermannii Simon?” in Chyzer & Kulczynski (1891) is conspecific with Sitticus inexpectus Logunov & Kronestedt, 1997. In the key to males of Attus (p. 21) Chyzer & Kulczynski (1891) stat- ed: “cephalothoracis limbus albus marginalis, e pube efformatus supra coxas III. in dentem triangularem magnum dilatatus...”. This is a diagnostic character for the male of S. inexpectus (see Logunov & Kronestedt, 1997; Kronestedt, 1998) [24 “Coll. Chyzer” (HNHM), re-examined]. Also a later description by Simon (1937: 1192, “Ligne blanche marginale du céphalothorax émettant en arriére au niveau de la décli- vité, une ligne verticale abrégée effilée au sommet mais souvent épaissie à la base”) indicates that the species, which he then referred to under the name “Sitticus zimmer- manni E. S.”, is actually conspecific with S. inexpectus. Harm (1973) commented on S. zimmermanni sensu Simon (1937) without being able to place it. Simon’s material from France consisted, however, of only a single 4 stored together with S. rupicola in a sample collected at a high altitude in Haute-Alpes (a misplaced specimen?), which is not consistent with the present knowledge about S. inexpectus being a lowland species. Simon (1937) also referred to its occurrence in Britain, where S. inexpectus is indeed known from coastal habitats. In view of the fact that Artus zimmermanni had been included in two fairly recent revisions (Harm, 1973; Pröszynski, 1980), we did not consider that species when describing S. inexpectus. In any case, the holotype of Artus zimmermanni is unambiguously not conspecific with S. inexpectus but with what we redescribe as Sitticus zimmermanni below. TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 857 The recognition of S. atricapillus being a high mountain species in central and southern Europe, with S. zimmermanni as the morphologically close counterpart at low to medium altitudes and with a wide Palearctic distribution, parallels the situation with the species pair S. rupicola and S. inexpectus (cf. Logunov & Kronestedt, 1997). From the experience gained while studying the pairs S. atricapillus - S. zim- mermanni and S. rupicola - S. inexpectus we want to stress the importance of routine- ly presenting scale bars along with drawings (e.g., the bulbi of S. zimmermanni and S. inexpectus are considerably smaller than those of atricapillus and rupicola, respec- tively) as well as giving information about place of origin for the material depicted. Females of S. atricapillus and of S. zimmermanni are difficult to distinguish (see Table I), therefore records based on single females are to be considered provisional if no additional information (habitat, altitude, efc.) is at hand; males are required to confirm or reject such records. DEPOSITORIES BMNH The Natural History Museum, London, UK (J. Beccaloni) CCK Collection of C. Komposch, Graz, Austria CCM Collection of C. Muster, Dresden, Germany CJB Collection of J. Buchar, Prague, Czech Republic EIS Collection of J. Svaton, Martin, Slovakia CMZ Collection of M. Zabka, Siedlce, Poland COvH Collection of O. von Helversen, Erlangen, Germany CRB Collection of R. Bosmans, Ghent, Belgium CRP Collection of Roger Pettersson, Umea, Sweden CRE Collection of T. Blick, Hummeltal, Germany CTh Collection of K. Thaler, Innsbruck, Austria CVR Collection of V. Ruziéka, Ceské Budéjovice, Czech Republic DBAC Dipartimento di Biologia Animale dell’Università di Catania, Catania, Italy (T. Cantarella) HNHM Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest, Hungary (T. Szûts) MBCG Museo Civico di Scienze Naturali “Enrico Gaffi”, Bergamo, Italy (P. Pantini) MMUM Manchester Museum, University of Manchester, Manchester, UK (D. V. Logunov) MNHN Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France (C. Rollard) NHMB Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland (A. Hänggi) NHRS Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden (T. Kronestedt) NMBE Naturhistorisches Museum, Bern, Switzerland (C. Kropf) ZISB Institute of Zoology, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia, Bulgaria (C. Deltshev) ZMHB Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität, Berlin, Germany (J. Dunlop) ZMPA Museum and Institute of Zoology, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw, Poland (T. Huflejt) ZMUM Zoological Museum of the Moscow State University, Moscow, Russia (K. G. Mikhailov) ZMUU Museum of Evolution, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden (M. Eriksson) 858 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV ABBREVIATIONS IN THE TEXT AND TABLE ALE anterior lateral eye(s) PLE posterior lateral eye(s) AME anterior median eye(s) pr prolateral ap apical Pt patella d dorsal rt retrolateral Fm femur SRR secondary receptacle I, II, etc. referring to first leg, Tb tibia second leg, etc. (Dr tarsus IL length V ventral Mt metatarsus For leg spination the system adopted 1s that used by Ono (1988). Measurements are given in millimetres. REDESCRIPTIONS Sitticus atricapillus (Simon, 1882) Figs 1, 3-5, 9-11, 15-17 Attus atricapillus Simon, 1882: 31-32 (G 2). © from Italy: Basilicata/Calabria, Massiccio del Pollino, Cima del Dolcedorme, in MNHN, here designated as lectotype in order to pre- serve stability of nomenclature (see remarks below). Attus alpicola Kulczynski, 1887: 251, 285-289, pl. 5, figs 1-3 (4 2). Syntypes from Italy: Trentino-Alto Adige, Mt. Schlern and Trafoi Valley, not examined. Syn. n. Sitticus alpicola; Roewer, 1954: 1243; Bonnet, 1958: 4069. Sitticus appolinis Bristowe, 1935: 784-786, figs 17-20 (4 2). Syntypes from Greece: Mt. Parnassos in Bristowe’s private collection, destroyed. Roewer, 1954: 1243; Bonnet, 1958: 4069. Syn. n. Sitticus atricapillus; Roewer, 1954: 1243. Sitticus cingulatus (Simon)? (misidentification); Braun, 1963: 125-128, figs 22-25 (4 @). Sitticus semivittatus Simon, 1937: 1192, fig. 1882 (d). Syntypes from France: Hautes-Alpes, Lautaret, in MNHN, examined. Roewer, 1954: 1248; Bonnet, 1958: 4083. Syn. n. Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon) (misidentification); Pröszynski, 1980: 24-27 (in part), figs 72-74, 77, 78 (3 2), 2003 (in part); Kropf, 1996: 108, fig. 2 (6 -habitus); Metzner, 1999: 84-85, pl. 49 (8 2); Platnick, 2003 (in part). MATERIAL EXAMINED GREECE. Central Greece: Mt. Timfristos, summit area, 1-2 Aug. 1978, 1d (O. v. Helversen, COvH). Epirus: Tomaros, 18-19 Aug. 1983, 18 22 (O. v. Helversen, COvH). — BULGARIA. Plovdiv: Stara Planina Mts, Kozya Stena Hut, 1600 m asl, 19 July 1995, 12; Stara Planina Mts, Bratanets Peak, 2030 m asl, 16 June 1995, 19 (C. Deltshev, ZISB). Blagoevgrad: Pirin Mts, Vihren Hut, 2000 m asl, 23 July 1985, 14 ; Pirin Mts, Vasilashko Ezero Lake, 2000 m asl, 25 July 1986, 19: Pirin Mts, Muratovo Ezero Lake, 2400 m asl, 12 July 1989, 1d (C. Deltshev, ZISB). - MACEDONIA. Sar Planina Mts, Tri vode Hut, 1800 m asl, 22 July 1996, 22; Sar Planina Mts, Loboten Peak, 2000 m asl, 20 July 1996, 38 29, 11 July 1997, 19 (G. Blagoev, ZISB). - CROATIA. Rijeka: Crni lug, 14 (Coll. Chyzer, HNHM); Risnjak, 1? (with- out epigyne) (Coll. Chyzer, HNHM). — ITALY. Basilicata/Calabria: Cima del Dolcedorme [vis- ited 27 July 1880 (Cavanna, 1882)], 19 (Coll. Simon, MNHN; lectotype of Artus atricapillus). Friuli Venezia: Osternig, 1770 m asl, 16 August 1997, 18 (B. & C. Komposch, CCK). Lombardia: Bergamo, Colzate, Baite Sedernello, 1200 m asl, 2 August 2001, 19 (Ferrario, Pantini, Pellizzoli & Valle, MBCG). Sicily: Mt Frumento (part of Mt Etna), 2150 m asl, 11 July 1984, 23 19 (P. Alicata & T. Cantarella, DBAC). Trentino-Alto Adige: Mt Tremalzo near Bezzecca [W of Lake Garda], 14 June 1964, 46 112 (K. Thaler, CTh). - AUSTRIA. Carinthia (Kärnten): Gailtaler Alpen, NW Kötschach-Mauthen, NSG Mussen, 2030 m asl, pitfall trap 1 TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 859 July-26 August 2000, 24 (B. & C. Komposch, CCK); Oisternig, 2040 m asl, 16 August 1997, 12 (B. & C. Komposch, CCK). - CZECH REPUBLIC. Severocesky: Liberec, Mt Jestéd, 920 m asl, scree slope, 22 August 1987, 18 29 (V. Ruzicka, CVR). - GERMANY. Bavaria (Bayern): Spiegelau (Bayerischer Wald), exposed slope with rocks, 1370 m asl, 26 June 1999, 12 (G. Langer, CTB); Karwendel, Soiernspitze, dwarf pine forest with open screes, 1780 m asl, 10 August 1998, 18 12, 30 May 1999, 18 29 (C. Muster, CCM). - SWITZERLAND. Neuchâtel: Gorgier, Creux-du-Van, ca 1220 m asl, scree slope, 31 July 1996, 25 (C. Kropf, NMBE), 2 June 1997, 18 19 (C. Kropf, NMBE), 7 June 1997, 14 (A. Rohner, NMBE). — FRANCE. Hautes-Alpes: Lautaret, 24 (Coll. Simon, MNHN; syntypes of S. semivittatus). Hautes-Pyrénées: Aragnouet, 2100 m asl, 28 July 1984, 32 (R. Bosmans, CRB). REMARKS Pröszynski (1980) examined what he considered to be the type of Artus atri- capillus (deposited in MNHN). We have re-examined the same 2 specimen [labelled nigrocapillatus/Baulicuta (Cav.) (i.e. a misspelling of Basilicata, see Pröszynski, 1980]. The abbreviation “(Cav.)” most probably refers to G. Cavanna, who was one of the excursion participants collecting material from Basilicata which was later studied by Simon (1882). The following foot-note in Cavanna (1882: 28), regarding A. atri- capillus, may explain the error in labelling: ’’Per errore nigricornis nei Resoconti”. We are therefore convinced that this specimen belongs to the type material. Attus atricapillus was originally described from both sexes. Regrettably no male from the type series seems to exist any longer. However, in the original des- cription, Simon (1882: 32) stated: “Cephalothorax ...parte cephalica utrinque linea longitudinali pilis flavis albisque composita ornata; pilis oculorum ac clypei nigris pilis albis paucis et brevibus intermixtis.” Thus, he gave no indication of a transverse white band above the first eye row as typical for males of S. atricapillus. The two males from Sicily studied by us also lack this transverse white band (except for a few white hairs) above the first eye row, which is so characteristic for other males referred to this species (cf. description below). In most characters, however, the males from Sicily seem to concur with males from other parts of the distribution area (cf. also Fig. 21). Until more is known about South Italian populations of S. atricapillus we consider all the material here referred to this species as being conspecific and consequently use the oldest available name. DIAGNOSIS. See Table I. DESCRIPTION MALE (from Italy, Trentino). Measurements. Carapace 2.15 long, 1.65 wide, 0.83 high at PLE. Ocular area 0.98 long, 1.30 wide anteriorly and 1.29 posteriorly. Diameter of AME 0.39. Abdomen 1.98 long, 1.50 wide. Cheliceral length 0.85. Clypeal height 0.09. Length of leg segments: Fm Pt Tb Mt Tr Total I 1.30 0.81 0.93 0.85 0.53 4.42 Il 1.10 0.66 0.65 0.63 0.41 3.45 III 1.03 0.50 0.55 0.64 0.45 3.17 IV 1.61 0.68 1.08 0.90 0.55 4.82 860 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV 2 Vent eK, Fics 1, 2 Left male palp, ventral view. — 1. Sitticus atricapillus (Croatia). — 2. S. zimmermanni (Sweden: Dalarna). Scale line: 0.5 mm. Leg spination. Leg I: Fm d 0-1-1-2; Pt pr 0-1-0; Tb pr 1-1, v 2-2-2ap; Mt v 2- 2ap. Leg II: Fm d 0-1-1-2; Pt pr 0-1-0; Tb pr 1-1, v 1-1-2ap; Mt pr lap, v 2-2ap. Leg II: Fm d 1-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr and rt 2-2ap, v 2ap. Leg IV: Fm d 1-0-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb d 1-0, pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr and rt 1-1-2ap, v lap. Coloration. Carapace: brown, shining, covered with a dark appressed pubes- cence. A longitudinal streak of white hairs on each side, running from ALE below PLE to posterior slope of carapace (Figs 5, 15). A transverse band of white hairs present between ALE and above AME. A median streak of white hairs from fovea forwards to level of PME. Eye brows (outside upper part of AME) with longer white scale-like hairs. AME and ALE surrounded by scattered short white scale-like hairs. Clypeus brown with light (greyish) hairs. Sternum greyish brown. Abdomen: dorsally blackish brown. Dorsum bordered with white hairs forming a white band around anterior part. A distinct median white lanceolate spot in anterior part (often confluent with white band at anterior margin) and a pair of large distinct white spots just behind the middle of dorsum. A few small median chevron-like marks of white hairs present towards the rear end of the abdomen. Sides and venter light greyish brown with whitish pubes- cence. Spinnerets light greyish brown. Legs: brown to yellowish brown, with very slightly darker markings. Fm+Tb+Mt I sometimes uniformly dark brown. Palp: brown; TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 861 Pt more or less yellowish throughout; Fm (dorso-distally), Pt and Tb furnished with white hairs, longest laterally on Tb, cymbium dorso-basally with a spot of a few white hairs, otherwise with dark hairs. Palp. Structure as in Figs 1, 3, 4. FEMALE (from Italy, Trentino). Measurements. Carapace 2.33 long, 1.78 wide, 0.88 high at PLE. Ocular area 1.03 long, 1.39 wide anteriorly and 1.43 posteriorly. Diameter of AME 0.40. Abdomen 2.28 long, 1.80 wide. Cheliceral length 0.70. Clypeal height 0.14. Length of leg segments: Fm Pt Tb Mt Tr Total I 1.13 0.66 0.73 0.60 0.48 3.60 Il 1.05 0.58 0.63 0.55 0.43 3.24 II 1.08 0.51 0.58 0.63 0.45 3.25 IV 1.93 0.78 1.21 1.00 0.54 5.46 Leg spination. Leg I: Fm d 0-1-1-2; Tb v 2-2-2ap; Mt v 2-2ap. Leg Il: Fm d 1- 1-2; Tb pr 0-1, v 1-1-2ap; Mt v 2-2ap. Leg II: Fm d 1-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-2ap; Mt pr and rt 2-2ap, v 2ap. Leg IV: Fm d 1-1-1; Pt pr and rt 0-1- 0; Tb pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr 1-2-2ap, rt 2-2ap, v 2ap. Coloration. Carapace dusky brown, with appressed light hairs. Clypeus light brown, with dense pubescence of long white hairs. Abdomen dorsally greyish, with two pairs of dark irregular blotches (with dark hairs), one pair just anterior to the middle and the other in the posterior part; anterior pair often immediately followed by a pair of lighter spots. A few lighter chevron-like marks at the midline posteriorly (Figs 16, 17). Legs light brownish with slightly darker annulation. Palp mostly yellowish brown, tip of tarsus blackened, and densely equipped with long white hairs, especially laterally. Epigyne and spermathecae as in Figs 9-11. HABITAT Sitticus atricapillus appears to be a high mountain species (up to 2600 m asl in the Alps: Thaler, 1997) found among accumulations of rocks (Kropf, 1996: sub S. zim- mermanni), gravel with dwarf pines and Erica, as well as in grassy heaths with stones (Thaler, 1997: sub S. zimmermanni). DISTRIBUTION The species seems to have a central and southern European range and is vir- tually restricted to mountainous regions (Fig. 22). It has been recorded from Greece (Bristowe, 1935: sub S. appolinis; Metzner, 1999: sub S. zimmermanni), Bulgaria (Deltshev & Blagoev, 1997 and Deltshev, 1998: sub S. zimmermanni), Croatia (Chyzer & Kulczyñski, 1891: sub Attus alpicola), Italy (Basilicata/Calabria: Simon, 1882; Trentino-Alto Adige: Kulczyñski, 1887: sub Attus alpicola and Komposch, 2000: sub S. zimmermanni; Sicily: Alicata & Cantarella, 2000: sub S. zimmermanni), Austria (Thaler, 1997 and Komposch, 2000: sub S. zimmermanni), Czech Republic (Buchar & Ruzicka, 2002: sub S. zimmermanni in part: material listed above), Germany (Muster, 862 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV 2001: sub S. zimmermanni), Switzerland (Kropf, 1996: sub S. zimmermanni), France (Hautes-Alpes: Simon, 1937 and Hautes-Pyrénées: Denis, 1953 (3): sub S. semivitta- tus, Bosmans et al., 1986: sub S. zimmermanni). Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) Figs 2, 6-8, 12-14, 18-20 Attus Zimmermanni Simon, 1877: 74-75 (4). Holotype from Germany or Poland: River Neisse, in ZMHB, examined. A. Zimmermannii; Bösenberg, 1903: 433, pl. 41 fig. 637 (gd). A. hungaricus Kulczyñski in Chyzer & Kulczynski, 1891: 23-26, pl. 1 fig. 37a, b (4 2). Syntypes from Hungary: Péczel (Pécel) and Kecskemét, and Romania: Ermihälyfalva (Valea lui Mihai), not examined. Sitticus hungaricus; Roewer, 1954: 1245; Bonnet, 1958: 4076. Sitticus tullgreni Holm, 1944: 3-4, figs 4-7 (2) [printed 4 July 1944, not in 1945 as given in Platnick, 2003]. Holotype from Sweden: Uppland, Hagede, Vargholmen, in ZMUU, ex- amined. Tullgren, 1944: 29-30, fig. 21B, pl. 2 fig. 32 (2); Roewer, 1954: 1248; Kleemola, 1969: 47, figs 2-3 (4 2). Sitticus zimmermanni; Roewer, 1954: 1249 (in part); Bonnet, 1958: 4085 (in part); Proszynski & Starega, 1971: 289 (in part); Harm, 1973: 386-388 (in part, description and figures ap- parently based on S. zimmermanni), figs 5, 10, 31, 32, 39, 40, 46-50 (8 2); Pröszynski, 1980: 24-27 (in part), figs 69-71, 75, 76, 79-81 (3 2), 1991: 518-521 (in part), figs 1384.1, 1384.3-4 (3 2), 2003 (in part); Wesotowska, 1996: 42, fig. 34 a-c (4 9); Zabka 1997: 97-98, figs 376-381 (6 2); Logunov & Marusik, 2000: 225-226; Platnick, 2003 (in part). A complete set of references for Siberian records is given in Logunov & Marusik (2000). MATERIAL EXAMINED SWEDEN. Dalarna: Ore, Lake Skattungen, 20 June 1982, 12, 25 June 1982, 16, 17 July 1982, 26 12, 3 Sept. 1982, 23, 22 July 1983, 2d, 3 June 2001, 19, 15 August 2002, 16; Ore, Lake Oresjön, 22 July 1983, 24 , 30 July 1999, 24, 30 July 2000, 23, 10 August 2000, 16, 27 August 2000, 14, 6 July 2001, 3d, 20 July, 26 19 (T. Kronestedt, NHRS). Norrbotten: Haparanda Sandskär, 21-23 June 1996, 18 22 (R. Pettersson, CRP). Östergötland: Gryt, Längskär, 25 July 1980, 15 19 (T. Kronestedt, NHRS). Uppland: Hagede, Vargholmen, 28 July 1941, 19 (H. O. Backlund, ZMUU; holotype of S. tullgreni). -GERMANY. Bavaria (Bayern): ca 10 km S of Augsburg, near Königsbrunn, at River Lech, 15-31 August 2001, 1d (K. Gees, CTB). Sachsen: Lausitz, Neisse, 1870, 1¢ (H. Zimmermann, ZMHB 5972; holotype: frons, palps and legs mounted on a microscopic slide); Niesky, 1d (Coll. Koch, BMNH); Halbendorf, sandy grassland, 5 June 1995, 1 © (Gerlach, NMBE). Sachsen-Anhalt: E of Bitterfeld, Goitzsche, restored former brown coal opencast mine, 18 July -1 August 1997, 24 (I. Al Hussein, CTB); E of Halle (on the Saale), Lochau, restored former brown coal opencast mine, 28 June - 12 July 1996, 19 (I. Al Hussein, CTB). - POLAND. Swietokrzyskie: Puszcza Sandomierska, lesn. Krawce, Leucobryo-Pinetum (pitfall traps), 13 July 1998, 24 (T. Huflejt, ZMPA); same locality, nadl. Kotowa (clearing, pitfall trap), 14 May 1998, 14 (T. Huflejt, ZMPA). Mazowieckie: near Siedlce (Biatki), 29 May 2000, 29 (J. Janowska, CMZ). - CZECH REPUBLIC. Stredocesky: Tisice-Kozly, sandy locality, 25 May 1961, 23 (J. Buchar, CJB). - SLOVAKIA. Nitra: Chotinske piesky, 19 October 1973, 14 (J. Svaton, CJS); Cenkov near Sturovo, sandy locality, 12 May 1964, 1 4 (J. Buchar, CJB). - SWITZERLAND. Vaud: Buchillon (at the border of Lake Geneva), 14 19 (R. de Lessert, NHMB; identified as S. hungaricus by W. Kulczynski). — AUS- TRIA. Carinthia (Kärnten): Völkermarkter Stausee, Neudenstein-Insel (Komposch, 1996), 391 m asl, 10 July-10 August 1993, 12 (W. Graf, CCK), 14 September 1993, 12 (C. Komposch, CCK). — HUNGARY. Pest: Vasad, 18 (HNHM). — RUSSIA. Orenburg Area: Kuvandyk District, near Aituar, birch-poplar stand (in litter), 14 May 1997, 12 (S. L. Esyunin, MMUM). Volgograd Area: near Frolovo, June 1993, 15 12 (Y. M. Marusik, MMUM). — UKRAINE. Crimea: Saki District, Pribrezhnaya railway station, dry meadow on yellow porous limestone TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 863 FIGs 3-8 Left male palp, ventral (3, 6) and retrolateral view (4, 7); male habitus, dorsal view (5, 8). - 3-5. Sitticus atricapillus (Italy: Trentino). — 6-8. S. zimmermanni [Sweden: Ostergôtland (6, 7), Dalarna (8)]. Scale lines: 0.1 mm (3, 4, 6, 7), 1 mm (5, 8). (pitfall traps), 3-19 July 2000, 19 (N. M. Kovblyuk, MMUM). - AZERBAIJAN. Leninavan, S of Mir Bashir, 4 June 1987, 14 (S. I. Golovatch & K. Y. Eskov, ZMUM). - For additional material previously examined by one of us (DVL), see Wesotowska (1996), Logunov & Marusik (2000), and Logunov & Guseinov (2002). 864 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV REMARK The holotype was redescribed and illustrated by Bösenberg (1903) and examined by Harm (1973) and Pröszynski (1980). DIAGNOSIS. See Table I. DESCRIPTION MALE (from Sweden, Östergötland). Measurements. Carapace 1.76 long, 1.33 wide, 0.76 high at PLE. Ocular area 0.79 long, 1.05 wide anteriorly and 1.08 posteri- orly. Diameter of AME 0.30. Abdomen 1.68 long, 1.33 wide. Cheliceral length 0.68. Clypeal height 0.10. Length of leg segments: Fm Pt Tb Mt Tr Total I 1.07 0.61 0.74 0.65 0.39 3.46 I 0.81 0.49 0.48 0.46 0.31 2.55 Ill 0.76 0.43 0.41 0.49 0.32 2.41 IV LA 0.54 0.74 0.67 0.37 3.53 Leg spination. Leg I: Fm d 0-1-1-2; Pt pr 0-1-0; Tb pr 1-1, v 2-2-2ap; Mt v 2- 2ap. Leg II: Fm d 0-1-1-3; Pt pr 0-1-0; Tb pr 1-1, v 1-1-2ap; Mt v 2-2ap. Leg III: Fm d 0-1-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr and rt 2-2ap, v 2ap. Leg IV: Fm d 1-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb d 0-1-0, pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr 2- 1-2ap, rt 1-1-2ap, v lap. Coloration. Carapace: brownish, eye field blackish, covered with dark appressed hairs. Sides of thoracic part with white appressed hairs. Narrow median band of white hairs from level of PLE to beginning of rear slope of carapace. Each side with a lateral band of white hairs from ALE, passing PME and PLE, to rear slope of cara- pace (not reaching margin). A transversal row of stout black hairs pointing forwards above AME; “eyebrows” composed of shorter black hairs mixed with short whitish hairs surrounding AME. Sides of carapace with mixed black and white appressed hairs. Clypeus brownish, with thin light hairs. Chelicerae yellowish to light brown. Sternum greyish brown. Abdomen: dorsally blackish brown, at about its middle with a pair of white spots (smaller than in S. atricapillus). Dorsum bordered with band of white hairs, in anterior part interrupted medially; white lanceolate spot in anterior part lacking (cf. S. atricapillus). White lateral bands broken into a few white spots (mainly posteriorly). (Dorsal pattern on abdomen may vary, cf. illustration in Kleemola, 1969, fig. 4a.) Legs: yellowish brown with dark blotches/annulation; Fm I dorsally and laterally and entire Tb I in some specimens dark brown. Palp: femur and patella yellowish brown and more or less sooty, tibia and cymbium dark brown. Femur dorsally and patella covered with white hairs of moderate length, tibia dorso-retrolaterally with longer white hairs and dorso-prolaterally with longer black hairs. Cymbium with black hairs (a few whitish hairs may be present basally). Palp. Structure as in Figs 2, 6, 7. FEMALE (from Sweden, Dalarna). Measurements. Carapace 2.18 long, 1.61 wide, 1.01 high at PLE. Ocular area 0.84 long, 1.26 wide anteriorly and 1.33 posteri- TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 865 Fics 9-14 Epigyne, ventral view (9, 12) and spermathecae, dorsal view (10, 13) and ventral view of right side (11, 14). — 9-11. Sitticus atricapillus (Italy: Trentino). — 12-14. S. zimmermanni (Sweden: Dalarna). Scale lines: 0.1 mm. orly. Diameter of AME 0.40. Abdomen 2.35 long, 1.80 wide. Cheliceral length 0.68. Clypeal height 0.10. Length of leg segments: Fm Pt Tb Mt Tr Total I 1.00 0.61 0.64 0.52 0.37 3.14 Il 0.91 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.36 2.83 II 0.93 0.50 0.50 0.57 0.36 2.86 IV 1.56 0.69 1.06 0.83 0.51 4.65 Leg spination. Leg I: Fm d 0-1-1-2; Pt pr 0-1-0; Tb v 2-2-2ap; Mt v 2-2ap. Leg II: Fm d 0-1-1-3; Tb pr 0-1, v 1-1-2ap; Mt v 2-2ap. Leg III: Fm d 0-1-1-3; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb pr 1-1-1, rt 1-1, v 1-2ap; Mt pr and rt 2-2ap, v 2ap. Leg IV: Fm d 1-0-1-2; Pt pr and rt 0-1-0; Tb d 0-1-0, pr and rt 1-1-1, v 1-0-2ap; Mt pr 1-1-2ap, rt 1-2-2ap, v 2ap. Coloration. Carapace dusky brown, with appressed light hairs. Clypeus brown, with appressed light hairs. Abdomen dorsally greyish, with a pair of larger white spots behind the middle and a few lighter chevron-like markings along midline posteriorly; a pair of diffuse dark spots close to rear end. Live females may be uniformly greyish in appearance. Palp yellowish, with more or less dark greyish markings, most of Tr dark. Palp with light and (fewer) dark hairs. Legs yellowish, with distinct greyish an- nulation. Epigyne and spermathecae as in Figs 12-14. 866 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV Fics 15-20 Habitus, dorsal view. — 15-17. Sitticus atricapillus (15 male from Greece: Timfristos, 16 female from Greece: Tomaros, 17 female from Czech Republic). — 18-20. S. zimmermanni (18 male, 19 female, both from Sweden: Dalarna; 20 female from Austria). TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 867 = V atricapillus © © © = © zimmermanni © à 4 © @ 6e © V 1.0 wv V V Y © © Vv Vy Ce Vv V y © Vv VV 5 SSy 0.7 Y 0° ® vV ev ® 1.2 1.5 18 CW Fic. 21 Tibia I length (TbIL)/carapace width (CW) ratios in males of Sitticus atricapillus (W) and of S. zimmermanni (@). A = male from Azerbaijan, S = non-characteristic males from Sicily: Etna. COMMENTS Due to its presumed rarity, S. zimmermanni is included in the Red Lists of Threatened Species in Germany (Platen et al., 1998), in Slovakia (Gajdo§ et al., 1999) and in Austria: Carinthia (Komposch & Steinberger, 1999). In the light of two species being encompassed under the name Sitticus zimmermanni, a re-evaluation of these species is necessary. The specimens listed above from Russia, Ukraine and Azerbaijan differ some- what from the rest of the material examined. The females from Russia and Ukraine were caught without males and have a more yellowish appearance and a more pro- nounced abdominal pattern than females from western Europe. The male from Azer- baijan is unusually small (cf. Fig. 21: A). Until further comparison between north- western and central European material on the one hand and Ukrainian, Russian, and Asiatic material on the other has been undertaken, we regard it all as conspecific. 868 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV FIG. 22 Localities of Sitticus atricapillus (triangles) and of S. zimmermanni (circles). For additional records of S. zimmermanni in northern Asia see Logunov & Marusik (2000: map 50). Filled symbols refer to material seen by the authors, open symbols refer to records in the literature; half-filled circles refer to records in the literature based on material previously examined by DVL. One symbol may represent more than one close locality. HABITAT AND NOTE ON BIOLOGY Sitticus zimmermanni appears to be a species confined to lower altitudes; the highest localities where it has so far been found are situated at about 400 m asl. This species has been characterized as a xerobiont (Harm, 1973), though it would be more appropriate to regard it as an inhabitant of certain xerothermic habitats (cf. Bauch- henss, 1990). In Sweden, it has been found on shores with sand and sparse vegetation and also on rocky shores at the Baltic Sea, northwards as far as the innermost part of the Bothnian Gulf, as well as at similar localities at some inland lakes in the south and central parts of the country (Kronestedt et al., 1997); the sandy shores of the lakes in Dalarna with adjacent dry pine forests on sandy ground. In Germany, the species has been found in various xerothermic inland habitats, also on river banks. In Poland, it has mainly been met with on sandy ground (Pröchniewicz, 1991). The finds from newly re- stored habitats in Germany and from an artificial island in Austria (Komposch, 1996) suggest a potential in this species to colonize suitable habitats in early succession stages. In Russia (the southern Urals, western and central Siberia), S. zimmermanni has TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI TABLE I. Morphological differences between Sitticus atricapillus and S. zimmermanni 869 S. atricapillus S. zimmermanni Males Carapace pattern Chelicerae Abdomen Leg I length Palpal pubescence Tegulum (in ventral view) Position of small loop of seminal duct (bulbus in resting Transverse dorsal band of white hairs above first eye row distinct*, backwards continuing into a longitudinal band of white hairs on each side (Figs 5, 15). Stouter than in S. zimmermanni Dorsum anteriorly with a white transverse band, often confluent with white lanceolate median spot (Figs 5, 15) Tb shorter in relation to carapace width compared with S. zimmermanni (Fig. 21) Entire Tb with numerous white hairs More rounded (Figs 1 & 3) compared with S. zimmermanni At 1-2 o’clock (Figs 1 & 3, arrow) Without transverse band in front; each side with a longitudinal band of white hairs (Figs 8, 18) Less stout than in S. atricapillus Dorsum lacking white transverse anterior band and white lanceolate median spot (Figs 8, 18) Tb longer in relation to carapace width compared with S. atricapillus (Fig. 21) Tb with white hairs mostly situated retrolaterally More elongated (Figs 2 & 6) compared with S. atricapillus At 2-3 o’clock (Figs 2 & 6, arrow) position)** Females Palp Yellow, except for Yellow, with brown darkened tip of Tr annulations on all segments Epigyne** Copulatory openings Copulatory openings relatively wider apart relatively closer to each from each other other (Fig. 9) (Fig. 12) Spermathecae** SRR relatively small, not SRR relatively large, swollen (Fig. 11, arrow) swollen (Fig. 14, arrow) * For South Italian males see comments above ** The differences in this character are not always distinct. 870 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV been recorded from sandy stands, birch and pine forests and forest plantations in the steppe zone (see Logunov & Marusik, 2000), A pregnant female captured in Sweden (Dalarna) produced 15 eggs in a thin sac attached to the wall inside a silk chamber. DISTRIBUTION Sitticus zimmermanni has a Euro-Siberian subboreal range; it has been record- ed from Sweden (Kronestedt et al., 1997), Finland (Palmgren, 1977: sub S. tullgreni), Poland (map with localities given in Pröchniewicz, 1991), Germany (map with refer- ences given in Staudt, 2003), Austria (Komposch, 1996), Switzerland (Pröszynski, 1980 in part: sub S. hungaricus from Lac Buchillon), Czech Republic (Buchar & Ruzicka, 2002 in part: material listed above), Slovakia (at least some of the finds reported in Gajdo§ er al., 1999), Hungary (Samu & Szinetär, 1999), Romania (Fuhn & Gherasim, 1995), Russia (from Moscow: Grese, 1911: sub Artus Zimmermanii; east- wards to Transbaikalia: Logunov & Marusik, 2000), Azerbaijan (Logunov & Guseinov, 2002), Turkmenistan (Fet, 1983; Wesotowska, 1996), and China (Xinjiang: Hu & Wu, 1989) (Fig. 22; for additional eastern records not shown on this map, see Logunov & Marusik, 2000: map 50). Some records attributed to S. zimmermanni from Slovakia (Gajdos et al. 1999) need confirmation. One male from Vel’kä Fatra (Selenec, Vel’kä Skalna, 7 August 1974, leg. P. Hroznär, det. F. Miller) turned out to be a misidentified S. rupicola. Also Rosca’s records from northern Romania (see Fuhn & Gherasim, 1995) and Ukraine (Bucovina) (Rosca, 1930, 1936), as well as other records from Ukraine (Polesye and Chernomorski Reserve: Polchaninova, 1988, 1990, 1997; Evtushenko, 1991) and from the southern part of European Russia (Rostov Areas and Kalmykiya: Minoranskiy, 1995; Minoranskiy & Ponomarev, 1984; Mikhailov, 1997; Ponomarev, 2002), need to be confirmed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are especially indebted to Dr Christian Kropf (NMBE) for initiating this study. We are also much obliged to the following colleagues for loan of spider material: Mrs Janet Beccaloni (BMNH), Mr Theo Blick (Hummeltal, Germany), Dr Robert Bosmans (Ghent, Belgium). Prof. Jan Buchar (Department of Zoology, Charles Univer- sity, Prague, Czech Republic), Prof. Teresa Cantarella (DBAC), Dr Christo Deltshev (ZISB), Dr Jason Dunlop (ZMHB), Dr Mats Eriksson (ZMUU), Dr Ambros Hänggi (NHMB), Prof. Otto von Helversen and Dr Detlev Cordes (Institut fiir Zoologie II der Universitat, Erlangen, Germany), Dr Tomasz Huflejt (ZMPA), Dr Christian Komposch (OKOTEAM - Institut für Faunistik und Tierökologie, Graz, Austria), Dr Kirill G. Mikhailov (ZMMU), Dr Christoph Muster (Museum fiir Naturkunde, Dresden), Dr Paolo Pantini (MBCG), Dr Roger Pettersson (Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Umea), Dr Christine Rollard (MNHN), Dr Vlastimil Ruzicka (Institute of Entomology, Czech Academy of Sciences, Ceské Budéjovice, Czech Republic), Mr Jaroslav Svato (Martin, Slovakia), Dr Tamas Szüts (HNHM), Prof. Konrad Thaler (Institut für Zoologie und Limnologie der Universität Innsbruck, Austria) and Prof. Marek Zabka (Department of Zoology, University of Podlasie, Siedlce, Poland). Dr TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 871 Mikhailov kindly helped us gathering Ukrainian and some Russian records for S. zim- mermanni. We are also obliged to Ms Elizabeth Binkiewicz for making some of the drawings. We thank Mr Blick for providing us with some information on literature; he, Prof. Thaler and Dr Peter Schwendinger (Muséum d'histoire naturelle, Geneva, Switzerland) kindly commented on the manuscript of this paper. REFERENCES ALICATA, P. & CANTARELLA, T. 2000. I Salticidi di Sicilia: stato della conoscenza e descrizione di due nuove specie (Araneae Salticidae). Memorie della Societa entomologica italiana 78: 485-498. BAUCHHENSS, E. 1990. Mitteleuropäische Xerotherm-Standorte und ihre epigäische Spinnen- fauna — eine autökologische Betrachtung. Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg (NF) 31/32: 153-162. BELLMANN, H. 1997. Kosmos-Atlas Spinnentiere Europas. Franckh-Kosmos Verlag, Stuttgart, 304 pp. BONNET, P. 1958. Bibliographia araneorum. Vol. 2. Douladoure, Toulouse, pp. 3027-4230 (N-S). BOSENBERG, W. 1903. Die Spinnen Deutschlands 5-6. Zoologica, Stuttgart 14: 385-465. BOSMANS, R., MAELFAIT, J.-P. & DE KIMPE, A. 1986. Analysis of the spider communities in an altitudinal gradient in the French and Spanish Pyrénées. Bulletin of the British arachno- logical Society 7: 69-76. BRAUN, R. 1963. Einige neue und einige zweifelhafte Spinnenarten aus Osterreich (Arach., Araneae). Senckenbergiana biologica 44: 111-128. BRISTOWE, W. S. 1935. The spiders of Greece and the adjacent islands. Proceedings of the Zoolo- gical Society of London 1934: 733-788. BUCHAR, J. & RUZICKA, V. 2002. Catalogue of spiders of the Czech Republic. Peres Publishers, Praha, 351 pp. CAVANNA, G. 1882. Narrazione della escursione fatta al Vulture ed al Pollino nel luglio del 1880 da Biondi, C. Caroti e G. Cavanna. Bolletino della Societa entomologica italiana 14: 3- 30. CHYZER, C. & KULCZYNSKI, W. 1891. Araneae Hungariae. Vol. 1. Ed. Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, Budapest, 171 pp. + 6 pls. DELTSHEV, C. 1998. Spiders from high altitude zone of Central Stara Planina Mountain (Bulgaria). Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizinischen Vereins in Innsbruck 85: 213-221. DELTSHEV, C. & BLAGOEV, G. 1997. The spiders of Pirin Mountain (Bulgaria). Taxonomic, fau- nistic and zoogeographical analysis. Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizinischen Vereins in Innsbruck 84: 269-286. DENIS, J. 1953. Araignées des environs du Marcadau et du Vignemale (Hautes-Pyrénées). Bulle- tin de la Société d Histoire naturelle de Toulouse 88: 83-112. DUFFEY, E. 1968. An ecological analysis of the spider fauna of sand dunes. Journal of Animal Ecology 37: 641-674. EVTUSHENKO, K. V. 1991. Faunistic complexes of spiders (Aranei) of some biotopes of the Chernigov Polesye. Vestnik Zoologii 1: 74-76. (In Russian). FET, V. Y 1983. The fauna of Aranei of the south-western Kopetdagh. Entomologicheskoye Obozrenie 62: 835-845. FUEN, I. E. & GHERASIM, V. F. 1995. Fauna Romäniei. Arachnida. Vol. 5, fasc. 5. Familia Salticidae. Editura Academiei Romane, Bucuresti, 301 pp. GaJpoS, P., SVATON, J. & SLOBODA, K. 1999. Katalög pavükov Slovenska/Catalogue of Slo- vakian Spiders. Ustav krajinnej ekolôgie SAV, Bratislava, 339 pp. GRESE, N. S. 1911. Additions to the list of spiders of the Moscow Gouvernement. Dnevnik zoo- logicheskago Otdeleniya 3(10): 55-61. (In Russian). 872 T. KRONESTEDT & D. V. LOGUNOV HARM, M. 1973. Zur Spinnenfauna Deutschlands, XIV. Revision der Gattung Sitticus Simon (Arachnida: Araneae: Salticidae). Senckenbergiana biologica 54: 369-403. Hox, À. 1944. Ein Beitrag zur Salticiden-Fauna Schwedens. Arkiv för Zoologi 35B (4): 1-4. Hu, J. L. & Wu, W. G. 1989. Spiders from agricultural regions of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, China. Jinan: Shandong Univ. Publ. House, 435 pp. (In Chinese). KLEEMOLA, A. 1969. On the spiders of the island group of Krunnit (PP) with some notes on the species Sitticus tullgreni Holm. Aquilo, Ser. Zoologica 8: 44-49. Komposcu, C. 1996. Arachnological investigations on primary succession of an artificial island in southern Austria (Arachnida: Opiliones, Araneae). Proceedings of the XIIIth Inter- national Congress of Arachnology, Geneva, 3-8 September 1995 (ed. V. MAHNERT). Revue suisse de Zoologie vol. hors série: 327-334. Komposcu, C. 2000. Bemerkenswerte Spinnen aus Siidost-Osterreich I. Carinthia IT 190/110: 343-380. KOMPOSCH, C. & STEINBERGER, K.-H. 1999. Rote Liste der Spinnen Kärntens (Arachnida: Araneae). In: ROTTENBURG, T. et al. (eds). Rote Listen gefährdeter Tiere Kärntens. Natur- schutz in Kärnten 15: 567-618. KRONESTEDT, T. 1998. Sitticus inexpectus (Araneae, Salticidae) new to Italy. Arachnologische Mitteilungen 15: 81-83. KRONESTEDT, T., PETTERSSON, R. & COULIANOS, C.-C. 1997. Arachnids on the island of Hapa- randa Sandskär, Sweden. Natur i Norr 16: 38-42. (In Swedish, with English abstract). KROPF, C. 1996. Erstnachweis von Acantholycosa norvegica (Thorell, 1872) für die Schweiz und weitere bemerkenswerte Spinnenfunde (Arachnida, Araneae). Jahrbuch des Natur- historischen Museums Bern 12: 101-112. KULCZYNSKI, W. 1887. Przyczynek do tyrolskiej fauny pajeczaköw. Rozprawy i sprawozdania z posiedzen wydziatu matematyczno-przyrodniczego Akademii Umiejetnosci 16: 245-356. Locunov, D. V. & GUSEINOV, E. F. 2002 (2001). Faunistic review of the jumping spiders of Azerbaijan (Aranei: Salticidae), with additional faunistic records from neighbouring Caucasian countries. Arthropoda Selecta 10: 243-260. LOGUNOV, D. V. & KRONESTEDT, T. 1997. A new Palearctic species of the genus Sitticus Simon, with notes on related species in the floricola group (Araneae, Salticidae). Bulletin of the British arachnological Society 10: 225-233. LOGUNOV, D. V. & MARUSIK, Y. M. 2000. Catalogue of the jumping spiders of northern Asia (Arachnida, Araneae, Salticidae). KMK Scientific Press, Moscow, 299 pp. METZNER, H. 1999. Die Springspinnen (Araneae, Salticidae) Griechenlands. Andrias 14: 1-279. MIKHAILOV, K. G. 1997. Catalogue of the spiders of the territories of the former Soviet Union (Arachnida, Aranei). Zoological Museum of the Moscow State University, Moscow, 416 pp. MINORANSKIY, V. A. 1995 (for 1994). On the spider fauna of agrocoenoses of the Lower Don (pp. 48-56). In: UTOCHKIN, A. S. et al. (eds). Fauna i ekologiya paukoobraznykh. Perm- skiy Gosudarstvenniy Universitet, Perm. (In Russian). MINORANSKIY, V. A. & PONOMAREV, A. V. 1984. Materials on the spider fauna of Kalmykia (pp. 82-92). In: UTOCHKIN, A. S. et al. (eds). Fauna i ekologiya paukoobraznykh. Permskiy Gosudarstvenniy Universitet, Perm. (In Russian). MUSTER, C. 2001. Biogeographie von Spinnentieren der mittleren Nordalpen (Arachnida: Ara- neae, Opiliones, Pseudoscorpiones). Verhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Hamburg (NF) 39: 5-196. Ono, H. 1988. A revisional study of the spider family Thomisidae (Arachnida, Araneae) of Japan. National Science Museum, Tokyo, 252 pp. PALMGREN, P. 1977. Die Spinnenfauna Finnlands und Ostfennoskandiens VIII. Anhang: Bestim- mungstabelle der in Finnland repräsentierten Spinnenfamilien und kommentiertes Register der Teile I-VIII der Spinnenfauna. Fauna fennica 30: 35-50. PLATEN, R., BLICK, T., SACHER, P. & MALTEN, A. 1998. Rote Liste der Webspinnen (Arachnida: Araneae). In: BINOT, M. et al. (eds). Rote Liste gefährdeter Tiere Deutschlands. Schrif- tenreihe fiir Landschaftspflege und Naturschutz 55: 268-275. TWO SPECIES STANDING AS SITTICUS ZIMMERMANNI 873 PLATNICK, N. I. 2003. The world spider catalog, version 3.5. American Museum of Natural History, online at http://research.amnh.org/entomology/spiders/catalog8 | -87/index.html POLCHANINOVA, N. Y. 1988. Spiders of the Chernomorski State Reserve (pp. 42-51). In: UTOTCHKIN, A. S. et al. (eds). Fauna i ekologiya paukoobraznykh. Permskiy Gosudarst- venniy Universitet, Perm. (In Russian). POLCHANINOVA, N. Y. 1990. Comparative characteristics of the spider fauna of steppes of the Levoberezhnaya Ukraine. Novosti faunistiki i sistematiki, Kiev (AN USSR): 163-167. (In Russian). POLCHANINOVA, N. Y. 1997. Herpetobiont spiders of the Ivan-Rybal’chanski Division of Cherno- morski Reserve. /zvestia Khar’kov entomologicheskogo Obshchestva 5(1): 131-139. (In Russian with English summary). PONOMAREV, A. V. 2002. The jumping spiders (Aranei, Salticidae) of the South-East part of the European part of the ex-USSR (pp. 203-206). In: NAGALEVSKI, V. Y. (ed.). Actual pro- blems of ecology and conservation of the ecosystems of the southern regions of Russia and neighboring territories. Materials on the XV inter-republican scientific-practical conference, Kubansky State University. Krasnodar. (In Russian). PROCHNIEWICZ, M. 1991. Zur Verbreitung von fiinf Spinnenarten (Arachnida: Araneae). Bulletin of the Polish Academy of Sciences, Biological Sciences 39: 181-183. PROSZYNSKI, J. 1980. Revision of the spider genus Sitticus Simon, 1901 (Aranei, Salticidae), IV. Sitticus floricola (C. L. Koch) group. Annales zoologici, Warszawa 36: 1-35. PROSZYNSKI, J. 1991. Salticidae (pp. 488-523). In: HEIMER, S. & NENTWIG, W. (eds). Spinnen Mitteleuropas. Paul Parey, Berlin & Hamburg, 543 pp. PROSZYNSKI, J. 2003. Salticidae (Araneae) of the World. Part II. Catalogue of Salticidae (Ara- neae) — synthesis of quotations in the world literature since 1940, with basic taxonomic data since 1758. Online at http://www.salticidae.org/salticid/catalog/0-tit-pg.htm PROSZYNSKI, J. & STAREGA, W. 1971. Pajaki - Aranei. Katalog Fauny polski 16: 1-382. ROEWER, C. F. 1954. Katalog der Araneae von 1758-1940, bzw. 1954. Vol. 2, fasc. b, pp. 927- 1751. Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles. Rosca, A. 1930. Contributiuni la cunosaterea Arachnoidelor din Bucovina. Buletinul Facultatii de stiinte din Cernauti 4(2): 201-219. Rosca, A. 1936. Fauna Araneelor din Bucovina (sistematica, ecologia Si räspändirea geogra- phica). Buletinul Facultatii de Stiinte din Cernauti 10: 123-216. SAMU, F. & SZINETAR, C. 1999. Bibliographic check list of the Hungarian spider fauna. Bulletin of the British arachnological Society 11: 161-184. SIMON, E. 1877. Description de deux Salticides d’Europe. Annales de la Société entomologique de France (5) 7 (Bulletin): 74-76. SIMON, E. 1882. Aracnidi raccolti da G. Cavanna al Vulture, al Pollino ed in altri luoghi dell’ Italia meridionale e centrale. Bolletino della Societa entomologica italiana 14: 31-48. SIMON, E. 1937. Les Arachnides de France 6(5). Roret, Paris, pp. 979-1298. STAUDT, A. 2003. Nachweiskarten der Spinnentiere Deutschlands. Arachnologische Gesellschaft, online at http://www.spiderling.de.vu THALER, K. 1997. Beiträge zur Spinnenfauna von Nordtirol — 4, Dionycha (Anyphaenidae, Clubionidae, Heteropodidae, Liocranidae, Philodromidae, Salticidae, Thomisidae, Zoridae). Veröffentlichungen des Tiroler Landesmuseums Ferdinandeum 77: 233-285. TULLGREN, A. 1944. Svensk Spindelfauna 3. Egentliga spindlar. Araneae. Fam. 1-4. Salticidae, Thomisidae, Philodromidae och Eusparrassidae. Entomologiska Föreningen, Stockholm, 138 pp + 18 pls. WESOLOWSKA, W. 1996. New data on the jumping spiders of Turkmenistan (Aranei Salticidae). Arthropoda Selecta 5(1-2): 17-53. ZABKA, M. 1997. Fauna Polski. Vol. 19. Salticidae. Pajaki skaczace (Arachnida: Araneae). Muzeum i Instytut Zoologii PAN, Warszawa, 189 pp. SMR: ris MEL! dd 3: REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 875-912; décembre 2003 Compléments à la faune de scorpions (Arachnida) de l’Afrique du Nord, avec des considérations sur le genre Buthus Leach, 1815! Wilson R. LOURENCO Départment de Systématique et Evolution, Section Arthropodes (Arachnologie), Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, 61 rue de Buffon, F-75005 Paris, France. E-mail: arachne @ mnhn.fr Additions to the scorpion fauna (Arachnida) of North Africa with special reference to the genus Buthus Leach, 1815. - Results of the study of an interesting collection of North African scorpions, now deposited in the Geneva Museum are presented. The collection contains specimens of two families, seven genera and 20 species. Five new species belonging to the genus Buthus (Buthidae) are described, i.e. Buthus mariefranceae sp. n., Buthus rochati sp. n., Buthus lienhardi sp. n., Buthus albengai sp. n. and Buthus brignolii sp. n. Comments are given on the distributional patterns found in this genus. Key-words: Scorpions - Buthus - new species - North Africa. INTRODUCTION Malgré l’importante contribution de Vachon (1952) à la connaissance des scor- pions de l’Afrique du Nord, une grande biodiversité relative à cette faune continue d’être dévoilée. Ainsi, de nouvelles espèces ainsi que des genres nouveaux ont pu être décrits récemment pour l’Ethiopie, le Niger, le Maroc et l’Egypte (Lourengo, 1998, 1999a,b,c, 2002a,b). Le présent travail est le résultat de l’étude d’une collection de scorpions réunie en grande partie par notre collègue et ami P. M. Brignoli dans diverses régions d’ Afrique du Nord, Algérie, Libye, Maroc, Soudan et Tunisie, et déposés désormais au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève. Plusieurs espèces nouvelles appartenant au genre Buthus sont décrites. Des considérations sur la situation taxonomique et les modèles de répartition géographique de ce genre sont également proposées. Par ailleurs, une liste des espèces présentes dans le matériel étudié est établie. MATÉRIEL ET MÉTHODES Le matériel collecté par P. M. Brignoli, et très certainement des collaborateurs, m'a été confié peu de temps avant sa disparition. Selon sa volonté, la collection devrait être déposée au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Genève après étude. Pour différentes raisons cette étude n’a pu être réalisée que récemment, presque 20 après avoir reçu ! Etude subventionnée par le Département municipal des affaires culturelles de la Ville de Genève. Manuscrit accepté le 21.03.2003 876 W. R. LOURENÇO cette collection. Dans la mesure où le présent travail concerne dans sa grande majorité des espèces déjà traitées par Vachon (1952), j’ai décidé de réutiliser l’iconographie em- ployée dans sa monographie, avec quelques modifications. Lors de la description de sous-espèces et variétés, Vachon n’a pas formellement indiqué de types. Pour cette raison, des types sont désignés pour chacune des trois nouvelles espèces décrites ici, bien que celles-ci correspondent à trois variétés décrites par Vachon (voir Vachon, 1952). PARTIE SYSTÉMATIQUE SCORPIONIDAE Latreille, 1802 Scorpio Linnaeus, 1758 Scorpio maurus Linnaeus, 1758 Figs 1-2 Matériel: Maroc, 50 km Guercif, X/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16, 1. Soudan, Toukoto, Riv. Bakey, X/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 4d . Tunisie, Gafsa, 29/V/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19; Matuali, 28/V/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1 juvénile; Tabarka, 2/VI/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1 d ; Utique, 14/VI/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 14, 12. Note: D’après Fet (2000), dans le catalogue des scorpions du monde, 19 sous- espèces sont reconnues au sein de l’espèce S. maurus. Je m’abstiens ici de considérer les catégories sous-spécifiques. La réalisation d’une étude approfondie de l’ensemble des formes, y compris à l’aide des techniques moléculaires, permettrait de clarifier la position systématique des sous-espèces. Il est assez probable que certaines d’entre elles correspondent en fait à des espèces valides. BUTHIDAE C.L. Koch, 1837 Orthochirus Karsch, 1891 Orthochirus innesi Simon, 1910 Figs 3-5 ; Matériel: Algérie, El Hawraia (Biskra — El Oued), 26/X/1977 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19; Hassi-Zguilma, 118 km N.O. Beni-Abbés (Sahara), 13/1V/1977 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1 © ; Sahara, N.O., Sebkra el Melah, 8/1V/1977 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16, 19. Maroc, Marrakech, Skour des Rehamna (à mi-chemin de Casablanca — station douteuse), 12/1V/1964 (Cl. Girard leg.), 19. Note: Cette espèce a été décrite d’une localité, Djebel Mokattam, aux environs du Caire en Egypte. La distribution de cette espèce est sans doute limitée a |’ Afrique du Nord et sa présence au Moyen Orient demande a étre confirmée (Fet & Lowe, 2000). Les populations algériennes correspondent bien à l’espèce de Simon. Hottentotta Birula, 1908 Hottentotta franzwerneri franzwerneri (Birula, 1914) Fig. 6 Matériel: Algérie, Saoura (Dépt.), Sahara N.O., Kheneg El Aateve, Djs. d’Ougartas, 1/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1F; 5/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli), 2 juvéniles. Maroc, Taghit, 24/V/1963 (D. Foley leg.), 24 juvéniles, 19. Hottentotta franzwerneri gentili (Pallary, 1924) Figs 7-9 Matériel: Maroc, Aouinet Torkoz, 25/11/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16,19,26,19 ju- véniles; Camp de Mséd, 16/1/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.) 19; Mechre Sfi, 14/IV/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 29 juveniles; Ouarzate, 18/V/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d, 1d juvénile, 2 juvé- niles; 16/V/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19 juvénile; 13/V/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 26. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 877 Fics 1-2 Scorpio maurus, femelle. 1. Habitus (d’aprés Vachon, 1953). 2. Idem, plaque prosomienne. Note : Hottentotta franzwerneri est la seule espèce du genre représentée en Afrique du Nord occidentale. Deux sous-espéces sont acceptées par Vachon (1952). Leur distinction est possible grace a certaines différences mineures telles la taille glob- ale ou la coloration des pattes. Seule une étude approfondie des deux formes, y com- pris a l’aide des techniques moléculaires pourra clarifier leurs positions taxonomique de manière précise. Buthacus Birula, 1908 Buthacus leptochelys (Ehrenberg, 1829) Fig. 10 Matériel: Algérie, Dept. Saoura, Beni-Abbés-Erg, IX/1983 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19; X/1983 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 34, 7, 5 juvéniles. Maroc, 50 km Guercif, X/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1 juvénile. Note: La position taxonomique de diverses espèces du genre Buthacus, dis- tribuées en Afrique du Nord occidentale, a été récemment clarifié (Lourenço, 2001). Le matériel collecté en Algérie est pour le moment attaché à l’espèce B. leptochelys (sense Vachon, 1952). Des nouvelles études fondées sur un matériel plus abondant devront déterminer avec plus de précision le statut de cette population. 878 W. R. LOURENÇO +" a 0000099 00000, e RAILS 3 Fics 3-5 Orthochirus innesi, male. 3. Tranchant du doigt mobile. 4. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 5. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. Buthiscus Birula, 1905 Buthiscus bicalcaratus Birula, 1905 Figs 11-13 Matériel: Algérie, Dept. Saoura, Beni-Abbés, X/1983 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19. Note: Le genre Buthiscus est monotypique et son identification facile à l’aide de deux caractéres: une petite protubérance sur le bord frontal de la carapace et la pré- sence de trois trichobothries sur la face externe du fémur. Une redescription détaillée a été récemment proposée par Lourenço (2002c). Androctonus Ehrenberg, 1828 Androctonus amoreuxi amoreuxi (Audouin, 1826) Figs 14-17 Matériel: Algérie, Dept. Saoura, Beni-Abbés (Palmeraie), 11/1982 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d, 19; Beni-Abbés-Erg, X/1983 (P.M. Brignoli, leg.), 2 juvéniles. Maroc, Aouinet Torkoz, 25/11/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 42, 1 juvénile; 16/V/1981 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19. Note: Fet & Lowe (2000) indiquent trois sous-espèces pour A. amoreuxi. L'espèce nominale est présente en Afrique. La classification des espèces du genre SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 879 Fics 6-7 Hottentotta franzwerneri franzwerneri et Hottentotta franzwerneri gentili, femelles, vue dorsale. Fics 8-9 Hottentotta franzwerneri gentili, male. 8. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 9. Fémur et tibia du pédi- palpe, vue dorsale. 880 W. R. LOURENÇO Fic. 10 Buthacus leptochelys, femelle. Habitus (d’après Vachon, 1952). Androctonus se trouve dans une situation de confusion semblable a celle des espéces du genre Buthus, avec de nombreuses sous-espéces. Une révision partielle du genre Androctonus est en préparation. Buthus Leach, 1815 CONSIDERATIONS HISTORIQUES Le genre Buthus a été décrit par Leach, 1815 avec comme espèce type (par désignation originale), Scorpio occitanus Amoreux, 1789, décrit de Sauvignargues dans le Sud de la France. Lorsque Vachon entama sa révision des scorpions d’ Afrique du Nord (1952), le genre Buthus est composé de près d’une centaine d’espèces, parfois morphologiquement trés différentes. Vachon décide alors de revoir la composition spé- cifique du genre, afin de le rendre davantage homogène. Il lui donne une valeur systé- matique plus restreinte en ne conservant que les espèces proches du type générique, Buthus occitanus, le scorpion jaune du Languedoc décrit par Amoreux. Les espèces morphologiquement plus divergentes sont retirées du genre Buthus et placées dans plusieurs autres genres dont trois existaient déjà en tant que sous- SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 881 Fics 11-13 Buthiscus bicalcaratus, male. 11. Habitus (d’aprés Vachon, 1952). 12. Plaque prosomienne. 13. Fémur du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. genres: Androctonus Ehrenberg, 1828, Buthacus Birula, 1908 et Leiurus Ehrenberg, 1828. Deux autres genres contenant des espèces d’ Afrique du Nord sont décrits par Vachon (1949a,b) : Compsobuthus et Buthotus (= Hottentotta Birula, 1908). Le genre Buthus fut ainsi redéfini par Vachon d’une manière plus précise avec une diagnose as- sez complète. La distribution du genre Buthus demeure néanmoins trés étendue, on le ren- contre en Afrique, en Asie et également en Europe. Selon Fet & Lowe, (2000), cata- logue mondial des scorpions, la répartition du genre serait la suivante: Afrique: Algérie, Burkina-Faso, Djibouti, Egypte, Ethiopie, Gambie, Ghana, Guinée-Bissau, Libye, Mauritanie, Maroc, Nigeria, Sénégal, Somalie, Soudan, Tunisie. Asie: Chypre, Irak, Israël, Jordanie, Liban, Arabie Saoudite, Turquie. Europe: France, Grèce, Italie, Malte, Portugal, Espagne. 882 W. R. LOURENÇO > 2 29 9.999 DS Yq ew ofp. ote 30 = LI Pronto Fics 14-17 Androctonus amoreuxi amoreuxi, femelle. 14. Habitus (d’après Vachon, 1952). 15. Plaque prosomienne. 16. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 17. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 883 Depuis la publication de Vachon (1952) sur les scorpions de |’ Afrique du Nord, aucune espéce nouvelle n’avait été ajoutée au genre Buthus. Ceci allait de pair avec l’absence de toute nouvelle tentative de révision de ce genre. Tout récemment, j’ai pu décrire une nouvelle espèce de Buthus pour la région du Tassili des Ajjer en Algérie (Lourenço, 2002a). Quelques années avant sa disparition, M. Vachon m’avait fait part de son opinion a propos de la population de Buthus du Tassili des Ajjer qui pourrait correspondre a une espéce distincte de Buthus occitanus tunetanus. Cependant, comme pour bien d’autres dossiers, il n’a réalisé aucune description pour cette population des montagnes du Sud de I’ Algérie. Les efforts de Vachon (1952) pour clarifier la composition du genre Buthus ont été considérables, mais trés souvent ses décisions n’ ont fait que rendre la taxonomie du genre plus confuse. Il n’a pas été possible de définir les modèles précis de distribution et de différentiation des espèces. Ce problème touche tout particulièrement l’espèce Buthus occitanus avec sa pléiade de sous-espèces et de variétés. Cependant il paraissait évident qu’au sein de ce «complexe de formes», certaines populations devraient être considérées comme des véritables espèces. Dans le catalogue mondial des scorpions, Fet & Lowe (2000) reprennent la position de Vachon (1949b, 1952), selon laquelle uniquement trois espèces seraient «valables»: Buthus atlantis Pocock, 1889, Buthus maroccanus Birula 1903 et Buthus occitanus (Amoreux, 1789). Le catalogue reconnaît aussi deux sous-espèces pour Buthus atlantis, et mentionne également deux espèces douteuses, Buthus barbouri Werner, 1932 et Buthus insolitus Borelli, 1925. Dix sous-espèces sont reconnues pour Buthus occitanus. Les variétés infra sous-spécifiques établies par Vachon ne sont pas considérées valables (selon le Code de nomenclature zoologique. Article 45.5), et n’ont pas été prises en compte dans le catalogue. Tout au long de son travail de révision des scorpions d’ Afrique du Nord, Vachon (1952) s’est vu confronté au problème de la «variabilité» présenté par Buthus occi- tanus. Il replaça certaines espèces telles Buthus tunetanus (Herbst) (= Scorpio tune- tanus Herbst), Buthus occitanus paris (C.L. Koch) (= Androctonus paris C.L. Koch, 1839) ou encore Buthus occitanus mardochei Simon (= Buthus mardochei Simon) au rang de sous-espèce, décrit d’autres sous-espèces telles que Buthus occitanus mal- hommei, et décrit un certain nombre de variétés non citées dans le catalogue mondial des scorpions (Fet & Lowe, 2000), Cependant le véritable statut des sous-espèces demeure confus et douteux. Certaines populations géographiquement bien définies semblent suggérer déjà à l’époque des études de Vachon, l’existence de véritables entités spécifiques. Elles sont à présente décrites en tant qu’espéces nouvelles. ESPÈCES DE BUTHUS CONSIDÉRÉES DANS LA PRÉSENTE NOTE Buthus atlantis atlantis Pocock, 1889 Figs 18-22 Matériel: Maroc, Sud Mogador, 23/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 38, 29, 4 juvéniles. Buthus atlantis parroti Vachon, 1949 Figs 23-26 Matériel: Maroc, SW Agadir (région Ademine) 18/VI/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16, 3 2; 20/VI/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 2M, 2F, 2 juvéniles. 884 W. R. LOURENÇO Fic 18 Buthus atlantis atlantis, femelle. Habitus (d’après Vachon, 1952). Note: Deux sous-espèces sont acceptées par Vachon (1952). Leur distinction est possible grâce à certaines différences mineures telles la morphologie du Vème anneau du metasoma et du cadre anal et la longueur relative de l’aiguillon. Seule une étude approfondie des deux formes, y compris à l’aide des techniques moléculaires pourra clarifier leur position taxonomique de manière précise. Buthus occitanus (Amoreux, 1789) Figs 27-32 Matériel: Espagne, Province d’ Aragon, Nuevalos (800 m, garrigue), 14/VIII/2002 (L. J. Breton leg.), 36. Maroc, Rabat, 22/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 14. Diagnose: Espéce de taille moyenne avec environ 45-65 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec les tergites légèrement plus sombres mais sans bandes colorées. Plaque prosomienne avec les carénes et les granules fortement mar- qués. Tergites avec les carénes et les granules bien marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I a V avec les carénes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal a deux SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 885 LT ad aa I Fics 19-26 19-22. Buthus atlantis atlantis, femelle. 19. Vème anneau du metasoma, vue latérale. 20. Telson, vue latérale. 21. Cadre anal. 22. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. Figs 23-26. Buthus atlantis parroti, femelle. 23. Vème anneau du metasoma. 24. Telson, vue latérale. 25. Cadre anal. 26. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. W. R. LOURENÇO 886 ‘(87) AI9W1I9} 19 (LT) Ag SMIQUH ‘SAUDI1990 snying 8T-LT SOld SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 887 © © ec t eee cece CC Ga © ef Sree ce Cre ccersld 30 31 Fics 29-32 Buthus occitanus, femelle, pédipalpe. 29-30. Pince, vues externe-dorsale et ventrale. 31. Tibia, vue dorsale. 32. Fémur, vue dorsale. lobes; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon peu courbé et plus long que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 12-13 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29- 35 dents chez le male et 24-30 chez la femelle. Buthus malhommei Vachon, 1949 stat. nov. Figs 33-38 Buthus occitanus malhommei Vachon, 1949 Matériel: Maroc, région de Mechra ben Abbou (Marrakech), V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 29,29 juvéniles. 888 W. R. LOURENCO Fics 33-38 Buthus malhommei. 33-34. Mâle. 35-38. Femelle. 33. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 34. Vème an- neau du metasoma, vue laterale. 35. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 36. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 37. Tarse de la patte IV, vue latérale. 38. Telson, vue latérale. Diagnose: Espèce de petite taille avec environ 45-55 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec la région postérieure de la carapace et les tergites plus sombres; présence de trois bandes colorées sur les tergites. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules moyennement marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 889 granules peu marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I à V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; les carenes ventrales des anneaux II-III-V avec des granules bien déve- loppés, lobés; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes; vésicule très globuleuse, presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon fortement courbé et plus court que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: trapus avec les doigts courts; tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-10 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncée que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 26-30 dents chez le mâle et 21-25 chez la femelle. Buthus mardochei Simon, 1878 Fig. 39 Buthus mardochei Simon, 1878 = Buthus occitanus mardochei: voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Maroc, Agadir SE, 16/VI/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 19; 18/VI/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 46,79. Diagnose: Espèce de taille moyenne avec environ 50-65 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec les tergites légèrement plus sombres mais sans bandes colorées. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules peu marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules faiblement marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I à V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes aigus et écartés; présence d’un ou deux lobes aigus sur la carène latéro-ventrale; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ven- trale; aiguillon moyennement courbé et un peu plus court que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-11 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncée que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments pourvue de quelques granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29-35 dents chez le mâle et 25-29 chez la femelle. Buthus mariefranceae sp. n. Figs 40-46 Buthus occitanus mardochei var. mimeuri : voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Maroc, 100 km sud de Goulimine, Tan-Tan, 13/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.) 1 (holotype); Goulimine, 12/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg), 14 (paratype); 13/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d, 29 juvéniles (paratypes); 18/V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 3M, 4F (paratypes). Diagnose: Espéce de petite taille avec environ 45-50 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaune brunatre, avec les tergites plus sombres; présence de trois bandes longitudinales brunatres; des taches foncées sont présentes sur la carapace le metasoma et les pédipalpes. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules bien marqués. Tergites avec les carénes et les granules moyennement marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I a V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal a deux lobes, bien écartés mais pas aigus; présence de trois lobés sur les carènes latéro-ventrales; vésicule globuleuse, presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon moyennement courbé et plus court que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 8-9 séries semi- obliques de granules de couleur plus foncée que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 24-31 dents chez le male et 20-27 chez la femelle. 890 W. R. LOURENÇO Fic 39 Buthus mardochei, male. Habitus (d’aprés Vachon, 1952). Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est donné en hommage au Dr Marie-France Martin-Eauclaire, CNRS-Université d’Aix-Marseille, pour sa contribution a |’ étude des toxines de scorpion. Description (basée sur la femelle holotype et un male paratype): Coloration générale jaune brunatre, un peu plus foncé chez la femelle. Plaque prosomienne jaune brunätre; la région antérieure et un carré postérieur sont dépourvus de pigments. Mesosoma jaunâtre avec trois bandes longitudinales brunatres; bandes latérales plus larges que la médiane. Anneaux metasomaux I à IV jaunâtres: anneau V très foncé, noirätre; telson jaunätre; aiguillon jaunâtre à la base et noiratre à l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et processus maxillaire jaune clair. Pattes jaune très clair, dépourvues de taches même estompées. Pédipalpes: fémur, tibia et pinces jaunätres, avec quelques taches sur les carènes du tibia. Chélicéres jaunätres dépour- vues de toute trame, seule une petite tache estompée est présente latéralement; doigts rougeätres. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 891 Fic 40 Buthus mariefranceae sp. n., femelle. Habitus (d’après Vachon, 1952). Morphologie. Prosoma: front de la plaque prosomienne sans aucune concavité, presque droit; tubercule oculaire situé à peu près au centre de la plaque prosomienne; yeux médians de grande taille, séparés par trois diamétres oculaires environ; quatre paires d’ yeux latéraux; trois de taille normale et un réduit situés en arrière de trois pre- miers; toutes les carenes bien marquées, avec formation de la configuration en forme de lyre; tégument avec une granulation peu épaisse moyennement marquée. Meso- soma: tergites avec une granulation bien marquée latéralement; trois carènes moyen- nement marquées, bien moins développées que chez B. occitanus. Metasoma: anneaux plutôt carrés avec le tégument presque lisse et la présence de 10-10-10-8-5 carénes; toutes les carènes bien marquées, en particulier les ventrales et latéro-ventrales des anneaux II-III-V. Telson: Vésicule presque lisse, avec des rares granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon plus court que la vésicule, moyennement incurvé et dépourvu d’épine sous-aiguillonnaire. Sternites à stigmates de taille moyenne, linéaires. Peignes avec 22-22 dents chez la femelle et 24-24 dents chez le male. Pédipalpes: fémur et tibia 892 W. R. LOURENÇO LESS Aa ¢ C € î gd € pe 4 7. NAN ra i SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 893 avec des carènes bien marquées; présence de quelques granules spiniformes sur sa face interne du tibia; pince avec des carénes ébauchées; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 8-9 séries semi-obliques de granules. Chélicéres avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile 4 deux dents basales réduites. Tricho- bothriotaxie du type A-B, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Eperons tarsaux présents sur toutes les pattes; éperons tibiaux présents sur les pattes III-IV, bien développés. Mensurations (en mm) de la femelle holotype et d’un mâle paratype: Longueur totale 47,1/45,4; prosoma: longueur 6,2/6,3, largeur antérieure 4,6/4,4, largeur pos- térieure 7,2/6,8; anneau caudal I: longueur 3,7/4,0, largeur 4,3/4,8; anneau caudal V: longueur 6,8/7,1, largeur 3,5/3,6, hauteur 2,9/3,0; vésicule: largeur 3,3/3,2, hauteur 2,8/2,9; pédipalpe: fémur longueur 4,2/4,8, largeur 1,8/1,9; tibia longueur 5,1/5,3, largeur 2,4/2,3; pince longueur 9,1/9,3, largeur 2,8/2,3, hauteur 3,1/2,6; doigt mobile longueur 5,4/5,5. Buthus rochati sp. n. Figs 47-51 Buthus occitanus mardochei var. panousei : voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Maroc, région de Tafnidit, 17/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16 (holotype), 16, 12 (paratypes); 15/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 2d (paratypes); région ouest de Tafnidit (vallée du Dra), 15/11/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 62 (paratypes); 17/11/1979 (PM. Brignoli leg.), 14, 12 (paratypes). Diagnose: Espéce de petite taille avec environ 40-45 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec les carènes des tergites légèrement plus sombres et avec la présence de bandes colorées chez les juvéniles. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules moyennement marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules peu marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I à V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes aigus et bien écartés; présence d’un ou deux lobes sur la caréne latéro-ventrale; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de face ventrale; aiguillon peu courbé et plus court que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-11 séries semi- obliques de granules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29-35 dents chez le male et 26-29 chez la femelle. Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est donné en hommage au Dr Hervé Rochat, CNRS-Université d’Aix-Marseille, pour sa contribution à l’étude des toxines de scorpion. Description (basée sur le male holotype et une femelle paratype): Coloration générale jaunatre. Plaque prosomienne jaune clair avec quelques zones assombries autour des carènes. Mesosoma: tergites jaune clair comme la plaque prosomienne; trois bandes sombres estompées parfois présentes chez la femelle. Anneaux metasomaux I Fics 41-46 Buthus mariefranceae sp. n. 41-42. femelle. 43-46. Mâle. 41. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 42. Ième anneau du metasoma, vue latérale. 43. Telson, vue latérale. 44. Vème anneau du metaso- ma, vue latérale. 45. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 46. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 894 W. R. LOURENCO FIG 47 Buthus rochati. sp. n., male. Habitus (d’après Vachon, 1952). a IV jaune clair; anneau V et telson de couleur sombre chez la femelle; aiguillon jaunatre à la base et rougeätre foncé à |’ extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et processus maxillaire jaune clair. Pattes jaune trés clair; aucune esquisse de taches même pas estompées. Pédipalpes: fémur, tibia et pinces jaunatres. Chélicères jaunatres dépourvues de toute tache ou trame; doigts rougeatres. Morphologie. Prosoma: front de la plaque prosomienne avec une trés faible concavité, presque droit; tubercule oculaire situé à peu près au centre de la plaque pro- somienne; yeux médians de grande taille, séparés par trois diamètres oculaires environ; trois paires d’yeux latéraux; toutes les carènes moyennement marquées, avec la formation de la configuration en forme de lyre; tégument avec une granulation moyen- nement marquée. Mesosoma: tergites avec une granulation moyennement marquée latéralement; trois carènes peu marquées, bien moins développées que chez B. occi- SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 895 ded do ann See nn Fics 48-51 Buthus rochati. sp. n., mâle. 48. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 49. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 50. Telson, vue latérale. 51. Vème anneau du metasoma, vue latérale. tanus. Metasoma: anneaux plutôt carrés avec le tégument presque lisse et la présence de 10-10-10-8-5 carénes; toutes les carènes bien marquées, en particulier les ventrales et latéro-ventrales des anneaux III et V. Telson: Vésicule peu granulée sur la face ven- trale; aiguillon plus court que la vésicule, peu incurvé et dépourvu d’épine sous- aiguillonnaire. Sternites à stigmates linéaires. Peignes avec 29-29 dents chez le mâle et 27-27 dents chez la femelle. Pédipalpes: fémur et tibia avec des carénes bien marquées; présence de quelques granules spiniformes sur sa face interne du tibia: pince avec des carènes ébauchées; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-11 séries semi-obliques de granules. Chélicéres avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile à deux dents basales très réduites. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-ß, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Eperons tarsaux présents sur toutes les pattes; éperons tibiaux présents sur les pattes III-IV, bien développés. Mensurations (en mm) du mâle holotype et d’une femelle paratype: Longueur totale 44,1/42,8; prosoma: longueur 5,5/5,4, largeur antérieure 3,9/4,0, largeur pos- 896 W. R. LOURENÇO Fic 52 Buthus paris, femelle. Habitus (d’aprés Vachon, 1952). térieure 5,9/6,4; anneau caudal I: longueur 3,7/3,2, largeur 3,8/3,3; anneau caudal V: longueur 6,4/6,0, largeur 2,9/2,6, hauteur 2,4/2,1; vésicule: largeur 2,5/2,5, hauteur 2,3/2,3; pédipalpe: fémur longueur 4,2/4,1, largeur 1,4/1,6; tibia longueur 4,8/4,7, largeur 2,1/2,2; pince longueur 8,4/8,5, largeur 2,2/2,3, hauteur 2,2/2,4; doigt mobile longueur 5,1/5,2. Buthus paris (C.L. Koch, 1839) Figs 52-56 Androctonus paris C.L. Koch, 1839 = Buthus occitanus paris (C.L. Koch): voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Algérie, Alger (région), X/1974 (Bianco leg.), 18, 19; Chrea, 20/X/1977 (P.M. Brignoli & Bianco leg.), 12; Tala Guilet (Djurdjura), 21/X/1977 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 22. Maroc, Argana (zone à Thuya), 19/V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d, 12 juvénile ; Argana (zone d’Arganier), 12/V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli & Simoni leg.), 1 juvénile; Ifrane (région-Bois de Cèdres), 13/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli & Simoni leg.), 24. i Diagnose: Espèce de taille moyenne avec environ 55-75 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec les tergites légèrement plus sombres mais sans ban- des colorées. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules de moyennement à fortement marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules bien marqués. Anneaux SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 897 Fics 53-56 Buthus paris. 53-55. Femelle. 53. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 54. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 55. Telson, vue latérale. 56. Idem, mâle. métasomaux I à V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes; présence d’un ou deux lobes aigus sur la carène latéro-ven- trale; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon moyennement courbé et un peu plus court que la vésicule. Pédi- palpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 12-14 séries semi-obliques de gra- nules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29-34 dents chez le male et 23-28 chez la femelle. Buthus tunetanus (Herbst, 1800) Figs 57-61 Scorpio tunetanus Herbst, 1800 = Buthus occitanus tunetanus (Herbst): voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Tunisie, Iles Kerkennat, 16/X/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d; 10/X1/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 2d; Dept. Djabel Birino, Thala, 10/X1/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16, 12; Djehel Diza, 11/X1/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16 juvénile ; Matuali, 28/V/1980 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 1d juvénile; Tunis (région), VI/1996 (T. Ziegler leg.), 2d. 898 W. R. LOURENÇO Fic 57 Buthus tunetanus, male. Habitus (d’aprés Vachon, 1952). Diagnose: Espéce de taille moyenne ou grande avec environ 55-75 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunatre, avec les tergites légèrement plus sombres et parfois avec des bandes colorées chez les formes juvéniles. Plaque pro- somienne avec les carénes et les granules fortement marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules bien marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I a V avec les carénes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes; présence d’un ou deux lobes aigus sur la carène latéro-ventrale; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon moyennement courbé et aussi long que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-11 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29-35 dents chez le male et 24-29 chez la femelle. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 899 ene /. Sa SA à 6 Fics 58-61 Buthus tunetanus. 58. Pince, vue externe-dorsale. 59. Fémur et tibia du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. 60. Vème anneau du metasoma, vue latérale. 61. Telson, vue latérale. Buthus lienhardi sp. n. Figs 62-69 Buthus occitanus tunetanus Var. lepineyi: voir Vachon, 1952. Matériel: Maroc, Oukaimeden (Marrakech), 18/V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16 (holo- type), 12, 2 juvéniles (paratypes; 10/V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 3 juvéniles. Diagnose: Espèce de taille moyenne avec environ 60-70 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunatre foncé, avec les tergites plus sombres et la présence des bandes colorées confluentes. Plaque prosomienne avec les carénes et les granules fortement marqués. Tergites avec les carénes et les granules bien marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I a V avec les carénes bien marquées et complétes; Veme anneau avec le cadre anal a deux lobes moyennement aigus; vésicule avec quelques granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon peu courbé et aussi long que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 12 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments armée de quelques granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 27-29 dents chez le male et 22-23 chez la femelle. Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est donné en hommage au Dr Charles Lienhard, du Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genéve pour sa constante collaboration a la publi- cation de mes articles sur les scorpions. 900 W. R. LOURENÇO Fics 62-65 Buthus lienhardi sp. n. 62-63. Mâle holotype. 64-65. Femelle paratype. Vues dorsale et ventrale. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 901 Fics 66-69 Buthus lienhardi sp. n. 66. Pince, vue externe-dorsale (mâle). 67-69. Femelle. 67. Telson, vue latérale. 68-69. Anneaux II (68) et IV (69) du metasoma, vue latérale. Description (basée sur le male holotype et une femelle paratype): Coloration générale jaunatre foncé. Plaque prosomienne assombrie avec une zone plus claire entre les carènes médianes oculaires. Mesosoma avec les tergites assombris par des bandes brunatres confluentes; carènes et granules foncés. Anneaux metasomaux I à V jaunâtres avec les carènes ventrales rougeatres; telson jaune clair; aiguillon jaunâtre à la base et rougeatre à l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et processus maxillaire jaune clair. Pattes jaune clair; aucune esquisse de taches. Pédipalpes: fémur, tibia et pinces jaunätres. Chélicères jaunâtres dépourvues de toute tâche ou trame; doigts rougeätres. 902 W. R. LOURENÇO Morphologie. Prosoma : front de la plaque prosomienne sans aucune concavité, presque droit; tubercule oculaire situé à peu près au centre de la plaque prosomienne; yeux médians, séparés par trois diamètres oculaires environ; trois paires d’yeux latéraux; toutes les carènes fortement marquées, avec la formation de la configuration en forme de lyre; tégument avec une granulation épaisse et bien marquée. Mesosoma: tergites avec une granulation moyennement épaisse mais bien marquée latéralement; trois carènes bien marquées, mais moins développées que chez B. occitanus. Meta- soma: anneaux plutôt carrés avec le tégument presque lisse et la présence de 10-10-10- 8-5 carénes; toutes les carènes bien marquées, en particulier les ventrales et latéro-ven- trales de l’anneau V. Telson: Vésicule avec quelques granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon aussi long que la vésicule, moyennement incurvé et dépourvu d’épine sous- aiguillonnaire. Sternites à stigmates linéaires. Peignes avec 27-27 dents chez le mâle et 22-22 dents chez la femelle. Pédipalpes: fémur et tibia avec des carènes bien marquées; présence de quelques granules spiniformes sur sa face interne du tibia; pince avec des carènes ébauchées; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 12 séries semi-obliques de granules. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile à deux dents basales réduites. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-ß, orthoboth- riotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Eperons tarsaux présents sur toutes les pattes; éperons tibiaux présents sur les pattes III-IV, bien développés. Mensurations (en mm) du mâle holotype et d’une femelle paratype: Longueur totale 62,7/67,1; prosoma: longueur 6,6/7,6, largeur antérieure 4,5/5,5, largeur pos- térieure 7,8/9,7; anneau caudal I: longueur 4,8/5,2, largeur 4,9/5,2; anneau caudal V: longueur 8,1/9,1, largeur 3,8/4,2, hauteur 3,5/3,8; vésicule: largeur 3,0/3,7, hauteur 2,9/3,3; pédipalpe: fémur longueur 5,9/6,8, largeur 1,9/2,3; tibia longueur 6,8/8,1, largeur 2,6/3,3; pince longueur 11,2/13,7, largeur 2,5/3,6, hauteur 2,8/3,8; doigt mobile longueur 7,2/8,4. Buthus albengai sp. n. Figs 70-74 Matériel: Maroc, Plateau d’Ito, 9/1V/1979 (PM. Brignoli leg.), 12 (holotype), 39 (paratypes); Ifrane (bois de Cèdres), 13/1V/1979 (P.M. Brignoli — Simoni leg.), 2 juvéniles (paratypes); Région nord de Kenifra, 19/IV/1979 (P.M. Brignoli leg.), 16, 19 juvéniles (paratypes). Diagnose: Espéce de taille moyenne ou grande avec environ 65-85 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunatre, avec les tergites plus sombres et la présence de trois bandes longitudinales brunatres ; bande médiane moins large que les latérales. Plaque prosomienne avec les carénes et les granules bien marqués. Tergites avec les carénes et les granules moyennement marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I a V avec les carènes bien marquées et complètes; Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes pas aigus; vésicule globuleuse, presque lisse avec quelques rares granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon peu courbé et un peu plus court que la vésicule. Pédipalpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 11-12 séries semi- obliques de granules de couleur plus foncée que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments dépourvue de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 29-33 dents chez le male et 26-30 chez la femelle. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 903 Fics 70-71 Buthus albengai sp. n. Femelle holotype, vues dorsale et ventrale. Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est donné en hommage a Laurent Albenga, Dépt. de Systématique et Evolution, section Arthropodes, Muséum national d’ histoire naturelle, Paris, pour son aide technique a la recherche sur les scorpions. Description (basée sur la femelle holotype): Coloration générale jaunâtre avec des régions assombries, en général plus marquées chez les juvéniles. Plaque pro- somienne jaunätre avec quelques zones brunâtres autour des carènes. Mesosoma jaunâtre un peu plus foncé que la plaque prosomienne, avec la présence de trois bandes brunatres longitudinale; la bande médiane plus étroite que les latérales; carènes et granules assombris, plus foncés que ceux de la plaque prosomienne. Anneaux meta- somaux I à V et telson jaune clair, avec les carénes rougeätres; aiguillon jaunâtre à la base et rougeätre a l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et pro- cessus maxillaire jaune clair. Pattes jaune très clair dépourvues de taches. Pédipalpes: fémur, tibia et pinces jaunâtres. Chélicères jaunâtres avec une trame brunâtre dans la région antérieure; doigts rougeatres. Morphologie. Prosoma: front de la plaque prosomienne sans aucune concavité, presque droit; tubercule oculaire situé à peu près au centre de la plaque prosomienne; yeux médians, séparés par trois diamètres oculaires environ; trois paires d’yeux latéraux; toutes les carènes bien marquées, avec la formation de la configuration en forme de lyre; tégument avec une granulation épaisse et bien marquée. Mesosoma: tergites avec une granulation moyennement épaisse mais bien marquée latéralement; trois carènes moyennement marquées, bien moins développées que chez B. occitanus. 904 W. R. LOURENÇO < o o Soa < < Sele 74 Fics 72-74 Buthus albengai sp. n. Femelle holotype. 72. Vème anneau du metasoma et telson, vue latérale. 73-74. Tibia (73) et fémur (74) du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. Metasoma: anneaux plutôt carrés avec le tégument presque lisse et la présence de 10-10-10-8-5 carénes; toutes les carènes bien marquées, en particulier les ventrales et latéro-ventrales des anneaux II-III-V. Telson: Vésicule globuleuse, presque lisse avec quelques rares granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon un peu plus court que la vésicule, moyennement incurvé et dépourvu d’épine sous-aiguillonnaire. Sternites a stigmates linéaires. Peignes avec 33-33 dents chez le mâle et 28-30 dents chez la femelle. Pédipalpes: fémur et tibia avec des carénes bien marquées; présence de quelques granules spiniformes sur sa face interne du tibia; pince avec des carénes a peine ébauchées, presque lisse; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 11-12 séries semi- obliques de granules. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile à deux dents basales très réduites. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-B, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Eperons tarsaux présents sur toutes les pattes: éperons tibiaux présents sur les pattes III-IV, bien développés. Mensurations (en mm) de la femelle holotype: Longueur totale 85,2; prosoma: longueur 9,4, largeur antérieure 6,8, largeur postérieure 11,5; anneau caudal I: longueur 6,6, largeur 6,9; anneau caudal V: longueur 10,6, largeur 5,7, hauteur 4,7; vésicule: largeur 5,2, hauteur 4,5; pédipalpe: fémur longueur 7,5, largeur 2,7; tibia longueur 8,9, largeur 4,4; pince longueur 15,9, largeur 4,7, hauteur 5,0; doigt mobile longueur 10,2. SCORPIONS DE L’AFRIQUE DU NORD 905 Buthus brignolii sp. n. Figs 75-79 Matériel: Holotype femelle, Soudan, Darfur, Djebel Meidob, 14/1/1973 (P.M. Brignoli leg). Diagnose: Espéce de petite taille avec 41 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunâtre, avec les tergites légèrement plus sombres et la présence de trois bandes longitudinales brun-rougeatre; bande médiane plus étroite et plus foncée. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules bien marqués. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules peu marqués. Anneaux métasomaux I à V avec les carénes moyennement marquées; sur les anneaux II-III les carènes intermédiares sont représen- tées uniquement par quelques granules, tandis que les ventrales présentent 4 et 6 gros granules spiniformes (caractère rappelant le genre Odontobuthus Vachon); Vème anneau avec le cadre anal à deux lobes bien écartés; présence de quatre lobes sur la carène ventrale; vésicule presque lisse avec quelques granules sur la région proximale de la face ventrale; aiguillon bien courbé et un peu plus court que la vésicule. Pédi- palpes: tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-9 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur plus foncé que les doigts. Pattes avec la face interne des segments armée de quelques granules spiniformes peu marqués. Peignes avec 28-29 chez la femelle. Etymologie: Le nom spécifique est donné en hommage à P.M. Brignoli, pour sa très importante contribution à l’arachnologie. Description: Coloration générale jaunâtre avec les tergites plus sombres. Plaque prosomienne jaune clair avec quelques zones brunätres autour des carènes et du tuber- cule oculaire. Mesosoma jaune clair comme la plaque prosomienne; carènes et granules brunatres, moins foncés que ceux de la plaque prosomienne; présence de trois bandes longitudinales, la médiane étant plus étroite et foncée. Anneaux metasomaux I à IV jaune clair avec des carènes rougeätres; anneau V et telson avec des zones sombres latéralement; aiguillon jaunâtre à la base et rougeätre à l’extrémité. Peignes, opercule génital, sternum, hanches et processus maxillaire jaune clair. Pattes jaune très clair avec des esquisses de taches brunâtres estompées sur les carènes. Pédipalpes: fémur, tibia et pinces jaunätres; présence de taches brunätres sur les carènes du tibia et de la pince. Chélicères jaunâtres dépourvues de toute tâche ou trame; doigts rougeatres. Morphologie. Prosoma: front de la plaque prosomienne sans aucune concavité, presque droit; tubercule oculaire situé à peu près au centre de la plaque prosomienne; yeux médians de grande taille, séparés par deux diamètres oculaires environ; quatre paires d’ yeux latéraux; trois de taille normale et un réduit situé en arrière de trois pre- miers; toutes les carènes bien marquées, avec la formation de la configuration en forme de lyre; tégument avec une granulation moyennement épaisse et peu marquée. Meso- soma: tergites avec une granulation plutôt fine et peu marquée; trois carènes faiblement marquées et bien moins développées que chez B. occitanus; carènes latérales absentes des tergites I-II et estompées sur le III. Metasoma: anneaux plutôt carrés avec le tégu- ment lisse et la présence de 10-10-10-8-5 carénes; toutes les carènes moyennement marquées; sur les anneaux II-III les carènes intermédiaires sont représentées unique- 2 Dans une courte note sur les scorpions du Soudan Oriental, Vachon (1955), signale une forme, d’après lui, très voisine de Buthus pour Djebel Meidob. Le dit exemplaire n’a pas pu être examiné. 906 W. R. LOURENÇO Fics 75-76 Buthus brignolii sp. n. Femelle holotype, vues dorsale et ventrale. ment par quelques granules, tandis que les carènes ventrales présentent 4 et 6 gros granules spiniformes distaux. Telson: Vésicule presque lisse avec quelques rares granules sur la face ventrale; aiguillon un peu plus court que la vésicule, bien incurvé et dépourvu d’épine sous-aiguillonnaire. Sternites à stigmates linéaires. Peignes avec 28-29 dents chez la femelle. Pédipalpes: fémur et tibia avec des carènes bien marquées; présence de quelques granules spiniformes sur sa face interne du tibia; pince avec des carènes ébauchées; tranchant des doigts fixe et mobile avec 10-9 séries semi-obliques de granules. Chélicères avec la dentition caractéristique des Buthidae (Vachon, 1963); doigt mobile à deux dents basales très réduites. Trichobothriotaxie du type A-ß, orthobothriotaxique (Vachon, 1974, 1975). Eperons tarsaux présents sur toutes les pattes; éperons tibiaux présents sur les pattes III-IV, bien développés. Mensurations (en mm) de la femelle holotype: Longueur totale 41,0; prosoma : longueur 4,4, largeur antérieure 3,3, largeur postérieure 4,8; anneau caudal I: longueur 2,8, largeur 2,8; anneau caudal V: longueur 4,9, largeur 2,3, hauteur 2,0; vésicule: largeur 2,2, hauteur 2,1; pédipalpe: fémur longueur 3,7, largeur 1,2; tibia longueur 4,2, largeur 1,8; pince longueur 7,1, largeur 1,4, hauteur 1,7; doigt mobile longueur 4,2. Buthus tassili Lourenço, 2002a Figs 80-86 Buthus tassili: Lourenço, 2002 : 113. Matériel: Algérie, Issakharassen (Hoggar), 6/X/1974 (Simoni leg.), 19; Tassili, Djabaren (1650 m) 9/1/1967 (J. Garzoni leg.), 12; Tassili, Tin Absteka (1800 m, sable, pierre), 8/1/1967 (J. Garzoni leg.), 16. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 907 = S D) co >). © >. 2 < RIEN >) la Cas DIO Co € 2 c 2 € 2) Cc O2 € 5 = > A N MA anna PONI 1272230 Fics 77-79 Buthus brignolii sp. n. Femelle holotype. 77. Vème anneau du metasoma et telson, vue latérale. 78-79. Tibia (78) et fémur (79) du pédipalpe, vue dorsale. Diagnose: Espèce de taille moyenne avec environ 50-55 mm de longueur totale. Coloration générale jaunatre, plus pale que chez B. occitanus tunetanus, mais avec des taches foncées bien marquées sur le Vème anneau du metasoma et le telson. Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes et les granules rougeätres. Tergites avec les carènes et les granules rougeatres, mais plus clairs que ceux de la plaque prosomienne. Sternites jaune pâle. Anneaux métasomaux I à IV jaunätres, avec les carènes ventrales rougeätre clair; Vème anneau et vésicule de coloration sombre; aiguillon jaunâtre a la base et rougeätre à l’extrémité. Pédipalpes jaune pale; tranchants des doigts fixe et mobile avec 11-10 séries semi-obliques de granules de couleur rougéatre. Pattes jaune pâle avec la face interne des segments armée de granules spiniformes. Peignes avec 30-32 dents chez le male et 23-27 chez la femelle. CLE D’ IDENTIFICATION POUR LES ESPECES DE BUTHUS TRAITEES DANS LE PRESENT TRAVAIL 1 Carènes ventrales des anneaux II-III du metasoma avec 4 et 6 granules fortement marques > repartition’ Soudan. 2-2 ae IE B. brignolii (1) Carènes ventrales des anneaux II-III du metasoma avec des granules MOVENNEMENVOUMPCU MARQUES Lic oe ARI INT 2 2 Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes fortement marquées ............. 3 (2) Plaque prosomienne avec les carènes moyennement ou peu marquées . ..... 9 3 Meneitesravee lesicarenesmorntement marquees er. ME EE EIER 4 (3) Tergites avec les carènes moyennement ou peu marquées ............... 8 908 W. R. LOURENÇO FIG 80 Buthus tassili. Habitus mâle holotype. Tranchants des doigts des pédipalpes avec 12 ou plus de 12 séries de STANUIES NS op oo co oo oc à 5 Tranchants des doigts des pédipalpes avec moins de 12 séries de granules . . . 7 Aiguillon plus long que la vésicule; répartition Nord du Maroc et Europe AP eG ON an cp Nu ds ee oo ag lasers ER NOT NÉ FR ER B. occitanus Aiguillon plus court ou de même longueur que la vésicule ............... 6 Peignes avec 29-34 dents chez le mâle et 23-28 chez la femelle; répar- tion Alséneret Nord du Maroc LOI RE B. paris Peignes avec 27-29 dents chez le mâle et 22-23 chez la femelle; répar- tT OM MATOC:: ue ee REA B. lienhardi Anneau V du metasoma et vésicule de coloration claire; répartition unisieiet- Aloerie tu... CC Se RI B. tunetanus Anneau V du metasoma et vésicule de coloration sombre, noirätre; répartition Sud de I’ Algérie, Tassili et Hoggar .................. B. tassili Longueur totale d’environ 45-50 mm; doigts des pédipalpes avec 8-9 séries de granules; répartition Sud du Maroc ............. B. mariefranceae SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 909 86 TN hy oll = shale (Te a A Yo S n Ry SOM Dai aN \ 0 U 9 y 9 60 9 0 ©) Ô 0) O U O u o u o SD u v U © u O u d C (7 © (2 v ( 0° SDooù DO P £ Fics 81-86 Buthus tassili, mâle holotype. 81-82. Pince, vues externo-dorsale et ventrale. 83. Extrémité du doigt mobile. 84-86. Tibia (84) et fémur (85-86) du pédipalpe, vues dorsale et interne. (8) (10) Longueur totale d’environ 65-85 mm; doigts des pédipalpes avec 11-12 séries de granules; répartition Nord du Maroc ................ B. albengai Tergites assombris mais sans bandes colorées: répartition région côtière CUE ar Ocha ER eer n ie el B. mardochei Tergites avec trois bandes colorées au moins chez les juvéniles.......... 10 Peignes avec 26-30 dents chez le male et 21-25 chez la femelle; anneaux II-III-V avec des granules lobés sur la carène latéro-ventrale; répartition SudiduyMiarocepeeteny SR eur e aie à B. malhommei Peignes avec 29-35 dents chez le mâle et 26-29 chez la femelle; anneau V avec un ou deux granules lobés sur la caréne latéro-ventrale; réparti- HOIESKAUMATOCHE wee ee MR N B. rochati CONSIDERATIONS BIOGEOGRAPHIQUES Ainsi que le précise déja Vachon (1951, 1952), la répartition actuelle des scor- pions de l’Afrique septentrionale peut être expliquée par la paléogéographie et la paléoclimatologie. Les modifications climatiques subies par |’ Afrique du Nord dans 910 W. R. LOURENCO Tr A do © 3, v2. Fics 87-88 Cartes du Maroc (87) et du Soudan (88) avec les stations connues des especes nouvelles de Buthus décrites dans le travail. 1. Buthus mariefranceae. 2. Buthus rochati. 3. Buthus lienhardi. 4. Buthus albengai. 5. Buthus brignolii. SCORPIONS DE L’ AFRIQUE DU NORD 911 des périodes géologiques récentes (Quaternaire), et en particulier l’expansion de la zone désertique du Sahara (Furon, 1951) ont agi sur les populations scorpioniques alors présentes comme des facteurs de spéciation. Les réactions des populations aux pressions abiotiques ont dû dépendre de leurs caractéristiques biodémographiques: 1.e. stratégies adaptatives et reproductrices (Lourenço 1991). Les conséquences ont cer- tainement été variables: i.e. régressions voire disparitions de populations, et ruptures de distributions jadis continues. Les transformations du milieu conduisent souvent à la ré- duction de la répartition de certaines espèces. En effet, certains organismes inféodés a des biotopes particuliers, du fait de la réduction de ces zones géographiques écologiquement viables, voient leurs aires de répartition diminuées très fortement. Des populations sont ainsi isolées et évoluent indépendamment. Les pressions climatiques peuvent donc être à l’origine de spéciations allopatriques. Cette dernière hypothèse semble convenir à certaines espèces telles que Buthus tassili présente au Tassili des Ajjer en Algérie, ainsi qu’aux différentes espèces nouvelles de Buthus décrites dans la présente note et qui habitent les régions centrale et Sud du Maroc. Toutes ces régions principalement montagneuses auraient joué le rôle de refuges permettant la survie de certaines populations, qui, isolées sur ces « îles écologiques » auraient divergé morpho- logiquement et formé de nouvelles espèces. Les modèles de distribution et différenciation des espèces du genre Buthus (Lourenço, 2002a) suggèrent que la colonisation de l’Europe par Buthus occitanus a dû se faire depuis |’ Afrique, probablement depuis certaines régions côtières du Maroc où cette espèce est encore présente. L’implantation du genre Buthus en Europe a dû avoir lieu relativement récemment au cours des changements climatiques du Quaternaire (Lourenço, 2002a). Cette hypothèse se place en désaccord avec l’opinion de Vachon (1941, 1951, 1952), selon laquelle Buthus serait un genre d’origine européenne importé par la suite en Afrique. REMERCIEMENTS Je suis très reconnaissant au Dr S. Jourdan, Paris et aux Drs Charles Lienhard et Peter Schwendinger, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève pour la révision des ver- sions préliminaires du texte. Les dessins sont de Maurice Gaillard, Paris et les photos de Claude Ratton, Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Genève. RÉFÉRENCES BIBLIOGRAPHIQUES FET, V. 2000. Family Scorpionidae Latreille, 1758 (pp. 427-486). In: FET, V., SissoM, W.D., LOWE, G. & BRAUNWALDER, M.E. (eds). Catalog of the Scorpions of the world (1758- 1998). New York, NY: The New York Entomological Society. FET, V. & Lowe, G. 2000. Family Buthidae C. L. Koch, 1837 (pp. 54-286). In: FET, V., SISSOM, W.D., Lowe, G. & BRAUNWALDER, M.E. (eds). Catalog of the Scorpions of the world (1758-1998). New York, NY: The New York Entomological Society. FURON, R. 1951. Les grandes lignes de la paléogéographie de la Berbérie et du Sahara; leur sens biogéographique. Comptes Rendus Sommaires des Séances de la Société de Biogéo- graphie 241: 46-48. LOURENÇO, W.R. 1991. Biogéographie évolutive, écologie et les stratégies biodémographiques chez les scorpions néotropicaux. Comptes Rendus des Séances de la Société de Biogéo- graphie 67 (4): 171-190. 912 W. R. LOURENÇO LOURENÇO, W.R. 1998. Uroplectoides abyssinicus gen. n., sp. n., a new genus and new species of scorpion (Scorpiones, Buthidae) from Ethiopia. Entomologische Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 12 (158): 309-316. LOURENÇO, W.R. 1999a. A new species of Cicileus Vachon, 1948 (Chelicerata, Scorpiones, Buthidae) from Niger. Entomologische Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 13 (159): 29-36. LOURENCO, W.R. 1999b. Two new species of Compsobuthus Vachon (Scorpiones, Buthidae) from Africa. Entomologische Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 13 (160): 85-94. LOURENÇO, W.R. 1999c. Un nouveau genre et une nouvelle espèce de scorpion d’ Egypte, appar- tenant à la famille des Buthidae Simon. Revue suisse de Zoologie 106 (3): 591-598. LOURENÇO, W.R. 2001. Further taxonomic considerations on the Northwestern African species of Buthacus Birula (Scorpiones, Buthidae), and description of two new species. Ento- mologische Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 13 (163): 255-269. LOURENÇO, W.R. 2002a. Considérations sur les modèles de distribution et différenciation du genre Buthus Leach, 1815, avec la description d’une nouvelle espèce des montagnes du Tassili des Ajjer, Algérie (Scorpiones, Buthidae). Biogeographica 78 (3): 109-127. LOURENÇO, W.R. 2002b. Nouvelles considérations sur la classification et la biogéographie du genre Microbuthus Kraepelin (Scorpiones, Buthidae); Caractérisation d’une nouvelle sous-espèce pour le Maroc. Biogeographica 78 (4): 165-176. LOURENCO, W.R. 2002c. Notes on the taxonomy and geographical distribution of Buthiscus bi- calcaratus Birula, 1905 (Scorpiones, Buthidae). Entomologische Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 14 (165): 11-16. VACHON, M. 1941. Remarques biogéographiques sur quelques Scorpions et Pseudoscorpions prédésertiques. Comptes Rendus Sommaires des Séances de la Société de Biogéographie 155: 50-53. VACHON, M. 1949a. Etudes sur les Scorpions. III (suite). Description des Scorpions du Nord de l Afrique. Archives de l’Institut Pasteur d’Algerie 27 (1): 66-100. VACHON, M. 1949b. Etudes sur les Scorpions. III (suite). Description des Scorpions du Nord de l Afrique. Archives de l’Institut Pasteur d'Algérie 27 (2): 134-169. VACHON, M. 1951. Biogéographie des scorpions du Nord de l’Afrique. Comptes Rendus Sommaires des Séances de la Société de Biogéographie 241: 61-65. VACHON, M. 1952. Etudes sur les scorpions. Publications de l’Institut Pasteur d’Algérie, Alger, 482 pp. VACHON, M. 1953. Contribution a l’étude du peuplement de la Mauritanie. Scorpions. Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Afrique Noire 15 (3): 1012-1028. VACHON, M. 1955. Remarques préliminaires sur la faune des scorpions du Soudan Oriental. Bulletin du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, 2° ser., 27 (5): 371-373. VACHON, M. 1963. De l’utilité, en systématique, d’une nomenclature des dents des chélicères chez les Scorpions. Bulletin du Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, 2e sér., 35 (2): 161-166. VACHON, M. 1974. Etude des caractères utilisés pour classer les familles et les genres de Scorpions (Arachnides). 1. La trichobothriotaxie en arachnologie. Sigles trichobothriaux et types de trichobothriotaxie chez les Scorpions. Bulletin du Muséum national d’His- toire naturelle, Paris, 3e sér., n° 140, Zool. 104: 857-958. VACHON, M. 1975. Sur l’utilisation de la trichobothriotaxie du bras des pédipalpes des Scorpions (Arachnides) dans le classement des genres de la famille des Buthidae Simon. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie de Sciences, Paris, sér. D, 281: 1597-1599. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE 110 (4): 913-938; décembre 2003 The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Proceratiini genera ‘ Maria L. DE ANDRADE & Cesare BARONI URBANI Institut für Natur-, Landschafts- und Umweltschutz, Biogeographie, Universität Basel, Neuhausstrasse 31, CH-4057 Basel, Switzerland. The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Pro- ceratiini genera. - Two new species of Bradoponera are described from Baltic amber. B. wunderlichi sp. n. is described on a single dealate gyne and B. electrina sp. n. on a single worker. B. wunderlichi resembles in general body shape and sculpture the sole previously known species of the genus, B. meieri Mayr. B. wunderlichi differs from meieri mainly by the antennae, 9- jointed instead of 12-jointed and by its smaller size. B. electrina is the most distinctive Bradoponera species by possessing at least two autapomorphies, the body with suberect hairs and the petiole narrow and rectangular in pro- file. B. electrina shares with meieri the 12-jointed antennae but the two species differ considerably in body shape and size. Description of these new species and re-discovery of the genus Bradoponera allow a set of improve- ments to the classification of the Ponerinae which were needed but impos- sible before. Among the main taxonomic conclusions made possible by the examination of Bradoponera material are, the first definition of a mono- phyletic ponerine clade corresponding to the “classic” tribe Proceratiini and characterization of its three component genera Proceratium, Discothyrea, and Bradoponera by at least one autapomorphy each. Key-words: Hymenoptera - Formicidae - ants - Bradoponera - new species - Proceratiini - Baltic amber - fossils. INTRODUCTION The genus Bradoponera Mayr is known from one species only, B. meieri Mayr, described from 5 workers from Baltic amber (Mayr,1868). Wheeler (1915) examined 10 additional workers and redescribed the species giving additional details of the sculp- ture and described for the first time an ergatoid female. Mayr (1868) considered Bradoponera to be close to Proceratium and Wheeler (1915) much more closely related to Discothyrea. Proceratium and Discothyrea are the sole two Recent genera constituting the tribe Proceratiini as it is currently understood (see later). Manuscript accepted 07.07.2003 914 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Brown (1958) synonymized the Proceratiini with the Ectatommini, placing Proceratium and Discothyrea close to Heteroponera. In his conception Bradoponera was an intermediate step along this line. Kugler (1991) by means of a cladistic analysis of six Ectatommini genera (Paraponera, Acanthoponera, Gnamptogenys, Ectatoma, Proceratium and Disco- thyrea) based on the morphology of the sting apparatus, suggests that Proceratium and Discothyrea are sister genera. Kugler (l.c.) listed eight synapomorphies linking these two genera together. Lattke’s (1994) phylogenetic study of the ectatommines based on 36 morpho- logical characters, resurrects the tribe Proceratiini including in it Proceratium and Discothyrea only. On the basis of Mayr’s (1868) description and Wheeler’s (1915) notes, Lattke (1994) suggests the possibility that Bradoponera may represent the ancestral form of Discothyrea. A re-analysis of Lattke’s phylogeny by Keller (2000) takes strength from the consideration of 12 additional characters. All these characters, however, are invariant or uninformative within the subset of taxa considered in the present paper. . The crux of the problem, on the other hand, lies on the most probable phylo- genetic position of Bradoponera and, as a consequence of this, on the possibility to identify two extant and one fossil Proceratiini genera, characterized by at least one clear autapomorphy each. A concrete difficulty to reach this target is represented by the fact that internal morphological characters (like all those considered by Kugler, 1991) cannot be observed in the fossil Bradoponera. The opportunity to examine five Bradoponera specimens, two of which repre- senting two undescribed species, motivated us to attempt the present study. MATERIAL AND METHODS The morphological nomenclature, the measurements and their relative acronyms are those already defined by Baroni Urbani & de Andrade (2003) for the closely related genus Proceratium. The following fossil specimens of Bradoponera were in 5 samples (4 of which already cut and polished) of Baltic amber. All samples originally belonged to the collection of Jörg Wunderlich, Straubenhardt (Baden-Wiirttemberg, Germany) (JWCS). The holotypes of the two new species described in this paper were sub- sequently purchased from Dr Wunderlich by the Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali of Turin (MRSN) in order to allow type deposition in a public collection. BB-1 (fig. 1). A small, 1.3x0.8x0.3 cm, yellow sample containing a dealate Bradoponera gyne and a mite. The preservation condition of the ant is good and is on- ly slightly hindered by a longitudinal fissure filled by whitish impurities. BB-6 (fig. 2). A opaque-yellow small sample, 0.4x0.7x0.4 cm, containing only a Bradoponera worker. The preservation condition of the ant is good and many fila- ments run it on the left lower side and ventrally. A longitudinal fissure filled with whitish material is also present. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 915 BB-4 (fig. 3). A yellow, slightly opaque sample, 1.2x0.9x0.4 cm, containing a Bradoponera worker and many small impurities. The preservation condition of the ant is good and only a few fissures reduce observation. BB-7 (fig. 4). A transparent yellow sample, 0.8x0.7x0.3 cm, containing a worker of Bradoponera, a dipteran and many small impurities. The preservation condition of the ant is good and only a longitudinal fissure filled with whitish material close to the head affects slightly its view. BB-8 (fig. 5). A large yellow sample, 3.0x1.8x0.7 cm, containing a Brado- ponera worker, a ponerine male?, a dipteran, many air bubbles and fissures. The pre- servation condition of the ant worker is good and only a longitudinal fissure runs along its right side, rendering impossible this view. To assess the distribution of some characters of presumed importance in recon- structing the phylogenetic relationship of Bradoponera with its most closely related genera, we examined also Recent material of the other two Proceratiini genera, Pro- ceratium and Discothyrea, and of the following genera used for the outgroup comparison: Paraponera, Ectatomma, and Gnamptogenys. Our character coding for the analysis is drawn from examination of the follow- ing species: Bradoponera: three species, i. e. all known ones. Proceratium: 4 fossil and 73 recent species, i. e. all known species except longi- gaster Karavaiev. Discothyrea: Discothyrea sp. (Darjeeling, India, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel), oculata Emery, sauteri Forel, sculptior Santschi, sexarticulata Borgmeier, stumperi Baroni Urbani, jgigas de Andrade, 1. e. ca. 25% of the known species. Paraponera: clavata (Fabricius) and Ÿdieteri Baroni Urbani, i. e. all known species. Ectatomma: brunneum Smith, edentatum Roger, lugens Emery, muticum Mayr, opaciventre (Roger), permagnum Forel, ruidum (Roger), tuberculatum (Olivier), 1. e. ca. 60% of the known species. Gnamptogenys: Gnamptogenys sp. (two different species, both from Queens- land, Australia, both in Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel), aculeaticoxae Santschi, annulata (Mayr), arcuata (Santschi), bispinosa (Emery), bruchi (Santschi), continua (Mayr), curtula (Emery), gracilis (Santschi), haenschei (Emery), horni (Santschi), magnifica (Santschi), menozzii (Borgmeier), moelleri (Forel), mordax (Smith), pleu- rodon (Emery), porcata (Emery), rustica (Santschi), striatula Mayr, strigata (Norton), teffensis (Santschi), tornata (Roger), tortuolosa (Smith), triangularis (Mayr), wasmanni (Santschi), wheeleri (Santschi), 1. e. ca. 25% of the known species. After we submitted our manuscript for publication, an anonymous referee sug- gested that we should include in our analysis the genus Heteroponera according to Brown’s (1958) intuitive statement that this is the genus closest to Proceratium and Discothyrea. We added it and, of our own initiative, we added also the genus Acanthoponera: this genus results regularly as sister genus of Heteroponera in both cladistic analyses by Lattke (1994) and by Keller (2000). Of these two genera we examined the follow- ing material: 916 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Fic. 1 Baltic amber specimen BB-1, Bradoponera sp., dealate gyne, lateral view. Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. Heteroponera: brounii (Forel), carinifrons Mayr, dentinodis (Mayr), dolo (Roger), inermis (Emery), i. e. ca. 30% of the described species. Acanthoponera: Acanthoponera sp. (S. Paulo, Brazil, Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali, Turin), mucronata (Roger), 1. e. ca. 50% of the known species. Inclusion of these two genera changed our previous conclusions only for the ap- pearance of the two genera in the cladogram among the outgroups (see later, the results of the cladistic analysis). The following characters were retained as of potential phylogenetic significance (Table 1): 1. Worker and gyne. Anterior clypeal lamella absent (0), or present (1). This is character No. 5 of Lattke (1994). Our coding differs nonetheless from the one of Lattke since we considered the lamella to be polymorphic instead of present in Ectatomma (admitted to be polymorphic also in Lattke’s text, page 110), Gnamptogenys (presence of this structure is equally referred to “most species” by Lattke, page 110, and the lamella is definitely missing in one of our Queensland species), Heteroponera (lamel- la missing at least in brounii). 2. Worker and gyne. Antennal insertion separate from clypeus (0), or fused with the clypeus (1). 3. Worker and gyne. Frontal carinae “normally” thin, lamelliform in profile (0), or remarkably thick in profile (1). THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 917 FIG. 2 Baltic amber BB-6, Bradoponera sp., worker, head in dorsal view (top) and dorsal view of the whole specimen (bottom). Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. 4. Worker and gyne. Funiculus simple (0), or clubbed (1). We find it difficult to make a clear cut between thick and clubbed funiculi. For this reason this is the binary transformation of Lattke’s (1994) character No. 7. 5. Worker and gyne. Mandibles toothed (0), or edentate (1). DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI M. L 918 THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 919 FIG. 5 Baltic amber BB-8, Bradoponera meieri, worker, lateral view. Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. 6. Worker and gyne. Maxillary palps without remarkable expansions (0), or with the second joint hammer-shaped (1). 7. Worker and gyne. Prosternal process triangular (0), or posteriorly bifurcate (1). This is character No. 9 of Lattke (1994) and it is coded entirely after this work but reduced to binary state for clarity, as already suggested by Keller (2000). 8. Worker. Promesonotal suture movable (0), or fused (1). This is character No. 8 of Lattke (1994) 9. Worker and gyne. Metacoxal cavities open (0), or closed (1). This is character No. 16 of Lattke (1994). 10. Worker and gyne. Number of stout, movable setae on the foretibial apex: one (0), or none (1). This is character No. 10 of Lattke (1994). Our coding differs nonetheless from the one of Lattke since we considered this character to be poly- morphic in Gnamptogenys (a movable seta is well visible in both Queensland species). Fics 3-4 3. Baltic amber BB-4, Bradoponera meieri, worker, lateral view. Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. — 4. Baltic amber BB-7, Bradoponera meieri, worker, lateral view. Distance between two scale bars 0.1 mm. 920 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI 11. Worker and gyne. Row of foretarsal setae present (0), or absent or at most reduced to a single seta (1). This is character No. 11 of Lattke (1994). Our coding dif- fers nonetheless from the one of Lattke. We considered this character to be polymor- phic in Gnamptogenys since a row of foretarsal setae is present in both Queensland species and in haenschei. 12. Worker and gyne. Prominent seta on the foretarsal base absent (0), or pres- ent (1). This is character No. 12 of Lattke (1994). 13. Worker and gyne. Number of mesotibial apical spurs, two (0), one (1), or none (2). This is character No. 13 of Lattke (1994). Our coding differs from the one of Lattke since we have abundant evidence for polymorphism of this character in both Proceratium and Discothyrea. | 14. Worker and gyne. Empodia absent (0), or present (1). We find it difficult to make a clear cut between variable and present empodia. For this reason this is the bi- nary transformation of Lattke’s (1994) character No. 15, as already suggested by Keller (2000). 15. Worker and gyne. Claws unidentate (0), or bidentate (1). 16. Worker and gyne. Opening of the metapleural gland directed laterally (0), obliquely or posteriorly (1). This character No. 20 of Lattke (1994). 17. Worker and gyne. Petiole with (0) or without (1) lateral tergite. This is char- acter No. 18 of Lattke (1994). 18. Worker and gyne. Dorsoventral fusion of petiole incomplete (0), or com- plete (1). This is character 19 of Lattke (1994). 19. Worker and gyne. Edge of posterior petiolar foramen where sternite meets tergite invaginated (0), or straight (1). This is character No. 29 of Lattke (1994). 20. Worker and gyne. Posterior border of petiolar sternite with (0), or without lateral lobes (1). This is character No. 23 of Lattke (1994). 21. Worker and gyne. Dorsal stridulitrum on abdominal segment IV absent (0), or present (1). This is character No. 30 of Lattke (1994). 22. Worker and gyne. Anterior face of third abdominal segment smooth (0), or with a carina or ridge (1). This is character No. 22 of Lattke (1994). 23. Worker (and gyne?). Spiracular plate posterior edge not reduced (0), or abruptly reduced in dorsal half (1). This is character No. 1 of Kugler (1991) and it is coded entirely after this work. 24. Worker (and gyne?). Oblong plate fulcral arm not extending along entire postincision (0), or extending along entire postincision to dorsal ridge of oblong plate (1). This is character No. 2 of Kugler (1991) and it is coded entirely after this work. 25. Worker (and gyne?). Gonostyli two segmented (0), or single segmented (1). This is character No. 3 of Kugler (1991) and it is coded entirely after this work. 26. Worker (and gyne?). Gonostylus pilosity abundant (0), or sparse (1) on dis- tal segment. This is character No. 4 of Kugler (1991) and it is coded entirely after this work. 27. Worker (and gyne?). Furcula dorsal arm large, with lateral flanges (0), a distinct simple shaft without flanges (1), reduced to a small tubercle or absent (2), fused to sting base or entirely lost (3). This is character No. 6 of Kugler (1991) and it is coded entirely after this work. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 921 Ss 5 x Su . S 5 Branch lenghts proportional to = $ characters that change unambiguously S 2 > on branch È à à N Ÿ S à 19: 0->1 s S S 5 S S 15: 1->0 à à 5 9 x Ä D R S 24: 0->1 13: 1->0 = SI = 25: 0->1 sen no) SE 28: 1->0 TE 17: 1->0 14: 0->1 18: 1->0 2 S È 16: 1->0 20: 1-20 S = a 26: 1->0 22: 0->1 = DT 8 28: 1->0 = È ©) FIG. 6 Phylogram of the three Proceratiini genera and five outgroups. The labels on the branches list the apomorphic characters. See text for further explanations. 28. Gyne (and male?). Jugal lobe of hind wings present (0), or absent (1). This is character No. 34 of Lattke (1994). 29. Larvae. Haired (0), or completely hairless (1). This character is coded according Wheeler & Wheeler (1976, 1985). Characters employed in other phylogenies and not considered in the present analysis are listed below with their respective justification. We did not include in our analysis the following characters of Lattke (1994): For being of difficult appreciation and/or variable in a number of genera (our interpretation would differ from the original one in a number of cases): 1, 24, 33, 35. For being polymorphic among one or more of the three ingroup taxa considered in the present paper: 3, 4, 6. 922 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Proceratium 98 Discothyrea 91 63 Bradoponera 72 Paraponera Heteroponera 98 Acanthoponera Ectatomma Gnamptogenys FIG. 7 Same tree as in Fig. 6 obtained as a result of 1,000 bootstrap replicates. The clade including the three Proceratiini genera appears with highly significant frequency. For being autapomorphic (i. e. uninformative) for an outgroup taxon among those considered in the present paper: 2, 14, 17, 21, 25, 32, 36. For being invariant among the taxa considered in the present paper: 26, 27, DES: Character 5 of Kugler (1991) was excluded for being variable according to Kugler’s own description and character 7 for being autapomorphic (i. e. uninformative) for an outgroup taxon among those considered in the present paper. Search for the optimal phylogenetic relationships between the genera consid- ered before was performed by PAUP 4.0b10 (Swofford, 2002). Given the small num- ber of taxa involved, an exhaustive search for the optimal tree(s) was performed. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 923 FIG. 8 Bradoponera wunderlichi Baroni Urbani & de Andrade sp. n. dealate gyne, head in dorsal view. All characters were considered as unordered. The phylogram with plotted apomorphies over the branches of fig. 6 was obtained by MacClade 3.01 (Maddison & Maddison, 1992). RESULTS Searching for the shortest tree(s) for the genera considered on the base of the characters described above results in only one optimal tree of length 51, Consistency index (CI) = 0.9020, Homoplasy index (HI) = 0.3725, CI excluding uninformative characters = 0.8611, HI excluding uninformative characters = 0.1389, Retention index (RI) = 0.8276, and Rescaled consistency index (RC) = 0.7465. This result remains unchanged using as outgroup either all the non-Proceratiini genera or Gnamptogenys only. This tree is drawn in form of phylogram at fig. 6. 1,000 bootstrap replicates of the same analysis result in a topologically identical tree where the clade composing the tribe Proceratiini (i. e. ((Proceratium, (Discothy- rea, Bradoponera))) has a frequency of 98% (fig. 7). Rooting the tree by means of all non-Proceratiini genera might imply our forcing the Proceratiini to appear as a monophyletic group. This risk was avoided in our second analysis where the tree was rooted by using Gnamptogenys only as outgroup. The use of Gnamptogenys as single outgroup appears as the most plausible outgroup choice within our data matrix. In fact, Gnamptogenys (and not Paraponera as one might have expected) appears as the most distantly related genus to the Proceratiini even in a comprehensive analysis without outgroup definition. This will 924 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Imm Fic. 9 Bradoponera electrina Baroni Urbani sp. n. worker, petiole in side view. appear clearly by examination of Table 2 where the patristic distances between the gen- era considered in such a non-polarized tree are given. This result could be changed only by changing the data. One might object, however, that this result was obtained by using a number of characters either unknown in Bradoponera, or verified in a small number of species, or both. But this is not the case. Performing another exhaustive search after excluding characters 7, 9, and 19, 21, 23-29 results in three trees differing only in the position of Ectatomma among the outgroups and with one tree perfectly identical to the one of figs 6 and 7. These trees have a length of 33, Consistency index (CI) = 0.9394, Homoplasy index (HI) = 0.4242, CI excluding uninformative characters = 0.9091, HI excluding uninformative charac- ters = 0.0909, Retention index (RI) = 0.8889, Rescaled consistency index (RC) = 0.8350. A bootstrap analysis of these data results in a tree with a minority clade (29%) where Ectatomma appears as sister group of the clade containing (Paraponera, (Pro- ceratium, (Discothyrea, Bradoponera))), but -understandably- the clade comprising the Proceratiini and the one comprising Discothyrea and Bradoponera appear at lower fre- quencies (71% and 87% respectively). We consider as Proceratiini all ponerine ants corresponding to the description following the tribal synonymy. PROCERATIINI Emery Proceratii Emery, 1895: 765. Type genus: Proceratium (by root homonymy). Valid genera in- cluded: Proceratium, Discothyrea. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 925 Proceratiini Emery, Ashmead, 1905: 382. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea. Proceratiini, Emery, 1911: 49. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea, Probo- lomyrmex. Proceratiini Emery, Wheeler, 1922: 644. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea, Probolomyrmex. Ectatommini Emery (partim), Brown, 1958. Senior synonym of Proceratiini. Proceratiini Emery, Wheeler & Wheeler, 1985: 256. Tribal status justified. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea. Discothyrinae Clark, 1951: 15. Type genus Discothyrea (by root homonymy). Implicit synonym of Proceratiini, Wheeler & Wheeler, 1985: 256. Synonym of Ectatommini, Bolton, 1994: 264. Proceratiini Emery, Lattke, 1994: 112. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea. Proceratiini Emery, Bolton, 1995: 15. Valid genera included: Proceratium, Discothyrea, Bradoponera. There seems to be broad but not unequivocal consensus on the genera to be included in the tribe. Former attributions of Probolomyrmex to the Proceratiini were shown to be improbable by means of non-phylogenetic, but morphologically plausible arguments by Brown (1952). A recent paper by Perrault (2000) suggests that Probo- lomyrmex should represent a separate, monotypic subfamily within the Formicidae. If, on one hand, we are rather sceptic on this conclusion and on the rationale from which it was drawn, we take advantage of it at least as a further argument for the exclusion of Probolomyrmex from the Proceratiini. PROCERATIINI: DIAGNOSIS AND DESCRIPTION Worker. Monomorphic but variable in size. Head subglobose, generally longer than broad, rarely as long as broad or broader than long, variable in shape, i. e. with sides convex, subparallel, diverging posteriorly or converging anteriorly. Clypeus well developed, rectangular or subround, rarely triangular, largely or partially overhanging the mandibles, or medially armed with an anterior projection of variable size, convex, rectangular or triangular, or unarmed (truncate). Frontal carinae apart from each other with thin, rarely thick lateral expansions, diverging backwards, gently convex or straight, or attached to form a vertical plate of variable shape and size. Lateral expansions of the frontal carinae never or only partially covering the antennal insertions. Genal carina absent or present; in this case variably marked and generally delimiting a sulcus of changeable depth. Gular area impressed or not. Eyes absent or present; when present represented by small pigmented dots, or by a clear convex facet, or by an agglomeration of salient ommatidia generally with interommatidial pilosity and placed approximately below or over the mid line of the head. Ocelli absent, rarely only the anterior ocellus vestigial or as developed as in the gyne. Antennal insertions entirely or partially surpassing, or on the same line as, or behind the anterior margin of the head. Antennae 6-12-jointed. Scapes surpassing, reaching or much shorter than the vertexal margin, gently or strongly incrassate apically. First funicular joint about as long as broad, broader than long or longer than broad. Funicular joints 2-10 generally broader than long, or about as broad as long, or slightly longer than broad. Last funicular joint slightly inflated or strongly globular, about as long as the sum of joints 2-7, 3-10, 6-10, 7-10, or 8-10, or as long as or longer than the remaining joints. Mandibles subtriangular. Basal margin of the mandibles straight or convex distally. 926 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Mandibles always with a pointed apical tooth. Masticatory margin of the mandibles edentate or with 2-13 denticles of variable size. Palp formula (basal condyle included, when present) 1,3, 2,2, 3,2, 3,3, 4,3, 4,4, 5,3, or 5,4. Second maxillary palp joint hammer-shaped or not. Mesosoma short to elongate. Dorsum of the mesosoma sloping posteriorly or variably convex dorsally. Promesonotal and propodeal sutures generally absent, rarely superficially impressed. Promesopleural and meso-metapleural sutures more impressed ventrally. Propodeum unarmed, simply angulate or denticulate or toothed, rarely with a pair of spines. Area between basal and declivous faces of the propodeum variably concave medially and with or without carina. Each side of the declivous face of the propodeum with a variably marked margin, carina or lamella. Propodeal lobes simply convex or truncate, with or without a pointed or rounded dorsal tooth. Propodeal spiracle round or tubuliform and at mid propodeal height in lateral view. Petiole variable in size, width and height. Petiolar node loaf-shaped, or scale-like, variable in width and thickness, rarely dorsally compressed or pointed. Ventral petiolar process small or large, truncate, triangular, subround or spiniform. Postpetiole (abdominal segment III) anteriorly as broad as or broader than petiole. Postpetiole in dorsal view antero-laterally with sides diverging, convex or angulate. Postpetiolar sternite antero- medially with a variably marked subtriangular margin bearing or not a longitudinal carina prolonged posteriorly. Constriction between postpetiole and gastral segment I present, more or less impressed. Gastral tergum I (abdominal tergum IV) of variable length, convex, continuously curved ventrally or at least with a posterior half clearly separated by a curve from the dorsal one. Sides of the gastral sternite I diversely pro- jecting anteriorly. Remaining gastral tergites and sternites curved ventrally. Sting developed, curved downwards. Legs short or variably elongate. Tibiae of fore and hind legs with a large, pectinate spur. Mid tibiae with or without a pectinate spur variably developed. Spurs of fore legs with or without a basal spine. Mid basitarsi generally shorter or at most as long as the fore ones. Second tarsomere of all legs about as long as, slightly or much longer than the third and fourth tarsomeres. Pretarsal claws simple. Arolia reduced or well developed. Head, mesosoma, petiole, postpetiole and gastral tergum I variably reticulate and/or punctate-granulate; this sculpture superimposed or not by irregular rugosities or by foveae. Remaining gastral tergites variably smooth, reticulate-punctate, punctate, or punctate-foveolate. Legs variably smooth, with super- ficial or deep punctuation-granulation. Body covered by at least two types of hairs: (1) short and often dense, erect, suberect or subdecumbent on the whole body, rarely sparse and appressed, (2) very short, decumbent or appressed on the funicular joints only. A third hair type may be present or absent: (3) long erect or suberect on the whole body, sometimes subdecumbent, dense or sparse; in some cases this pilosity is res- tricted to the apex of the gaster only. Colour yellowish light brown, reddish-brown, dark brown or black. Legs concolorous with or lighter than the body. Gyne. Similar to the worker but slightly differing from it in the usual caste- dependent characters. The most salient of these characters are the following: size generally larger; compound eyes larger and with apparently widespread ocular pilosity; ocelli always present; mesosoma robust; promesonotal and propodeal sutures im- pressed; metanotum sometimes spiniform. Basal face of the propodeum very short or slightly prolonged backwards. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 927 ars ae Fic. 10 Bradoponera meieri Mayr, worker, head in dorsal view (top) and entire profile (bottom). 928 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Wings. Fore wings variably pigmented, in some species infuscate, brown or whitish-yellow to hyaline. The wing venation appears to follow six distinct patterns as follows (Bradoponera wings are unknown): 1. m-cu marked and Rsf3 not reaching Rsf1. 27, Rsf4, Rsf5, r-m, Mf4 marked. Rsf5 reaching the Costa. 2. m-cu marked, Rsf3 and Rsf4 missing. 27, Rsf5, r-m marked. Rsf5 not reaching the Costa. 3. m-cu marked, Rsf3, Rsf4, r-m and Mf4 missing. 2r, Rsf5 marked. Rsf5 not reaching the Costa. 4. m-cu, Rsf3 and Rsf4 missing. 2r very long, Rsf5, r-m, and Mf4 of variable length. Rsf5 not reaching the Costa. 5. m-cu Rsf3, Rsf4, r-m and Mf4 missing. 2r very long, Rsf5 of variable length. Rsf5 not reaching the Costa. 6. m-cu Rsf3, Rsf4, and Mf4 missing. 2r short, Rsf5 and r-m absent to long. Rsf5 approaching or reaching the Costa. According to the material available to us this type seems to be the characteristic Discothyrea wing. Hind wings pigmented as the fore wings and showing three venation patterns (we were unable to examine Discothyrea hind wings): 1. r-m distinct and R reaching the anterior margin. M and CuA variably marked. 2. r-m distinct and R not reaching the anterior margin. M and CuA variably marked. 3. r-m missing. M and CuA variably marked. Male. Size variable, generally smaller than or nearly as large as the gyne. Head about as broad as long, broader than long or longer than broad. Vertex variably convex. Clypeus antero-medially variably projecting; simply straight, slightly convex, subrec- tangular or subtriangular. Frontal carinae reduced, never hiding the antennal socket and generally separate, rarely close to each other. Sides of the frontal carinae subparallel, or slightly diverging posteriorly. Antennae 13-segmented. Ocelli large. Compound eyes very large and mostly on the anterior half of the head sides. Scapes variable in size, not reaching or surpassing the unpaired ocellus or slightly surpassing the vertex- al margin. First funicular joint shorter than or as long as the second; distal joint as long as the sum of joints 10-11 or 9-11. Mandibles slender, edentate or minutely and irreg- ularly denticulate, and with a visible apical, pointed tooth. Palp formula (basal condyle included) 3,2 4,3, 5,2 or 5,3. Second maxillary palp joint with or without hammer- shape. Mesosoma robust. Mesonotum and scutellum convex. Propodeum with or without differentiated basal and declivous faces. Sides between basal and declivous faces of the propodeum separate by similar projections as in the worker and gyne but sometimes more reduced. Metanotum spiniform or not. Propodeal lobes similar to those of the worker and gyne. Petiole variably convex, rarely scale-like, lower and narrower than in the female castes. Subpetiolar process and postpetiolar sternite with structures resembling those of the female but usually much more reduced. Postpetiole broader than the petiole. Gastral segments generally less curved than in the worker and gyne. Legs long and slender. Sculpture similar to the one of the worker and gyne but generally more superficial; few species with the sculpture on the first gastric tergite more impressed than in the worker and gyne. Pilosity resembling the one of the work- er and gyne but slightly less dense. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 929 Wings. Gynes and males have similar fore and hind wings. Male wings are usu- ally smaller than those of the gynes but their venation follows the same patterns. Colour generally darker than the worker and the gyne. Some species black with lighter legs. Members of the tribe Proceratiini are often easy to distinguish from their gen- eral appearance. At least the combination of a short cephalic capsule coupled with ex- posed antennal insertions and the curved gaster should allow an easy separation of these ants from the remaining ponerines in most instances. According to Wheeler & Wheeler (1976, 1985) the Proceratiini larvae are high- ly characteristic by being entirely hairless. This conclusion is based on examination of three Proceratium and two Discothyrea species. In our cladistic framework, the following characters result synapomorphic for the tribe: Claws unidentate. Oblong plate extending along entire postincision of plate. Unisegmented gonostyli. Hairless larvae. There are at least three additional characters shared by the Proceratiini genera and not by what results as their sister genus in our study, i. e. closed metacoxal cavi- ties, loss of foretarsal setae and loss of the dorsal stridulitrum. These characters can not be interpreted as Proceratiini synapomorphies in our analytical framework since they are present also in Acanthoponera and Heteroponera. We are aware that the previous synapomorphy list is likely to undergo modifi- cations if the analysis would be extended to a broader array of ponerine genera. The following genera are included in the tribe: Proceratium, Discothyrea and 7Bradoponera. Proceratium Roger Proceratium Roger, 1863: 171. Type species Proceratium silaceum Roger, 1863, by monotypy. Proceratium Roger, Baroni Urbani & de Andrade, 2003: 40 ff. World revision. Undoubted autapomorphy of the genus: worker, gyne and male with hammer- shaped maxillary palps. Discothyrea Roger Discothyrea Roger, 1863: 171. Type species Discothyrea testacea Roger, 1863, by monotypy. Undoubted autapomorphy of the genus: worker and gyne antennal insertion fused with the clypeus. This character is actually present in one Proceratium species as well: P. microsculptum de Andrade. Our phylogenetic analysis (Baroni Urbani & de Andrade, 2003) shows that its appearance in this species is homoplastic. P. micro- sculptum, however, has the characteristic hammer-shaped maxillary palps missing in Discothyrea. iBradoponera Mayr Bradoponera Mayr, 1868: 73. Type species: Bradoponera meieri Mayr, 1868, by monotypy. 930 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI Undoubted autapomorphy of the genus: worker and gyne frontal carinae thick (not lamelliform) in profile. Table 3 summarizes the main characters distinguishing Proceratium, Discothyrea and Bradoponera. For the genus Bradoponera we propose the following detailed diagnosis and description: +BRADOPONERA Mayr Worker. Monomorphic and little variable in size. Head subglobose, slightly longer than bread, with sides convex or diverging posteriorly. Clypeus medially armed with a slightly developed anterior projection, convex in shape. Frontal carinae separate from each other with narrow, thick lateral expansions diverging backwards. Lateral expansions of the frontal carinae only partially covering the antennal insertions. Genal carina absent or superficially marked posteriorly only and delimiting a shallow sulcus. Gular area not impressed. Eyes small, flat and represented by few inconspicuous ommatidia with ocular pilosity, or large, convex and composed by an agglomeration of salient ommatidia, generally with ocular pilosity and approximately over the mid line of the head. Antennal insertions at the same level of the anterior margin of the head. Antennae 9 or 12-jointed. Scapes shorter than the vertexal margin, gently incrassate apically. First funicular joint about as long as broad or slightly longer than broad. Second funicular joint broader than long or about as long as broad. Joints 3-7 or 3-10 broader than longer. Last funicular joint about as long as the sum of joints 3-10 or slightly shorter than the sum of joints 2-7. Mandibles subtriangular. Basal margin of the mandibles gently convex distally, with a pointed apical tooth. Masticatory margin edentate. Palp formula 5,4. Second maxillary palp joint apparently not hammer-shaped. Mesosoma short and robust, its dorsum gently convex. Promesonotal suture superficially impressed (see e. g. fig. 3). Propodeal suture superficially impressed or not. Promesopleural and meso-metapleural sutures more impressed ventrally. Pro- podeum unarmed, or with a pair of small subround teeth. Area between the basal and declivous faces of the propodeum weakly concave medially. Sides of the declivous face of the propodeum with a variably marked margin. Propodeal lobes gently convex. Propodeal spiracle round and placed at mid height in profile. Petiole in side view with cuneiform apex, or scale-like. Ventral petiolar process subround. Postpetiole (abdo- minal segment III) anteriorly broader than the petiole. Postpetiole in dorsal view antero-laterally with variably convex sides. Postpetiolar sternite antero-medially with a marked subtriangular margin. Constriction between postpetiole and gastral segment I impressed. Gastral tergum I convex, continuously curved dorsoventrally. Sides of the gastral sternite I projecting or not anteriorly. Remaining gastral tergites and sternites curved ventrally. Sting developed. Legs little elongate with slightly incrassate tibiae. Tibiae of fore and hind legs with a large, pectinate spur. Mid tibiae with a small pecti- nate spur. Spurs of fore legs without basal spine. Mid basitarsi shorter than the fore ones. Second tarsomere of the three pairs of legs about as long as or slightly longer than each third and fourth tarsomeres. Pretarsal claws simple. Arolia strongly developed. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 931 Head, mesosoma, petiole and postpetiole punctate-granulate or variably punctate-fove- olate. Gastral tergum I superficially punctate and with traces of small foveae or super- ficially granulate. Legs punctate. Body covered by short, appressed hairs with or without additional, short, sparse, suberect and subdecumbent hairs. Colour apparently dark brown. Gyne. Similar to the worker and differing from it only by the presence of ocel- li and by the stouter mesosoma with wing sclerites. Wings unknown. Male unknown. SPECIES DESCRIPTIONS Bradoponera wunderlichi Baroni Urbani & de Andrade sp. n. Figs 1, 8 Type material: holotype, unique, dealate gyne in Baltic amber, labelled: BB-1, in the MRSN. Derivatio nominis: this species is named after Dr J. Wunderlich who sent us several important Baltic amber samples to study. Diagnosis. A Bradoponera species, known from the gyne only, similar to meieri but differing from it, by the antennae 9 segmented instead of 12 segmented, by the integumental sculpture more superficial and by its smaller size (TL = 2.53 mm instead ONE 3:25 mm). Gyne. Head slightly longer than broad with the sides diverging posteriorly. Vertex convex. Frontal carinae stout, partially covering the antennal insertions. Lateral expansions of the frontal carinae narrow, very thick, diverging anteriorly and gently convex posteriorly. Frontal carinae dorso-medially with a superficial sulcus starting from a small, subround anterior denticle and reaching the median ocellus posteriorly. Clypeus strongly convex, protruding anteriorly, slightly narrower than the frontal carinae anteriorly and clearly separated from them by a superficial suture. Antennal sockets about as long as the antero-lateral clypeal margin. Scapes stout, surpassing the posterior border of the eyes. First and second funicular joints subequal in size, about as long as broad. Joints 3-7 broader than long. Last funicular joint slightly shorter than the sum of joints 2-7. Eyes slightly longer than 1/5 of the head length (mandibles excluded). Interocellar pilosity, if present, indistinguishable in the sole specimen available. Mandibles triangular, edentate and dorsally convex. Mesosoma robust, about as long as the head (mandibles included). Mesonotum and scutellum gently convex. Propodeum with distinct basal and declivous faces. Basal face short, weakly depressed medially. Sides between the basal and declivous faces with a stout angle. Declivous face flat. Propodeal lobes subround. Petiole twice broader than long, with the apex of the node angled in profile. Anterior face truncate to gently declivous anteriorly in side view. Petiolar sides sub- parallel. Ventral process of the petiole subround and developed. Postpetiole about as long as the first gastric tergite. Anterior face of the postpetiole gently concave and about as high as the apex of the petiolar node. First gastral tergite gently curved ven- trally. First gastral sternite triangular in lateral view and very narrow medially. Remaining gastral tergites and sternites curved ventrally. De 0 OF 6 1 07 0 20: 00/0 Ser 0) BOO Ie 0.7120 2004.0 2070 On piauodoyjuvoy (Mets Oe te à 720.0 2020280 27 2108 ae = 1° OSEO 100) 0 10 OO piauodosajafy © © © 0 CETO SET MOST 1 “Ole 1 20> 0080 SOR 000 ORO OO paauodbivq © © Cd CD 0 CORTO 7 SOSTE AIR Te 0 2005 200 Ie SOLO NOOO DUULOID9 (Meee 0. 0) BOSIO) Uli SOC DE 1 27210: 0 sel S10) 100 ab el | ONTO O RORNORNIO scuasojdupuy eee eee oe = I 30 Om TOT alt Sete le eet OF SI ORO piauodoppg peo 1750-08 D 2021] 1 A0 40k © 210" T0 M Bilge te DEE SOIA paikyjoosiq OSIO IS Sale 1 LOMO TO °C 10m Te ASTI O be 0 0080200 UNHDAIIOA A 67 87 LT JT ST HC ET CT IT 07 61 SE LI OT SE PI el ZI II OÙ 6 8 LYS FH E TI M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI 932 "]X9] ou} ur suoneue]dxo JOYyLIN ‘viouss ourouod Jo ajdures è Fuowre onjeA onouaSo]Ayd pounsaid Jo ssdjoRIeYO JO UONNQINSIC :[ ATAVL THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 933 TABLE 2: Patristic distances among the genera considered in the present paper in the unique most parsimonious unrooted tree. a I Below diagonal: = 3 S 3 è 3 S S adjusted character È S à So = 5 = S distances. S S à i S 3 = = Above diagonal: S S È S S à S = patristic distances. = A a 5 È È x > Proceratium d 5 17 17 10 24 23 Discothyrea + 2 18 18 11 25 24 Bradoponera 4 2 18 18 11 25 24 Gnamptogenys 11 12 5 2 9 11 10 Ectatomma 15 16 7 2 9 11 10 Paraponera 10 11 9) 7 6 16 15 Heteroponera 11 13 12 6 10 13 1 Acanthoponera 15 17 13 8 10 14 1 TABLE 3: Synopsis of some significant characters distinguishing the three Proceratiini genera: Proceratium, Discothyrea and Bradoponera. Proceratium Discothyrea Bradoponera Clypeus anteriorly protruding or not protruding protruding Antennal insertions on a on or out on out clypeal prominence Number of antennal joints 12 6 to 12 9 or 12 at most as long as at least as long as about as Last funicular joint joint 6 up to joint 2 up to long as penultimate penultimate joint 2 up to penultimate Mandibles dentale edentate edentate Palp formula 2,2; 3,2; 3,3; 4,3 1,3; 4,3; 4,4; 5,3 5,4 Second maxillary Hammer-shaped at most slightly apparently palp curved curved only Petiolar peduncle present or absent absent absent Fore tibiae basal seta present or absent absent absent Empodia developed or not developed developed Femora slightly elongate. Tibiae inflated. Each tibia with a pectinate spur; spurs of mid legs small. Hind tibiae about 1/6 shorter than the hind femora. Hind basitarsi slightly shorter than the hind tibiae. Arolia strongly developed. Sculpture. Head, mesosoma and petiole densely and minutely punctate-foveo- late, the foveae slightly deeper and larger on the head sides, variably clumped on the mesosoma and missing on the declivous face of the propodeum. Postpetiole super- 934 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI ficially punctate-foveolate, the foveae very small and denser antero-laterally. First gastral tergite minutely and superficially punctate and with traces of foveae on the sides only. Legs punctate. Pilosity. Body covered by minute, appressed hairs. Colour. Dark brown-black. Measurements in mm and Indices: TL 2.53; HL 0.67; HW 0.61; EL 0.14; SL 0.41; WL 0.73; PeL 0.16; PeW 0.32; HFeL 0.39; HTiL 0.33; HBaL 0.31; LS4 0.16; LT4 0.47; CI 91.0; SI 61.2; IGR 0.34. Bradoponera electrina Baroni Urbani sp. n. Figs 2, 9 Type material: holotype, unique, worker in Baltic amber, labelled: BB-6, in the MRSN. Derivatio nominis: From the Latin electrinus (= made of amber). Diagnosis. A Bradoponera species the worker of which differs from the worker of meieri and from the gyne of wunderlichi by its larger size (TL = 3.49 mm instead of TL < 2.85 mm), by the petiole almost four times broader than long instead of only twice broader than long and by the body with suberect hairs (missing in meieri and wunderlichi). Worker. Head stout, slightly longer than broad, with convex sides. Vertex weakly convex. Frontal carinae narrower and less raised than in meieri and wunder- lichi, leaving completely exposed the antennal insertions. Sides of the frontal carinae diverging posteriorly. Frontal carinae dorso-medially with a longitudinal ruga pro- longing posteriorly. Clypeus less developed than in meieri and wunderlichi, convex, protruding anteriorly, about as broad as the frontal carinae anteriorly and clearly sepa- rated from them by an impressed suture. Antennal sockets about as long as the antero- lateral clypeal margin. Scapes less stout than in meieri and wunderlichi, surpassing the posterior border of the eyes. First funicular joint about 1/4 longer than broad. Joints 2-10 broader than long. Last funicular joint slightly shorter than the sum of joints 2-10. Eyes small, composed by a flat agglomeration of inconspicuous ommatidia with inter- ocellar pilosity. Mandibles triangular, edentate and dorsally convex. Mesosoma stout, 1/5 shorter than head length (mandibles included). Mesosoma in profile weakly convex. Pronotal suture superficially impressed. Propodeum with separate basal and declivous faces. Basal face not distinctly differentiated from the mesonotum and slightly sloping posteriorly, close to the declivous face. Basal and declivous propodeal faces separated dorsally and laterally by a superficial margin only. Declivous face of the propodeum flat. Propodeal lobes reduced and subround. Petiole almost four times broader than long. Petiole in profile scale-like, weakly narrowing apically and with gently convex apex. Anterior and posterior faces of the petiole in side view truncate. Ventral process of the petiole subround and developed. Postpetiole slightly longer than the first gastric tergite. Anterior face of the postpetiole straight and about as high as the apex of the petiolar node. First gastral tergite gently curved ventrally, less triangular than in meieri and wunderlichi in profile, and narrow medially. Remaining gastral tergites and sternites curved ventrally. Femora slightly elongate. Mid and hind tibiae less inflated than in meieri and wunderlichi. Fore tibiae moderately inflated. Each tibiae with a pectinate spur; spurs of fore legs small. Hind tibiae about 1/10 shorter than the hind femora. Hind basitarsi about 1/3 shorter than the hind tibiae. Arolia well developed. THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 935 Sculpture. Head, mesosoma and petiole densely punctate-granulate. Postpetiole and gaster superficially granulate and with minute piligerous punctures. Legs punctate. Pilosity. Body covered by dense, short, appressed hairs and by sparser suberect and subdecumbent hairs longer than the appressed ones, slightly shorter and sparser on the funicular joints. Colour. Dark brown-black. Measurements in mm and Indices: TL 3.49; HL 0.91; HW 0.86; EL 0.07; SL 0.51; WL 0.86; PeL 0.15; PeW 0.55; HFeL 0.49; HTiL 0.45; HBaL 0.31; LS4 0.26; LT4 0.68; CI 94.5; SI 56.0; IGR 0.38. Bradoponera meieri Mayr Figs 3-5, 10 Material examined: BALTIC AMBER: 3 workers, BB-4, BB-7, BB-8 [all JWCS]. Diagnosis. A Bradoponera species the gyne of which is similar to the one of wunderlichi, but differs from it by the antennae 12 instead of 9 segmented, by the sculpture more impressed, and by the larger size (TL = 3.25 mm instead of 2.53 mm). Worker. Vertex gently convex. Frontal carinae stout, reaching the internal border of the antennal insertions. Lateral expansions of the frontal carinae narrow, very thick, anteriorly diverging and posteriorly gently convex. Frontal carinae dorso-me- dially with a superficial sulcus originating from a small, subtriangular anterior denticle and prolonging posteriorly. Clypeus strongly convex, protruding anteriorly, about as broad as the frontal carinae anteriorly and clearly separated from them by an impressed suture. Antennal sockets about as long as the antero-lateral clypeal margin. Scapes stout, surpassing the posterior border of the eyes. First funicular joint about as long as broad. Joints 2-10 broader than long. Last funicular joint as long as the sum of joints 3-10. Eyes about 1/5 of the head length (mandibles excluded) with minute interocellar pilosity. Mandibles triangular, edentate and dorsally convex. Mesosoma robust, about as long as the head (mandibles included), dorsally convex in profile. Pronotal and propodeal sutures superficially impressed. Propodeum with distinct basal and declivous faces. Basal face very short and gently sloping posteriorly. Basal and declivous faces separated by a superficial margin dorsally and by a marked angle resembling a small, subround tooth laterally. Declivous face of the propodeum flat. Propodeal lobes subround. Petiole twice broader than long. Petiole in side view with the apex of the node angle-shaped. Anterior face of the petiole in profile truncate to gently declivous. Petiolar sides subparallel. Ventral process of the petiole subround and developed. Post- petiole subequal in length to the first gastric tergite. Anterior face of the postpetiole about as high as the apex of the petiole. First gastral tergite gently curved ventrally. First gastral sternite triangular in lateral view and very narrow medially. Remaining gastral tergites and sternites curved ventrally. Femora moderately elongate. Tibiae inflated. Each tibia with a pectinate spur; spurs of mid legs small. Hind tibiae slightly shorter than or about as long as the hind femora. Hind basitarsi about 1/5 shorter than the hind tibiae. Arolia well developed. Sculpture. Head, mesosoma and petiole densely and minutely punctate-foveo- late and minutely rugulose, the foveae slightly deeper and larger on the head sides, 936 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI sparser on the pleurae and on the petiole, missing on the declivous face of the pro- podeum, and the rugosities rare on the petiole. Postpetiole punctate-foveolate, the foveae smaller and denser antero-laterally. First gastral tergite superficially punctate and with very sparse foveae, more superficial than those on the postpetiole. Legs punctate. Pilosity. Body covered by minute, appressed hairs. Colour. Dark brown-black. Measurements in mm and Indices: TL 2.70-2.85; HL 0.68-0.70; HW 0.60-0.63; EL 0.14; SL 0.45; WL 0.76-0.78; PeL 0.17-0.19; PeW 0.34-0.38; HFeL 0.44-0.45; HTiL 0.42-0.44; HBaL 0.33-0.35; LS4 0.19-0.20; LT4 0.52-0.56; CI 88.2-90.0; SI 64.3; IGR 0.34-0.38. CONCLUDING REMARKS Since the original description of Mayr (1868) the genus Bradoponera was never fully justified to belong to the Proceratiini. The main reason for such ambiguity is the fact that Bradoponera was known from a single fossil species from Baltic amber and the sole specimens representing it were deposited in the Koenigsberg amber collection, a collection partly lost or destroyed during Second World War. Placement within the Proceratiini, however, appears likely and is fully confirmed by the rediscovery of the genus reported in this paper. The Proceratiini, hence, result as a rather homogeneous tribe of Ponerinae containing three genera, Proceratium, Discothyrea and Brado- ponera, all represented in the fossil record (de Andrade, 1998, Baroni Urbani & de Andrade, 2003, and present contribution). The first two genera have a broad tropical and subtropical distribution with deep penetrations into the temperate zones today, while the third one appears to be extinct, although the three species described from Baltic amber in this paper demonstrate a previously unsuspected species diversity in Europe during Palaeogene. We show for the first time that each Proceratiini genus is characterized by a clear, significant autapomorphy. The sole known exception (the fusion of the clypeus with the antennal insertions characteristic of Discothyrea and appearing occasionally also in Proceratium microsculptum) is interpreted as due to homoplasy. This interpre- tation is confirmed by the internal phylogeny of the genus Proceratium proposed by Baroni Urbani & de Andrade (2003) where P. microsculptum occupies a rather terminal position. The Proceratiini as a whole appear as a fairly homogeneous tribe whose mem- bers are easy to recognize by a combination of characters ranging from their bauplan to the clypeal and antennal morphology. We suggest a set of four synapomorphies for the tribe after a cladistic analysis of their genera comprising five plausible, potential outgroups. We are aware, however, that a broader analysis considering the whole subfamily Ponerinae or the discovery of new characters might modify at least partially our results. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Our gratitude goes to Dr Jorg Wunderlich for sending us to study several inter- esting amber samples without exercising any pressure to have them returned quickly. Dr Pier Mauro Giachino accepted to acquire for the Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali of Turin the types of the new species described in this paper in order to allow THE BALTIC AMBER ANT GENUS BRADOPONERA 937 their deposition in a public institution. Armin Coray executed the drawings with his customary competence. An anonymous referee provided a very careful, circumstantial analysis of a first draft of this paper. Its present shape benefits considerably from these criticisms. REFERENCES ANDRADE (DE), M. L. 1998. First fossil records of the ant genus Discothyrea in Dominican and Mexican amber (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Fragmenta entomologica 30: 201-214. ASHMEAD, W. H. 1905. A skeleton of a new arrangement of the families, subfamilies, tribes and genera of the ants, or the superfamily Formicoidea. Canadian Entomologist 37: 381-384. BARONI URBANI, C. & ANDRADE (DE), M. L. 2003. The ant genus Proceratium in the extant and fossil record (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali-Torino, Monografie 36: 1-492. BOLTON, B. 1994. Identification guide to the ant genera of the world. Harvard University Press, Cambridge (Mass.) & London, 1+222 pp. BOLTON, B. 1995. A new general catalogue of the ants of the world. Harvard University Press, Cambridge (Mass.) & London, 504 pp. Brown, W. L. 1952. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae I. Tribe Platy- thyreini (Hymenoptera). Breviora Museum of Comparative Zoology 6: 1-6. Brown, W. L. 1958. Contributions toward a reclassification of the Formicidae. II. Tribe Ecta- tommini (Hymenoptera). Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College 118: 175-362. CLARK, J. 1951. The Formicidae of Australia. 1. Subfamily Myrmeciinae. CSIRO, Melbourne, 230 pp. Emery, C. 1895. Die Gattung Dorylus Fab. und die systematische Eintheilung der Formiciden. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Abtheilung fiir Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Thiere 8: 685-778, pl. 14-17. Emery, C. 1911. Hymenoptera, Fam. Formicidae, subfam. Ponerinae. In: WYTSMAN, P. Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 118: 124 pp. KELLER, R. A. 2000. Cladistics of the tribe Ectatommini (Hymenoptera: Formicidae): a reap- praisal. Insect Systematics & Evolution 31: 59-69. KUGLER, C. 1991. Stings of ants of the tribe Ectatommini (Formicidae: Ponerinae). Insecta Mundi 5: 153-166. LATTKE, J. E. 1994. Phylogenetic relationships and classification of ectatommine ants (Hymen- optera: Formicidae). Entomologica Scandinavica 25: 105-119. MADDISON, W. P. & MADDISON, D. R. 1992. MacClade: analysis of phylogeny and character evo- lution. Version 3.01. Xi+398 pp. + Floppy disk. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massa- chusetts. Mayr, G. L. 1868. Die Ameisen des baltischen Bernsteins. Beitrdge zur Naturkunde Preussens. Königlichen physikalisch- ökonomischen Gesellschaft zu Königsberg 1: 1-102, 5 pl. PERRAULT, G. H. 2000. Les Probolomyrmicinae, nouvelle sous-famille pour le genre Probolo- myrmex (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Bulletin de la Société entomologique de France 105: 253-272. ROGER, J. 1863. Die neu aufgeführten Gattungen und Arten meines Formiciden-Verzeichnisses, nebst Ergänzung einiger früher gegebenen Beschreibungen. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift 7: 131-214. SWOFFORD, D. L. 2002. PAUP*. Phylogenetic Analysis Using Parsimony (*and Other Methods). Version 4.0b10. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massachusetts. WHEELER, G. C. & WHEELER, J. 1976. Ant larvae: review and synthesis. Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Washington 7: v+108 pp. 938 M. L. DE ANDRADE & C. BARONI URBANI WHEELER, G. C. & WHEELER, J. 1985. A simplified conspectus of the Formicidae. Transactions of the American Entomological Society 111: 255-264. WHEELER, W. M. 1915. The ants of the Baltic amber. Schriften der Physikalisch-ökonomischen Gesellschaft zu Königsberg in Pr. 55: 1-142. Leipzig & Berlin. WHEELER, W. M. 1922. Keys to the genera and subgenera of ants. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 45: 631-710. REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Tome 110 — Fascicule 4 GATT, Paul. New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empidoidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region . ..... OsELLA, Giuseppe, Di Marco, Carla & Zuppa, Anna Maria. Un nuovo Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 d’Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, NONE, ra REEL ie ea eo NE: LIENHARD, Charles. Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Pso- coptera (Insecta), with remarks on species richness ............... DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I ......... MAHNERT, Volker. Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseu- doscorpiones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Brovinceschinas re ee ARI PENG, Xian-Jin & Li, Shugiang. Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China WAraneaes Salticidae) run. isa ea em nee har ve a ne eee PACE, Roberto. Gyrophaenini dei generi Sternotropa, Pseudoligota e Adel- arthra del Monte Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, Staphyli- DIECI INIT RI CIN KODADA, Jaén & CIAMPOR Jr, Fedor. Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: EMIR LORA AUR E JUVARA-BALS, Ilinca. Comments on Leptogamasus Trägardh sensu Juvara- Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. (Acari: Gamasida: Parasitidae) ................. CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., ALMIRON, Adriana E., BECHARA, José A., Roux, Juan P. & RUIZ DIAZ, Federico. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Iberä wetland, Argentina ......... GBEDJISSI, Louis Ghélus, VALA, Jean-Claude, KNUTSON, Lloyd & Dossou, Christian. Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomy- zidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater JÉGU, Michel, KEITH, Philippe & LE BAIL, Pierre-Yves. Myloplus plan- quettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), une nouvelle espèce de grand Serrasalminae phytophage du bouclier guyanais ................. KRONESTEDT, Torbjörn & LoGuNov, Dmitri V. Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), dspalrioft altitudinally;seeresated species na ea LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Compléments à la faune de scorpions (Arachnida) de l’Afrique du Nord, avec des considérations sur le genre Buthus Leach, ISIS: 5 ee a ont n coin mks. RE ion. DE ANDRADE, Maria L. & BARONI URBANI, Cesare. The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Proceratiini genera...... Pages 669-684 685-693 695-721 723-737 739-748 749-759 761-781 783-795 797-805 807-816 817-832 833-853 855-873 875-912 913-938 REVUE SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE Volume 110 — Number 4 GATT, Paul. New species and records of Microphorella Becker (Diptera: Empidoidea, Dolichopodidae) from the Mediterranean region . ..... OsELLA, Giuseppe, Di Marco, Carla & Zuppa, Anna Maria. A new Caulomorphus Faust, 1886 from Anatolia (Coleoptera, Curculionidae, MOV NAS) ER ER INIZI LIENHARD, Charles. Nomenclatural amendments concerning Chinese Pso- coptera (Insecta), with remarks on species richness ............... DANKITTIPAKUL, Pakawin & WANG, Xin-Ping. New species of coelotine spiders (Araneae, Amaurobiidae) from northern Thailand I......... MAHNERT, Volker. Four new species of pseudoscorpions (Arachnida, Pseu- doscorpiones: Neobisiidae, Chernetidae) from caves in Yunnan Rriovinee NCA SE ee A ag ee ee PR TRES PENG, Xian-Jin & Li, Shugiang. Spiders of the genus Plexippus from China (Araneae:1Salticidae) says iii et ee CT PACE, Roberto. The Gyrophaenini of the genera Sternotropa, Pseudoligota and Adelarthra from Mount Kinabalu (Borneo, Sabah) (Coleoptera, SA DAVIS) nes sees sod ower feito hss oxo A RCI EN TETE KODADA, Jin & CIAMPOR Jr, Fedor. Okalia globosa, a new genus and species of Macronychini from Malaysia (Insecta: Coleoptera: ÉMIS) ee RE bo osc ne RNA JUVARA-BALS, Ilinca. Comments on Leptogamasus Trägardh sensu Juvara- Bals, 1981 with the description of Leptogamasus (Holoperigamasus) tabacarui sp. n. (Acari: Gamasida: Parasitidae) . ................ CASCIOTTA, Jorge R., ALMIRON, Adriana E., BECHARA, José A., Roux, Juan P. & Ruiz Diaz, Federico. Astyanax pynandi sp. n. (Characiformes, Characidae) from the Esteros del Iberä wetland, Argentina......... GBEDJISSI, Louis Ghélus, VALA, Jean-Claude, KNUTSON, Lloyd & Dossou, Christian. Predation by larvae of Sepedon ruficeps (Diptera: Sciomy- zidae) and population dynamics of the adult flies and their freshwater DRE PR near area innere RM RR JÉGU, Michel, KEITH, Philippe & LE BAIL, Pierre-Yves. Myloplus plan- quettei sp. n. (Teleostei, Characidae), a new species of large phyto- phageous Serrasalminae from Guiana Shield ................. KRONESTEDT, Torbjörn & LOGUNOV, Dmitri V. Separation of two species standing as Sitticus zimmermanni (Simon, 1877) (Araneae, Salticidae), aipanotalutudinally-sesresated species Attese PEER EE LOURENÇO, Wilson R. Additions to the scorpion fauna (Arachnida) of North Africa with special reference to the genus Buthus Leach, 1815 ...... DE ANDRADE, Maria L. & BARONI URBANI, Cesare. The Baltic amber ant genus Bradoponera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), with description of two new species and a reassessment of the Proceratiini genera...... Indexed in CURRENT CONTENTS, SCIENCE CITATION INDEX Pages 669-684 685-693 695-721 723-737 739-748 749-759 761-781 783-795 797-805 807-816 817-832 833-853 855-873 875-912 913-938 PUBLICATIONS DU MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE CATALOGUE DES INVERTEBRES DE LA SUISSE, Ns 1-17 (1908-1926) ........ série Fr. (prix des fascicules sur demande) REVUE DEPALÉOBIOLOGIE NN ern so ot Soa nee oe Echange ou par fascicule Fr. LE RHINOLOPHE (Bulletin du centre d’étude des chauves-souris)....... par fascicule Fr. COLLEMBOLENFAUNA EUROPAS H. Gisin, 312 p., 1960 (Réimpression, 1984) ................................. Fr. THE EUROPEAN PROTURA: THEIR TAXONOMY, ECOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION, WITH KEYS FOR DETERMINATION MINOSER AO De OM St paper OI ERI LINE Fr. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DIPLOPODA RSTMEOEEMANSA2 3 TD IES) ¢ si ale ms TOA noms Gn Hin ob wid OEM Fr. LES OISEAUX NICHEURS DU CANTON DE GENEVE P. GEROUDET, C. GUEX & M. MAIRE 35p nombreuses cartes/et figures, 1983 ooo riti cer ro ete Fr. CATALOGUE COMMENTE DES TYPES D'ECHINODERMES ACTUELS CONSERVES DANS LES COLLECTIONS NATIONALES SUISSES, SUIVI D'UNE NOTICE SUR LA CONTRIBUTION DE LOUIS AGASSIZ A LA CONNAISSANCE DES ECHINODERMES ACTUELS NEISNGOUN OV gp OSE RARO lene RS et Mate de ey See reg eis ares Fr. RADULAS DE GASTEROPODES LITTORAUX DE LA MANCHE (COTENTIN-BAIE DE SEINE, FRANCE) NOEINED IA WiUESI Se RE MAREDA 62 [piel 99 RR siete ste ders I een: Fr. GASTROPODS OF THE CHANNEL AND ATLANTIC OCEAN: SHELLS AND RADULAS YCo LEVINDEAR, US WAGERS 62s] GUM UNict SDV IIIS) ate e aia COO ie Fr. O. SCHMIDT SPONGE CATALOGUE R. DESQUEYROUX-FAUNDEZ & S.M. STONE, 190 p., 1992...................... . Er. ATLAS DE REPARTITION DES AMPHIBIENS ET REPTILES DU CANTON DE GENEVE A. KELLER, V. AELLEN & V. MAHNERT, 48 p., 1993 ............................ Fr. THE MARINE MOLLUSKS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: A DOCUMENTED FAUNAL LIST NAIEINE 1801919058 m Bike nema ii ia (hes asia Canal al salini n Fr. NOTICE SUR LES COLLECTIONS MALACOLOGIQUES DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE FCs CATUIEZ 49 yee OS ES rss cect cere RARE O er aN NOI IE Fr. PROCEEDINGS OF THE XIIIth INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ARACHNOLOGY, Geneva 1995 (ed. V. MAHNERT), 720 p. (2 vol.), 1996 ...... Fr. CATALOGUE OF THE SCAPHIDIINAE (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis I), I. LOBL, xii + 190 p., 1997...................... Fr. CATALOGUE SYNONYMIQUE ET GÉOGRAPHIQUE DES SYRPHIDAE (DIPTERA) DE LA REGION AFROTROPICALE (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis II), H. G. DIRICKx, x +187 p., 1998................. Fr. A REVISION OF THE CORYLOPHIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF THE WEST PALAEARCTIC REGION (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis II), S. BOWESTEAD, 203 p., 1999................... Fr. THE HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTHERN YEMEN AND THE SOKOTRA ARCHIPELAGO (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis IV), B. SCHATTI & A. DESVOIGNES, GAS apy sgl OD RT REGA ee OR LE MEOLO Fr. PSOCOPTERA (INSECTA): WORLD CATALOGUE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY (Instrumenta Biodiversitatis V), C. LIENHARD & C. N. SMITHERS, RER VSD Dar reale. I IR OT Gi me te on Fr. 285.— 35.— 35.— 30.— 30.— 30.— Ase 15.— 10.— 30.— 40.— 15.— 30.— 22.— 160.— 50.— 50.— 60.— 70.— 180.— 60%) Hohe à AN walk Volume 110 - Number 4 - 2003 Revue suisse de Zoologie: Instructions to Authors The Revue suisse de Zoologie publishes papers by members of the Swiss Zoological Society and scientific results based on the collections of the Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Geneva. Submission of a manuscript implies that it has been approved by all named authors, that it reports their unpublished work and that it is not being considered for publication elsewhere. A financial contribution may be asked from the authors for the impression of colour plates and large manuscripts. All papers are refereed by experts. In order to facilitate publication and avoid delays authors should follow the Instructions to Authors and refer to a current number of R.S.Z. for acceptable style and format. Manuscripts not conforming with these directives are liable to be returned to the authors. Papers may be written in French, German, Italian and English. Authors should aim to communicate ideas and information clearly and concisely. Authors not writing in their native language should pay particular attention to the linguistic quality of the text. Manuscripts must be typed, or printed (high quality printing, if possible by a laser-printer), on one side only and double-spaced, on A4 (210 x 297 mm) or equivalent paper and all pages should be numbered. All margins must be at least 25 mm wide. Authors must submit one original and two copies, including tables and figures, in final fully corrected form, and are expected to retain another copy. We encourage authors to submit the text on a diskette (3,5”, Macintosh or IBM compatible, with “Microsoft word” or similar programmes). The text should be in roman (standard) type face throughout, including headings, except genus and species names which should be formatted in italics (or underlined with pencil); bold, small capitals, large capitals and other type faces should not be used. Footnotes and cross-references by page should be avoided. Papers should conform to the following general layout: Title page. A concise but informative full title plus a running title of not more than 40 letters and spaces, name(s) in full and surname(s) of author(s), and full address(es). Abstract. The abstract is in English, composed of the title and a short text of up to 200 words. It should summarise the contents and conclusions of the paper. The abstract is followed by less than 10 key-words, separated by hyphens, which are suitable for indexing. Introduction. A short introduction to the background and the reasons for the work. Materials and methods. Sufficient experimental details must be given to enable other workers to repeat the work. The full binominal name should be given for all organisms. The International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature must be strictly followed. Cite the authors of species on their first mention. Results. These should be concise and should not include methods or discussion. Text, tables and figures should not duplicate the same information. New taxa must be distinguished from related taxa. The abbreviations gen. n., sp. n., syn. n. and comb. n. should be used to distinguish all new taxa, synonymies or combinations. Primary types must be deposited in a museum or similar institution. In taxonomic papers the species heading should be followed by synonyms, material examined and distribution, description and comments. All material examined should be listed in similar, compact and easily intelligible format; the information should be in the same language as the text. Sex symbols should be used rather than “male” and “female”. Discussion. This should not be excessive and should not repeat results nor contain new information, but should emphasize the significance and relevance of the results reported. References. The Harvard System must be used for the citation of references in the text, e.g. White & Green (1995) or (White & Green, 1995). For references with three and more authors the form Brown et al. should be used. Authors’ names should not be written in capitals. The list of references must include all publications cited in the text but only these. References must be listed in alphabetical order of authors, and both the title and name of the journal must be given in full in the following style (italics can be formatted by the author): Penard, E. 1888. Recherches sur le Ceratium macroceros. Thèse, Genève, 43 pp. Penard, E. 1889. Etudes sur quelques Héliozoaires d’eau douce. Archives de Biologie 9: 1-61. Mertens, R. & Wermuth, H. 1960. Die Amphibien und Reptilien Europas. Kramer, Frankfurt am Main, XI + 264 pp. Handley, C. O. Jr 1966. Checklist of the mammals of Panama (pp. 753-795). In: Wenzel, R. L. & Tipton, V. J. (eds). Ectoparasites of Panama. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, XII + 861 pp. References should not be interspaced and, in the case of several papers by the same author, the name has to be repeated for each reference. Tables. These should be self-explanatory, with the title at the top organised to fit 122 x 180 mm. Each table should by typed, double spaced, on a separate page and numbered consecutively and its position indicated in the text. Figures. These may be line drawings or half tones and all should be numbered consecutively, and their position indicated in the text. Figures should be arranged in plates which can be reduced to 122 x 160 mm. Drawings and lettering should be prepared to withstand reduction. Magnification should be indicated with scale lines. Authors should refrain from mixing the drawings and half tones. Original drawings will not be returned automatically. The Revue suisse de Zoologie declines responsibility for lost or damaged slides or other documents. If electronically scanned figures are submitted on diskettes, this should be clearly indicated on the print-out enclosed with the manuscript. Legends to figures. These should be typed in numerical order on a separate sheet. Proofs. Page proofs only are supplied, and authors may be charged for alterations (other than printer’s errors) if they are numerous. Offprints. The authors receive totally 25 offprints free of charge; more copies may be ordered at current prices when proofs are returned. Correspondence. All correspondence should be addressed to Revue suisse de Zoologie Muséum d’histoire naturelle CP 6434 CH-1211 Genéve 6 Switzerland. Phone: +41 22 418 63 33 - Fax +41 22 418 63 01 e-mail: volker.mahnert@mhn.ville-ge.ch Home page RSZ: http://www.ville-ge.ch/musinfo/mhng/page/rsz.htm INSTITUTION LIBRARIES UN 3 9088